WSR 26-14-100
PROPOSED RULES
BUILDING CODE COUNCIL
[Filed June 30, 2026, 3:50 p.m.]
Original Notice.
Preproposal statement of inquiry was filed as WSR 24-11-129.
Title of Rule and Other Identifying Information: Amendment and adoption of the 2024 Washington state energy code (WSEC), commercial provisions, chapter 51-11C WAC.
Hearing Location(s): On August 5, 2026, at 10:00 a.m., at 1500 Jefferson Street S.E., Room 2208, Olympia, WA 98504; and on August 7, 2026, at 10:00 a.m., at 808 West Spokane Falls Boulevard, Council Briefing Center Room, Spokane, WA 99201. Please access the meetings in person, or via Zoom or conference call. The Zoom link and phone are provided in the agenda at sbcc.wa.gov.
Date of Intended Adoption: September 25, 2026.
Submit Written Comments to: State Building Code Council (SBCC), 1500 Jefferson Street S.E., Olympia, WA 98504, email sbcc@des.wa.gov, beginning July 1, 2026, 12:00 p.m., by August 7, 2026, 11:59 p.m.
Assistance for Persons with Disabilities: Contact SBCC staff, email sbcc@des.wa.gov, by July 27, 2026.
Purpose of the Proposal and Its Anticipated Effects, Including Any Changes in Existing Rules: Update from the 2021 edition of WSEC to the 2024 edition, incorporating changes from the 2024 International Energy Conservation Code (IECC) and those code changes submitted to increase energy savings and provide better clarity. There are a few instances where two or more submitted proposals that were approved conflict, and options are provided. Testimony on the preferred option is requested.
Below are highlights of the significant changes in the 2024 WSEC. A complete description of all changes can be found at https://sbcc.wa.gov/sites/default/files/2026-06/Summary%20of%20Changes_2024WSEC_C.pdf.
Section | Subject | Description of Change | Log Number (if applicable) |
Chapter 1 | IECC change | Chapter 1 was extensively rearranged to make it more logical and easier to read. | |
C104 | Construction documents | The IECC added a number of items to be included on construction documents, including thermal bridging and energy storage systems. The WSEC added items on shell and core permitting and clean buildings standard compliance. | 24-GP1-177 24-GP1-208 |
Chapter 2 | Definitions | A number of new definitions were added and others revised. Of note, low carbon district energy was changed throughout the code to thermal energy network and commissioning professional was changed to commissioning provider. | |
Chapter 3 | General requirements | The model code made a few minor editorial changes in this chapter. | |
Chapter 4 | | | |
C401.3 | Fossil fuel compliance path | The fossil fuel compliance path was removed. Section C406 was revised in association with this deletion to integrate the path into the base code requirements. | 24-GP1-279 |
C401.4 | Building performance standards | A new section was added to help correlate with the BPS standards adopted by commerce as a part of the clean buildings legislation. | 24-GP1-208 |
C402 | IECC change | The section was reorganized by the model code to improve clarity and to accommodate new requirements. | |
Table C402.1.2 | U-factor requirements | The U-factor table was revised to align with the anticipated ASHRAE 90.1-2025 values. The footnote allowing integral insulated concrete block walls to be considered code compliant was removed. Two new categories were added for concrete columns or walls penetrating a building thermal envelope floor and concrete slabs over a utility vault. The F-factor for unheated slabs was modified to match the model code value and correlate with the configuration specified in the R-value table. The value for heated slabs was modified to match the anticipated ASHRAE 90.1-2025 and IECC 2027 requirements. | 24-GP1-256, 24-GP1-223, 24-GP1-295, 24-GP1-264, 24-GP1-255, 24-GP1-221 |
Table C402.1.3 | R-value requirements | A new row was added for roof lids separating semi-heated spaces from fully conditioned spaces. Two options were approved separately for mass walls. Option 1 provides several different assembly combinations while in Option 2 the mass wall U-factor was modified to be slightly better than the model code to align with the anticipated ASHRAE 90.1-2025 value. Option 2 does not specify the same assembly options as in Option 1; the TAG did not have the time to recalculate the Option 1 assemblies with the improved baseline. The previous footnote allowing integral insulated block walls to be code compliant was removed. The R-values for "steel framed" and "wood framed and other" walls above grade were improved to align with the anticipated ASHRAE 90.1-2025 values. The R-value for unheated slabs was modified to match the model code value. The value for heated slabs was improved to correlate with the upcoming 2027 IECC and 2025 ASHRAE 90.1 requirements. | 24-GP1-179, 24-GP1-256, 24-GP1-223, 24-GP1-295, 24-GP1-264, 24-GP1-255, 24-GP1-221 |
C402.1.4 | Component performance calculation | The model code added language and requirements related to thermal bridging. The new equation is model code language that incorporates corrections for thermal bridging and replaces the previous WSEC equation. The new thermal bridging chi- and psi-factors are provided in the new Table C402.1.4. The WSEC added a requirement that 20 percent of fenestration needs to be triple glazing. | 24-GP1-176 |
C402.4 | Fenestration | The section was revised, along with the associated table, to require a minimum of 20 percent of the glazing to be high performance or triple glazing. Exceptions are added for security glazing and small buildings. The table was revised to provide a standard U-factor and a high-performance U-factor for various window types. Buildings are required to have at least 20 percent of the windows as high-performance glazing. | 24-GP1-176, 24-GP1-184 |
C402.5.2.1 | Whole building test method | The model code added a requirement that buildings 10,000 square feet or less must be tested as an entire building. | |
C402.4.1.1.2 | High performance fenestration | This section was revised to correlate with C402.4. An additional table was added to clarify the requirements. | 24-GP1-176 |
C402.5.1.2.2 | Electrical and communication boxes | The model code added this section to provide guidance on prescriptive requirements for dealing with electrical and communication boxes. A performance option was added in Section C402.5.1.2.2.1. | |
C402.6 | Thermal bridging | This section was added by the model code (along with the associated subsections) provides a detailed prescriptive compliance path and a requirement to note thermal bridges on the construction documents. | |
C403.1.4 | HVAC heating equipment | This section was extensively modified but was retained to be able to include the systems addressed in the exceptions in the additional efficiency credit calculations in Section C406. Prohibitions on fuel-fired equipment were removed. | 24-GP1-279, 24-GP1-207, 24-GP1-211, 24-GP1-249, 24-GP1-243, 24-GP1-217, 24-GP1-224, 24-GP1-159 |
C403.2.7 | Humidification | This section of the WSEC was removed. The model code added a similar requirement in C403.13.1 and a modified version of the WSEC language was moved there. | 24-GP1-298 |
C403.3.2 | Equipment performance requirements | The efficiency values were updated to the most recent ASHRAE 09.1/US DOE minimum efficiency ratings and standards. A new table was added for gas heat pumps. | 24-GP1-195, 24-GP1-279 |
C403.3.5.2 | DOAS fan power | The total combined fan power threshold was reduced from 1.0 watt per cfm to 0.9 watt per cfm. | 24-GP1-271 |
C403.4.1.2 | Deadband | The model code changed this section to align with addendum c to ASHRAE 90.1-2022. | |
C403.4.13 | Humidification and dehumidification systems | The model code added this new section to the model code. Existing WSEC requirements for humidification were moved to this section but modified to allow humidification equipment other than adiabatic type to be used if enthalpy recovery is provided. The WSEC also modified the model code language to allow for higher humidity levels in climate zone 5. | 24-GP1-298 |
C403.5 | Economizers | Exceptions 1a and 1b are modified to clarify that radiant cooling systems without a supply fan are exempt from the economizer requirement when complying with the DOAS provisions. The remainder of the changes are editorial. | 24-GP1-250, 24-GP1-157 |
C403.5.3 | Air economizers | The model code revised this section based on addendum g to ASHRAE 90.1-2019. This change will clarify the intent while making the requirement more enforceable. | |
C403.6 | Mechanical systems serving multiple zones | The model code modified language for options to determine minimum air for each zone in a VAV system, including the use of ASHRAE 62.1 as a simpler path that would still save energy equivalent to the original 20 percent of design peak rate. | |
C403.7.6.1 | Ventilation for Group R-2 occupancy | The minimum sensible effectiveness rate for ERVs was increased from 60 to 67 percent. | 24-GP1-273 |
C403.7.6.2 | Spaces other than Group R-2 | The main body of the section was revised to align the requirement with that found in ASHRAE 90.1 and the 2024 model code, as many standard units do not have a bypass available for exhaust air. Clarifications were made for requirements pertaining to laboratory exhaust and a new exception added for ambulatory care for consistency with the IMC. | 24-GP1-251 |
C403.7.6 | Occupied standby zone controls | The model code added this section based on ASHRAE 90.1 requirements for occupied-standby controls that shut off ventilation air to unoccupied spaces. The model code language was correlated with the existing WSEC requirements for DOAS and replacement air. | 24-GP1-290, 24-GP1-252 |
C403.8.3 | Fan efficiency | This section is revised to include a table with different required efficiencies for different fan types. These are based on a federal test procedure that has not been adopted into federal rules. This code change would increase the efficiency of non-embedded fans throughout the commercial market. | 24-GP1-238 |
C403.8.4 | Low capacity ventilation fans | The model code introduced modifications to this section to improve alignment between the model code fan efficacy table with ENERGY STAR specifications and ASHRAE 90.1 fan efficacy tables. The WSEC modifications include expanding the scoping to include fans up to 1 hp. An exception is added for ventilation fans with ECM motors. | 24-GP1-275 |
C403.8.5.2 | Intermittent exhaust control | The model code introduced new requirements for automatic controls on intermittent bathroom and toilet room exhaust. | |
C403.11.3 | Roof and gutter deicing controls | The model code added this section with requirements for roof and gutter deicing systems. The model code requirements also include the option to have the systems shut off in the absence of moisture or for eight hours at night. The WSEC was modified to remove the option for the nighttime shut off as it was felt this would be when the system would be most necessary. | |
C404.1 | Service water heating | The sections in the process equipment exception were simplified to refer to the original scoping requirements stated in Section C401.2.2. Additional clarification is provided that added to clarify that laboratory sinks are considered process equipment. | 24-GP1-297, 24-GP1-175 |
C404.2.1 | Service water heating system design | This section was extensively modified similar to what was done in Section C403.1.4 for HVAC systems. It remains to include the systems addressed in the exceptions in the additional efficiency credit calculations in Section C406. Prohibitions on fuel-fired equipment were removed and additional clarification added on sizing and inclusions. | 24-GP1-279, 24-GP1-232, 24-GP1-207, 24-GP1-277, 24-GP1-224, 24-GP1-253 |
C404.2.1.1.1 | Primary hot water storage sizing | This section was modified to change the requirement for 100 percent of the calculated service hot water demand be met by a heat pump water heater system instead of 50 percent. The air source heat pump specification was changed from 25 percent to 50 percent of the calculated demand during peak demand, and the associated exception was also changed to 50 percent. | 24-GP1-268, 24-GP1-232, 24-GP1-279 |
Table C404.2 | Minimum performance of water heating equipment | A new row was added for gas heat pump minimum efficiency requirements | |
C404.3 | Heated water supply piping | This section is modified to remove the reference to 1/4 inch and 5/16-inch piping in this section and Table C404.3.1, as these sizes are not permitted under the UPC. A pointer is added for the new section added for Group R-2 water supply system sizing. | 24-GP1-236, 24-GP1-287 |
C404.3.3 | Demand load for Group R-2 occupancies | A new section is added that requires the use of UPC Appendix M, Peak water demand calculator, rather than Appendix A, Rules for sizing the water supply system for Group R-2 occupancies, with an allowance for one pipe size larger than the calculated minimum size. | 24-GP1-174 |
C404.7.1 | Circulation systems | The model code modified this section to require ECM motors and thermostatic balancing valves for heated water circulation systems. | |
C404.7.1.2 | Multiple riser systems | The WSEC is modified to require a variable speed or ECM circulation pump motor for multiple riser systems. An exception is provided for Group R and Group I occupancies. | 24-GP1-278 |
C405.1 | General (Lighting) | The model code modified and simplified this section as part of a general reorganization of the requirements for Group R lighting. The WSEC further modified Exception 2 regarding process equipment to refer to the original scoping requirements stated in Section C401.2.2. | 24-GP1-297 |
C405.1.1 | Lighting for dwelling and sleeping units | The model code reorganized the dwelling unit requirements. Part of that reorganization was the deletion of C405.1.1. These requirements are now addressed in the general lighting power provisions under Section C405.4.3. | |
C405.2.1.1 | Occupant sensor control function | The occupant sensor controls were changed to automatically switch off after 15 minutes rather than the original 20 minutes. | 24-GP1-240, 24-GP1-189 |
C405.2.2.1 | Time switch control function | This section was modified to provide better clarity and to reduce the maximum area controlled by the override switch from 5,000 sf to 2,500 sf. The model code added item 7 to address the issue of programming time clock controls when a schedule is not known. | 24-GP1-164 |
C405.2.4 | Dimming controls | The model code revised this section to require dimming controls for general lighting in most space types to provide additional energy efficiency and controllability to general lighting. This replaces the dimming section C405.2.5.1.1 under the daylighting provisions. | |
C405.2.5.1 | Daylight responsive controls function | This section was modified to limit the length of the façade controlled by one daylight sensor to 60 feet and provide default setpoints for controls. | 24-GP1-165 |
C405.2.12 C405.2.12.2 | Sleeping unit and dwelling unit lighting control Sleeping units in congregate living facilities | These two new model code sections are the new control requirements for Group R lighting controls. The lighting power for Group R can be found in the new Section C405.4.3. The occupant sensor controls were changed to automatically switch off after 15 minutes rather than the original 20 minutes, to correlate with the earlier changes in C405.2.1. | 24-GP1-240 |
C405.3 | Horticultural lighting | The model code revised this section in conjunction with the two new related definitions based on the expected growth of the indoor agriculture movement. The model code also added a requirement for daylighting and programmed controls. The WSEC added a requirement for lighting used for plant decorative use and controlled plant growth environments. The efficacy of the lighting was increased from 1.7 to 2.5 µmol/J. | 24-GP1-239, 24-GP1-167 |
C405.4.1 | Total connected interior lighting power | This section was revised by the model code to clean up and simplify the various categories. New exemptions were added for lighting in dwelling units and exiting areas where the code requires additional illumination. The plant growth and maintenance exemption was updated with the new language from C405.3. The calculation itself was modified to reduce the specified wattage for track lighting, reflecting the change in light source. The second change adds LEDs to how the power is determined, in line with the proposed change for ASHRAE 90.1-2025. | 24-GP1-291, 24-GP1-167 |
Table C405.4.2(1), C405.4.2(2) | Interior lighting power allowance | The base for the WSEC lighting power was taken from ASHRAE 90.1-2022. This was further modified to reflect a 10 percent reduction in values except for those in healthcare, correctional, and facilities for the visually impaired. | 24-GP2-234 |
C405.4.3 | Building area method | This section was created by the model code as part of the reorganization of the Group R dwelling and sleeping unit requirements. It was modified by the WSEC to increase the minimum efficacy for lighting in sleeping and dwelling units. | 24-GP2-247 |
C405.5.1 | Exterior lighting | The WSEC modified this section by lowering the threshold for increased efficacy to 10 watts from 25. The exception for luminaires controlled by a motion sensor was removed, feeling there was no need to allow less stringency as LED sources can easily meet the stated efficacy. | 24-GP1-292 |
Table C405.5.3(1) | Exterior lighting zones | This change in lighting zones reflects the new IES definitions. These same zone definitions will be included in ASHRAE 90.1-2025. | 24-GP1-292 |
Tables C405.5.3 (2) and (3) | Lighting power density values for building exteriors | The new IES Zone 0 is added to the table. The reduced values in the power density values reflect changes in LED efficacy. Similar values are expected to be included in ASHRAE 90.1-2025. Most significantly, the dining area values were seen to be excessively high previously and reduced accordingly, similar to what is expected in ASHRAE 90.1-2025. | 24-GP1-292 |
C405.9 | Data centers and computer rooms | The model code introduced this section to provide standards for uninterruptible power supply systems in computer rooms and data centers. | |
C405.14 | Inverters | This new section was added by the model code to help clarify and provide consistency for distributed energy resources that operate in parallel to the electric grid to ensure they support and enhance grid stability. | |
C405.15 | Commercial food service | This new WSEC section required certain commercial food service equipment to meet Energy Star efficiency. Used equipment is exempt. | 24-GP1-173 |
C406.1 | Efficiency and load management measures | The qualifier for the exceptions correlates the changes in the credit tables and the fact that these reductions previously only applied to space heating. This makes the available credits more equitable for these types of spaces. The two new items under the exception deal with the application of credits to Group F and Group S semi-heated spaces, exempting those categorized as Group F from the load management credits similar to the warehouse exemption, and limiting the available credits to lighting and/or renewables. The other changes in this section are correlations and clarifications. | 24-GP1-279, 24-GP1-178 |
C406.2 | Additional energy efficiency credit measures | This section was extensively revised to simplify the tables and equations and create a more nuanced set of tables with a greater and easier approach to prorating. There are no longer separate tables for the fossil fuel path and heat pump path. The credits within the table were calculated by Pacific Northwest National Laboratory (PNNL) to achieve a figure between the two pathways. The tables are set up similar to the residential energy code, with different tables for different types of efficiency categories. An adjustment factor is included in the tables for those measures that have an interactive effect based on fuel type. | 24-GP1-279 |
C406.2.2 | More efficient HVAC | This group of sections was simplified to provide one calculation to be used for prorating heating and cooling equipment efficiency credits, regardless of fuel source. | 24-GP1-279 |
C406.2.3.1 | Reduced lighting power | The lighting options were simplified to be expressed as a simple percentage reduction and prorated accordingly. | 24-GP1-279 |
C406.2.5 | Renewable energy | This section was modified to include the use of energy storage systems to achieve renewable energy credits. | 24-GP1-202 |
C406.2.6.3 | Service water heating equipment | This section was modified to apply to the primary water heating service, regardless of fuel type. The equation is modified to allow for mixed systems. | 24-GP1-279 |
C406.2.12 | Enhanced envelope performance | This section was updated to match the reformatting of the credit tables. A notation was added to specify that those buildings not subject to envelope requirements do not qualify for envelope credits. | 24-GP1-279 |
C406.2.13 | Reduced air leakage | The section was revised to correlate with the restructuring of C406. The two subsequent subsections were removed since the credit value is based on a calculated percentage rather than having two setpoints. | 24-GP1-279 |
C406.2.14 | Enhanced commercial kitchen equipment | This section was removed as it is now a base code requirement under Section C405.15 | 24-GP1-173 |
C406.2.20 | Thermal imaging of building envelope | A new credit measure is added for thermal imaging of the building envelope to ensure a tight envelope. | 24-GP1-170 |
C406.2.21 | Group R-2 induction cooktops | A new credit measure is added for the use of induction cooktops throughout the project. The credit is prorated based on the percentage of apartments with induction versus gas or electric cooktops. | 24-GP1-153 |
C406.2.22 | Peak heating and cooling loads | This new credit is the combination of high performance DOAS with 80 percent minimum sensible heat recovery effectiveness, 15 percent lower total UA, and reduced air leakage. This measure reduced demand through controls which gradually lower or raise the temperature set point by three degrees over a minimum of three hours. | 24-GP1-258 |
C406.3.8 | Peak heating and cooling loads | This new credit is the combination of high performance DOAS with 80 percent minimum sensible heat recovery effectiveness, 15 percent lower total UA, and reduced air leakage. This measure reduced demand through controls which gradually lower or raise the temperature set point by three degrees over a minimum of three hours. | 24-GP1-258 |
C406.3.9 | Thermal energy network | This new credit for thermal energy network systems reflects that they provide significant benefits to the electric grid by aggregating, diversifying and sharing thermal energy resources and loads. Additionally, they have fuel source flexibility. | 24-GP1-228 |
C407.3.1 | Limits on substandard building envelopes | Changing the limitation on the envelope backstop from 20 percent above the allowable UA to 10 percent higher to limit the ability for a low performing building envelope. | 24-GP1-265 |
Tables C407.3 (2) and (3) | Building Performance Factors | The building performance factors and targets were updated based on the updated based on site energy targets. PNNL will be further evaluating the changes for the 2024 WSEC and may suggest revised targets via public comment to align with the prescriptive pathway. | 24-GP1-199 |
C409.1 | General | This section was modified to limit the metering area for multifamily to just the common areas and permits larger buildings to substitute renewables or other efficiency credits for submetering. | 24-GP1-168 |
C409.1.4 | Additional metering requirements | This section was added to help correlate and facilitate future compliance with the building performance standard adopted by Commerce as part of the Washington state clean buildings legislation. | 24-GP1-208 |
C411.1 | On-site renewable energy systems | The model code introduced requirements for on-site generation into the 2024 edition. The WSEC was modified to match the model code's size threshold of 5,000 square feet and minimum of 0.75 watts per square foot of generation, which is more stringent than the WSEC's previous 10,000 sf/0.5 watt per sf specifications. The model code language was further modified to provide exceptions for affordable housing projects as defined in chapter 2 and various roof limitation factors. | 24-GP1-187 |
C411.1.2 | Energy storage systems | A new section was added to allow energy storage systems to provide a portion of the required on-site renewable energy generation. | 24-GP1-202 |
C411.2 | On-site and off-site renewable energy accounting | This section was revised to expand the allowed renewables to include renewable fuels. | 24-GP1-181 |
Chapter 5 | | | |
C502.2.6 | Building thermal envelope | An exception is added to state that air leakage testing is not required for additions less than 500 square feet. | 24-GP1-163 |
C502.3 | Additional requirements for additions | This section was added to help correlate and facilitate future compliance with the building performance standard adopted by commerce as part of the Washington state clean buildings legislation. | 24-GP1-208 |
C503.1 | General | A clarification is added that C406 credits may be required for changes in space conditioning or occupancy. | 24-GP1-158 |
C503.3.4 | Above grade wall alterations | The model code introduced new Section C503.2.4, which provides requirements for above-grade wall alterations which identifies conditions where it is appropriate and practical to provide insulation (if not already present). Language is also provided to ensure coordination with building code moisture control requirements. | |
C503.3.6 | Below grade wall alterations | Also introduced by the model code, this section captures the cases where a below-grade space is being converted to conditioned space and where below-grade wall alterations allow addition of insulation if the below grade space is already conditioned space. | |
C503.4.2 | Replacement or added roof-mounted mechanical equipment | The model code created a new section to require the installation of curbs with a minimum height calculated to accommodate the amount of insulation and other roofing materials needed. The model code language required a minimum of 17 inches, which was modified by the WSEC to be 12 inches in climate zone 4 and 24 inches in climate zone 5. | 24-GP1-289 |
C503.4.4.1 | Single zone packaged system replacement | This new section, and associated table, requires alterations in certain occupancy groups to install single zone packaged heat pump rooftop units when adding or replacing single zone AC or single zone packaged RTUs. | 24-GP1-209 |
C503.4.7 | Replacement or additional HVAC heating appliances | This section was revised to eliminate the like-for-like replacement allowance for HVAC equipment. It also removes the previous reference to the fossil fuel pathway. A new exception was added for those projects meeting the definition of affordable housing, and for those projects with a qualifying thermal energy system. Changes were also made in correlation with C503.4.1 to clarify the difference between replacement and new HVAC systems. | 24-GP1-267 24-GP1-155 24-GP1-227 |
Table C503.4.7 | Compliance options for HVAC alterations | The table title was changed from "mechanical" to "HVAC" heating equipment. Fossil fuel appliance allowances were added to the heat pump system types as supplemental heating. Restrictions were added for furnaces and gas boiler systems, limiting the amount of less efficient appliances allowed. A new equipment type was added for electric boilers and for gas appliances with less than 80 percent of the coils replaced. | 24-GP1-267 24-GP1-155 24-GP1-244 24-GP1-207 24-GP1-257 24-GP1-182 |
C503.5 | Service water heating equipment | This section was revised with changes similar to those in C503.4.7, including the removal of the reference to the fossil fuel reference and the new exceptions. | 24-GP1-270 24-GP1-293 24-GP1-270 24-GP1-227 |
C505.3 | Change of occupancy | Aside from some editorial changes associated with Section C505.1, this section was revised to allow a higher air leakage rate for changes of occupancy. New exceptions were also added for spaces other than F, S, or U to correlate with a council opinion issued in 2025. | 24-GP1-185 24-GP1-150 24-GP1-214 24-GP1-242 |
Appendix CA | Default heat loss coefficients | The appendix was renumbered to align with the model code format. Various tables were removed in deference to ASHRAE 90.1 Appendix A tables, which are now noted in the text. | 24-GP1-216, 24-RE-001 |
Appendix CD | TSPR | | |
CD201 | Compliance | The TSPR calculation was revised to be based on site energy consumption rather than carbon emissions, which is in line with the changes made in the 2021 code related to EPCA. | 24-GP1-210 |
Table CD601.10.2(1) | Proposed building system parameters | Various modifications were made to the standard reference design parameters, including updated test procedures and minimum efficiency requirements, updates for ground source heat pumps for more accurate simulation of the ground water loop, removing economizer controls for multifamily use types, and adding parameters for the new air to water heat pump system. | 24-GP1-210 |
Table CD601.10.2(3) | | A new table was added to specify modeling temperatures for ground source heat pumps to provide for more accurate simulation. | 24-GP1-210 |
Appendix CE | Credit calculations | A new appendix was added that will include the data and calculations used to determine the credit calculations in Section C406. The data will be furnished through a web link to be populated when the calculations are completed. | 24-GP1-203 |
Statute Being Implemented: Chapter
19.27A RCW.
Rule is not necessitated by federal law, federal or state court decision.
Agency Comments or Recommendations, if any, as to Statutory Language, Implementation, Enforcement, and Fiscal Matters: On the sections with multiple options given, SBCC is seeking public input on the preferred option to be adopted. There are a number of credit options in Section C406 that are still awaiting modeling results to establish the credit values. Those values will be submitted as public comments from PNNL.
Name of Proponent: SBCC, governmental.
Name of Agency Personnel Responsible for Drafting and Implementation: Krista Braaksma, 1500 Jefferson Street S.E., Olympia, WA 98504, 360-480-5699; Enforcement: Local jurisdictions.
A school district fiscal impact statement is not required under RCW
28A.305.135.
A cost-benefit analysis is required under RCW
34.05.328. A preliminary cost-benefit analysis may be obtained by contacting Dustin Curb, P.O. Box 41449, Olympia, WA 98504-1449, phone 360-972-4158, email
dustin.curb@des.wa.gov. The preliminary cost-benefit analysis and small business economic impact report is posted online at
https://sbcc.wa.gov/sites/default/files/2026-06/ComNRG_pCBA_full2_063026.pdf.The proposed rule does not impose more-than-minor costs on businesses. Following is a summary of the agency's analysis showing how costs were calculated.
2024 WSEC, Commercial Provisions: Cost-Benefit Analysis and Small Business Economic Impact
Executive Summary: This report presents the determinations made by SBCC, as required in RCW
34.05.328, for the adopted amendments to the 2024 WSEC, commercial provisions (chapter 51-11C WAC; "rule").
The 2024 code change cycle is all about building safer buildings, energy-efficiency, and addressing the unique character of Washington. This year, many voices came together: Engineers, business owners, public officials, and advocates, to offer ideas on how building standards can better protect lives, save money, and support new technology. These ideas were evaluated by a panel of 17 technical experts appointed by SBCC.
RCW
19.27.031 instructs SBCC to adopt or amend the model codes through a three-year state building code adoption cycle. For the 2024 code adoption cycle, SBCC received 168 petitions for the 2024 WSEC, commercial provisions (chapter 51-11C WAC). SBCC approved 123 [petitions] to include in the draft rule for public comment. Of these 123 petitions, 40 were editorial or clarifying in nature with no change to the technical requirements and no change in economic impact, and 27 made technical adjustments or added supporting language without impacting cost. These 67 proposals are outlined in Appendix B. For the remaining 55 petitions, 30 have been evaluated by a third-party analyst and are shown in Appendix A. The other 25 appear in the main body of the report.
The 32 proposals analyzed by the independent third-party economic analyst span five categories: Building envelope and fenestration (six proposals), mechanical systems, water heating and fan efficacy (seven proposals), lighting, controls and food service equipment (12 proposals), whole building performance and energy credits (four proposals), and existing buildings - alterations and commissioning (three proposals). The analyses were prepared in accordance with Washington state office of financial management (OFM) life-cycle cost analysis (LCCA) methodology, using updated 2024/2025 Washington state utility rates and OFM standard financial parameters over a 50-year study life. All 32 proposals are recommended for adoption. Twenty-eight proposals are confirmed cost-effective under standard OFM LCCA methodology or alternative analytical frameworks. Six proposals (198, 210, 236 - editorial/cost-neutral; 267 - marginally negative LCC justified on avoided-cost and policy-alignment grounds; 289 - operational reliability; 264 CZ 4C - marginal on floor-area basis) are recommended on non-LCCA grounds with full analytical justification in the respective detailed report.
Morant McLeod Overall Findings
Parameter | Detail |
Total proposals analyzed | 36 WSEC-C proposals across 5 groups (18 original + 18 gap proposals) |
Cost-effective proposals | 28 of 30 quantifiable proposals (93 percent) confirmed cost-effective under standard LCCA or alternative analytical frameworks |
Combined incremental first cost | $14.34/sf (30 quantifiable proposals; excludes Proposal 208 avoided-cost. Note: Group FC totals include 208's $0.68/sf; the $14.34 figure excludes it for the quantifiable-proposals sum.) |
Combined annual energy savings | $2.984/sf/yr (30 quantifiable proposals) |
Combined 50-year net LCC savings | $105.23/sf (30 quantifiable proposals) |
Utility rate basis | 2024/2025 WA State rates: $0.1164/kWh (electricity) $1.425/therm (natural gas) |
LCCA methodology | OFM 50-year study life, 1.93 percent real discount rate, standard escalation rates |
Alternative frameworks | Avoided-cost (208, 263, 267); fuel-switching (209); qualitative (165, 289) |
For the remainder of the petitions, 79 proposals analyzed were deemed to be cost-neutral and 13 were deemed to decrease first costs. SBCC concludes, based on reasonable understanding of the quantified and qualitative costs and benefits likely to arise from the adopted rule, that the benefits of the adopted rule amendments are greater than the costs.
The full report can be found at https://sbcc.wa.gov/sites/default/files/2026-06/ComNRG_pCBA_full2_063026.pdf.
After considering alternatives to the adopted rule's contents, as well as the goals and objectives of the authorizing statute, SBCC determined that the adopted rule represents the least burdensome alternative of possible rule contents meeting these goals and objectives.
Based on research and analysis required by the Regulatory Fairness Act, RCW
19.85.070, SBCC has determined the adopted rule is not likely to impose disproportionate compliance costs on small business. During its review, SBCC included disproportion-minimizing features in the rule where it is legal and feasible to do so.
A copy of the detailed cost calculations may be obtained by contacting Dustin Curb, P.O. Box 41449, Olympia, WA 98504-1449, phone 360-972-4158, email dustin.curb@des.wa.gov. The full preliminary cost-benefit analysis and small business economic impact report is posted online at https://sbcc.wa.gov/sites/default/files/2026-06/ComNRG_pCBA_full2_063026.pdf.
June 30, 2026
Todd Beyreuther
Council Chair
RDS-6757.2
Chapter 51-11C WAC
STATE BUILDING CODE ADOPTION AND AMENDMENT OF THE ((2021))2024 EDITION OF THE INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE((,))—COMMERCIAL PROVISIONS
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-03-085, filed 1/16/24, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-10100Section C101—Scope and general requirements.
C101.1 Title. This code shall be known as the Washington State Energy Code, and shall be cited as such. It is referred to herein as "this code."
The ((2021))2024 edition of the Washington State Energy Code—Commercial Provisions is hereby adopted. The Washington State Energy Code—Commercial Provisions adopted under chapter 51-11C WAC shall become effective in all counties and cities of this state on ((March 15, 2024))May 3, 2027.
C101.2 Scope. This code applies to ((commercial buildings and the buildings sites and associated systems and equipment))the design and construction of buildings not covered under the scope of the Washington State Energy Code—Residential Provisions, as adopted under chapter 51-11R WAC. References in this code to Group R shall include Group I-1, Condition 2 assisted living facilities licensed by Washington state under chapter 388-78A WAC and Group I-1, Condition 2 residential treatment facilities licensed by Washington state under chapter 246-337 WAC. Building areas that contain Group R sleeping units, regardless of the number of stories in height, are required to comply with the commercial sections of the energy code.
EXCEPTION: | The provisions of this code do not apply to temporary growing structures used solely for the commercial production of horticultural plants including ornamental plants, flowers, vegetables, and fruits. A temporary growing structure is not considered a building for the purposes of this code. However, the installation of other than listed, portable mechanical equipment or listed, portable lighting fixtures is not allowed. |
C101.2.1 Appendices. Appendices CA, CB, CC, CD, and CE are included in the adoption of this code. Provisions in Appendix CF shall not apply unless specifically adopted by the local jurisdiction.
C101.3 Intent. This code shall regulate the design and construction of buildings for the use and conservation of energy over the life of each building. This code is intended to provide flexibility to permit the use of innovative approaches and techniques to achieve this objective. This code is not intended to abridge safety, health or environmental requirements contained in other applicable codes or ordinances.
C101.3.1 Basis. The basis for all provisions and calculations within this code, generally, including Sections C406.1, C406.2, and C407, but not Section C406.3, shall be in terms of one for one equivalent annual metered site energy consumption. On- and off-site renewable energy in compliance with Section C411 shall be counted at the site. Carbon emissions and greenhouse gases have not been considered.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 19-24-040, filed 11/26/19, effective 7/1/20)
WAC 51-11C-10140Section C101.4—((Applicability))Compliance.
((C101.4 Applicability. Where, in any specific case, different sections of this code specify different materials, methods of construction or other requirements, the most restrictive shall govern. Where there is a conflict between a general requirement and a specific requirement, the specific requirement shall govern.
C101.4.1Mixed residential and commercial buildings. Where a building includes both residential building and commercialbuilding portions, each portion shall be separately considered and meet the applicable provisions of WSEC—Commercial Provisions or WSEC—Residential Provisions.))
C101.4 Compliance.Residential buildings shall meet the provisions of WSEC—Residential Provisions. Commercial buildings shall meet the provisions of WSEC—Commercial Provisions.
C101.4.1 Compliance materials. The code official shall be permitted to approve specific computer software, worksheets, compliance manuals, and other similar materials that meet the intent of this code.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 19-24-040, filed 11/26/19, effective 7/1/20)
WAC 51-11C-10150Section C101.5—((Compliance))Reserved.
((C101.5 Compliance.Residential buildings shall meet the provisions of WSEC—Residential Provisions. Commercial buildings shall meet the provisions of WSEC—Commercial Provisions.
C101.5.1 Compliance materials. The code official shall be permitted to approve specific computer software, worksheets, compliance manuals and other similar materials that meet the intent of this code.
C101.6 Appendices. Appendices A, B, C, and D are included in the adoption of this code. Provisions in Appendices E and F shall not apply unless specifically adopted by the local jurisdiction.))
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-10200Section C102—((Alternative materials, design and methods of construction and equipment))Applicability.
((C102.1 General. The provisions of this code are not intended to prevent the installation of any material, or to prohibit any design or method of construction not specifically prescribed by this code, provided that any such alternative has been approved. The code official shall have the authority to approve an alternate material, design or method of construction upon the written application of the owner or the owner's authorized agent. The code official shall first find that the proposed design is satisfactory and complies with the intent of the provisions of this code, and that the material, method or work offered is, for the purpose intended, not less than the equivalent of that prescribed in this code in quality, strength, effectiveness, fire resistance, durability, energy conservation, and safety. The code official shall respond to the applicant, in writing, stating the reasons why the alternative was approved or was not approved.))
C102.1 Applicability. Where, in any specific case, different sections of this code specify different materials, methods of construction or other requirements, the most restrictive shall govern. Where there is a conflict between a general requirement and a specific requirement, the specific requirement shall govern.
C102.1.1 Mixed residential and commercial buildings. Where a building includes both residential building and commercial building portions, each portion shall be separately considered and shall comply with the applicable provisions of WSEC—Commercial Provisions or WSEC—Residential Provisions.
A Group R-2 occupancy building three stories or less in height above grade plane where less than 30 percent of the dwelling units are accessed directly from the exterior and the remaining dwelling units are accessed from interior corridors or other interior spaces shall comply with the applicable provisions of the WSEC—Commercial Provisions.
C102.2 Other laws. The provisions of this code shall not be deemed to nullify any provisions of local, state, or federal law. In addition to the requirements of this code, all occupancies shall conform to the provisions included in the State Building Code (chapter 19.27 RCW). In case of conflicts among the codes enumerated in RCW 19.27.031 (1) through (4) and this code, an earlier named code shall govern over those following. In the case of conflict between the duct sealing and insulation requirements of this code and the duct insulation requirements of Sections 603 and 604 of the International Mechanical Code, the duct insulation requirements of this code, or where applicable, a local jurisdiction's energy code shall govern. C102.3 Application of references. References to chapter or section numbers, or to provisions not specifically identified by number, shall be construed to refer to such chapter, section, or provision of this code.
C102.4 Referenced codes and standards. The codes and standards referenced in this code shall be those listed in Chapter 6, and such codes and standards shall be considered as part of the requirements of this code to the prescribed extent of each such reference and as further regulated in Sections C102.4.1 and C102.4.2.
C102.4.1 Conflicts. Where differences occur between provisions of this code and referenced codes and standards, the provisions of this code shall apply.
C102.4.2 Provisions in referenced codes and standards. Where the extent of the reference to a referenced code or standard includes subject matter that is within the scope of this code, the provisions of this code, as applicable, shall take precedence over the provisions in the referenced code or standard.
C102.5 Partial invalidity. If a portion of this code is held to be illegal or void, such a decision shall not affect the validity of the remainder of this code.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-10300Section C103—((Construction documents))Alternative materials, design and methods of construction and equipment.
((C103.1 General. Construction documents and other supporting data shall be submitted in one or more sets, or in a digital format where allowed by the building official, with each application for a permit. The construction documents shall be prepared by a registered design professional where required by the statutes of the jurisdiction in which the project is to be constructed. Where special conditions exist, the code official is authorized to require necessary construction documents to be prepared by a registered design professional.
EXCEPTION: | The code official is authorized to waive the requirements for construction documents or other supporting data if the code official determines they are not necessary to confirm compliance with this code. |
C103.2 Information on construction documents. Construction documents shall be drawn to scale upon suitable material. Electronic media documents are permitted to be submitted when approved by the code official. Construction documents shall be of sufficient clarity to indicate the location, nature and extent of the work proposed, and show in sufficient detail pertinent data and features of the building, systems and equipment as herein governed. Details shall include, but are not limited to, as applicable:
1. Energy compliance path per Section C401 or C501.
2. Insulation materials and their R-values.
3. Fenestration U-factors and SHGCs.
4. Area-weighted U-factor and SHGC calculations.
5. Mechanical system design criteria.
6. Mechanical and service water heating system and equipment types, sizes and efficiencies.
7. Economizer description.
8. Equipment and systems controls.
9. Fan motor horsepower (hp) and controls.
10. Duct sealing, duct and pipe insulation and location.
11. Lighting fixture schedule with wattage and control narrative.
12. Location of daylight zones on floor plan.
13. Air barrier details including all air barrier boundaries and associated square foot calculations on all six sides of the air barrier as applicable.
C103.2.1 Building thermal envelope depiction. The building's thermal envelope shall be represented on the construction documents.
C103.3 Examination of documents. The code official shall examine or cause to be examined the accompanying construction documents and shall ascertain whether the construction indicated and described is in accordance with the requirements of this code and other pertinent laws or ordinances.
C103.3.1 Approval of construction documents. When the code official issues a permit where construction documents are required, the construction documents shall be endorsed in writing and stamped "Reviewed for Code Compliance." Such approved construction documents shall not be changed, modified or altered without authorization from the code official. Work shall be done in accordance with the approved construction documents.
One set of construction documents so reviewed shall be retained by the code official. The other set shall be returned to the applicant, kept at the site of work and shall be open to inspection by the code official or a duly authorized representative.
C103.3.2 Previous approvals. This code shall not require changes in the construction documents, construction or designated occupancy of a structure for which a lawful permit has been heretofore issued or otherwise lawfully authorized, and the construction of which has been pursued in good faith within 180 days after the effective date of this code and has not been abandoned.
C103.3.3 Phased approval. The code official shall have the authority to issue a permit for the construction of part of an energy conservation system before the construction documents for the entire system have been submitted or approved, provided adequate information and detailed statements have been filed complying with all pertinent requirements of this code. The holders of such permit shall proceed at their own risk without assurance that the permit for the entire energy conservation system will be granted.
C103.4 Amended construction documents. Changes made during construction that are not in compliance with the approved construction documents shall be resubmitted for approval as an amended set of construction documents.
C103.5 Retention of construction documents. One set of approved construction documents shall be retained by the code official for a period of not less than 180 days from date of completion of the permitted work, or as required by state or local laws.
C103.6 Building documentation and close out submittal requirements. The construction documents shall specify that the documents described in this section be provided to the building owner or owner's authorized agent within a maximum of 90 days of the date of receipt of the certificate of occupancy.
C103.6.1 Record documents. Construction documents shall be updated by the installing contractor and architect or engineer of record to convey a record of the completed work. Such updates shall include building envelope, mechanical, plumbing, electrical and control drawings red-lined, or redrawn if specified, that show all changes to size, type and locations of components, equipment and assemblies. Record documents shall include the location and model number of each piece of equipment as installed. The architect, engineer of record or installing contractor is required to provide consolidated record drawings in compliance with this section to the building owner or owner's authorized agent with the timeline specified in Section C103.6.
C103.6.2 Building operations and maintenance information. Required regular maintenance actions for equipment and systems shall be clearly stated on a readily visible label on the equipment. The label shall include the title or publication number for the operation and maintenance manual for that particular model and type of product and the manufacture date or installation date.
C103.6.2.1 Manuals. An operating and maintenance manual shall be provided for each component, device, piece of equipment, and system governed by this code. The manual shall include all of the following:
1. Submittal data indicating all selected options for each piece of equipment and control devices.
2. Manufacturer's operation manuals and maintenance manuals for each device, piece of equipment, and system requiring maintenance, except equipment not furnished as part of the project. Required routine maintenance actions, cleaning and recommended relamping shall be clearly identified.
3. Name and address of at least one service agency.
4. Controls system inspection schedule, maintenance and calibration information, wiring diagrams, schematics, and control sequence descriptions. A schedule for inspecting and recalibrating all lighting controls. Desired or field-determined setpoints shall be permanently recorded on control drawings at control devices or, for digital control systems, on the graphic where settings may be changed.
5. A narrative of how each system is intended to operate, including recommended setpoints. Sequence of operation alone is not acceptable for this requirement.
C103.6.3 Compliance documentation. All energy code compliance forms and calculations shall be delivered in one document to the building owner as part of the project record documents or manuals, or as a standalone document. This document shall include the specific energy code year utilized for compliance determination for each system. NFRC certificates for the installed windows, list of total area for each NFRC certificate, the interior lighting power compliance path (building area, space-by-space) used to calculate the lighting power allowance.
For projects complying with Section C401.2 Item 1, the documentation shall include:
1. The envelope insulation compliance path (prescriptive or component performance).
2. All completed code compliance forms, and all compliance calculations including, but not limited to, those required by sections C402.1.5, C403.2.12.1, C405.4, and C405.5.
For projects complying with Section C401.2 Item 2, the documentation shall include:
1. A list of all proposed envelope component types, areas and U-values.
2. A list of all lighting area types with areas, lighting power allowance, and installed lighting power density.
3. A list of each HVAC system modeled with the assigned and proposed system type.
4. Electronic copies of the baseline and proposed model input and output file. The input files shall be in a format suitable for rerunning the model and shall not consist solely of formatted reports of the inputs.
C103.6.4 Systems operation training. Training of the maintenance staff for equipment included in the manuals required by Section C103.6.2 shall include at a minimum:
1. Review of manuals and permanent certificate.
2. Hands-on demonstration of all normal maintenance procedures, normal operating modes, and all emergency shutdown and start-up procedures.
3. Training completion report.))
C103.1 General. The provisions of this code are not intended to prevent the installation of any material, or to prohibit any design or method of construction not specifically prescribed by this code, provided that any such alternative has been approved. The code official shall have the authority to approve an alternate material, design or method of construction upon the written application of the owner or the owner's authorized agent. The code official shall first find that the proposed design is satisfactory and complies with the intent of the provisions of this code, and that the material, method or work offered is, for the purpose intended, not less than the equivalent of that prescribed in this code in quality, strength, effectiveness, fire resistance, durability, energy conservation, and safety. The code official shall respond to the applicant, in writing, stating the reasons why the alternative was approved or was not approved.
C103.2 Modifications. The code official is permitted to modify the requirements of this code for individual cases provided the code official finds:
1. There are practical difficulties involved in carrying out the provisions of this code;
2. The modification is in conformity with the intent and purpose of this code;
3. The modification does not lessen the health, life and fire safety requirements of other applicable codes; and
4. The modification maintains or improves the energy efficiency of the building.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-10400Section C104—((Fees))Construction documents.
((C104.1 Fees. A permit shall not be issued until the fees prescribed in Section C104.2 have been paid, nor shall an amendment to a permit be released until the additional fee, if any, has been paid.
C104.2 Schedule of permit fees. A fee for each permit shall be paid as required, in accordance with the schedule as established by the applicable governing authority.
C104.3 Work commencing before permit issuance. Any person who commences any work before obtaining the necessary permits shall be subject to an additional fee established by the code official, which shall be in addition to the required permit fees.
C104.4 Related fees. The payment of the fee for the construction, alteration, removal or demolition of work done in connection to or concurrently with the work or activity authorized by a permit shall not relieve the applicant or holder of the permit from the payment of other fees that are prescribed by law.
C104.5 Refunds. The code official is authorized to establish a refund policy.))
C104.1 General.Construction documents and other supporting data shall be submitted in one or more sets, or in a digital format where allowed by the code official, with each application for a permit. The construction documents shall be prepared by a registered design professional where required by the statutes of the jurisdiction in which the project is to be constructed. Where special conditions exist, the code official is authorized to require necessary construction documents to be prepared by a registered design professional.
EXCEPTION: | The code official is authorized to waive the requirements for construction documents or other supporting data if the code official determines they are not necessary to confirm compliance with this code. |
C104.2 Information on construction documents.Construction documents shall be drawn to scale upon suitable material. Electronic media documents are permitted to be submitted when approved by the code official. Construction documents shall be of sufficient clarity to indicate the location, nature and extent of the work proposed, and show in sufficient detail pertinent data and features of the building, systems and equipment as herein governed. Details shall include, but are not limited to, as applicable:
1. Energy compliance path per Section C401 or C501.
2. Insulation materials and their R-values.
3. Fenestration U-factors and SHGCs.
4. Area-weighted U-factor and SHGC calculations.
5. Air barrier details including all air barrier boundaries and associated square foot calculations on all six sides of the air barrier as applicable.
6. Thermal bridge mitigation detail as identified in Section C402.6.
7. Mechanical system design criteria.
8. Mechanical and service water heating system and equipment types, sizes and efficiencies.
9. Economizer description.
10. Equipment and systems controls.
11. Fan motor horsepower (hp) and controls.
12. Duct sealing, duct and pipe insulation and location.
13. Lighting fixture schedule with wattage and control narrative.
14. Location of daylight zones on floor plan.
15. Location of pathways for routing of raceways or cable from the on-site renewable energy system to the electrical distribution equipment.
16. Location reserved for inverters, metering equipment and energy storage systems (ESS), and a pathway reserved for routing of raceways or conduit from the renewable energy system to the point of interconnection with the electrical service and the ESS.
17. Rated energy capacity and rated power capacity of the installed or planned ESS.
C104.2.1 Building thermal envelope depiction. The building thermal envelope shall be represented on the construction documents.
C104.3 Examination of documents. The code official shall examine or cause to be examined the accompanying construction documents and shall ascertain whether the construction indicated and described is in accordance with the requirements of this code and other pertinent laws or ordinances.
C104.3.1 Approval of construction documents. When the code official issues a permit where construction documents are required, the construction documents shall be endorsed in writing and stamped "Reviewed for Code Compliance." Such approved construction documents shall not be changed, modified or altered without authorization from the code official. Work shall be done in accordance with the approved construction documents.
One set of construction documents so reviewed shall be retained by the code official. The other set shall be returned to the applicant, kept at the site of work and shall be open to inspection by the code official or a duly authorized representative.
C104.3.2 Previous approvals. This code shall not require changes in the construction documents, construction or designated occupancy of a structure for which a lawful permit has been heretofore issued or otherwise lawfully authorized, and the construction of which has been pursued in good faith within 180 days after the effective date of this code and has not been abandoned.
C104.3.3 Phased approval. The code official shall have the authority to issue a permit for the construction of part of an energy conservation system before the construction documents for the entire system have been submitted or approved, provided adequate information and detailed statements have been filed complying with all pertinent requirements of this code. The holders of such permit shall proceed at their own risk without assurance that the permit for the entire energy conservation system will be granted.
C104.3.4 Shell and core construction and initial tenant improvements. A building is permitted to be permitted in a two-step process: A shell and core permit and the initial tenant improvement permit.
C104.3.4.1 Shell and core construction. A complete permit application for the shell and core of a new building shall be based on one or more predicted building occupancy classifications and one or more space conditioning categories. A shell and core permit does not allow for occupancy until the initial tenant improvement permit is approved and constructed.
C104.3.4.2 Initial tenant improvement. A complete permit application for the initial tenant improvement in each space shall comply as new construction using the building occupancy classification and space conditioning categories of the tenant space. The project shall comply with the tenant space requirements in Section C406.1.1. An initial tenant improvement project is not classified as an alteration.
C104.3.4.3 Subsequent tenant improvements.Alterations to a tenant space after the initial tenant improvements shall comply with Chapter 5.
C104.3.4.4 Vesting of this code. A complete permit application for the initial tenant alterations that includes all disciplines for an initial tenant improvement that is submitted within 18 months of the date of the approved final inspection of the shell and core building is permitted to comply under the edition of the Washington State Energy Code applicable to the building shell and core.
C104.4 Amended construction documents. Changes made during construction that are not in compliance with the approved construction documents shall be resubmitted for approval as an amended set of construction documents.
C104.5 Retention of construction documents. One set of approved construction documents shall be retained by the code official for a period of not less than 180 days from date of completion of the permitted work, or as required by state or local laws.
C104.6 Building documentation and close out submittal requirements. The construction documents shall specify that the documents described in this section be provided to the building owner or owner's authorized agent within a maximum of 90 days of the date of receipt of the certificate of occupancy.
C104.6.1 Record documents.Construction documents shall be updated by the installing contractor and architect or engineer of record to convey a record of the completed work. Such updates shall include building envelope, mechanical, plumbing, electrical and control drawings red-lined, or redrawn if specified, that show all changes to size, type and locations of components, equipment and assemblies. Record documents shall include the location and model number of each piece of equipment as installed. The architect, engineer of record or installing contractor is required to provide consolidated record drawings in compliance with this section to the building owner or owner's authorized agent with the timeline specified in Section C104.6.
C104.6.2 Building operations and maintenance information. Required regular maintenance actions for equipment and systems shall be clearly stated on a readily visible label on the equipment. The label shall include the title or publication number for the operation and maintenance manual for that particular model and type of product and the manufacture date or installation date.
C104.6.2.1 Manuals. An operating and maintenance manual shall be provided for each component, device, piece of equipment, and system governed by this code. The manual shall include all of the following:
1. Submittal data indicating all selected options for each piece of equipment and control devices.
2. Manufacturer's operation manuals and maintenance manuals for each device, piece of equipment, and system requiring maintenance, except equipment not furnished as part of the project. Required routine maintenance actions, cleaning and recommended relamping shall be clearly identified.
3. Name and address of at least one service agency.
4. Controls system inspection schedule, maintenance and calibration information, wiring diagrams, schematics, and control sequence descriptions. A schedule for inspecting and recalibrating all lighting controls. Desired or field-determined setpoints shall be permanently recorded on control drawings at control devices or, for digital control systems, on the graphic where settings may be changed.
5. A narrative of how each system is intended to operate, including recommended setpoints. Sequence of operation alone is not acceptable for this requirement.
C104.6.2.2 Additional building operations and maintenance information.Buildings subject to the Washington State Clean Buildings Performance Standard (BPS) requirements after occupancy shall meet the requirements for this section. Operating and maintenance information shall be provided to the building owner. This information shall include, but not be limited to, the information specified in Section C104.6.2.1, and all other requirements in the BPS Section 6 and Normative Annex L not included in Section C104.6.2.1.
C104.6.3 Compliance documentation. All energy code compliance forms and calculations shall be delivered in one document to the building owner as part of the project record documents or manuals, or as a standalone document. This document shall include the specific energy code year utilized for compliance determination for each system. NFRC certificates for the installed windows, list of total area for each NFRC certificate, the interior lighting power compliance path (building area, space-by-space) used to calculate the lighting power allowance.
For projects complying with Section C401.2 Item 1, the documentation shall include:
1. The envelope insulation compliance path (prescriptive or component performance).
2. All completed code compliance forms, and all compliance calculations including, but not limited to, those required by Sections C402.1.4, C403.8.1.1, C405.4, and C405.5.
3. A plan for annual energy use data gathering and disclosure as specified in Section C409.1.
For projects complying with Section C401.2 Item 2, the documentation shall include:
1. A list of all proposed envelope component types, areas and U-values.
2. A list of all lighting area types with areas, lighting power allowance, and installed lighting power density.
3. A list of each HVAC system modeled with the assigned and proposed system type.
4. Electronic copies of the baseline and proposed model input and output file. The input files shall be in a format suitable for rerunning the model and shall not consist solely of formatted reports of the inputs.
C104.6.4 Systems operation training. Training of the maintenance staff for equipment included in the manuals required by Section C104.6.2.1 shall include at a minimum:
1. Review of manuals and permanent certificate.
2. Hands-on demonstration of all normal maintenance procedures, normal operating modes, and all emergency shutdown and start-up procedures.
3. Training completion report.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-10500Section C105—((Inspections))Fees.
((C105.1 General. Construction or work for which a permit is required shall be subject to inspection by the code official, his or her designated agent, or an approved agency, and such construction or work shall remain visible and able to be accessed for inspection purposes until approved. Approval as a result of an inspection shall not be construed to be an approval of a violation of the provisions of this code or of other ordinances of the jurisdiction. Inspections presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of this code or of other ordinances of the jurisdiction shall not be valid. It shall be the duty of the permit applicant to cause the work to remain visible and able to be accessed for inspection purposes. Neither the code official nor the jurisdiction shall be liable for expense entailed in the removal or replacement of any material, product, system or building component required to allow inspection to validate compliance with this code.
C105.2 Required inspections. The code official, his or her designated agent, or an approved agency, upon notification, shall make the inspections set forth in Sections C105.2.1 through C105.2.6.
C105.2.1 Footing and foundation insulation. Inspections shall verify footing and/or foundation insulation R-value, location, thickness, depth of burial and protection of insulation as required by the code, approved plans and specifications.
C105.2.2 Thermal envelope. Inspections shall be made before application of interior finish and shall verify that envelope components with the correct type of insulation, the R-values, the correct location of insulation, the correct fenestration, the U-factor, SHGC, VT, and air leakage controls are properly installed as required by the code, approved plans and specifications, including envelope components in future tenant spaces of multitenant buildings.
C105.2.3 Plumbing system. Inspections shall verify the type of insulation, the R-values, the protection required, controls, and heat traps as required by the code, approved plans and specifications.
C105.2.4 Mechanical system. Inspections shall verify the installed HVAC equipment for the correct type and size, controls, duct and piping insulation R-values, duct system and damper air leakage, minimum fan efficiency, energy recovery and economizer as required by the code, approved plans and specifications.
C105.2.5 Electrical system. Inspections shall verify lighting system controls, components, meters, motors and installation of an electric meter for each dwelling unit as required by the code, approved plans and specifications.
C105.2.6 Final inspection. The final inspection shall include verification of the installation and proper operation of all required building controls, and documentation verifying activities associated with required building commissioning have been conducted in accordance with Section C408.
C105.3 Reinspection. A building shall be reinspected when determined necessary by the code official.
C105.4 Approved inspection agencies. The code official is authorized to accept reports of approved inspection agencies, provided such agencies satisfy the requirements as to qualifications and reliability relevant to the building components and systems they are inspecting.
C105.5 Inspection requests. It shall be the duty of the holder of the permit or their duly authorized agent to notify the code official when work is ready for inspection. It shall be the duty of the permit holder to provide access to and means for inspections of such work that are required by this code.
C105.6 Reinspection and testing. Where any work or installation does not pass an initial test or inspection, the necessary corrections shall be made so as to achieve compliance with this code. The work or installation shall then be resubmitted to the code official for inspection and testing.))
C105.1 Fees. A permit shall not be valid until the fees prescribed by law have been paid, nor shall an amendment to a permit be released until the additional fee, if any, has been paid.
C105.2 Schedule of permit fees. A fee for each permit shall be paid as required, in accordance with the schedule as established by the applicable governing authority.
C105.3 Valuation of work. The applicant for a permit shall provide an estimated value of the work for which the permit is being issued at the time of application. Such estimated valuations shall include the total value of the work, including materials and labor. Where, in the opinion of the code official, the valuation is underestimated, the permit shall be denied unless the applicant can show detailed estimates acceptable to the code official. The final valuation shall be approved by the code official. The code official shall have the authority to adjust the final valuation for permit fees.
C105.4 Work commencing before permit issuance. Any person who commences any work before obtaining the necessary permits shall be subject to a fee established by the code official, which shall be in addition to the required permit fees.
C105.5 Related fees. The payment of the fee for the construction, alteration, removal or demolition of work done in connection to or concurrently with the work or activity authorized by a permit shall not relieve the applicant or holder of the permit from the payment of other fees that are prescribed by law.
C105.6 Refunds. The code official is authorized to establish a refund policy.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-10600Section C106—((Notice of approval))Inspections.
((C106.1 Approval. After the prescribed tests and inspections indicate that the work complies in all respects with this code, a notice of approval shall be issued by the code official.
C106.2 Revocation. The code official is authorized to, in writing, suspend or revoke a notice of approval issued under the provisions of this code wherever the certificate is issued in error, or on the basis of incorrect information supplied, or where it is determined that the building or structure, premise, or portion thereof is in violation of any ordinance or regulation or any of the provisions of this code.))
C106.1 General. Construction or work for which a permit is required shall be subject to inspection by the code official, his or her designated agent, or an approved agency, and such construction or work shall remain visible and able to be accessed for inspection purposes until approved. Approval as a result of an inspection shall not be construed to be an approval of a violation of the provisions of this code or of other ordinances of the jurisdiction. Inspections presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of this code or of other ordinances of the jurisdiction shall not be valid. It shall be the duty of the permit applicant to cause the work to remain visible and able to be accessed for inspection purposes. Neither the code official nor the jurisdiction shall be liable for expense entailed in the removal or replacement of any material, product, system or building component required to allow inspection to validate compliance with this code.
C106.2 Required inspections. The code official, his or her designated agent, or an approved agency, upon notification, shall make the inspections set forth in Sections C106.2.1 through C106.2.6.
C106.2.1 Footing and foundation insulation. Inspections shall verify footing and/or foundation insulation R-value, location, thickness, depth of burial and protection of insulation as required by the code, approved plans and specifications.
C106.2.2 Building thermal envelope. Inspections shall be made before application of interior finish and shall verify that envelope components with the type of insulation, R-values, the location of insulation, thermal bridge mitigation, fenestration, U-factor, SHGC, VT, and that air leakage controls are installed as required by the code, approved plans and specifications, including envelope components in future tenant spaces of multitenant buildings.
C106.2.3 Plumbing system. Inspections shall verify the type of insulation, the R-values, the protection required, controls, and heat traps as required by the code, approved plans and specifications.
C106.2.4 Mechanical system. Inspections shall verify the installed HVAC equipment for the correct type and size, controls, duct and piping insulation R-values, duct system and damper air leakage, minimum fan efficiency, energy recovery and economizer as required by the code, approved plans and specifications.
C106.2.5 Electrical system. Inspections shall verify lighting system controls, components, meters, motors and installation of an electric meter for each dwelling unit as required by the code, approved plans and specifications. Where an ESS area is required, inspections shall verify space availability and pathways to electrical service.
C106.2.6 Final inspection. The final inspection shall include verification of the installation and proper operation of all required building controls, and documentation verifying activities associated with required building commissioning have been conducted in accordance with Section C408.
C106.3 Reinspection. A building shall be reinspected when determined necessary by the code official.
C106.4 Approved inspection agencies. The code official is authorized to accept reports of approved inspection agencies, provided such agencies satisfy the requirements as to qualifications and reliability relevant to the building components and systems they are inspecting.
C106.5 Inspection requests. It shall be the duty of the holder of the permit or their duly authorized agent to notify the code official when work is ready for inspection. It shall be the duty of the permit holder to provide access to and means for inspections of such work that are required by this code.
C106.6 Reinspection and testing. Where any work or installation does not pass an initial test or inspection, the necessary corrections shall be made so as to achieve compliance with this code. The work or installation shall then be resubmitted to the code official for inspection and testing.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-10700Section C107—((Validity))Notice of approval.
((C107.1 General. If a portion of this code is held to be illegal or void, such a decision shall not affect the validity of the remainder of this code.))
C107.1 Approval. After the prescribed tests and inspections indicate that the work complies in all respects with this code, a notice of approval shall be issued by the code official.
C107.2 Revocation. The code official is authorized to, in writing, suspend or revoke a notice of approval issued under the provisions of this code wherever the certificate is issued in error, or on the basis of incorrect information supplied, or where it is determined that the building or structure, premise, or portion thereof is in violation of any ordinance or regulation or any of the provisions of this code.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-03-085, filed 1/16/24, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-10800Section C108—((Referenced standards))Board of appeals.
((C108.1 Referenced codes and standards. The codes and standards referenced in this code shall be those listed in Chapter 6, and such codes and standards shall be considered as part of the requirements of this code to the prescribed extent of each such reference and as further regulated in Sections C108.1.1 and C108.1.2.
C108.1.1 Conflicts. Where differences occur between provisions of this code and referenced codes and standards, the provisions of this code shall apply.
C108.1.2 Provisions in referenced codes and standards. Where the extent of the reference to a referenced code or standard includes subject matter that is within the scope of this code, the provisions of this code, as applicable, shall take precedence over the provisions in the referenced code or standard.
C108.2 Application of references. References to chapter or section numbers, or to provisions not specifically identified by number, shall be construed to refer to such chapter, section, or provision of this code.
C108.3 Other laws. The provisions of this code shall not be deemed to nullify any provisions of local, state, or federal law. In addition to the requirements of this code, all occupancies shall conform to the provisions included in the State Building Code (chapter 19.27 RCW). In case of conflicts among the codes enumerated in RCW 19.27.031 (1) through (4) and this code, an earlier named code shall govern over those following. In the case of conflict between the duct sealing and insulation requirements of this code and the duct insulation requirements of Sections 603 and 604 of the International Mechanical Code, the duct insulation requirements of this code, or where applicable, a local jurisdiction's energy code shall govern.))
C108.1 General. In order to hear and decide appeals of orders, decisions or determinations made by the code official relative to the application and interpretation of this code, there shall be and is hereby created a board of appeals. The board of appeals shall be appointed by the governing authority and shall hold office at its pleasure. The board shall adopt rules of procedure for conducting its business, and shall render all decisions and findings in writing to the appellant with a duplicate copy to the code official.
C108.2 Limitations on authority. An application for appeal shall be based on a claim that the true intent of this code or the rules legally adopted thereunder have been incorrectly interpreted, the provisions of this code do not fully apply or an equally good or better form of construction is proposed. The board shall have no authority to waive requirements of this code.
C108.3 Qualifications. The board of appeals shall consist of members who are qualified by experience and training on matters pertaining to the provisions of this code and are not employees of the jurisdiction.
C108.4 Administration. The code official shall take action in accordance with the decisions of the board.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-11000Section C110—((Board of appeals))Violations.
((C110.1 General. In order to hear and decide appeals of orders, decisions or determinations made by the code official relative to the application and interpretation of this code, there shall be and is hereby created a board of appeals. The code official shall be an ex officio member of said board but shall have no vote on any matter before the board. The board of appeals shall be appointed by the governing body and shall hold office at its pleasure. The board shall adopt rules of procedure for conducting its business, and shall render all decisions and findings in writing to the appellant with a duplicate copy to the code official.
C110.2 Limitations on authority. An application for appeal shall be based on a claim that the true intent of this code or the rules legally adopted thereunder have been incorrectly interpreted, the provisions of this code do not fully apply or an equally good or better form of construction is proposed. The board shall have no authority to waive requirements of this code.
C110.3 Qualifications. The board of appeals shall consist of members who are qualified by experience and training and are not employees of the jurisdiction.))It shall be unlawful for any person, firm, or corporation to erect or construct any building, or remodel or rehabilitate any existing building or structure in the state, or allow the same to be done, contrary to or in violation of any of the provisions of this code.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-11100Section C111—((Violations))Liability.
((It shall be unlawful for any person, firm, or corporation to erect or construct any building, or remodel or rehabilitate any existing building or structure in the state, or allow the same to be done, contrary to or in violation of any of))Nothing contained in this code is intended to be nor shall be construed to create or form the basis for any liability on the part of any city or county or its officers, employees, or agents for any injury or damage resulting from the failure of a building to conform to the provisions of this code.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-11200Section C112—((Liability))Reserved.
((Nothing contained in this code is intended to be nor shall be construed to create or form the basis for any liability on the part of any city or county or its officers, employees, or agents for any injury or damage resulting from the failure of a building to conform to the provisions of this code.))
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-20201Section C202.1—A.
ABOVE-GRADE WALL. That portion of a wall in the building thermal envelope that is not a below-grade wall. This includes between-floor spandrels, peripheral edges of floors, roof knee walls, dormer walls, gable end walls, walls enclosing a mansard roof, mechanical equipment penetrations, and skylight shafts.
ACCESS (TO). That which enables a device, appliance or equipment to be reached by ready access or by a means that first requires the removal or movement of a panel or similar obstruction.
ADDITION. An extension or increase in the conditioned space floor area, number of stories, or height of a building or structure.
AFFORDABLE HOUSING. For the purposes of this code, affordable housing shall include buildings which:
1. Receive or have received public funding or an allocation of federal low-income housing tax credits; and
2. Are subject to a regulatory agreement, covenant, or other legal instrument recorded on the property title, and enforceable by the local jurisdiction, Washington state housing finance commission, state of Washington, U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, or other similar entity as approved that either:
2.1. Restricts at least 40 percent of the units to occupancy by households earning no greater than 60 percent of median income, and controls the rents that may be charged, for a minimum period of 40 years.
2.2. Restricts initial and subsequent sales of at least 40 percent of the residential units to households with incomes no greater than 80 percent of median income, for a minimum period of 50 years. The sale price for sales subsequent to the initial sale shall be calculated to allow modest growth in homeowner equity while maintaining long-term affordability for future buyers.
AIR BARRIER. One or more materials joined together in a continuous manner to restrict or prevent the passage of air through the building thermal envelope and its assemblies.
AIR CIRCULATING FAN. A fan that has no provisions for connection to ducting or separation of the fan inlet from its outlet using a pressure boundary, operates against zero external static pressure loss, and is not a jet fan or recirculating fan.
AIR CURTAIN UNIT. A device, installed at the building entrance, that generates and discharges a laminar air stream intended to prevent the infiltration of external, unconditioned air into the conditioned spaces, or the loss of interior, conditioned air to the outside.
AIR LEAKAGE. The uncontrolled airflow through the building thermal envelope caused by pressure differences across the building thermal envelope. Air leakage can be inward (infiltration) or outward (exfiltration) through the building thermal envelope.
ALTERNATING CURRENT-OUTPUT UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (AC-OUTPUT UPS). A combination of convertors, switches and energy storage devices, such as batteries, constituting a power system for maintaining continuity of load power in case of input power failure. Input power failure occurs when voltage and frequency are outside rated steady state and transient tolerance bands or when distortion or interruptions are outside the limits specified for the uninterruptible power supply. An AC-output UPC is an uninterruptible power supply that supplies power with a continuous flow of electric charge that periodically reverses direction.
ALTERATION. Any construction, retrofit or renovation to an existing structure other than repair or addition. Also, a change in a building, electrical, gas, mechanical or plumbing system that involves an extension, addition or change to the arrangement, type or purpose of the original installation.
APPROVED. Acceptable to the code official.
APPROVED AGENCY. An established and recognized agency regularly engaged in conducting tests or furnishing inspection services, or furnishing product certification research reports, when such agency has been approved by the code official.
APPROVED SOURCE. An independent person, firm or corporation approved by the code official, who is competent and experienced in the application of engineering principles to materials, methods or systems analyses.
ATTIC AND OTHER ROOFS. Roofs other than roofs with insulation entirely above deck and metal building roofs, including roofs with insulation entirely below (inside of) the roof structure (i.e., attics, cathedral ceilings, and single-rafter ceilings), roofs with insulation both above and below the roof structure, and roofs without insulation.
AUTOMATIC. Self-acting, operating by its own mechanism when actuated by some impersonal influence, as, for example, a change in current strength, pressure, temperature or mechanical configuration (see "Manual").
AUTOMATIC CONTROL DEVICE. A device capable of automatically controlling equipment and devices without manual intervention.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-20202Section C202.2—B.
BELOW-GRADE WALL. That portion of a wall in the building thermal envelope that is entirely below the finish grade and in contact with the ground.
BEST EFFICIENCY POINT (BEP). The pump hydraulic power operating point (consisting of both flow and head conditions) that results in the maximum efficiency.
BIOGAS. A mixture of hydrocarbons that is a gas at 60°F (15.5°C) and one atmosphere of pressure that is produced through the anaerobic digestion of organic matter.
((BIOMASS. Nonfossilized and biodegradable organic material originating from plants, animals and/or micro-organisms, including products, byproducts, residues and waste from agriculture, forestry and related industries as well as the nonfossilized and biodegradable organic fractions of industrial and municipal wastes, including gases and liquids recovered from the decomposition of nonfossilized and biodegradable organic material.))
BIOMASS WASTE. Organic nonfossilized material of biological origin that is a byproduct or a discarded product. Biomass waste includes municipal solid waste from biogenic sources; landfill gas; sludge waste; agricultural crop byproducts; straw; and other biomass solids, liquids and biogases, but excludes wood and wood-derived fuels (including black liquor), biofuel feedstock, biodiesel and fuel ethanol.
BLOCK. A generic concept used in energy simulation. It can include one or more thermal zones. It represents a whole building or portion of a building with the same use type served by the same HVAC system type.
BOILER, MODULATING. A boiler that is capable of more than a single firing rate in response to a varying temperature or heating load.
BOILER SYSTEM. One or more boilers, their piping and controls that work together to supply steam or hot water to heat output devices remote from the boiler.
BUBBLE POINT. The refrigerant liquid saturation temperature at a specified pressure.
BUILDING. Any structure used or intended for supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy, including any mechanical systems, service water heating systems and electric power and lighting systems located on the building site and supporting the building.
BUILDING COMMISSIONING. A process that verifies and documents that the building systems have been installed and function according to the approved construction documents.
BUILDING ENTRANCE. Any doorway, set of doors, revolving door, vestibule or other form of portal (including elevator doors such as in parking garages) that is ordinarily used to gain access to the building or to exit from the building by its users and occupants. This does not include doors solely used to directly enter mechanical, electrical and other building utility service equipment rooms, or doors for emergency egress only. Where buildings have separate one-way doors to enter or leave, any doors ordinarily used to leave the building are also deemed a building entrance.
BUILDING PERFORMANCE STANDARD (BPS). The adopted Washington State Clean Building Performance Standard at the time of building permit application.
BPS PERFORMANCE METRIC. A unit of measurement used during the design phase or during operation to express BPS performance targets that a building will be subject to once it is put into operation.
BPS PREDICTIVE PERFORMANCE. The estimated post-occupancy energy performance of a building and the associated building site based on the results of the predictive model excluding energy use of systems and components exempt from the BPS compliance, accounting for BPS renewable energy requirements, expressed using the BPS performance metric and normalized as required by the BPS.
BUILDING SITE. A contiguous area of land that is under the ownership or control of one entity.
BUILDING THERMAL ENVELOPE. The below-grade walls, above-grade walls, floors, ceilings, roofs, and any other building element assemblies that meet one or more of the following criteria:
1. Separates conditioned areas of all types from unconditioned or unenclosed areas.
2. Separates conditioned areas of differing types including elements between fully conditioned areas, low energy, semi-heated, greenhouse, and refrigerated areas.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-20203Section C202.3—C.
C-FACTOR (THERMAL CONDUCTANCE). The coefficient of heat transmission (surface to surface) through a building component or assembly, equal to the time rate of heat flow per unit area and the unit temperature difference between the warm side and cold side surfaces (Btu/h ft2 × °F) [W/(m2 × K)].
CAPTIVE KEY DEVICE. A lighting control that will not release the key that activates the override when the lighting is on.
CAVITY INSULATION. Insulating material located between framing members.
CEILING FAN. A nonportable device suspended from a ceiling or overhead structure for circulating air via the rotation of the blades. See also LARGE-DIAMETER CEILING FAN.
((CERTIFIED COMMISSIONING PROFESSIONAL. An individual who is certified by an ANSI/ISO/IEC 17024:2012 accredited organization to lead, plan, coordinate and manage commissioning teams and implement the commissioning process.))
CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY. A change in the use of a building or a portion of a building that results in any of the following:
1. A change ((of occupancy classification))from one occupancy classification to another as defined in the International Building Code.
2. A change from one group to another group within an occupancy classification.
((3. Any change in use within a group for which there is a change in the application of the requirements of this code.))
CHANGE OF USE. The usage of a building or portion of a building is changed from one space or building area type to another space or building area type within the same general use category and occupancy classification. Space types and building area types are defined in Tables C405.4.2(1) and C405.4.2(2). A change of use is not a change of occupancy.
CHI-FACTOR (χ-FACTOR). The heat loss factor for a single thermal bridge characterized as a point element of a building thermal envelope (Btu/h × °F) (W/k).
CIRCULATING HOT WATER SYSTEM. A specifically designed water distribution system where one or more pumps are operated in the service hot water piping to circulate heated water from the water-heating equipment to the fixture supply and back to the water-heating equipment.
CLEAN WATER PUMP. A device that is designed for use in pumping water with a maximum nonabsorbent free solid content of 0.016 lb/ft3 (0.256 kg/m3) and with a maximum dissolved solid content of 3.1 lb/ft3 (49.66 kg/m3), provided that the total gas content of the water does not exceed the saturation volume, and disregarding any additives necessary to prevent the water from freezing at a minimum of 14°F (−10°C).
CLERESTORY FENESTRATION. See "FENESTRATION."
CLIMATE ZONE. A geographical region based on climatic criteria as specified in this code.
CODE OFFICIAL. The officer or other designated authority charged with the administration and enforcement of this code, or a duly authorized representative.
COEFFICIENT OF PERFORMANCE (COP) - COOLING. The ratio of the rate of heat removal to the rate of energy input, in consistent units, for a complete refrigerating system or some specific portion of that system under designated operating conditions.
COEFFICIENT OF PERFORMANCE (COP) - HEATING. The ratio of the rate of heat removal to the rate of heat delivered to the rate of energy input, in consistent units, for a complete heat pump system, including the compressor and, if applicable, auxiliary heat, under designated operating conditions.
COMMERCIAL BUILDING. For this code, all buildings that are not included in the ((definition of "Residential buildings."))residential building definition.
COMMISSIONING PROVIDER. An individual who is certified by an ANSI/ISO/IEC 17024:2012 accredited organization to lead, plan, coordinate, and manage commissioning teams and implement the commissioning process.
COMMON AREA. All conditioned spaces within Group R occupancy buildings that are not dwelling units or sleeping units.
COMMUNITY RENEWABLE ENERGY FACILITY. A facility that produces energy harvested from renewable energy resources and is qualified as a community energy facility under applicable jurisdictional statutes and rules.
COMMUNITY RENEWABLE ENERGY SYSTEM. An off-site renewable energy system for which the owner has purchased or leased renewable energy capacity along with other subscribers.
COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM. A system of at least one compressor providing compressed air at 40 psig or higher.
COMPUTER ROOM. A room whose primary function is to house equipment for the processing and storage of electronic data and that has a design total information technology equipment (ITE) equipment power density less than or equal to 20 watts per square foot (215 watts per m2) of conditioned floor area or a design ITE equipment load less than or equal to 10 kW. See also DATA CENTER.
CONDENSING UNIT. A factory-made assembly of refrigeration components designed to compress and liquefy a specific refrigerant. The unit consists of one or more refrigerant compressors, refrigerant condensers (air-cooled, evaporatively cooled, or water-cooled), condenser fans and motors (where used) and factory-supplied accessories.
CONDITIONED FLOOR AREA. The horizontal projection of the floors associated with the conditioned space.
CONDITIONED SPACE. An area, room or space that is enclosed within the building thermal envelope and that is directly heated or cooled or that is indirectly heated or cooled. Spaces are indirectly heated or cooled where they communicate through openings with conditioned spaces, where they are separated from conditioned spaces by uninsulated walls, floors or ceilings, or where they contain uninsulated ducts, piping or other sources of heating or cooling. Elevator shafts, stair enclosures, enclosed corridors connecting conditioned spaces, and enclosed spaces through which conditioned air is intentionally transferred at a rate exceeding three air changes per hour are considered conditioned spaces for the purposes of the building thermal envelope requirements.
CONGREGATE LIVING FACILITIES. A building or part thereof that contains sleeping units where residents share bathroom or kitchen facilities, or both.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. Written, graphic and pictorial documents prepared or assembled for describing the design, location and physical characteristics of the elements of a project necessary for obtaining a building permit.
CONTINUOUS INSULATION (CI). Insulating material that is continuous across all structural members without metal thermal bridges other than fasteners that have a total cross-sectional area not greater than 0.04 percent (0.12 percent where all metal thermal bridges are stainless steel) of the envelope surface through which they penetrate, and service openings. It is installed on the interior or exterior or is integral to any opaque surface of the building thermal envelope.
CONTROLLED PLANT GROWTH ENVIRONMENT. Group F and U buildings or spaces that are used exclusively for and specifically controlled to facilitate and enhance plant growth and production by manipulating various indoor environmental conditions. Technologies include indoor agriculture, cannabis growing, hydroponics, aquaculture and aquaponics. Controlled indoor environment variables include, but are not limited to, temperature, air quality, humidity, and carbon dioxide.
CONTROLLED RECEPTACLE. An electrical receptacle that is controlled by an automatic control device.
CURTAIN WALL. Fenestration products used to create an external nonload-bearing wall that is designed to separate the exterior and interior environments.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-03-085, filed 1/16/24, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-20204Section C202.4—D.
DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM. An electronic system managed by the building owner to collect, tabulate and display metering information.
DATA CENTER. A room or series of rooms that share data center systems whose primary function is to house equipment for the processing and storage of electronic data, which has a design total information technology equipment (ITE) power density exceeding 20 watts per square foot (215 watts per m2) of conditioned area and a total design ITE equipment load greater than 10 kW.
DATA CENTER SYSTEMS. HVAC systems, electrical systems, equipment, or portions thereof used to condition ITE or electrical systems in a data center.
DAYLIGHT RESPONSIVE CONTROL. A device or system that provides automatic control of electric light levels based on the amount of daylight in a space.
DAYLIGHT ZONE. The portion of the building interior floor area that is illuminated by natural daylight through sidelit and toplit fenestration.
DECORATIVE APPLIANCE, VENTED. A vented appliance wherein the primary function lies in the aesthetic effect of the flames.
DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR SYSTEM (DOAS). A ventilation system that supplies 100 percent outdoor air primarily for the purpose of ventilation ((without requiring operation of a space-conditioning system fan for outdoor air delivery))and that is a separate system from the zone space-conditioning system.
DEHUMIDIFIER. A self-contained, electrically operated and mechanically encased product with the sole purpose of dehumidifying the space consisting of the following:
1. A refrigerated surface (evaporator) that condenses moisture from the atmosphere.
2. A refrigerating system, including an electric motor.
3. An air-circulating fan.
4. A means for collecting or disposing of the condensate.
A dehumidifier does not include a portable air conditioner, room air conditioner or packaged terminal air conditioner.
DEMAND CONTROL KITCHEN VENTILATION (DCKV). A system that provides automatic, continuous control over exhaust hood((, where required,)) and make-up air fan speed in response to ((one or more sensors))temperature, optical or infrared (IR) sensors that monitor cooking activity or through direct communication with cooking appliances.
DEMAND CONTROL VENTILATION (DCV). A ventilation system capability that provides for the automatic reduction of outdoor air intake below design rates when the actual occupancy of spaces served by the system is less than design occupancy.
DEMAND RECIRCULATION WATER SYSTEM. A water distribution system having one or more recirculation pumps that pump water from a heated water supply pipe back to the heated water source through a cold water supply pipe.
DEMAND RESPONSE SIGNAL. A signal that indicates a price or a request to modify electricity consumption for a limited time period.
DEMAND RESPONSIVE CONTROL. A control capable of receiving and automatically responding to a demand response signal.
DESICCANT DEHUMIDIFICATION SYSTEM. A mechanical dehumidification technology that uses a solid or liquid material to remove moisture from the air.
DESIGN MINIMUM EXHAUST AIR RATE. The lowest quantity of air a system is designed to exhaust to the space(s) it serves.
DESIGN MINIMUM OUTDOOR AIR RATE. The lowest quantity of outdoor air an HVAC system is designed to supply to the space(s) it serves when these space(s) are occupied at design occupancy levels.
DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (DDC). A type of control where controlled and monitored analog or binary data such as temperature and contact closures are converted to digital format for manipulation and calculations by a digital computer or microprocessor, then converted back to analog or binary form to control physical devices.
DIRECTLY OWNED OFF-SITE RENEWABLE ENERGY SYSTEM. An off-site renewable energy system owned by the building project owner.
DISTRICT ENERGY EFFICIENCY FACTOR. Ratio of site energy input at the district plant required to produce a unit of heating or cooling at the project site on an annual basis, supported by calculations approved by the code official.
DOOR, GARAGE. Nonswinging doors rated by DASMA 105 with a single panel or horizontally hinged sectional panels.
DOOR, NONSWINGING. Roll-up, tilt-up, metal coiling and sliding doors, access hatches, and all other doors that are not swinging doors or garage doors with less than or equal to 14 percent glazing.
DOOR, SWINGING. Doors that are hinged on one side and revolving doors.
DUCT. A tube or conduit utilized for conveying air. The air passages of self-contained systems are not to be construed as air ducts.
DUCT SYSTEM. A continuous passageway for the transmission of air that, in addition to ducts, includes duct fittings, dampers, plenums, fans and accessory air-handling equipment and appliances.
DWELLING UNIT. A single unit providing complete independent living facilities for one or more persons, including permanent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking and sanitation.
DX-DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR SYSTEM UNIT((S)) (DX-DOAS UNIT((S))). A type of air-cooled, water-cooled or water source factory assembled product that dehumidifies 100 percent outdoor air to a low dew point and includes reheat that is capable of controlling the supply dry-bulb temperature of the dehumidified air to the designated supply air temperature. This conditioned outdoor air is then delivered directly or indirectly to the conditioned spaces. It may precondition outdoor air ((by containing an enthalpy wheel, sensible wheel, desiccant wheel, plate heat exchanger, heat pipes, or other heat or mass transfer apparatus))with an energy recovery ventilation system.
DYNAMIC GLAZING. Any fenestration product that has the fully reversible ability to change its performance properties, including U-factor, SHGC, or VT.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-20205Section C202.5—E.
ECONOMIZER, AIR. A duct and damper arrangement and automatic control system that allows a cooling system to supply outside air to reduce or eliminate the need for mechanical cooling during mild or cold weather.
ECONOMIZER, WATER. A system where the supply air of a cooling system is cooled indirectly with water that is itself cooled by heat or mass transfer to the environment without the use of mechanical cooling.
EMITTANCE. The ratio of the radiant heat flux emitted by a specimen measured on a scale from 0 to 1, where a value of 1 indicates perfect release of thermal radiation.
ENCLOSED SPACE. A volume surrounded by solid surfaces such as walls, floors, roofs, and openable devices such as doors and operable windows. Unconditioned crawlspaces, attics, and parking garages with natural or mechanical ventilation are not considered enclosed spaces.
END USE CATEGORY. A load or group of loads that consume energy in a common or similar manner.
ENERGY ANALYSIS. A method for estimating the annual energy use of the proposed design and standard reference design based on estimates of energy use.
ENERGY COST. The total estimated annual cost for purchased energy for the building functions regulated by this code, including applicable demand charges.
ENERGY RECOVERY, SERIES. A three-step process in which the first step is to remove energy from a single airstream without the use of mechanical cooling. In the second step, the airstream is mechanically cooled for the purpose of dehumidification. In the third step, the energy removed in the first step is reintroduced to the airstream.
ENERGY RECOVERY RATIO, SERIES (SERR). The difference between the dry-bulb air temperatures leaving the series energy recovery unit and leaving the dehumidifying coil divided by the difference between 75°F (24°C) and the dry-bulb temperature of the air leaving the dehumidifying cooling coil.
ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATION SYSTEM. Systems that employ air-to-air heat exchangers to recover energy from exhaust air for the purpose of preheating, precooling, humidifying or dehumidifying outdoor ventilation air prior to supplying the air to a space, either directly or as part of an HVAC system.
ENERGY SIMULATION TOOL. An approved software program or calculation-based methodology that projects the annual energy use of a building.
ENERGY SOURCE METER. A meter placed at the source of the incoming energy that measures the energy delivered to the whole building or metered space.
ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEM (ESS). One or more devices, assembled together, capable of storing energy in order to supply electrical energy at a future time.
ENERGY USE INTENSITY (EUI). The metric indicating the total amount of energy consumed by a building in one year divided by the gross floor area of the building.
ENTHALPY RECOVERY RATIO (ERR). Change in the enthalpy of the outdoor air supply divided by the difference between the outdoor air and entering exhaust air enthalpy, expressed as a percentage.
ENTRANCE DOOR. A vertical fenestration product used for occupant ingress, egress and access ((in nonresidential buildings)) including, but not limited to, exterior entrances utilizing latching hardware and automatic closers and containing over 50 percent glazing specifically designed to withstand heavy duty usage.
EQUIPMENT ROOM. A space that contains either electrical equipment, mechanical equipment, machinery, water pumps or hydraulic pumps that are a function of the building's services.
EQUIVALENT DIAMETER. The diameter of a circle with the same area as another geometric shape. For a rectangular cross section with a width "a" and height "b", the equivalent diameter is given as D = (4ab/π)0.5.
EXTERIOR WALL. Walls including both above-grade walls and below-grade walls.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-20206Section C202.6—F.
FAN, EMBEDDED. A fan that is ((part of a manufactured assembly where the assembly includes functions other than air movement))set or fixed inside a piece of equipment whose purpose exceeds that of a fan or is different than that of a stand-alone fan. The equipment may have safety or energy efficiency requirements of its own. Examples of embedded fans include supply fans that are part of air-handling units, condenser fans in heat rejection equipment, fans as part of air curtain units, or forced draft combustion blowers in boilers or furnaces.
FAN ARRAY. Multiple fans in parallel between two plenum sections in an air distribution system.
FAN BRAKE HORSEPOWER (BHP). The horsepower delivered to the fan's shaft. Brake horsepower does not include the mechanical drive losses (belts, gears, etc.).
FAN ELECTRICAL INPUT POWER (Fan kWdesign). The electrical input power in kilowatts required to operate an individual fan or fan array at design conditions. It includes the power consumption of motor controllers, ((if))where present.
FAN ENERGY INDEX (FEI). The ratio of the electric input power of a reference fan to the electric input power of the actual fan as calculated in accordance with AMCA 208.
FAN SYSTEM. Includes all the fans that contribute to the movement of air serving spaces that pass through a point of a common duct, plenum, or cabinet.
FAN SYSTEM, COMPLEX. A fan system that combines ((supply, exhaust and/or other fans, or is not captured by other fan system types))a single-cabinet fan system with other supply fans, exhaust fans or both.
FAN SYSTEM, EXHAUST((/))OR RELIEF. A fan system dedicated to the removal of air from interior spaces to the outdoors.
FAN SYSTEM, MULTI-ZONE VARIABLE AIR VOLUME (VAV). A fan system that serves three or more space-conditioning zones where airflow to each zone is individually controlled based on heating, cooling and/or ventilation requirements, indoor fan airflow varies as a function of load, and the sum of the minimum zone airflows is 40 percent or less of the fan system design conditions.
FAN SYSTEM, RETURN. A fan system dedicated to removing air from interior where some or all the air is to be recirculated except during economizer operation.
FAN SYSTEM, SINGLE-CABINET. A fan system((where a single fan, single fan array, a single set of fans operating in parallel, or fans or fan arrays in series and embedded in the same cabinet, that both supplies air to a space and recirculates the air))that supplies air to a space and recirculates the air, wherein a single cabinet houses a single fan, a single fan array, a single set of fans operating in parallel, or fans or fan arrays in series.
FAN SYSTEM, SUPPLY-ONLY. A fan system that provides supply air to interior spaces and does not recirculate the air.
FAN SYSTEM, TRANSFER. A fan system that exclusively moves air from one occupied space to another.
FAN SYSTEM AIRFLOW (cfm). The sum of the airflow of all fans with fan electrical input power greater than 1 kW at fan system design conditions, excluding the airflow that passes through downstream fans with fan input power less than 1 kW.
FAN SYSTEM BHP. The sum of the fan brake horsepower of all fans that are required to operate at fan system design conditions to supply air from the heating or cooling source to the conditioned space(s) and return it to the source or exhaust it to the outdoors.
FAN SYSTEM DESIGN CONDITIONS. Operating conditions that can be expected to occur during normal system operation that result in the highest supply fan airflow rate to conditioned spaces served by the system, other than during air economizer operation.
FAN SYSTEM ELECTRICAL INPUT POWER(((Fan kWdesign, system))). The sum of the fan electrical input power (Fan kWdesign) of all fans that are required to operate at fan system design conditions to supply air from the heating or cooling source to the conditioned spaces, return it to the source, exhaust it to the outdoors, or transfer it to another space.
FAN SYSTEM MOTOR NAMEPLATE HP. The sum of the motor nameplate horsepower of all fans that are required to operate at design conditions to supply air from the heating or cooling source to the conditioned space(s) and return it to the source or exhaust it to the outdoors.
FAULT DETECTION AND DIAGNOSTICS (FDD) SYSTEM. A software platform that utilizes building analytic algorithms to convert data provided by sensors and devices to automatically identify faults in building systems and provide a prioritized list of actionable resolutions to those faults based on cost or energy avoidance, comfort and maintenance impact.
FENESTRATION. Products classified as either skylights or vertical fenestration.
SKYLIGHTS. Glass or other transparent or translucent glazing material installed at a slope of less than 60 degrees (91.05 rad) from horizontal, including unit skylights, tubular daylighting devices and glazing materials in solariums, sunrooms, roofs, greenhouses, and sloped walls.
VERTICAL FENESTRATION. Windows that are fixed or operable, doors with ((more))no less than 50 percent glazed area and glazed block composed of glass or other transparent or translucent glazing materials and installed at a slope not less than 60 degrees (91.05 rad) from horizontal. Opaque areas such as spandrel panels are not considered vertical fenestration.
CLERESTORY FENESTRATION. An upper region of vertical fenestration provided for the purpose of admitting daylight beyond the perimeter of a space. The entire clerestory fenestration assembly is installed at a height greater than 8 feet above the finished floor.
FENESTRATION AREA. Total area of the fenestration measured using the rough opening, and including the glazing, sash and frame.
FENESTRATION PRODUCT, FIELD-FABRICATED. A fenestration product whose frame is made at the construction site of standard dimensional lumber or other materials that were not previously cut, or otherwise formed with the specific intention of being used to fabricate a fenestration product or exterior door. Field fabricated does not include site-built fenestration.
FENESTRATION PRODUCT, SITE-BUILT. A fenestration designed to be made up of field-glazed or field-assembled units using specific factory cut or otherwise factory-formed framing and glazing units. Examples of site-built fenestration include storefront systems, curtain walls, and atrium roof systems.
F-FACTOR. The perimeter heat loss factor ((for))per unit perimeter length of slab-on-grade floors (Btu/h × ft × °F) [W/(m × K)].
FINANCIAL RENEWABLE ENERGY POWER PURCHASE AGREEMENT. A financial arrangement between a renewable electricity generator and a purchaser wherein the purchaser pays or guarantees a price to the generator for the project's renewable generation. Also known as a "financial power purchase agreement" and "virtual power purchase agreement."
FLOOR AREA, NET. The actual occupied area not including unoccupied accessory areas such as corridors, stairways, toilet rooms, mechanical rooms and closets.
FURNACE ELECTRICITY RATIO. The ratio of furnace electricity use to total furnace energy computed as ratio = (3.412 × EAE)/1000 × EF + 3.412 × EAE) where EAE (average annual auxiliary electrical consumption) and EF (average annual fuel energy consumption) are defined in Appendix N to Subpart B of Part 430 of Title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations and EF is expressed in millions of Btus per year.
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040. AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-20207Section C202.7—G.
GENERAL LIGHTING. Interior lighting that provides a substantially uniform level of illumination throughout a space. General lighting shall not include lighting that provides a dissimilar level of illumination to serve a specific application or decorative feature within such area.
GREEN RETAIL TARIFF. An electricity-rate structure qualified under applicable statutes or rules contracted by an electricity service provider to the building project owner to provide electricity generated with 100 percent renewable energy resources without the purchase of unbundled renewable energy certificates (RECs).
GREENHOUSE. A structure or a thermally isolated area of a building that maintains a specialized sunlit environment ((exclusively))with a skylight roof ratio of 50 percent or more above the growing area used exclusively for, and ((is)) essential to, the cultivation, protection or maintenance of plants. Greenhouses are those that are erected for a period of 180 days or more.
GROUP R.((Buildings or portions of buildings))Commercial buildings, or portions thereof, that contain any of the following occupancies as established in the International Building Code:
1. All Group R-1 occupancy buildings.
2. Group R-2 ((where located more than three stories in height above grade plane))occupancy buildings that are greater than three stories in height above grade plane.
3. Group R-2 occupancy buildings in which any dwelling unit is accessed from interior corridors or other interior spaces.
4. Group R-4 occupancy buildings that are greater than three stories in height above grade plane.
5. Group R also includes certain I occupancies in accordance with Section C101.2.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-20208Section C202.8—H.
HEAT TRAP. An arrangement of piping and fittings, such as elbows, or a commercially available heat trap that prevents thermosyphoning of hot water during standby periods.
HEAT TRAP, PIPE CONFIGURED. A pipe configured heat trap is either, as applicable:
1. A device specifically designed for the purpose or an arrangement of tubing that forms a loop of 360 degrees; or
2. Piping that from the point of connection to the water heater (inlet or outlet) includes a length of piping directed downward before connection to the vertical piping of the supply water or hot-water distribution system.
HEATED SLAB-ON-GRADE FLOOR. Slab-on-grade floor construction in which the heating elements, hydronic tubing, or hot air distribution system is in contact with, or placed within or under, the slab.
HEATED SERVICE WATER CIRCULATION SYSTEM. A water distribution system having one or more recirculation pumps that pump water from a heated water source through a dedicated hot water circulation pipe or piping system.
HIGH-END TRIM. A lighting control setting that limits the maximum power to individual luminaires or groups of luminaires in a space.
HIGH SPEED DOOR. A nonswinging door used primarily to facilitate vehicular access or material transportation, with a minimum opening rate of 32 inches (813 mm) per second, a minimum closing rate of 24 inches (610 mm) per second and that includes an automatic-closing device.
HISTORIC BUILDINGS. Any building or structure that is one or more of the following:
1. Listed, or certified as eligible for listing, by the State Historic Preservation Officer or the Keeper of the National Register of Historic Places, in the National Register of Historic Places.
2. Designated as historic under an applicable state or local law.
3. Certified as a contributing resource within a National Register-listed, state-designated or locally designated historic district.
((HUMIDISTAT. A regulatory device, actuated by changes in humidity, used for automatic control of relative humidity.))
HORTICULTURAL LIGHTING. Electric lighting used for horticultural production, cultivation or maintenance.
HUMIDISTATIC CONTROLS.Automatic controls used to maintain humidity at a setpoint.
HVAC TOTAL SYSTEM PERFORMANCE RATIO (HVAC TSPR). The ratio of the sum of a building's annual heating and cooling load in thousands of Btus to the sum of annual ((carbon emissions in pounds from))site energy consumption of the building HVAC systems. ((Carbon emissions shall be calculated by multiplying site energy consumption by the carbon emission factors from Table C407.1.))
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-20209Section C202.9—I.
IEC DESIGN H MOTOR. An electric motor that meets all of the following:
1. It is an induction motor designed for use with three-phase power.
2. It contains a cage rotor.
3. It is capable of direct-on-line starting.
4. It has 4, 6 or 8 poles.
5. It is rated from 0.4 kW to 1600 kW at a frequency of 60 Hz.
IEC DESIGN N MOTOR. An electric motor that meets all of the following:
1. It is an inductor motor designed for use with three-phase power.
2. It contains a cage rotor.
3. It is capable of direct-on-line starting.
4. It has 2, 4, 6 or 8 poles.
5. It is rated from 0.4 kW to 1600 kW at a frequency of 60 Hz.
INDUCED-FLOW FAN. A type of laboratory exhaust fan with a nozzle and windband; the fan's outlet airflow is greater than the inlet airflow due to induced airflow. All airflow entering the inlet exits through the nozzle. Airflow exiting the windband includes the nozzle airflow as well as the induced airflow.
INFILTRATION. The uncontrolled inward air leakage into a building caused by the pressure effects of wind or the effect of differences in the indoor and outdoor air density or both.
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY EQUIPMENT (ITE). Items including computers, data storage, servers, network, and communication equipment.
INSULATION ENTIRELY ABOVE DECK. A roof with all insulation:
1. Installed above (outside of) the roof structure; and
2. Continuous (i.e., uninterrupted by framing members).
INTEGRATED ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO (IEER). A single-number figure of merit expressing cooling part-load EER efficiency for unitary air-conditioning and heat pump equipment on the basis of weighted operation at various load capacities for the equipment.
INTEGRATED HVAC SYSTEM. An HVAC system designed to handle both sensible and latent heat removal. Integrated HVAC systems ((may)) include, but are not limited to, HVAC systems with a sensible heat ratio of 0.65 or less and the capability of providing cooling, dedicated outdoor air systems, single package air conditioners with at least one refrigerant circuit providing hot gas reheat, and ((stand-alone)) dehumidifiers modified to allow external heat rejection.
INTEGRATED PART LOAD VALUE (IPLV). A single number figure of merit based on part-load EER, COP, or kW/ton expressing part-load efficiency for air conditioning and heat pump equipment on the basis of weighted operation at various load capacities for equipment.
INTEGRATED SEASONAL COEFFICIENT OF PERFORMANCE (ISCOP). A seasonal efficiency number that is a combined value based on the formula listed in AHRI Standard 920 of the two COP values for the heating season of a DX-DOAS unit water or air source heat pump, expressed in W/W.
INTEGRATED SEASONAL MOISTURE REMOVAL EFFICIENCY (ISMRE). A seasonal efficiency number that is a combined value based on the formula listed in AHRI Standard 920 of the four dehumidification moisture removal efficiency (MRE) ratings required for DX-DOAS units, expressed in lb. of moisture/kWh.
INTERNAL CURTAIN SYSTEM. A system consisting of moveable panels of fabric or plastic film used to cover and uncover the space enclosed in a greenhouse on a daily basis.
ISOLATION DEVICES. Devices that isolate HVAC zones so they can be operated independently of one another. Isolation devices include separate systems, isolation dampers and controls providing shutoff at terminal boxes.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-20212Section C202.12—L.
LABELED. Equipment, materials or products to which have been affixed a label, seal, symbol or other identifying mark of a nationally recognized testing laboratory, approvedagency or other organization concerned with product evaluation that maintains periodic inspection of the production of the above-labeled items and whose labeling indicates either that the equipment, material or product meets identified standards or has been tested and found suitable for a specified purpose.
LARGE-DIAMETER CEILING FAN. A ceiling fan that is greater than ((seven feet (2134 mm)))or equal to 84.5 inches (2.15 m) in diameter. These fans are sometimes referred to as High-Volume, Low-Speed (HVLS) fans.
LARGEST NET CAPACITY INCREMENT. The largest increase in capacity when switching between combinations of base compressors that is expected to occur under the compressed air system control scheme.
LINER SYSTEM (LS). A system that includes the following:
1. A continuous vapor barrier liner membrane that is installed below the purlins and that is uninterrupted by framing members.
2. An uncompressed, unfaced insulation resting on top of the liner membrane and located between the purlins.
For multilayer installations, the last rated R-value of insulation is for unfaced insulation draped over purlins and then compressed when the metal roof panels are attached.
LISTED. Equipment, materials, products or services included in a list published by an organization acceptable to the code official and concerned with evaluation of products or services that maintains periodic inspection of production of listed equipment or materials or periodic evaluation of services and whose listing states either that the equipment, material, product or service meets identified standards or has been tested and found suitable for a specified purpose.
((LOW-CARBON DISTRICT ENERGY EXCHANGE SYSTEM. Any system serving multiple buildings providing energy in the form of a circulated fluid that can accept or reject heat from individual buildings. Energy can be indirectly converted to meet building heating or cooling loads by serving as the heat source or sink for heat-pump systems. Examples include, but are not limited to, low temperature condenser water, ground source condenser water, or sewer heat recovery.
Low-carbon district energy exchange systems must demonstrate that 25 percent of the annual district-system-net-load-met (sum of heating and cooling energy provided to attached buildings) comes from heat recovery between connected buildings, waste heat, or renewable energy resources and no more than 25 percent of the annual heat input to the system comes from fossil fuel or electric-resistance sources.
LOW-CARBON DISTRICT HEATING AND COOLING OR HEATING ONLY SYSTEM. Any system serving multiple buildings providing energy in the form of direct heating and cooling, or heating only to a building. Energy can be directly converted to meet building heating or cooling loads through a heat exchanger. Examples include, but are not limited to, steam, hot water, and chilled water.
Low-carbon district systems must demonstrate the following:
1. Distribution losses must be accounted for and may not exceed 10 percent of the annual load delivered to buildings served by the system.
2. Twenty-five percent of the annual district-system-net-load-met (sum of heating and cooling energy provided to attached buildings) comes from heat recovery between connected buildings, waste heat or renewable energy resources and no more than 25 percent of the annual heat input to the system comes from fossil fuel or electric resistance sources; or
3. No more than 10 percent of the system annual heat input to the system comes from fossil fuel or electric resistance sources.
LOW-SLOPED ROOF. A roof having))LOW SLOPE. A slope less than 2 units vertical in 12 units horizontal (17 percent slope) as applied to roofs.
LOW-VOLTAGE DRY-TYPE DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMER. A transformer that is air-cooled, does not use oil as a coolant, has an input voltage less than or equal to 600 volts and is rated for operation at a frequency of 60 hertz.
LOW-VOLTAGE LIGHTING. A lighting system consisting of an isolating power supply, the low voltage luminaires, and associated equipment that are all identified for the use.
LUMINAIRE. A complete lighting unit consisting of a lamp or lamps together with the housing designed to distribute the light, position and protect the lamps, and connect the lamps to the power supply.
LUMINAIRE-LEVEL LIGHTING CONTROL. A lighting system consisting of one or more luminaires where each luminaire has embedded lighting control logic, occupancy and ambient light sensors, and local override switching capability, where required. Each luminaire shall also have local or central wireless networking capabilities to detect and share information with other luminaires to adjust to occupancy and/or daylight in the space.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-20213Section C202.13—M.
MANUAL. Capable of being operated by personal intervention (see "Automatic").
MASS TRANSFER DECK SLAB. A concrete slab designed to transfer structural load from the building perimeter wall or column line above, laterally to an offset wall or column line below, and which has conditioned or semi-heated space on the inside of the upper wall and exterior or unconditioned space on the outside of the upper wall. The area of the slab edge shall be defined as the thickness of the slab multiplied by the length of the edge condition. Examples of this condition include, but are not limited to, the transition from an above-grade structure to a below-grade structure or the transition from a tower to a podium. A cantilevered concrete balcony does not constitute a mass transfer deck slab.
MECHANICAL COOLING. Reducing the temperature of a gas or liquid by using vapor compression, absorption, desiccant dehumidification combined with evaporative cooling, or another energy-driven thermodynamic cycle. Indirect or direct evaporative cooling alone is not considered mechanical cooling.
MECHANICAL HEATING. Raising the temperature of a gas or liquid by use of fossil fuel burners, electric resistance heaters, heat pumps, or other systems that require energy to operate.
MECHANICAL LOAD COEFFICIENT (MLC). In a data center, the ratio of the cooling system's net use of energy to that of the ITE. The annual MLC is calculated using hourly weather data for the data center's location and equals the sum of all energy flowing into the cooling system to respond to that weather, minus any energy successfully recovered to avoid any new energy use, all divided by the energy flowing into the ITE during the same period.
MECHANICAL ROOM. A room or space in which mechanical equipment and appliances are located that has sufficient room for access and maintenance of the equipment or appliances with room energy doors closed.
METAL BUILDING ROOF. A roof that:
1. Is constructed with a metal, structural, weathering surface;
2. Has no ventilated cavity; and
3. Has the insulation entirely below deck (i.e., does not include composite concrete and metal deck construction nor a roof framing system that is separated from the superstructure by a wood substrate) and whose structure consists of one or more of the following configurations:
a. Metal roofing in direct contact with the steel framing members;
b. Metal roofing separated from the steel framing members by insulation;
c. Insulated metal roofing panels installed as described in a or b.
METAL BUILDING WALL. A wall whose structure consists of metal spanning members supported by steel structural members (i.e., does not include spandrel glass or metal panels in curtain wall systems).
METER. A device that measures the flow of energy.
MICROCELL. A wireless communication facility consisting of an antenna that is either: (a) Four (4) feet in height and with an area of not more than 580 square inches; or (b) if a tubular antenna, no more than four (4) inches in diameter and no more than six (6) feet in length; and the associated equipment cabinet that is six (6) feet or less in height and no more than 48 square feet in floor area.
MULTI-PASS HEAT PUMP WATER HEATER. A heat pump water heater control strategy requiring multiple passes of water through the heat pump to reach the final target storage water temperature.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-20215Section C202.15—O.
OCCUPANT SENSOR CONTROL. An automatic control device or system that detects the presence or absence of people within an area and causes lighting, equipment or appliances to be regulated accordingly.
OCCUPIED-STANDBY MODE. Mode of operation when an HVAC zone is scheduled to be occupied and an occupant sensor indicates no occupants are within the zone.
ON-SITE RENEWABLE ENERGY. Energy from renewable energy resources harvested at the building site.
OPAQUE DOOR. A door that is not less than 50 percent opaque in surface area.
OWNER. Any person, agent, operator, entity, firm, or corporation having any legal or equitable interest in the property; or recorded in the official records of the state, county, or municipality as holding an interest or title to the property; or otherwise having possession or control of the property, including the guardian of the estate of any such person, and the executor or administrator of the estate of such person if ordered to take possession of real property by a court.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-20216Section C202.16—P.
PARKING AREA, EXTERIOR. Parking spaces, drive aisles and ramps that are not located within a building, or that are located on a roof.
PARKING AREA, INTERIOR. Parking spaces, drive aisles and ramps located within a building.
PARKING GARAGE SECTION. A part of an enclosed parking garage that is separated from all other parts of the garage by full-height solid walls or operable openings that are intended to remain closed during normal operation and where vehicles cannot pass to other parts of the garage. A parking garage can have one or more parking garage sections, and parking garage sections can include multiple floors.
PERSONAL WIRELESS SERVICE FACILITY. A wireless communication facility (WCF), including a microcell, which is a facility for the transmission and/or reception of radio frequency signals and which may include antennas, equipment shelter or cabinet, transmission cables, a support structure to achieve the necessary elevation, and reception and/or transmission devices or antennas.
PHOTOSYNTHETIC PHOTON EFFICACY (PPE). Photosynthetic photon flux emitted by a light source divided by its electrical input ((electric)) power in units of micromoles per second per watt, or micromoles per joule (μmol/J) as defined by ANSI/ASABE S640.
PHYSICAL RENEWABLE ENERGY POWER PURCHASE AGREEMENT. A contract for the purchase of renewable electricity from a specific renewable electricity generator to a purchaser of renewable electricity.
POWERED ROOF/WALL VENTILATORS. A fan consisting of a centrifugal or axial impeller with an integral driver in a weather-resistant housing and with a base designed to fit, usually by means of a curb, over a wall or roof opening.
POWER-OVER-ETHERNET LIGHTING (POE). Lighting sources powered by DC current utilizing Ethernet cables.
PREDICTED PERFORMANCE. The estimated post-occupancy energy performance of the building and the associated building site which includes all energy end-uses.
PREDICTIVE MODEL. A computer representation of the actual proposed building design, or portion thereof, developed for the purpose of estimating energy use of the building after it is occupied.
PRIMARY STORAGE. Compressed air storage located upstream of the distribution system and any pressure flow regulators.
PROCESS APPLICATION. A manufacturing, industrial, or commercial procedure or activity where the primary purpose is other than conditioning spaces and maintaining comfort and amenities for the occupants of a building.
PROPOSED DESIGN. A description of the proposed building used to estimate annual energy use ((and carbon emissions from energy consumption)) for determining compliance based on ((total))simulated building performance and HVAC total performance ratio.
PSI-FACTOR (Ψ-FACTOR). The heat loss factor per unit length of a thermal bridge characterized as a linear element of a building thermal envelope (Btu/h × ft × °F) [W/(m × K)].
PUBLIC LAVATORY FAUCET. A lavatory faucet that is not intended for private use as defined by the Uniform Plumbing Code and that is supplied with both potable cold and hot water.
PUMP ENERGY INDEX (PEI). The ratio of a pump's energy rating divided by the energy rating of a minimally compliant pump. For pumps with the constant load operating mode, the relevant PEI is PEICL. For pumps with the variable load operating mode, the relevant PEI is PEIVL.
PURCHASED ENERGY. Energy or power purchased for consumption and delivered to the building site.
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040. AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-20218Section C202.18—R.
RADIANT HEATING SYSTEM. A heating system that transfers heat to objects and surfaces within a conditioned space, primarily by infrared radiation.
READY ACCESS (TO). That which enables a device, appliance or equipment to be directly reached, without requiring the removal or movement of any panel or similar obstruction.
REFRIGERANT DEW POINT. The refrigerant vapor saturation temperature at a specified pressure.
REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSE COOLER. An enclosed storage space that has a total chilled storage area of 3,000 ft2 or greater and is designed to maintain a temperature of greater than 32°F but less than 55°F.
REFRIGERATED WAREHOUSE FREEZER. An enclosed storage space that has a total chilled storage area of 3,000 ft2 or greater and is designed to maintain a temperature at or below 32°F.
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM, LOW TEMPERATURE. Systems for maintaining food product in a frozen state in refrigeration applications.
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM, MEDIUM TEMPERATURE. Systems for maintaining food product above freezing in refrigeration applications.
REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL. An individual who is registered or licensed to practice their respective design profession as defined by the statutory requirements of the professional registration laws of the state or jurisdiction in which the project is to be constructed.
RENEWABLE ENERGY CERTIFICATE (REC). A market-based instrument that represents and conveys the environmental, social and other nonpower attributes of one megawatt hour of renewable electricity generation and could be sold separately from the underlying physical electricity associated with renewable energy resources, also known as energy attribute certificate (EAC).
RENEWABLE ENERGY INVESTMENT FUND (REIF). A fund established by a jurisdiction or a nonprofit Green Bank recognized by the state of Washington to accept payment from building project owners to construct or acquire interests in qualifying renewable energy systems, together with their associated RECs, on the building project owners' behalf.
RENEWABLE ENERGY RESOURCES. Energy derived from solar radiation, wind, waves, tides, ((biogas,))biomass waste or extracted from hot fluid or steam heated within the earth.
RENEWABLE FUELS. Gaseous or liquid fuels made from biomass or biogas. Renewable fuels shall meet the requirements of the Green-E Renewable Fuel Standard.
RENEWABLE ((POWER))ENERGY PURCHASE AGREEMENT. A ((power)) purchase agreement for off-site renewable energy where the owner agrees to purchase renewable energy output and the associated renewable energy certificatesand/or renewable thermal certificates at a fixed price schedule.
RENEWABLE THERMAL CERTIFICATE. A market-based instrument that represents and conveys the environmental attributes of generating and using one dekatherm of renewable thermal energy for various fuel sources, including clean hydrogen, renewable natural gas (RNG/biomethane), and biogas.
REPAIR. The reconstruction or renewal of any part of an existing building.
REPLACEMENT AIR. Outdoor air that is used to replace air removed from a building through an exhaust system. Replacement air may be derived from one or more of the following: Make-up air, supply air, transfer air and infiltration. However, the ultimate source of all replacement air is outdoor air. When replacement air exceeds exhaust, the result is exfiltration.
REROOFING. The process of recovering or replacing an existing roof covering. See "Roof Recover" and "Roof Replacement."
RESIDENTIAL BUILDING. For this code, the following building types are residential buildings:
1. Detached one- and two-family dwellings.
2. Multiple single-family dwellings (townhouses).
3. Group R-2 ((and)), R-3, and R-4buildings three stories or less in height above grade plane ((whose))in which alldwelling units are accessed directly from the exterior.
4. Accessory structures to residential buildings.
((Group R-2 buildings with dwelling units accessed from interior corridors or other interior spaces are not residential buildings.))
ROOF ASSEMBLY. A system designed to provide weather protection and resistance to design loads. The system consists of a roof covering and roof deck or a single component serving as both the roof covering and the roof deck. A roof assembly includes the roof covering, underlayment, roof deck, insulation, vapor retarder and interior finish. See also attic and other roofs, metal building roof, roof with insulation entirely above deck and single-rafter roof.
ROOF RECOVER. The process of installing an additional roof covering over a prepared existing roof covering without removing the existing roof covering.
ROOF REPAIR. Reconstruction or renewal of any part of an existing roof for the purposes of its maintenance.
ROOF REPLACEMENT.((The process of removing the existing roof covering, repairing any damaged substrate and installing a new roof covering.))An alteration that includes the removal of all existing layers of roof assembly materials down to the roof deck and the installation of replacement materials above the existing roof deck.
ROOFTOP MONITOR. A raised section of a roof containing vertical fenestration along one or more sides.
R-VALUE (THERMAL RESISTANCE). The inverse of the time rate of heat flow through a body from one of its bounding surfaces to the other surface for a unit temperature difference between the two surfaces, under steady state conditions, per unit area (h • ft2 • °F/Btu) [(m2 • K)/W].
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040. AMENDATORY SECTION(WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-20219Section C202.19—S.
SAFETY FAN. A fan whose operation meets one or more of the following:
1. A reversible axial fan in cylindrical housing that is designed and marketed for use in ducted tunnel ventilation that will reverse operations under an emergency ventilation condition.
2. A fan for use in explosive atmospheres tested and marked according to ISO 80079-36.
3. An electric-motor-driven positive pressure ventilator as defined in AMCA 240.
4. A fan complying with ANSI/UL 705 and listed as "power ventilators for smoke control systems."
5. A laboratory exhaust fan designed and marketed specifically for exhausting contaminated air vertically away from a building using high-velocity discharge.
SATURATED-CONDENSING TEMPERATURE. The saturation temperature corresponding to the measured refrigerant pressure at the condenser inlet for single component and azeotropic refrigerants, and the arithmetic average of the dew point and bubble point temperatures corresponding to the refrigerant pressure at the condenser entrance for zeotropic refrigerants.
SEMI-HEATED SPACE. An enclosed space within a building, including adjacent connected spaces separated by an uninsulated component (e.g., basements, utility rooms, garages, corridors), which:
1. Is heated but not cooled, and has an installed heating system output capacity greater than or equal to 3.4 Btu/(h-ft2) but not greater than 8 Btu/(h-ft2);
2. Is not a walk-incooler, walk-in freezer, refrigerated warehouse cooler or refrigerated warehouse freezer space.
SENSIBLE RECOVERY EFFECTIVENESS. Change in the dry-bulb temperature of the outdoor air supply divided by the difference between the outdoor air and return air dry-bulb temperatures, expressed as a percentage, governed by AHRI Standard 1060.
SERVICE WATER HEATING. Heating water for domestic or commercial purposes other than space heating and process requirements.
SIDELIT. See Section C405.2.5.2.
SIMULATED BUILDING PERFORMANCE. A process in which the proposed building design is compared to a standard reference design for the purposes of estimating relative energy use against a baseline to determine code compliance.
SINGLE-PASS HEAT PUMP WATER HEATER. A heat pump water heater control strategy using variable flow or variable capacity to deliver water from the heat pump at the final target storage water temperature in a single-pass through the heat exchanger with variable incoming water temperatures.
SINGLE-RAFTER ROOF. A roof where the roof above and the ceiling below are both attached to the same wood rafter and where insulation is located in the space between these wood rafters.
SKYLIGHT. See "Fenestration."
SLAB BELOW GRADE. Any portion of a slab floor in contact with the ground which is more than 24 inches below the final elevation of the nearest exterior grade.
SLAB-ON-GRADE FLOOR. That portion of a slab floor of the building thermal envelope that is in contact with the ground and that is either above grade or is less than or equal to 24 inches below the final elevation of the nearest exterior grade.
SLEEPING UNIT. A room or space in which people sleep, which can also include permanent provisions for living, eating, and either sanitation or kitchen facilities but not both. Such rooms and spaces that are also part of a dwelling unit are not sleeping units.
SMALL ELECTRIC MOTOR. A general purpose, alternating current, single speed induction motor.
SMALL BUSINESS. Any business entity (including a sole proprietorship, corporation, partnership or other legal entity) which is owned and operated independently from all other businesses, which has the purpose of making a profit, and which has fifty or fewer employees.
SOLAR HEAT GAIN COEFFICIENT (SHGC). The ratio of the solar heat gain entering the space through the fenestration assembly to the incident solar radiation. Solar heat gain includes directly transmitted solar heat and absorbed solar radiation which is then reradiated, conducted or convected into the space.
SOLAR ZONE. A clear area or areas reserved solely for current and future installation of photovoltaic or solar hot water systems.
SPACE CONDITIONING CATEGORY. Categories are based on the allowed peak space conditioning output capacity per square foot of conditioned floor area, or the design set point temperature, for a building or space. Space conditioning categories include: Low energy, semi-heated, conditioned, refrigerated walk-in and warehouse coolers, and refrigerated walk-in and warehouse freezers.
STAND-ALONE DEHUMIDIFIER. A product with the sole purpose of dehumidifying the space that does not include a portable air conditioner, room air conditioner, or packaged terminal air conditioner. Stand-alone dehumidifier is a self-contained, electrically operated, and mechanically encased assembly consisting of:
1. A refrigerated surface (evaporator) that condenses moisture from the atmosphere;
2. A refrigerating system, including an electric motor;
3. An air-circulating fan; and
4. A means for collecting or disposing of the condensate.
STANDARD REFERENCE DESIGN. A version of the proposed design that meets the minimum requirements of this code and is used to determine the maximum annual energy use requirement ((and carbon emissions)) from energy consumption for compliance based on total simulated building performance and HVAC total system performance ratio.
STEEL-FRAMED WALL. A wall with a cavity (insulated or otherwise) whose exterior surfaces are separated by steel framing members (i.e., typical steel stud walls and curtain wall systems).
STOREFRONT. A system of doors and windows mulled as a composite fenestration structure that has been designed to resist heavy use. Storefront systems include, but are not limited to, exterior fenestration systems that span from the floor level or above to the ceiling of the same story on commercial buildings, with or without mulled windows and doors.
SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENT. Any repair, reconstruction, rehabilitation, alteration, addition, or other improvement of a building or structure, the cost of which equals or is more than 50 percent of the market value of the structure before the improvement. Where the structure has sustained substantial damage, as defined in the International Building Code, any repairs are considered substantial improvement regardless of the actual repair work performed. Substantial improvement does not include the following:
1. Improvements of a building ordered by the code official to correct heating, sanitary, or safety code violations.
2. Alteration of a historic building where the alteration will not affect the designation as a historic building.
SUBSYSTEM METER. A meter placed downstream of the energy supply meter that measures the energy delivered to a load or a group of loads.
SYSTEM. A combination of equipment and auxiliary devices (e.g., controls, accessories, interconnecting means and terminal elements) by which energy is transformed so it performs a specific function, such as HVAC, service water heating or lighting.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-20220Section C202.20—T.
TEMPERATURE MAINTENANCE. The system used to maintain the temperature of the building service hot water delivery system, typically by circulation and reheating or by a heat trace system.
TEMPORARY GROWING STRUCTURE. A temporary growing structure has sides and roof covered with polyethylene, polyvinyl or similar flexible synthetic material and is used to provide plants with either frost protection or increased heat retention. Temporary structures are those that are erected for a period of less than 180 days.
TESTING UNIT ENCLOSURE AREA. The area sum of all the boundary surfaces that define the dwelling unit, sleeping unit, or ((occupiable)) conditioned enclosed space including top/ceiling, bottom/floor and all side walls. This does not include interior partition walls within the dwelling unit, sleeping unit, or ((occupiable)) conditioned enclosed space. Wall height shall be measured from the finished floor of the conditioned space to the finished floor or roof/ceiling air barrier above.
THERMAL BLOCK. A generic concept used in energy simulation. It can include one or more thermal zones. It represents a whole building or portion of a building with the same use type served by the same HVAC system type.
THERMAL BRIDGE. An element or interface of elements that has higher thermal conductivity than the surrounding building thermal envelope, which creates a path of least resistance for heat transfer.
THERMAL DISTRIBUTION EFFICIENCY (TDE). The resistance to changes in air heat as air is conveyed through a distance of air duct. TDE is a heat loss calculation evaluating the difference in the heat of the air between the air duct inlet and outlet caused by differences in temperatures between the air in the duct and the duct material. TDE is expressed as a percent difference between the inlet and outlet heat in the duct.
THERMAL ENERGY NETWORK, ENERGY EXCHANGE SYSTEM. Any system serving multiple buildings providing energy in the form of a circulated fluid that can accept or reject heat from individual buildings. Energy can be indirectly converted to meet building heating or cooling loads by serving as the heat source or sink for heat-pump systems. Examples include, but are not limited to, low temperature condenser water, ground source condenser water, or sewer heat recovery.
Thermal energy network, energy exchange systems must demonstrate that 25 percent of the annual district-system-net-load-met (sum of heating and cooling energy provided to attached buildings) comes from heat recovery between connected buildings, waste heat, or renewable energy resources and no more than 25 percent of the annual heat input to the system comes from fossil fuel or electric-resistance sources.
THERMAL ENERGY NETWORK, HEATING AND COOLING OR HEATING ONLY SYSTEM. Any system serving multiple buildings providing energy in the form of direct heating and cooling, or heating only to a building. Energy can be directly converted to meet building heating or cooling loads through a heat exchanger. Examples include, but are not limited to, steam, hot water, and chilled water.
Thermal energy network, heating and cooling or heating only systems must demonstrate that distribution losses must be accounted for and may not exceed 10 percent of the annual load delivered to buildings served by the system. Systems must also comply with either:
1. Twenty-five percent of the annual district-system-net-load-met (sum of heating and cooling energy provided to attached buildings) comes from heat recovery between connected buildings, waste heat or renewable energy resources and no more than 25 percent of the annual heat input to the system comes from fossil fuel or electric resistance sources; or
2. No more than 10 percent of the system annual heat input to the system comes from fossil fuel or electric resistance sources.
THERMOSTAT. An automatic control device used to maintain temperature at a fixed or adjustable set point.
TIME-SWITCH CONTROL. An automatic control device or system that controls lighting or other loads, including switching off, based on time schedules.
TOPLIT. See Section C405.2.5.3.
TUBULAR DAYLIGHTING DEVICE (TDD). A nonoperable skylight device primarily designed to transmit daylight from a roof surface to an interior ceiling surface via a tubular conduit. The device consists of an exterior glazed weathering surface, a light transmitting tube with a reflective inside surface and an interior sealing device, such as a translucent ceiling panel.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-20223Section C202.23—W.
WALK-IN COOLER. An enclosed storage space capable of being refrigerated to temperatures above 32°F (0°C) and less than 55°F (12.8°C) that can be walked into, has a ceiling height of not less than 7 feet (2134 mm) and has a total chilled storage area of less than 3,000 square feet (279 m2).
WALK-IN FREEZER. An enclosed storage space capable of being refrigerated to temperatures at or below 32°F (0°C) that can be walked into, has a ceiling height of not less than 7 feet (2134 mm) and has a total chilled storage area of less than 3,000 square feet (279 m2).
WALL. That portion of the building thermal envelope, including opaque area and fenestration, that is vertical or tilted at an angle of 60 degrees from horizontal or greater. This includes above-grade walls and below-grade walls, between-floor spandrels, peripheral edges of floors, foundation walls, roof and basement knee walls, dormer walls, gable end walls, walls enclosing a mansard roof, mechanical equipment penetrations, and skylight shafts.
WALL, METAL BUILDING. A wall whose structure consists of metal spanning members supported by steel structural members (i.e., does not include spandrel glass or metal panels in curtain wall systems).
WALL, WOOD-FRAMED AND OTHER. All other wall types, including wood stud walls.
WATER HEATER. Any heating appliance or equipment that heats potable water and supplies such water to the potable hot water distribution system.
((WOOD-FRAMED AND OTHER WALLS. All other wall types, including wood stud walls.))
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-0211, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-30310Section 303.1—Identification.
C303.1 Identification. Materials, systems and equipment shall be identified in a manner that will allow a determination of compliance with the applicable provisions of this code.
C303.1.1 Building thermal envelope insulation. An R-value identification mark shall be applied by the manufacturer to each piece of building thermal envelope insulation 12 inches (305 mm) or greater in width. Alternately, the insulation installers shall provide a certification listing the type, manufacturer and R-value of insulation installed in each element of the building thermal envelope. For blown or sprayed insulation (fiberglass and cellulose), the initial installed thickness, settled thickness, settled R-value, installed density, coverage area and number of bags installed shall be listed on the certification. For sprayed polyurethane foam (SPF) insulation, the installed thickness of the areas covered and R-value of installed thickness shall be listed on the certification. For insulated siding, the R-value shall be labeled on the product's package and shall be listed on the certification. The insulation installer shall sign, date and post the certification in a conspicuous location on the job site.
EXCEPTION: | For roof insulation installed above the deck, the R-value shall be labeled as required by the material standards specified in Table 1508.2 of the International Building Code. |
C303.1.1.1 Blown or sprayed roof/ceiling insulation. The thickness of blown-in or sprayed fiberglass and cellulose roof/ceiling insulation shall be written in inches (mm) on markers for every 300 square feet (28 m2) of attic area throughout the attic space. The markers shall be affixed to the trusses or joists and marked with the minimum initial installed thickness with numbers of not less than 1 inch (25 mm) in height. Each marker shall face the attic access opening. Spray polyurethane foam thickness and installed R-value shall be listed on certification provided by the insulation installer.
C303.1.2 Insulation mark installation. Insulating materials shall be installed such that the manufacturer's R-value mark is readily observable upon inspection. For insulation materials that are installed without an observable manufacturer's R-value mark, such as blown or draped products, an insulation certificate complying with Section C303.1.1 shall be left immediately after installation by the installer, in a conspicuous location within the building, to certify the installed R-value of the insulation material.
EXCEPTION: | For roof insulation installed above the deck, the R-value shall be labeled as specified by the material standards in Table 1508.2 of the International Building Code. |
C303.1.3 Fenestration product rating.U-factors, solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC), and visible transmittance (VT) of fenestration shall be determined as follows:
1. For windows, doors and skylights, U-factor, SHGC, and VT ratings shall be determined in accordance with NFRC 100 and NFRC 200.
2. Where required for garage doors and rolling doors, U-factor ratings shall be determined in accordance with either NFRC 100 or ANSI/DASMA 105.
U-factors, SHGC, and VT shall be determined by an accredited, independent laboratory, and labeled and certified by the manufacturer with a label affixed to the product or a label certificate specific to the products in the project.
Products lacking such a labeled U-factor shall be assigned a default U-factor from Table C303.1.3(1), C303.1.3(2) or C303.1.3(4). ((The solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC) and visible transmittance (VT) of glazed fenestration products (windows, glazed doors and skylights) shall be determined in accordance with NFRC 200 by an accredited, independent laboratory, and labeled and certified by the manufacturer.)) Products lacking such a labeled SHGC or VT shall be assigned a default SHGC or VT from Table C303.1.3(3). For tubular daylighting devices, VTannual shall be measured and rated in accordance with NFRC 203.
EXCEPTION: | Units without NFRC ratings produced by a small business may be assigned default U-factors from Table C303.1.3(5) for vertical fenestration. |
C303.1.4 Insulation product rating. The thermal resistance (R-value) of insulation shall be determined in accordance with the U.S. Federal Trade Commission R-value rule (C.F.R. Title 16, Part 460) in units of h × ft2 × °F/Btu at a mean temperature of 75°F (24°C).
C303.1.4.1 Insulated siding. The thermal resistance (R-Value) shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C1363. Installation for testing shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.
C303.1.5 Spandrel panels in glass curtain walls. Table C303.1.5 provides default U-factors for the spandrel section of glass and other curtain wall systems. Design factors that affect performance are the type of framing, the type of spandrel panel and the R-value of insulation. Four framing conditions are considered in the table. The first is the common case where standard aluminum mullions are used. Standard mullions provide a thermal bridge through the insulation, reducing its effectiveness. The second case is for metal framing members that have a thermal break. A thermal break frame uses a urethane or other nonmetallic element to separate the metal exposed to outside conditions from the metal that is exposed to interior conditions. The third case is for structural glazing or systems where there are no exposed mullions on the exterior. The fourth case is for the condition where there is no framing or the insulation is continuous and uninterrupted by framing. The columns in the table can be used for any specified level of insulation between framing members installed in framed curtain walls or spandrel panels.
C303.1.5.1 Window wall application. Where "window wall" or similar assembly that is discontinuous at intermediate slab edges is used, the slab edge U-value shall be as listed in Appendix Table A103.3.7.1(3) or as determined using an approved calculation.
C303.1.5.2 Table value assumptions. In addition to the spandrel panel assembly, the construction assembly U-factors assume an air gap between the spandrel panel (with an R-value of 1.39) and one layer of 5/8-inch gypsum board (with an R-value of 0.56) that provides the interior finish. The gypsum board is assumed to span between the window sill and a channel at the floor. For assemblies that differ from these assumptions, custom U-factors can be calculated to account for any amount of continuous insulation or for unusual construction assemblies using Equations 3-1, 3-2 or 3-3 where appropriate. Spandrel panel U-factors for assemblies other than those covered by Table C303.1.5 or Equations 3-1 through 3-3 may be determined using an alternate approved methodology. Equations 3-1 through 3-3 do not calculate the value of any insulation inboard of the curtain wall assembly.
Aluminum without Thermal Break
(Equation 3-1)
Aluminum with Thermal Break
(Equation 3-2)
Structural Glazing
(Equation 3-3)
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040. AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 19-24-040, filed 11/26/19, effective 7/1/20)
WAC 51-11C-303131Table C303.1.3(1)—Default glazed window, glass door and skylight U-factors.
Table C303.1.3(1)
Default Glazed Window, Glass Door and Skylight U-Factors
| Window and Glass Door | |
FRAME TYPE | SINGLE PANE | DOUBLE PANE | SKY-LIGHT |
Metal | 1.20 | 0.80 | |
Metal with Thermal Break | 1.10 | 0.65 | See Table C303.1.3(4) |
Nonmetal or Metal Clad | 0.95 | 0.55 | |
((Glazed))Glass Block | 0.60 |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-147, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-40100Section C401—General.
C401.1 Scope. The provisions in this chapter are applicable to commercial buildings and their building sites.
C401.2 Application. Commercial buildings shall comply with ((the fossil fuel compliance path according to Section C401.3, or with)) one of the following:
1. Prescriptive compliance. The prescriptive compliance option requires compliance with Sections C402 through C406, and Sections C408, C409, C410, C411, and C412.
2. ((Total))Simulated building performance. The ((total))simulated building performance option requires compliance with Section C407.
3. When adopted by the local jurisdiction, the requirements of Appendix F, Outcome-Based Energy Budget, Sections C408, C409, C410, C411, C412 and any specific sections in Table C407.2 as determined by the local jurisdiction. The Proposed Total UA of the proposed building shall be no more than 20 percent higher than the Allowed Total UA as defined in Section ((C402.1.5))C402.1.4.
C401.2.1 Application to existing buildings. Additions, alterations, repairs, and changes of space conditioning, occupancy, or use to existing buildings shall comply with Chapter 5.
C401.2.2 Application to process equipment.((Energy using))Equipment used by a manufacturing, industrial, or commercial process ((other than for conditioning spaces or maintaining comfort and amenities for the occupants)) shall comply with Section ((C401.3.1 Item 2,)) C403.3.2((,))and Tables C403.3.2(1) through (((16)))(17) inclusive, Sections C403.3.4.1 through C403.3.4.3, C403.7.7, C403.9.2.1, C403.10.3, C403.11.2, ((C403.11.3))C403.11.4, Table C404.2, ((and Sections))C404.6, C404.13, C405.8, C410, and C412.
((C401.3 Fossil fuel compliance path. Buildings complying with the fossil fuel compliance path shall comply with the prescriptive compliance path of this code as defined in Item 1 of Section C401.2, and as modified by this Section C401.3.
C401.3.1 Modification of code requirements. For use of this compliance path only, the following changes shall be made to this code:
1. Section C403.1.4 - Space heating. Strike the phrase "… or fossil fuel combustion …" from the first sentence of Section C403.1.4.
2. Section C404.2.1 - Service water heating. Revise the first sentence of Section C404.2.1 to read: "Service hot water shall be provided by fossil fuel water heating equipment, electric air-source heat pump water heating equipment, electric resistance water heating equipment, or a combination of these equipment types meeting the requirements of this section."
3. Section C406.2.5 - Renewable energy. When determining renewable energy credits in Equation 4-17 of Section C406.2.5, strike the phrase "… limited to 50 percent of the required credits in Section C406.1" in the definition of the factor AECRRa.
4. Table C406.2 - Efficiency measure credits. Use Table C406.2(2) credit values in place of Table C406.2(1) credit values.
C401.3.2 Fossil fuel equipment. Fossil fuel combustion appliances are permitted for HVAC heating, and shall comply with the applicable efficiency standards referenced in Section C403.3.3.2. Fossil fuel combustion appliances are permitted for service water heating, and shall comply with applicable efficiency standards referenced in Table C404.2.
C401.3.3 Additional efficiency credits. The number of additional efficiency credits required by Table C406.1 shall be increased by the number required in Table C401.3.3, modified as permitted in this section, and is in addition to the energy efficiency credits and load management credits required by Section C406.
EXCEPTION: | The required number of space heating additional efficiency credits are permitted to be reduced in the following instances: |
| 1. Low energy spaces in accordance with Section C402.1.1.1 and equipment buildings in accordance with Section C402.1.2 that are served by space heating systems shall comply with sufficient measures from Table C406.2(1) or Table C406.2(2) to achieve a minimum of 50 percent of the efficiency credits required for new construction by Table C401.3.3, modified as permitted in this section. |
| 2. Building additions that have less than 1,000 square feet of conditioned floor area and that comply with sufficient measures from Table C406.2(1) or Table C406.2(2) to achieve a minimum of 50 percent of the additional efficiency credits required for additions by Table C401.3.3, modified as permitted in this section. |
| 3. Semi-heated spaces in accordance with Section C402.1.1.2 that comply with sufficient measures from Table C406.2(1) or Table C406.2(2) to achieve a minimum of 50 percent of the space heating additional efficiency credits required by Table C401.3.3, modified as permitted in this section. |
| 4. Unconditioned spaces, open parking garages and unheated enclosed parking garages are not required to achieve the additional efficiency credits for space heating required by Table C401.3.3. |
TABLE C401.3.3
ADDITIONAL CREDITS REQUIRED
Measure Title | Applicable Section | Occupancy Group |
Group R-1 | Group R-2 | Group B | Group E | Group M | All Other |
New building - Additional efficiency credits required for space heating systems using the fossil fuel pathway | C401.3.3.1 | 7 | 24 | 101 | 38 | 111 | 56 |
New building - Additional efficiency credits required for service water heating systems using the fossil fuel pathway | C401.3.3.2 | 198 | 212 | 27 | 17 | 79 | 107 |
Building additions - Additional efficiency credits required for space heating systems using the fossil fuel pathway | C401.3.3.1 | 4 | 12 | 51 | 19 | 56 | 28 |
Building additions - Additional efficiency credits required for service water heating systems using the fossil fuel pathway | C401.3.3.2 | 99 | 106 | 14 | 9 | 40 | 54 |
C401.3.3.1 HVAC credit modification. The number of HVAC heating energy efficiency credits required by Table C401.3.3 is permitted to be decreased according to the following equation:
CR = A × (C - B)/D
Where: |
| CR | = | Additional credits required, rounded to the nearest whole number. |
| A | = | Baseline HVAC heating credits from Table C401.3.3. |
| B | = | Installed fossil fuel space heating capacity in kBTU/h of appliances that comply with any of the exceptions to Section C403.1.4. |
| C | = | Total installed fossil fuel space heating capacity in kBTU/h of all HVAC heating appliances. |
| D | = | Total capacity in kBTU/h of all types of space heating appliances. |
C401.3.3.2 Service water heating credit modification. The number of service water heating energy efficiency credits required by Table C401.3.3 is permitted to be decreased according to the following equation:
CR = A × (C - B)/D
Where: |
| CR | = | Additional credits required, rounded to the nearest whole number. |
| A | = | Baseline credits from Table C401.3.3. |
| B | = | Installed service water heating appliances capacity in kBTU/h of service water heating appliances that comply with any of the exceptions to Section C404.2.1. |
| C | = | Total installed fossil fuel service water heating capacity in kBTU/h of all service water heating appliances. |
| D | = | Total capacity in kBTU/h of all types of service water heating appliances. |
C401.3.4 Renewable energy credit limit. No more than 80 percent of the efficiency credits required by Sections C401.3.3.1 and C401.3.3.2 are permitted to be renewable energy credits defined in Section C406.2.5.
C401.3.5 Discrete area-weighting of additional required credits. In addition to the area-weighted credit requirements in Section C406.1.2, where a building includes multiple occupancies, the additional required credits per Table C401.3.3 shall be determined separately for each occupancy group. Additional required credits shall be prorated on an area-weighted basis for each occupancy group in the same manner as required project credits per Section C406.1.
1. Where a single space heating or service water heating system serves multiple occupancies, the number of additional required credits shall be prorated on an area-weighted basis for each occupancy served.
2. Additional required credits for envelope systems shall be prorated on an area-weighted basis for all occupancies.
3. Occupancies are permitted to be subdivided into discrete areas, with required and achieved credits for each area prorated on an area-weighted basis as required for the occupancy group.
C401.3.6 Electrification readiness. Additionally, the following provisions shall be required for new construction for each fossil fuel space heating or service water heating appliance installed:
1. Provide a spare electrical branch circuit conduit to the location of a future replacement heat pump appliance to support an equivalent heating capacity.
2. Provide spare electrical service entrance conduits for the purpose of upgrading the main electrical service to support all heat pump appliances throughout the building.
3. The main electrical room has sufficient space to accommodate increasing the main electrical service's size to support all heat pump appliances throughout the building.
4. Additional accommodations for the equipment comprised of transformer(s) and other equipment necessary to support an electrical service upgrade. These accommodations shall include adequate space on the site. If the equipment is located in a transformer vault, that vault must include not only the space to support electrical service upgrade but also include accommodations for additional cooling for larger transformer(s).
C401.4))C401.2.3 Application to supplemental and backup heating. Heating and system nameplate capacity noted in any measure, equation or calculation only refers to the primary heating equipment and systems, unless noted otherwise, and shall not include the nameplate capacity of any supplemental and backup heating equipment installed according to the requirements specified within this code.
C401.3 Building thermal envelope certificate. A permanent building thermal envelope certificate shall be completed by an approved party. Such certificate shall be posted on a wall in the space where the space conditioning equipment is located, a utility room or other approved location. If located on an electrical panel, the certificate shall not cover or obstruct the visibility of the circuit directory label, service disconnect label, or other required labels. A copy of the certificate shall also be included in the construction files for the project. The certificate shall include:
1. R-values of insulation installed in or on ceilings, roofs, walls, foundations and slabs, crawlspace walls and floors, and ducts outside conditioned spaces.
2. U-factors and solar heat gain coefficients (SHGC) of fenestration.
3. Results from any building thermal envelope air leakage testing performed on the building.
Where there is more than one value for any component of the building thermal envelope, the certificate shall indicate the area-weighted average value where available. If the area-weighted average is not available, the certificate shall list each value that applies to 10 percent or more of the total component area.
C401.4 Application to buildings subject to BPS. Buildings subject to the building performance standard (BPS) requirements shall comply with Sections C104.6.2.2, C104.6.2.3, and C408.8, and shall provide all the following on the construction documents:
1. Estimated energy use intensity based on benchmarking of similar buildings, predicted energy modeling, or other methods.
2. Clean Building Performance Standard EUI targets for the building type based on the current standard.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 13-04-056, filed 2/1/13, effective 7/1/13)
WAC 51-11C-40200Section C402—Building thermal envelope requirements.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 19-24-040, filed 11/26/19, effective 7/1/20)
WAC 51-11C-40210Section C402.1—General (Prescriptive).
C402.1 General.Building thermal envelope assemblies for buildings that are intended to comply with the code on a prescriptive basis, in accordance with the compliance path described in Item 1 of Section C401.2, shall comply with the following:
1. The opaque portions of the building thermal envelope shall comply with the specific insulation requirements of Section C402.2 and the thermal requirements of ((either the R-value based method of Section C402.1.3, the U-, C- and F-factor based method of Section C402.1.4, or the component performance alternative of Section C402.1.5))Section C402.1.2, C402.1.3, or C402.1.4.
2. Fenestration in thebuilding thermal envelope((assemblies)) shall comply with Section C402.4, or the component performance alternative of Section ((C402.1.5))C402.1.4.
3. Air leakage of thebuilding thermal envelope((assemblies)) shall comply with Section C402.5.
4. Thermal bridges in above-grade walls shall comply with Section C402.6.
5. Walk-in coolers, walk-in freezers, refrigerated warehouse coolers and refrigerated warehouse freezers shall comply with Section C410.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-40211Section C402.1.1—Low energy buildings.
C402.1.1 Low energy buildings, semi-heated buildings and greenhouses. Low energy buildings shall comply with Section C402.1.1.1. Semi-heated buildings and spaces shall comply with Section C402.1.1.2. Greenhouses shall comply with Section C402.1.1.3.
C402.1.1.1 Low energy buildings. The following buildings, or enclosed portions thereof, separated from the remainder of the building by building thermal envelope assemblies complying with this code shall be exempt from all thermal envelope provisions of this code:
1. Those that are heated and/or cooled with a peak design rate of energy usage less than 3.4 Btu/h × ft2 (10.7 W/m2) or 1.0 watt/ft2 (10.7 W/m2) of floor area for space conditioning purposes.
2. Those that do not contain conditioned space.
3. Unstaffed equipment shelters or cabinets used solely for personal wireless service facilities.
C402.1.1.2 Semi-heated buildings and spaces. The building thermal envelope of semi-heated buildings, or portions thereof, shall comply with the same requirements as that for conditioned spaces in Section C402, except as modified by this section. The total installed output capacity of mechanical space conditioning systems serving a semi-heated building or space shall comply with limitations found in the definition of semi-heated space in Section C202. ((Building envelope assemblies separating conditioned space from semi-heated space shall comply with exterior envelope insulation requirements.))Semi-heated spaces are not required to comply with the opaque wall insulation provisions of Section ((C402.2.3))C402.1.2 or C402.1.3 for walls that separate semi-heated spaces from the exterior or low energy spaces. For opaque thermal envelope assemblies separating conditioned space from semi-heated space, wall and floor cavities shall be insulated to full depth with insulation having a minimum nominal value of R-3 per inch, mass walls shall comply with Table C402.1.2 or Table C402.1.3, and the minimum R-value for ceilings (lids) that are detached from the building exterior roof shall be R-25.Fenestration that forms part of the building thermal envelope enclosing semi-heated spaces shall comply with Section C402.4. Semi-heated spaces shall be calculated separately from other conditioned spaces for compliance purposes.
Opaque walls in semi-heated spaces shall be calculated as fully code compliant opaque walls for both the target and proposed for the Target UA calculations for Component Performance compliance per Section ((C402.1.5))C402.1.4, and for the Baseline Building Design for ((Total Building Performance))simulated building performance compliance per Section C407. The capacity of heat trace temperature maintenance systems complying with Section C404.7.2 that are provided for freeze protection of piping and equipment only shall not be included in the total installed output capacity of mechanical space conditioning systems.
EXCEPTION: | Provided the total installed heating output capacity of mechanical space conditioning does not exceed the criteria for semi-heated space as defined in Section C202, a semi-heated building or space may comply with this section when served by heat pumps without electric resistance back up and connected to a heating only thermostat. |
C402.1.1.3 Greenhouses.Greenhouse structures or areas that comply with all of the following shall be exempt from the building thermal envelope requirements of this code:
1. Exterior opaque envelope assemblies complying with Sections C402.2 and C402.4.4.
EXCEPTION: | Low energy greenhouses that comply with Section C402.1.1.1. |
2. Interior partition building thermal envelope assemblies that separate the greenhouse from conditioned space complying with Sections C402.2, C402.4.3, and C402.4.4.
3. Fenestration assemblies complying with the building thermal envelope requirements in Table C402.1.1.3. The U-factor for the skylight shall be for the roof assembly or a roof that includes the assembly and an internal curtain system.
EXCEPTION: | Unheated greenhouses. |
4. No mechanical cooling is provided.
5. For heated greenhouses, heating is provided by a radiant heating system, a condensing natural gas-fired or condensing propane-fired heating system, or a heat pump with cooling capacity permanently disabled as preapproved by the jurisdiction.
Table C402.1.1.3
Fenestration Building Thermal Envelope Maximum Requirements
Component | U-Factor BTU/h-ft2-°F |
Skylights | 0.5 |
Vertical fenestration | 0.6 |
C402.1.1.4 Equipment buildings.Buildings that comply with all of the following shall be exempt from the building thermal envelope provisions of this code:
1. Are separate buildings with floor area no more than 500 square feet (50 m2).
2. Are intended to house electric equipment with installed equipment power totaling at least 7 watts per square foot (75 W/m2) and not intended for human occupancy.
3. Are served by mechanical cooling and heating systems sized in accordance with Sections C403.1.2 and C403.3.1.
4. Have a heating system capacity not greater than 17,000 Btu/hr (5 kW) and a heating thermostat set point that is restricted to not more than 50°F (10°C).
5. Have an average wall and roof U-factor less than 0.200.
EXCEPTION: | Where the cooling and heating system is a heat pump, the heating capacity is allowed to exceed 17,000 Btu/h provided the heat pump cooling efficiency is at least 15 percent better than the requirements in Tables C403.3.2(2) and C403.3.2(14). |
C402.1.1.4.1 Standalone elevator hoistways. Elevator hoistways that comply with all of the following shall be exempt from the building thermal envelope and envelope air barrier provisions of this code:
1. Are separate from any other conditioned spaces in the building (do not serve or open into any conditioned, semi-heated or indirectly conditioned space).
2. Have heating and/or cooling equipment sized only to serve the expected elevator loads with thermostat setpoints restricted to heating to no higher than 40°F and cooling to no lower than 95°F.
3. Have an area weighted average wall, roof and floor (where applicable) U-factor of less than or equal to U-0.20. Calculations must include any floor-slab-edges that penetrate the hoistway and thus are considered part of the above-grade walls.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40212Section C402.1.2—((Equipment buildings))Assembly U-factor, C-factor, or F-factor based method.
((C402.1.2 Equipment buildings. Buildings that comply with all of the following shall be exempt from the building thermal envelope provisions of this code:
1. Are separate buildings with floor area no more than 500 square feet (50 m2).
2. Are intended to house electric equipment with installed equipment power totaling at least 7 watts per square foot (75 W/m2) and not intended for human occupancy.
3. Are served by mechanical cooling and heating systems sized in accordance with Sections C403.1.2 and C403.3.1.
4. Have a heating system capacity not greater than 17,000 Btu/hr (5 kW) and a heating thermostat set point that is restricted to not more than 50°F (10°C).
5. Have an average wall and roof U-factor less than 0.200.
EXCEPTION: | Where the cooling and heating system is a heat pump, the heating capacity is allowed to exceed 17,000 Btu/h provided the heat pump cooling efficiency is at least 15 percent better than the requirements in Tables C403.3.2(2) and C403.3.2(14). |
C402.1.2.1 Standalone elevator hoistways. Elevator hoistways that comply with all of the following shall be exempt from the building thermal envelope and envelope air barrier provisions of this code:
1. Are separate from any other conditioned spaces in the building (do not serve or open into any conditioned, semi-heated or indirectly conditioned space).
2. Have heating and/or cooling equipment sized only to serve the expected elevator loads with thermostat setpoints restricted to heating to no higher than 40°F and cooling to no lower than 95°F.
3. Have an area weighted average wall, roof and floor (where applicable) U-factor of less than or equal to 0.20. Calculations must include any floor-slab-edges that penetrate the hoistway and thus are considered part of the above-grade walls.))
C402.1.2 Assembly U-factor, C-factor, or F-factor-based method.Building thermal envelope opaque assemblies intended to comply on an assembly U-, C-, or F-factor basis shall have a U-, C-, or F-factor not greater than that specified in Table C402.1.2. Commercial buildings or portions of commercial buildings enclosing Group R occupancies shall use the U-, C-, or F-factor from the "Group R" column of Table C402.1.2. Commercial buildings or portions of commercial buildings enclosing occupancies other than Group R shall use the U-, C-, or F-factor from the "All other" column of Table C402.1.2.
C402.1.2.1 Methods of determining U-, C-, and F-factors. The U-factors for typical construction assemblies are included in Appendix CA. These values shall be used for all calculations. Where proposed construction assemblies are not represented in Appendix CA, values shall be calculated in accordance with the procedures established in the ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals or ANSI/ASHRAE/IES 90.1 Appendix A for opaque assemblies, such opaque assemblies shall be a compliance alternative provided they meet the criteria of Table C402.1.2 and the construction, excluding cladding system on walls, complies with the applicable construction details from ANSI/ASHRAE/IES 90.1 Appendix A. Where U-factors have been established by testing in accordance with ASTM C1363, such opaque assemblies shall be a compliance alternative provided they meet the criteria of Table C402.1.2. The R-value of continuous insulation shall be permitted to be added to or subtracted from the original tested design. Airspaces used for assembly evaluations shall comply with Section C402.2.7. Calculated values shall include the thermal bridging effects of framing materials.
C402.1.2.1.1 Suspended ceilings. Insulation installed on suspended ceilings having removable ceiling tiles shall not be considered part of the assembly U-factor of the roof/ceiling construction.
C402.1.2.1.2 Concrete masonry units, integral insulation. In determining compliance with Table C402.1.2, the U-factor of concrete masonry units with integral insulation shall be permitted to be used.
C402.1.2.1.3 Mass walls and floors. Compliance with the required maximum the U-factors for mass walls and mass floors in accordance with Table C402.1.2 shall be permitted for assemblies complying with Section C402.1.3.4.
C402.1.2.1.4 Area-weighted averaging of above-grade wall U-factors. Where above-grade walls include more than one assembly type or a penetration of the opaque wall area, the area-weighted U-factor of the above-grade wall is permitted to be determined by an approved method.
C402.1.2.1.5 Cold-formed steel assemblies.U-factors for building thermal envelopes containing cold-formed steel-framed ceilings and walls are permitted to be determined in accordance with AISI S250 as modified herein.
1. Where the steel-framed wall contains no cavity insulation, and uses continuous insulation to satisfy the U-factor maximum, the steel-framed wall member spacing is permitted to be installed at any on-center spacing.
2. Where the steel-framed wall contains framing at 24 inches (610 mm) on center with no less than a 23 percent framing factor or framing at 16 inches (406 mm) on center with no less than a 25 percent framing factor, the next lower framing member spacing input values shall be used when calculating using AISI S250.
3. Where the steel-framed wall contains less than 23 percent framing factors, the AISI S250 shall be used without any modifications.
4. Where the steel-framed wall contains other than the standard C-shape framing members, the AISI S250 calculation option for other than standard C-shape framing is permitted to be used.
C402.1.2.1.6 Spandrel panels.U-factors of opaque assemblies within fenestration framing systems shall be determined in accordance with Section C303.1.5.
C402.1.2.3 Mechanical equipment penetrations. Where the total area of through penetrations of mechanical equipment is greater than one percent of the opaque above-grade wall, such area shall be calculated as a separate wall assembly, in accordance with either Section C402.1.2.1.4 or C402.1.4 using a published and approved U-factor for that equipment or a default U-factor of 0.5.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-402121Table ((C402.1.3—Opaque thermal envelope assembly R-value requirements))C401.1.2—Opaque building thermal envelope assembly maximum requirements U-factor method.
Table ((C402.1.3))C402.1.2
Opaque Building Thermal Envelope ((Insulation Component
Minimum))Assembly Maximum Requirements, ((R-value))U-factor Methoda, ((j))f
((CLIMATE ZONE | 5 AND MARINE 4 |
| All Other | Group R |
Roofs |
Insulation entirely above deck | R-38ci | R-38ci |
Metal buildingsb | R-25 + R-22 LS | R-25 + R-22 LS |
Attic and other | R-49 | R-49 |
Walls, Above Gradei |
Massh | R-9.5cci | R-13.3ci |
Mass transfer deck slab edgeg | | |
Metal buildings | R-13 + R-14ci | R-13 + R-14ci |
Steel framed | R-13 + R-10ci | R-19 + R-8.5ci |
Wood framed and other | R-13 + R-7.5ci std or R-20 + R-3.8ci std | R-13 + R-7.5ci std or R-20 + R-3.8ci std or R-25 std |
Walls, Below Grade |
Below-grade walld,h | Same as above grade | Same as above grade |
Floors |
Massf | R-30ci | R-30ci |
Joist/framing | R-30e | R-30e |
Slab-on-Grade Floors |
Unheated slabs | R-10 for 24" below | R-10 for 24" below |
Heated slabs | R-10 perimeter & under entire slab | R-10 perimeter & under entire slab |
For SI: | 1 inch = 25.4 mm. ci = Continuous insulation. NR = No requirement. |
LS = | Liner system—A continuous membrane installed below the purlins and uninterrupted by framing members. Uncompressed, unfaced insulation rests on top of the membrane between the purlins. |
a | Assembly descriptions can be found in Chapter 2 and Appendix A. |
b | Where using R-value compliance method, a thermal spacer block with minimum thickness of 1/2-inch and minimum R-value of R-3.5 shall be provided, otherwise use the U-factor compliance method in Table C402.1.4. |
c | Exception: Integral insulated concrete block walls complying with ASTM C90 with all cores filled and meeting both of the following: |
| 1. At least 50 percent of cores must be filled with vermiculite or equivalent fill insulation; and |
| 2. The building thermal envelope encloses one or more of the following uses: Warehouse (storage and retail), gymnasium, auditorium, church chapel, arena, kennel, manufacturing plant, indoor swimming pool, pump station, water and waste water treatment facility, storage facility, storage area, motor vehicle service facility. Where additional uses not listed (such as office, retail, etc.) are contained within the building, the exterior walls that enclose these areas may not utilize this exception and must comply with the appropriate mass wall R-value from Table C402.1.3/U-factor from Table C402.1.4. |
d | Where heated slabs are below grade, they shall comply with the insulation requirements for heated slabs. |
e | Steel floor joist systems shall be insulated to R-38 + R-10ci. |
f | "Mass floors" shall include floors weighing not less than: |
| 1. 35 pounds per square foot of floor surface area; or |
| 2. 25 pounds per square foot of floor surface area where the material weight is not more than 120 pounds per cubic foot. |
g | Component performance in accordance with Section C402.1.5 shall be required for buildings with a mass transfer deck slab. |
h | Peripheral edges of intermediate concrete floors are included in the above-grade mass wall category and therefore must be insulated as above-grade mass walls unless they meet the definition of Mass Transfer Deck Slab Edge. The area of the peripheral edges of concrete floors shall be defined as the thickness of the slab multiplied by the perimeter length of the edge condition. See Table A103.3.7.2 for typical default U-factors for above-grade slab edges and footnote c for typical conditions of above-grade slab edges. |
i | Where the total area of through-wall mechanical equipment is greater than 1 percent of the opaque above-grade wall area, use of the R-value method is not permitted. See Section C402.1.4.3. |
j | For roof, wall or floor assemblies where the proposed assembly would not be continuous insulation, alternate nominal R-value compliance options for assemblies with isolated metal fasteners that penetrate otherwise continuous insulation are as shown in columns B and C of Table C402.1.3 (j): |
Table C402.1.3 (j)
Continuous Insulation Equivalents
Column A | Column B | Column C |
Assemblies with continuous insulation (see definition) | Alternate option for assemblies with metal penetrations, greater than 0.04% but less than 0.08% | Alternate option for assemblies with metal penetrations, greater than or equal to 0.08% but less than 0.12% |
R-9.5ci | R-11.9ci | R-13ci |
R-11.4ci | R-14.3ci | R-15.7ci |
R-13.3ci | R-16.6ci | R-18.3ci |
R-15.2ci | R-19ci | R-21ci |
R-30ci | R-38ci | R-42ci |
R-38ci | R-48ci | R-53ci |
R-13 + R-7.5ci | R-13 + R-9.4ci | R-13 + R-10.3ci |
R-13 + R-10ci | R-13 + R-12.5ci | R-13 + R-13.8ci |
R-13 + R-12.5ci | R-13 + R-15.6ci | R-13 + R-17.2ci |
R-13 + R-13ci | R-13 + R-16.3ci | R-13 + R-17.9ci |
R-19 + R-8.5ci | R-19 + R-10.6ci | R-19 + R-11.7ci |
R-19 + R-14ci | R-19 + R-17.5ci | R-19 + R-19.2ci |
R-19 + R-16ci | R-19 + R-20ci | R-19 + R-22ci |
R-20 + R-3.8ci | R-20 + R-4.8ci | R-20 + R-5.3ci |
R-21 + R-5ci | R-21 + R-6.3ci | R-21 + R-6.9ci |
Notes for Table C402.1.3(j) |
| These alternate nominal R-value compliance options are allowed for projects complying with all of the following: |
1a. | The ratio of the cross-sectional area, as measured in the plane of the surface, of metal penetrations of otherwise continuous insulation to the opaque surface area of the assembly is greater than 0.0004 (0.04%), but less than 0.0008 (0.08%), for use of Column B equivalents, and greater than or equal to 0.0008 (0.08%), but less than 0.0012 (0.12%), for use of Column C equivalents. |
1b. | Where all metal penetrations are stainless steel, Column B is permitted to be used for penetrations greater than 0.12%, but less than 0.24% of opaque surface area, and Column C is permitted to be used for penetrations greater than or equal to 0.24%, but less than 0.48% of opaque surface area. |
2. | The metal penetrations of otherwise continuous insulation are isolated or discontinuous (e.g., brick ties or other discontinuous metal attachments, offset brackets supporting shelf angles that allow insulation to go between the shelf angle and the primary portions of the wall structure). No continuous metal elements (e.g., metal studs, z-girts, z-channels, shelf angles) penetrate the otherwise continuous portion of the insulation. |
3. | Building permit drawings shall contain details showing the locations and dimensions of all the metal penetrations (e.g., brick ties or other discontinuous metal attachments, offset brackets, etc.) of otherwise continuous insulation. In addition, calculations shall be provided showing the ratio of the cross-sectional area of metal penetrations of otherwise continuous insulation to the overall opaque wall area. |
For other cases where the proposed assembly is not continuous insulation, see Section C402.1.4 for determination of U-factors for assemblies that include metal other than screws and nails.))
CLIMATE ZONE | 5 AND MARINE 4 |
| All Other | Group R |
Roofs |
Insulation entirely above deck | U-0.027 | U-0.027 |
Metal buildings | U-0.031 | U-0.031 |
Attic and other | U-0.021 | U-0.021 |
Joist or single rafter | U-0.027 | U-0.027 |
Walls, Above Gradek, n |
Mass | U-0.089 | U-0.076 |
Mass transfer deck slabj | U-0.20 | U-0.20 |
Slab penetrating building thermal envelope walll | U-0.10 | U-0.10 |
Metal building | U-0.050 | U-0.050 |
Steel framed | U-0.053 | U-0.053 |
Wood framed and other | U-0.049 | U-0.049 |
Walls, Below Grade |
Below-grade wallb, g | U-0.090 | U-0.078 |
Floors |
Masse | U-0.031 | U-0.031 |
Joist/framing | U-0.026 | U-0.026 |
Concrete column or concrete wall penetrating building thermal envelope floorm | U-0.55 | U-0.55 |
Concrete slab floor directly above an electrical utility vault | NR | NR |
Slab-on-Grade Floors |
Unheated slabs | F-0.52 | F-0.51 |
Heated slabsc | F-0.496 | F-0.496 |
Opaque Doors |
Nonswinging door | U-0.31 | U-0.31 |
Swinging doorh | U-0.37 | U-0.37 |
Garage door <14% glazing | U-0.31 | U-0.31 |
Garage door ≥14% and <50% glazingi | U-0.34 | U-0.34 |
NR = Not required |
a | Use of opaque assembly U-factors, C-factors, and F-factors from Appendix CA is required unless otherwise allowed by Section C402.1.4. |
b | Where heated slabs are below grade, they shall comply with the F-factor requirements for heated slabs. |
c | Heated slab F-factors shall be determined specifically for heated slabs. Unheated slab factors shall not be used. |
d | Reserved. |
e | "Mass floors" shall be in accordance with Section C402.1.3.4. |
f | Opaque assembly U-factors based on designs tested in accordance with ASTM C1363 shall be permitted. The R-value of continuous insulation shall be permitted to be added or subtracted from the original test design. |
g | Peripheral edges of intermediate concrete floors are included in the above-grade mass wall category and therefore must be insulated as above-grade mass walls unless they meet the definition of Mass Transfer Deck Slab. The area of the peripheral edges of concrete floors shall be defined as the thickness of the slab multiplied by the perimeter length of the edge condition. See Table CA103.3.7.2 for typical default U-factors for above-grade slab edges and footnote c for typical conditions of above-grade slab edges. |
h | Swinging door U-factors shall be determined in accordance with NFRC-100. |
i | Garage doors having a single row of fenestration shall have an assembly U-factor less than or equal to 0.44, provided that the fenestration area is not less than 14 percent and not more than 50 percent of the total door area. |
j | Component performance in accordance with Section C402.1.4 shall be required for buildings with a mass transfer deck slab. A mass transfer deck, due to its configuration, is not insulated. The table value (U-0.20) shall be used as the baseline value for component performance or simulated building performance path calculations. For the proposed value, the appropriate value from Table CA103.3.7.2 shall be used. |
k | Through-wall mechanical equipment subject to Section C402.1.2.1.7 shall be calculated at the U-factor defined in Section C402.1.2.1.7. The area-weighted U-factor of the wall, including through-wall mechanical equipment, shall not exceed the value in the table. |
l | Value applies to a continuously poured slab that crosses the thermal boundary between conditioned and unconditioned interior spaces. |
m | Value applies to concrete columns and concrete walls that interrupt mass floor insulation, but not to perimeter walls or columns separating interior conditioned space from exterior space. |
n | Interior wall assemblies that enclose ventilated refrigerant piping shafts, required by Chapter 11 of the International Mechanical Code, that do not serve conditioned, semi-heated, or indirectly conditioned spaces, shall have a maximum U-factor of U-0.118 (equivalent to a 4-inch metal stud wall with R-15 cavity insulation per Table CA103.3.6.1(1)). These shaft wall assemblies shall comply with the air barrier requirements of Section C402.5.1. The surface area of such walls shall be excluded from the building thermal envelope component performance (UA) calculations and the maximum window-to-wall ratio calculation. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40213Section C402.1.3—Insulation component R-value method.
C402.1.3 Insulation component R-value-based method.((Building thermal envelope opaque assemblies shall comply with the requirements of Section C402.2 based on the climate zone specified in Chapter 3.)) For opaque portions of the building thermal envelope((intended to comply on an insulation component R-value basis)), the R-values for cavity insulation and continuous insulation shall not be less than that specified in Table C402.1.3. ((Where cavity insulation is installed in multiple layers, the cavity insulation R-values shall be summed to determine compliance with the cavity insulation R-value requirements. Where continuous insulation is installed in multiple layers, the continuous insulation R-values shall be summed to determine compliance with the continuous insulation R-value requirements. Cavity insulation R-values shall not be used to determine compliance with the continuous insulation R-value requirements in Table C402.1.3. Commercial))Group R occupancy buildings or portions of commercial buildings enclosing Group R occupancies shall use the R-values from the "Group R" column of Table C402.1.3. Commercial buildings or portions of commercial buildings enclosing occupancies other than Group R shall use the R-values from the "All other" column of Table C402.1.3.
C402.1.3.1 R-value of multi-layered insulation components. Where cavity insulation is installed in multiple layers, the cavity insulation R-values shall be summed to determine compliance with the cavity insulation R-value requirements. Where continuous insulation is installed in multiple layers, the continuous insulation R-values shall be summed to determine compliance with the continuous insulation R-value requirements. Cavity insulation R-values shall not be used to determine compliance with the continuous insulation R-value requirements in Table C402.1.3.
C402.1.3.1.2 Area-weighted averaging of R-values. Area-weighted averaging shall not be permitted for R-value compliance.
EXCEPTION: | For tapered above-deck roof insulation, compliance with the R-values required in Table C402.1.3 shall be permitted to be demonstrated by multiplying the rated R-value per inch of the insulation material by the average thickness of the roof insulation. The average thickness of the roof insulation shall equal the total volume of the roof insulation divided by the area of the roof. |
C402.1.3.3 Suspended ceilings. Insulation installed on suspended ceilings having removable ceiling tiles shall not be considered part of the minimum thermal resistance (R-value) of roof insulation in roof/ceiling construction.
C402.1.3.4 Mass walls and mass floors. Compliance with required maximum U-factors for mass walls and mass floors in accordance with Table C402.1.2 and minimum R-values for insulation components applied to mass walls and mass floors in accordance with Table C402.1.3 shall be permitted for assemblies complying with the following:
1. Where used as a component of the building thermal envelope, mass walls shall comply with one of the following:
1.1. Weigh not less than 35 pounds per square foot (171 kg/m2) of wall surface area.
1.2. Weigh not less than 25 pounds per square foot (122 kg/m2) of wall surface area where the material weight is not more than 120 pounds per cubic foot (pcf) (1922 kg/m3).
1.3. Have a heat capacity exceeding 7 Btu/ft2 × °F (144 kJ/m2 × K).
1.4. Have a heat capacity exceeding 5 Btu/ft2 × °F (103 kJ/m2 × K) where the material weight is not more than 120 pcf (1922 kg/m3).
2. Where used as a component of the building thermal envelope, the minimum weight of mass floors shall comply with one of the following:
2.1. Thirty-five pounds per square foot (171 kg/m2) of floor surface area.
2.2. Twenty-five pounds per square foot (122 kg/m2) of floor surface area where the material weight is not more than 120 pcf (1922 kg/m3).
NEW SECTION
WAC 51-11C-402135Table C402.1.3—Opaque building thermal envelope insulation component minimum requirements, R-value method.
Table C402.1.3
Opaque Building Thermal Envelope Insulation Component
Maximum Requirements, R-value Methoda,k,m
CLIMATE ZONE | 5 AND MARINE 4 |
| All Other | Group R |
Roofs |
Insulation entirely above deck | R-38ci | R-38ci |
Metal buildingsb | R-25 + R-22 LS | R-25 + R-22 LS |
Attic and other | R-49 | R-49 |
At roof (lids) separating semi-heated spaces from fully conditioned spaces which are detached from the roof | R-25 | NA |
Walls, Above Gradel |
Massj | Option 1: R-11.4ci or R-13 + R-6ci wood stud or R-13 + R-10ci metal stud | Option 1: R-13.3ci or R-13 + R-6ci wood stud or R-13 + R-10ci metal stud |
Option 2: R-12.5ci | Option 2: R-15ci |
Mass transfer deck slab edgeg | See Table C402.1.2 | See Table C402.1.2 |
Metal buildings | R-13 + R-14ci | R-13 + R-14ci |
Steel framedh,i | R-0 + R-15.8ci or R-15 + R-10.4ci or R-21 + R-9.3ci | R-0 + R-15.8ci or R-15 + R-10.4ci or R-21 + R-9.3ci |
At walls separating semi-heated spaces from conditioned spaces (steel framed)h,i | R-13 + R-0ci or R-21 + R-0ci or R-25 + R-0ci | NA |
Wood framed and other | R-0 + R-16.2ci std or R-15 + R-7.5 std or R-21 + R-5ci std or R-27 std | R-0 + R-15.8ci or R-15 + R-7.5 std or R-21 + R-5ci std or R-27 std |
At walls separating semi-heated spaces from conditioned spaces (wood framed and other)h,i | R-13 + R-0ci or R-21 + R-0ci or R-25 + R-0ci | NA |
Walls, Below Grade |
Below-grade walld,h | R-10ci or Interior R-19 wood stud or Interior R-13 + R-6 metal stud | R-10ci or Interior R-19 wood stud or Interior R-13 + R-6 metal stud |
Floors |
Massf | R-30ci | R-30ci |
Steel joist framing | R-38 + R-10ci | R-38 + R-10ci |
All other joist/framing | R-38 | R-38 |
Slab-on-Grade Floors |
Unheated slabs | R-15 perimeter for 24" below | R-20 perimeter for 24" below |
Heated slabs | R-20 perimeter & R-10 under entire slab | R-20 perimeter & R-10 under entire slab |
For SI: | 1 inch = 25.4 mm. ci = Continuous insulation. NR = No requirement. NA = Not allowed. |
LS = | Liner system—A continuous membrane installed below the purlins and uninterrupted by framing members. Uncompressed, unfaced insulation rests on top of the membrane between the purlins. |
a | Assembly descriptions can be found in Chapter 2 and Appendix CA. |
b | Where using R-value compliance method, a thermal spacer block with minimum thickness of 1/2-inch and minimum R-value of R-3.5 shall be provided, otherwise use the U-factor compliance method in Table C402.1.2. |
c | Reserved. |
d | Where heated slabs are below grade, they shall comply with the insulation requirements for heated slabs. |
e | Reserved. |
f | "Mass floors" shall be in accordance with Section C402.1.3.4. |
g | Component performance in accordance with Section C402.1.4 shall be required for buildings with a mass transfer deck slab. |
h | The first value is cavity insulation; the second value is continuous insulation. Therefore, "R-0 + R-16ci" means R-16 continuous insulation and no cavity insulation; "R-15 + R-7.5ci" means R-15 cavity insulation and R-7.5 continuous insulation; "R-27" means R-27 cavity insulation and no continuous insulation. R-15, R-21 and R-27 cavity insulation, as used in this table, apply to a nominal 4-inch, 6-inch and 8-inch-deep wood or cold-formed steel stud cavity, respectively. |
i | Where the required R-value in Table C402.1.3 is met by using continuous insulation such that cavity insulation is not required, the R-value is applicable to any wall spacing. |
j | Peripheral edges of intermediate concrete floors are included in the above-grade mass wall category and therefore must be insulated as above-grade mass walls unless they meet the definition of Mass Transfer Deck Slab Edge. The area of the peripheral edges of concrete floors shall be defined as the thickness of the slab multiplied by the perimeter length of the edge condition. See Table CA103.3.7.2 for typical default U-factors for above-grade slab edges and footnotec for typical conditions of above-grade slab edges. |
k | Where the total area of through-wall mechanical equipment is greater than one percent of the opaque above-grade wall area, use of the R-value method is not permitted. See Section C402.1.2.1.7. |
l | Interior wall assemblies that enclose ventilated refrigerant piping shafts, required by Chapter 11 of the International Mechanical Code, that do not serve conditioned, semi-heated, or indirectly conditioned spaces, shall have a minimum R-value performance of R-15. These shaft wall assemblies shall comply with the air barrier requirements of Section C402.5.1. The surface area of such walls shall be excluded from the building thermal envelope component performance (UA) calculations and the maximum window-to-wall ratio calculation. |
m | For roof, wall or floor assemblies where the proposed assembly would not be continuous insulation, alternate nominal R-value compliance options for assemblies with isolated metal fasteners that penetrate otherwise continuous insulation are as shown in columns B and C of Table C402.1.3(m): |
Table C402.1.3(m)
Continuous Insulation Equivalents
Column A | Column B | Column C |
Assemblies with continuous insulation (see definition) | Alternate option for assemblies with metal penetrations, greater than 0.04% but less than 0.08% | Alternate option for assemblies with metal penetrations, greater than or equal to 0.08% but less than 0.12% |
R-9.5ci | R-11.9ci | R-13ci |
R-11.4ci | R-14.3ci | R-15.7ci |
R-13.3ci | R-16.6ci | R-18.3ci |
R-15.2ci | R-19ci | R-21ci |
R-30ci | R-38ci | R-42ci |
R-38ci | R-48ci | R-53ci |
R-13 + R-7.5ci | R-13 + R-9.4ci | R-13 + R-10.3ci |
R-13 + R-10ci | R-13 + R-12.5ci | R-13 + R-13.8ci |
R-13 + R-12.5ci | R-13 + R-15.6ci | R-13 + R-17.2ci |
R-13 + R-13ci | R-13 + R-16.3ci | R-13 + R-17.9ci |
R-19 + R-8.5ci | R-19 + R-10.6ci | R-19 + R-11.7ci |
R-19 + R-14ci | R-19 + R-17.5ci | R-19 + R-19.2ci |
R-19 + R-16ci | R-19 + R-20ci | R-19 + R-22ci |
R-20 + R-3.8ci | R-20 + R-4.8ci | R-20 + R-5.3ci |
R-21 + R-5ci | R-21 + R-6.3ci | R-21 + R-6.9ci |
Notes for Table C402.1.3(m) |
These alternate nominal R-value compliance options are allowed for projects complying with all of the following: |
1a. | The ratio of the cross-sectional area, as measured in the plane of the surface, of metal penetrations of otherwise continuous insulation to the opaque surface area of the assembly is greater than 0.0004 (0.04%), but less than 0.0008 (0.08%), for use of Column B equivalents, and greater than or equal to 0.0008 (0.08%), but less than 0.0012 (0.12%), for use of Column C equivalents. |
1b. | Where all metal penetrations are stainless steel, Column B is permitted to be used for penetrations greater than 0.12%, but less than 0.24% of opaque surface area, and Column C is permitted to be used for penetrations greater than or equal to 0.24%, but less than 0.48% of opaque surface area. |
2. | The metal penetrations of otherwise continuous insulation are isolated or discontinuous (e.g., brick ties or other discontinuous metal attachments, offset brackets supporting shelf angles that allow insulation to go between the shelf angle and the primary portions of the wall structure). No continuous metal elements (e.g., metal studs, z-girts, z-channels, shelf angles) penetrate the otherwise continuous portion of the insulation. |
3. | Building permit drawings shall contain details showing the locations and dimensions of all the metal penetrations (e.g., brick ties or other discontinuous metal attachments, offset brackets, etc.) of otherwise continuous insulation. In addition, calculations shall be provided showing the ratio of the cross-sectional area of metal penetrations of otherwise continuous insulation to the overall opaque wall area. |
For other cases where the proposed assembly is not continuous insulation, see Section C402.1.2 for determination of U-factors for assemblies that include metal other than screws and nails. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-40214Section C402.1.4—((Assembly U-factor, C-factor, or F-factor-based method))Component performance method.
((C402.1.4 Assembly U-factor, C-factor, or F-factor-based method. Building thermal envelope opaque assemblies shall meet the requirements of Section C402.2 based on the climate zone specified in Chapter 3. Building thermal envelope opaque assemblies intended to comply on an assembly U-, C-, or F-factor basis shall have a U-, C-, or F-factor not greater than that specified in Table C402.1.4. Commercial buildings or portions of commercial buildings enclosing Group R occupancies shall use the U-, C-, or F-factor from the "Group R" column of Table C402.1.4. Commercial buildings or portions of commercial buildings enclosing occupancies other than Group R shall use the U-, C-, or F-factor from the "All other" column of Table C402.1.4. The U-factors for typical construction assemblies are included in Appendix A. These values shall be used for all calculations. Where proposed construction assemblies are not represented in Appendix A, values shall be calculated in accordance with the ASHRAE Handbook—Fundamentals using the framing factors listed in Appendix A where applicable and shall include the thermal bridging effects of framing materials.
C402.1.4.1 Roof/ceiling assembly. The maximum roof/ceiling assembly U-factor shall not exceed that specified in Table C402.1.4 based on construction materials used in the roof/ceiling assembly.
C402.1.4.1.1 Suspended ceilings. Insulation installed on suspended ceilings having removable ceiling tiles shall not be considered part of the assembly U-factor of the roof/ceiling construction.
C402.1.4.1.2 Joints staggered. Continuous insulation board shall be installed in not less than two layers, and the edge joints between each layer of insulation shall be staggered, except where insulation tapers to the roof deck at a gutter edge, roof drain, or scupper.
C402.1.4.2 Thermal resistance of cold-formed steel stud walls.U-factors of walls with cold-formed steel studs shall be permitted to be determined in accordance with Equation 4-1:
Equation 4-1:
U = 1/[Rs + (ER)] |
Where: |
Rs | = | The cumulative R-value of the wall components along the path of heat transfer, excluding the cavity insulation and steel studs. |
ER | = | The effective R-value of the cavity insulation with steel studs as specified in Table C402.1.4.2. |
C402.1.4.3 Thermal resistance of mechanical equipment penetrations. When the total area of penetrations from through-wall mechanical equipment or equipment listed in Table C403.3.2(4) exceeds 1 percent of the opaque above-grade wall area, the mechanical equipment penetration area shall be calculated as a separate wall assembly with a default U-factor of 0.5. Mechanical system ducts and louvers, including those for supply, exhaust and relief, and for condenser air intake and outlet, are not considered to be mechanical equipment for the purposes of this section.
EXCEPTION: | Where mechanical equipment has been tested in accordance with approved testing standards, the mechanical equipment penetration area is permitted to be calculated as a separate wall assembly using the U-factor determined by such test.)) |
C402.1.4 Component performance method.Building thermal envelope values and fenestration areas determined in accordance with Equation 4-1 shall be permitted in lieu of compliance with the U-, F-, psi-, chi-, and C-factors in Tables C402.1.2, C402.1.4 and C402.4 and the maximum allowable fenestration areas in Section C402.4.1. Fenestration shall meet the applicable SHGC requirements of Section C402.4.3.
For buildings with more than one space conditioning category, component performance compliance shall be demonstrated separately for each space conditioning category. Interior partition ceilings, walls, fenestration and floors that separate space conditioning areas shall be applied to the component performance calculations for the space conditioning category with the highest level of space conditioning.
High-performance vertical fenestration types required by Column B of Table C402.4 shall be calculated separately from other vertical fenestration types in Equation 4-1. The maximum U-factors permitted in Column B of Table C402.4 shall not be exceeded for the required Column B vertical fenestration area.
EXCEPTION: | The maximum U-factor permitted for operable vertical fenestration in Column B of Table C402.4 is permitted to be exceeded when the Proposed Column B vertical fenestration area-weighted UA is less than or equal to the Allowable Column B vertical fenestration area-weighted UA for all types of Column B vertical fenestration. |
(Equation 4-1)
AP + BP + CP + TP ≤ AT + BT + CT + TT - VF - VS
Where: | |
AP | = | Sum of the (area × U-factor) for each proposed building thermal envelope assembly, other than slab-on-grade or below-grade wall assemblies. |
Bp | = | Sum of the (length × F-factor) for each proposed slab-on-grade edge condition. |
CP | = | Sum of the (area × C-factor) for each proposed below-grade wall assembly. |
TP | = | Sum of the (ψLP) and (χNP) values for each type of thermal bridge condition of the building thermal envelope as identified in Section C402.7 in the proposed building. For the purposes of this section, the (ψLP) and (χNP) values for thermal bridges caused by materials with a thermal conductivity less than or equal to 3.0 Btu × in/h × ft2 × °F shall be assigned as zero. |
ψLP | = | Psi-factor × length of the thermal bridge elements in the proposed building thermal envelope. |
χNP | = | Chi-factor × number of the thermal bridge point elements other than fasteners, ties or brackets in the proposed building thermal envelope. |
AT | = | Sum of the (area × U-factor permitted by Tables C402.1.2 and C402.4) for each proposed building thermal envelope assembly, other than slab-on-grade or below-grade wall assemblies. |
BT | = | Sum of the (length × F-factor permitted by Table C402.1.2) for each proposed slab-on-grade edge condition. |
CT | = | Sum of the (area × C-factor permitted by Table C402.1.2) for each proposed below-grade wall assembly. |
TT | = | Sum of the (ψLT) and (χNT) values for each type of thermal bridge condition in the proposed building thermal envelope as identified in Section C402.6 with values specified as "compliant" in Table C402.1.4. For the purposes of this section, the (ψLT) and (χNT) values for thermal bridges caused by materials with a thermal conductivity less than or equal to 3.0 Btu × in/h × ft2 × °F shall be assigned as zero. |
ψLT | = | (Psi-factor specified as "compliant" in Table C402.1.4) × length of the thermal bridge elements in the proposed building thermal envelope. |
χNT | = | (Chi-factor specified as "compliant" in Table C402.1.4) × number of the thermal bridge point elements other than fasteners, ties or brackets in the proposed building thermal envelope. |
PF | = | Maximum vertical fenestration area allowable by Section C402.4.1, C402.4.1.1 or C402.4.1.2. |
QF | = | Proposed vertical fenestration area. |
RF | = | QF – PF, but not less than zero (excess vertical fenestration area). |
SF | = | Area-weighted average U-factor permitted by Table C402.4 of all vertical fenestration assemblies |
TF | = | Area-weighted average U-factor permitted by Table C402.1.2 of all exterior opaque wall assemblies. |
UF | = | SF – TF (excess U-factor for excess vertical fenestration area). |
VF | = | RF × UF (excess U × A due to excess vertical fenestration area). |
PS | = | Maximum skylight area allowable by Section C402.1.2. |
QS | = | Actual skylight area. |
RS | = | QS – PS, but not less than zero (excess skylight area). |
SS | = | Area-weighted average U-factor permitted by Table C402.4 of all skylights. |
TS | = | Area-weighted average U-factor permitted by Table C402.1.2 of all opaque roof assemblies. |
US | = | SS – TS (excess U-factor for excess skylight area). |
VS | = | RS × US (excess U × A due to excess skylight area). |
A proposed psi- or chi-factor for each thermal bridge shall comply with one of the following, as applicable:
1. Where the proposed mitigation of a thermal bridge is compliant with the requirements of Section C402.6, the "compliant" values in Table C402.1.4 shall be used for the proposed psi- or chi-factors.
2. Where a thermal bridge is not mitigated in a manner at least equivalent to Section C402.6, the "noncompliant" values in Table C402.1.4 shall be used for the proposed psi- or chi-factors.
3. Where the proposed mitigation of a thermal bridge provides a psi- or chi-factor ESS than "compliant" values in Table C402.1.4, the proposed psi- or chi-factor shall be determined by thermal analysis, testing or other approved sources.
Table C402.1.4
Psi- and Chi-Factors to Determine Thermal Bridges for the
Component Performance Method
THERMAL BRIDGE PER SECTION C402.6 | THERMAL BRIDGE COMPLIANT WITH SECTION C402.6 | THERMAL BRIDGE NONCOMPLIANT WITH SECTION C402.6 |
Psi-Factor (Btu/h × ft × °F) | Chi-Factor (Btu/h × °F) | Psi-Factor (Btu/h × ft × °F) | Chi-Factor (Btu/h × °F) |
C402.7.1 Balconies and floor decks | 0.2 | N/A | 0.5 | N/A |
C402.7.2 Cladding supports | 0.2 | N/A | 0.3 | N/A |
C402.7.3 Structural beams and columns | N/A | 1.0 Carbon steel 0.3 Concrete | N/A | 2.0 Carbon steel 1.0 Concrete |
C402.7.4 Vertical fenestration | 0.15 | N/A | 0.3 | N/A |
C402.7.5 Parapets | 0.2 | N/A | 0.4 | N/A |
C402.1.4.1 Component U-factors and F-factors. The U-factors and F-factors for typical construction assemblies are included in Chapter 3 and Appendix CA. These values shall be used for all calculations. Where proposed construction assemblies are not represented in Chapter 3 or Appendix CA, values shall be calculated in accordance with the ANSI/ASHRAE/IES 90.1 Appendix A for opaque assemblies, or ASHRAE Handbook—Fundamentals using the framing factors listed in Appendix CA.
For envelope assemblies containing metal framing, the U-factor shall be determined by one of the following methods:
1. Results of laboratory measurements according to acceptable methods of test.
2. ASHRAE Handbook—Fundamentals where the metal framing is bonded on one or both sides to a metal skin or covering.
3. The zone method as provided in ASHRAE Handbook—Fundamentals.
4. Effective framing/cavity R-values as provided in Appendix CA.
When return air ceiling plenums are employed, the roof/ceiling assembly shall:
a. For thermal transmittance purposes, not include the ceiling proper nor the plenum space as part of the assembly; and
b. For gross area purposes, be based upon the interior face of the upper plenum surface.
5. Tables in ASHRAE 90.1 Normative Appendix A.
6. Calculation method for steel-framed walls in accordance with Section C402.1.2.1.5.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-402141((Table C402.1.4—Opaque thermal envelope requirements, U-factor method.))Reserved.
((Table C402.1.4
Opaque Thermal Envelope Requirementsa,f
CLIMATE ZONE | 5 AND MARINE 4 |
| All Other | Group R |
Roofs |
Insulation entirely above deck | U-0.027 | U-0.027 |
Metal buildings | U-0.031 | U-0.031 |
Attic and other | U-0.021 | U-0.021 |
Joist or single rafter | U-0.027 | U-0.027 |
Walls, Above Gradek |
Massd,g | U-0.104 | U-0.078 |
Mass transfer deck slabj | U-0.20 | U-0.20 |
Metal building | U-0.050 | U-0.050 |
Steel framed | U-0.055 | U-0.055 |
Wood framed and other | U-0.051 | U-0.051 |
Walls, Below Grade |
Below-grade wallb, g | Same as above grade | Same as above grade |
Floors |
Masse | U-0.031 | U-0.031 |
Joist/framing | U-0.029 | U-0.029 |
Slab-on-Grade Floors |
Unheated slabs | F-0.54 | F-0.54 |
Heated slabsc | F-0.55 | F-0.55 |
Opaque Doors |
Nonswinging door | U-0.31 | U-0.31 |
Swinging doorh | U-0.37 | U-0.37 |
Garage door <14% glazing | U-0.31 | U-0.31 |
Garage door ≥14% and <50% glazingi | U-0.34 | U-0.34 |
a | Use of opaque assembly U-factors, C-factors, and F-factors from Appendix A is required unless otherwise allowed by Section C402.1.4. |
b | Where heated slabs are below grade, they shall comply with the F-factor requirements for heated slabs. |
c | Heated slab F-factors shall be determined specifically for heated slabs. Unheated slab factors shall not be used. |
d | Exception: Integral insulated concrete block walls complying with ASTM C90 with all cores filled and meeting both of the following: |
| 1. At least 50 percent of cores must be filled with vermiculite or equivalent fill insulation; and |
| 2. The building thermal envelope encloses one or more of the following uses: Warehouse (storage and retail), gymnasium, auditorium, church chapel, arena, kennel, manufacturing plant, indoor swimming pool, pump station, water and waste water treatment facility, storage facility, storage area, motor vehicle service facility. Where additional uses not listed (such as office, retail, etc.) are contained within the building, the exterior walls that enclose these areas may not utilize this exception and must comply with the appropriate mass wall R-value from Table C402.1.3/U-factor from Table C402.1.4. |
e | "Mass floors" shall include floors weighing not less than: 1. 35 pounds per square foot of floor surface area; or 2. 25 pounds per square foot of floor surface area where the material weight is not more than 120 pounds per cubic foot. |
f | Opaque assembly U-factors based on designs tested in accordance with ASTM C1363 shall be permitted. The R-value of continuous insulation shall be permitted to be added or subtracted from the original test design. |
g | Peripheral edges of intermediate concrete floors are included in the above-grade mass wall category and therefore must be insulated as above-grade mass walls unless they meet the definition of Mass Transfer Deck Slab. The area of the peripheral edges of concrete floors shall be defined as the thickness of the slab multiplied by the perimeter length of the edge condition. See Table A103.3.7.2 for typical default U-factors for above-grade slab edges and footnote c for typical conditions of above-grade slab edges. |
h | Swinging door U-factors shall be determined in accordance with NFRC-100. |
i | Garage doors having a single row of fenestration shall have an assembly U-factor less than or equal to 0.44, provided that the fenestration area is not less than 14 percent and not more than 50 percent of the total door area. |
j | Component performance in accordance with Section C402.1.5 shall be required for buildings with a mass transfer deck slab. A mass transfer deck, due to its configuration, is not insulated. The table value (U-0.20) shall be used as the baseline value for component performance or total building performance path calculations. For the proposed value, the appropriate value from Table A103.3.7.2 shall be used. |
k | Through-wall mechanical equipment subject to Section C402.1.4.3 shall be calculated at the U-factor defined in Section C402.1.4.3. The area-weighted U-factor of the wall, including through-wall mechanical equipment, shall not exceed the value in the table.)) |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-402142((Table C402.1.4.2—Effective R-values for steel stud wall assemblies.))Reserved.
((Table C402.1.4.2
Effective R-values For Steel Stud Wall Assemblies
NOMINAL STUD DEPTH (inches) | SPACING OF FRAMING (inches) | CAVITYR-VALUE (insulation) | CORRECTION FACTOR (Fc) | EFFECTIVE R-VALUE (ER) (Cavity R-Value × Fc) |
| 3 1/2 | 16 | 13 | 0.46 | 5.98 |
| 15 | 0.43 | 6.45 |
| 3 1/2 | 24 | 13 | 0.55 | 7.15 |
| 15 | 0.52 | 7.80 |
| 6 | 16 | 19 | 0.37 | 7.03 |
| 21 | 0.35 | 7.35 |
| 6 | 24 | 19 | 0.45 | 8.55 |
| 21 | 0.43 | 9.03 |
| 8 | 16 | 25 | 0.31 | 7.75 |
| 24 | 25 | 0.38 | 9.50)) |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40215Section C402.1.5—((Component performance alternative))Rooms containing fuel-burning appliances.
((C402.1.5 Component performance alternative. Building envelope values and fenestration areas determined in accordance with Equation 4-2 shall be permitted in lieu of compliance with the U-factors and F-factors in Table C402.1.4 and C402.4 and the maximum allowable fenestration areas in Section C402.4.1.
For buildings with more than one space conditioning category, component performance compliance shall be demonstrated separately for each space conditioning category. Interior partition ceilings, walls, fenestration and floors that separate space conditioning areas shall be applied to the component performance calculations for the space conditioning category with the highest level of space conditioning.
Equation 4-2
Proposed Total UA ≤ Allowable Total UA |
Where: | | |
Proposed Total UA | = | UA-glaz-prop + UA sky-prop + UA-opaque-prop + FL-slab-prop |
Allowable Total UA | = | UA-glaz-allow + UA-glaz-excess + UA sky-allow + UA-sky-excess + UA-opaque-allow + FL-slab-allow |
UA-glaz-prop | = | Sum of (proposed U-value x proposed area) for each distinct vertical fenestration type, up to code maximum area |
UA-sky-prop | = | Sum of (proposed U-value x proposed area) for each distinct skylight type, up to the code maximum area |
UA-opaque-prop | = | Sum of (proposed U-value x proposed area) for each distinct opaque thermal envelope type |
FL-slab-prop | = | Sum of (proposed F-value x proposed length) for each distinct slab on grade perimeter assembly |
UA-glaz-allow | = | Sum of (code maximum vertical fenestration U-value from Table C402.4, or Section C402.4.1.1.2 if applicable, x proposed area) for each distinct vertical fenestration type, not to exceed the code maximum area1 |
UA-glaz-excess | = | U-value for the proposed wall type from Table C402.42 x vertical fenestration area in excess of the code maximum area |
UA-sky-allow | = | Sum of (code maximum skylight U-value from Table C402.4 x proposed area) for each distinct skylight type proposed, not to exceed the code maximum area |
UA-sky-excess | = | U-value for the proposed roof type from Table C402.43 x skylight area in excess of the code maximum area |
UA-opaque-allow | = | Code maximum opaque envelope U-value from Table C402.1.4 for each opaque door, wall, roof, and floor assembly x proposed area |
FL-slab-allow | = | Code maximum F-value for each slab-on-grade perimeter assembly x proposed length |
Notes: | 1 Where multiple vertical fenestration types are proposed and the code maximum area is exceeded, the U-value shall be the average Table C402.1.4 U-value weighted by the proposed vertical fenestration area of each type. |
| 2 Where multiple wall types are proposed the U-value shall be the average Table C402.1.4 U-value weighted by the proposed above grade wall area of each type. |
| 3 Where multiple roof types are proposed the U-value shall be the average Table C402.1.4 U-value weighted by the proposed roof area of each type. |
C402.1.5.1 Component U-factors and F-factors. The U-factors and F-factors for typical construction assemblies are included in Chapter 3 and Appendix A. These values shall be used for all calculations. Where proposed construction assemblies are not represented in Chapter 3 or Appendix A, values shall be calculated in accordance with the ASHRAE Handbook—Fundamentals, using the framing factors listed in Appendix A.
For envelope assemblies containing metal framing, the U-factor shall be determined by one of the following methods:
1. Results of laboratory measurements according to acceptable methods of test.
2. ASHRAE Handbook—Fundamentals where the metal framing is bonded on one or both sides to a metal skin or covering.
3. The zone method as provided in ASHRAE Handbook—Fundamentals.
4. Effective framing/cavity R-values as provided in Appendix A.
When return air ceiling plenums are employed, the roof/ceiling assembly shall:
a. For thermal transmittance purposes, not include the ceiling proper nor the plenum space as part of the assembly; and
b. For gross area purposes, be based upon the interior face of the upper plenum surface.
5. Tables in ASHRAE 90.1 Normative Appendix A.
6. Calculation method for steel-framed walls in accordance with Section C402.1.4.1 and Table C402.1.4.1.
C402.1.5.2 SHGC rate calculations. Fenestration SHGC values for individual components and/or fenestration are permitted to exceed the SHGC values in Table C402.4 and/or the maximum allowable fenestration areas in Section C402.4.1 where the proposed total SHGCxA less than the allowable total SHGCxA as determined by Equation 4-3.
Equation 4-3—SHGC Rate Calculations
Proposed Total SHGCxA ≤ Allowable Total SHGCxA |
Where: | | |
Proposed Total SHGCxA | = | SHGCxA-glaz-prop + SHGCxA-sky-prop |
Allowable Total SHGCxA | = | SHGCxA-glaz-allow + SHGCxA-sky-allow |
SHGCxA-glaz-prop | = | Sum of (proposed SHGCx proposed area) for each distinct vertical fenestration type |
SHGCxA-sky-prop | = | Sum of (proposed SHGCx proposed area) for each distinct skylight type |
SHGCxA-glaz-allow | = | Sum of (code maximum vertical fenestration SHGC from Table C402.4, or Section C402.4.1.3 if applicable, x proposed area) for each distinct vertical fenestration type, not to exceed the code maximum area |
SHGCxA-sky-allow | = | Sum of (code maximum skylight SHGC from Table C402.4x proposed area) for each distinct skylight type, not to exceed the code maximum area |
If the proposed vertical fenestration area does not exceed the Vertical Fenestration Area allowed, the target area for each vertical fenestration type shall equal the proposed area. If the proposed vertical fenestration area exceeds the Vertical Fenestration Area allowed, the target area of each vertical fenestration element shall be reduced in the base envelope design by the same percentage and the net area of each above-grade wall type increased proportionately by the same percentage so that the total vertical fenestration area is exactly equal to the Vertical Fenestration Area allowed.
If the proposed skylight area does not exceed the Allowable Skylight Area from Section C402.4.1, the target area shall equal the proposed area. If the proposed skylight area exceeds the Allowable Skylight Area from Section C402.4.1, the area of each skylight element shall be reduced in the base envelope design by the same percentage and the net area of each roof type increased proportionately by the same percentage so that the total skylight area is exactly equal to the allowed percentage per Section C402.3.1 of the gross roof area.))
C402.1.5 Rooms containing fuel-burning appliances. Where combustion air is supplied through openings in an exterior wall to a room or space containing a space conditioning fuel-burning appliance, one of the following shall apply:
1. The room or space containing the appliance shall be located outside of the building thermal envelope.
2. The room or space containing the appliance shall be enclosed and isolated from conditioned spaces inside the building thermal envelope. Such rooms shall comply with all of the following:
2.1. The walls, floor and ceiling that separate the enclosed room or space from the conditioned spaces shall be insulated to be at least equivalent to the insulation requirement of below-grade walls as specified in Table C402.1.2 or C402.1.3.
2.2. The walls, floors and ceilings that separate the enclosed room or space from conditioned spaces be sealed in accordance with Section C402.5.1.1.
2.3. The doors into the enclosed room or space shall be fully gasketed.
2.4. Piping serving as part of a heating and cooling system and ducts in the enclosed room or space shall be insulated in accordance with Section C403. Service water piping shall be insulated in accordance with Section C404.
2.5. Where the air duct supplying combustion air to the enclosed room or space passes through conditioned space, the duct shall be insulated to an R-value of not less than R-16.
EXCEPTION: | Fireplaces and stoves complying with Sections 901 through 905 of the International Mechanical Code, and Section 2111.14 of the International Building Code. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-40220Section C402.2—Specific insulation and installation requirements.
C402.2 Specific ((building thermal envelope)) insulation and installation requirements. Insulation in building thermal envelope opaque assemblies shall ((comply with))be installed in accordance with Section C303.2 and Sections C402.2.1 through C402.2.9 ((and Table C402.1.3)).
Where this section refers to installing insulation levels as specified in Section C402.1.3, assemblies complying prescriptively with Section ((C402.1.4))C402.1.2 and buildings complying with Section ((C402.1.5))C402.1.4 are allowed to install alternate levels of insulation so long as the U-factor of the insulated assembly is less than or equal to the U-factor required by the respective path.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40221Section C402.2.1—Roof ((assembly))-ceiling construction.
C402.2.1Roof ((assembly))-ceiling construction.((The minimum thermal resistance (R-value) of the insulating material installed either between the roof framing or continuously on the roof assembly shall be as specified in Table C402.1.3, based on construction materials used in the roof assembly.))Insulation materials in the roof-ceiling construction shall be installed between the roof or ceiling framing, continuously below the ceiling framing, continuously above, below or within the roof deck, or in an approved combination thereof. Insulation installed above the roof deck shall comply with Sections C402.2.1.1 through C402.2.1.3.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Where tapered insulation is used with insulation entirely above deck, those roof assemblies shall show compliance on a U-factor basis per Section C402.1.4. The effective U-factor shall be determined through the use of Tables CA102.2.6(1), CA102.2.6(2), and CA102.2.6(3). |
| 2. Two layers of insulation are not required where insulation tapers to the roof deck, such as at roof drains. At roof drains, the immediate 24 inch by 24 inch plan area around each roof drain has a minimum insulation requirement of R-13, but otherwise is permitted to be excluded from the roof insulation area-weighted calculations. |
C402.2.1.1 ((Minimum thickness, lowest point. The minimum thickness of above-deck roof insulation at its lowest point, gutter edge, roof drain or scupper, shall be not less than 1 inch (25 mm).))Joints staggered.Continuous insulation board located above the roof deck shall be installed in not less than two layers, and the edge joints between each layer of insulation shall be staggered, except where insulation tapers to the roof deck at a gutter edge, roof drain, or scupper.
C402.2.1.2 ((Suspended ceilings. Insulation installed on suspended ceilings having removable ceiling tiles shall not be considered part of the minimum thermal resistance (R-value) of roof insulation in roof/ceiling construction.
C402.2.1.3)) Skylight curbs. Skylight curbs shall be insulated to the level of the above-deck roof((s with)) insulation ((entirely above deck)) or R-5, whichever is less.
EXCEPTION: | Unit skylight curbs included as a component of a skylight listed and labeled in accordance with NFRC 100 shall not be required to be insulated. |
((C402.2.1.4))C402.2.1.3 Rooftop HVAC equipment curbs. Structural curbs installed to support rooftop HVAC equipment are allowed to interrupt the above roof insulation. The area under the HVAC equipment inside of the equipment curb shall be insulated to a minimum of R-13 in all locations where there are not roof openings for ductwork. The annular space between the roof opening and the ductwork shall be sealed to maintain the building air barrier. The plan-view area of the HVAC equipment curb shall be excluded from the prescriptive roof insulation requirements or the area-weighted component performance calculations.
C402.2.1.4 Minimum thickness of tapered insulation. The thickness of tapered above-deck roof insulation at its lowest point, gutter edge, roof drain, or scupper, shall be not less than 1 inch (25 mm).
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40222Section C402.2.2—Above-grade walls.
C402.2.2 Above-grade walls.((The minimum thermal resistance (R-value) of materials installed in the wall cavity between the framing members and continuously on the walls shall be as specified in Table C402.1.3, based on framing type and construction materials used in the wall assembly. The R-value of integral insulation installed in concrete masonry units (CMU) shall not be used in determining compliance with Table C402.1.3 except as otherwise noted in the table. In determining compliance with Table C402.1.4, the use of the U-factor of concrete masonry units with integral insulation shall be permitted.
"Mass walls" where used as a component in the thermal envelope of a building shall comply with one of the following:
1. Weigh not less than 35 psf (170 kg/m2) of wall surface area.
2. Weigh not less than 25 psf (120 kg/m2) of wall surface area where the material weight is not more than 120 pounds per cubic foot (pcf) (1,900 kg/m3).
3. Have a heat capacity exceeding 7 Btu/ft2 × °F (144 kJ/m2 × K).
4. Have a heat capacity exceeding 5 Btu/ft2 × °F (103 kJ/m2 × K) where the material weight is not more than 120 pcf (1900 kg/m3).))Above-grade wall insulation materials shall be installed between the wall framing, be integral to the wall assembly, be continuous on the wall assembly, or be any combination of these insulation methods. Where continuous insulation is layered on the exterior side of a wall assembly, the joints shall be staggered.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40223Section C402.2.3—Floors over outdoor air or unconditioned space.
C402.2.3 Floors over outdoor air or unconditioned space.((The thermal properties (component R-values or assembly U- or F-factors) of floor assemblies over outdoor air or unconditioned space shall be as specified in Table C402.1.3 or C402.1.4 based on the construction materials used in the floor assembly. Floor framing cavity insulation or structural slab insulation shall be installed to maintain permanent contact with the underside of the subfloor decking or structural slabs.
"Mass floors" where used as a component of the thermal envelope of a building shall provide one of the following weights:
1. Thirty-five pounds per square foot of floor surface area;
2. Twenty-five pounds per square foot of floor surface area where the material weight is not more than 120 pounds per cubic foot.))Floor insulation shall be installed between floor framing, be integral to the floor assembly, be continuous on the floor assembly, or be any combination of these insulation methods. Where continuous insulation is layered on the exterior side of a floor assembly, the joints shall be staggered.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. The floor framing cavity insulation or structural slab insulation shall be permitted to be installed in contact with the top side of sheathing or continuous insulation installed on the bottom side of floor assemblies ((where combined with insulation that meets or exceeds the minimum R-value in Table C402.1.3 for "Metal framed" or "Wood framed and other" values for "Walls, Above Grade" and extends from the bottom to the top of all perimeter floor framing or floor assembly members)). Floor framing or structural slab members at the perimeter of the floor assembly shall be insulated vertically for their full depth with insulation equivalent to that required for the above-grade wall construction. |
| 2. Insulation applied to the underside of concrete floor slabs shall be permitted an air space of not more than 1 inch where it turns up and is in contact with the underside of the floor under walls associated with the building thermal envelope. |
| 3. Concrete slab floor directly above a stormwater or fire pump detention vault is exempt from the opaque envelope insulation requirement. |
| 4. Concrete slab floor directly above an electric utility vault is exempt from the opaque envelope insulation requirement. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40224Section C402.2.4—Slab-on-grade.
((C402.2.4 Slabs-on-grade. The minimum thermal resistance (R-value) of the insulation for unheated or heated slab-on-grade floors designed in accordance with the R-value method of Section C402.1.3 shall be as specified in Table C402.1.3.
C402.2.4.1 Insulation installation. Where installed, the perimeter insulation shall be placed on the outside of the foundation or on the inside of the foundation wall. The perimeter insulation shall extend downward from the top of the slab for a minimum distance as shown in the table or to the top of the footing, whichever is less, or downward to not less than the bottom of the slab and then horizontally to the interior or exterior for the total distance shown in the table. Insulation extending away from the building shall be protected by pavement or by a minimum of 10 inches (254 mm) of soil. Where installed, full slab insulation shall be continuous under the entire area of the slab-on-grade floor, except at structural column locations and service penetrations. Insulation required at the heated slab perimeter shall not be required to extend below the bottom of the heated slab and shall be continuous with the full slab insulation.
EXCEPTION: | Where the slab-on-grade floor is greater than 24 inches (61 mm) below the finished exterior grade, perimeter insulation is not required.)) |
C402.2.4 Slabs-on-grade. Where installed, the perimeter insulation for slab-on-grade shall be placed on the outside of the foundation or on the inside of the foundation wall. For installations complying with Table C402.1.3, the perimeter insulation shall extend downward from the top of the slab for the minimum distance shown in the table or to the top of the footing, whichever is less, or downward to not less than the bottom of the slab and then horizontally to the interior or exterior for the total distance shown in the table. Where installed, full slab insulation shall be continuous under the entire area of the slab-on-grade floor, except at structural column locations and service penetrations. Insulation required at the heated slab perimeter shall not be required to extend below the bottom of the heated slab and shall be continuous with the full slab insulation.
EXCEPTION: | Where the slab-on-grade floor is greater than 24 inches (610 mm) below the finished exterior grade, perimeter insulation is not required at the slab. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40225Section C402.2.5—Below-grade walls.
C402.2.5 Below-grade walls.((The R-value of the insulating material installed in, or continuously on, the below-grade walls shall be in accordance with Table C402.1.3. The U-factor or R-value required))Below-grade wall insulation shall be installed between framing members, be integral to the wall assembly, be continuous on the wall assembly, or be any combination of these installation methods. For installations complying with Section C401.2.1, insulation shall extend to the level of the lowest floor of the conditioned space enclosed by the below-grade wall.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40226Section C402.2.6—Insulation of radiant heating system((s))panels.
C402.2.6 Insulation of radiant heating system((s))panels.Radiant heating system panels, and their associated components that are installed in interior or exterior assemblies shall be insulated to an R-value of not less than R-3.5 on all surfaces not facing the space being heated. Radiant heating system panels that are installed in the building thermal envelope shall be separated from the exterior of the building or unconditioned or exempt spaces by not less than the R-value of insulation installed in the opaque assembly in which they are installed or the assembly shall comply with Section C402.1.4.
((EXCEPTION: | Heated slabs on grade insulated in accordance with Section C402.2.4.)) |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40227Section C402.2.7—Airspaces.
C402.2.7 Airspaces. Where the R-value of an airspace is used for compliance in accordance with Section C401.2, the airspace shall be enclosed in ((an unventilated cavity constructed to minimize airflow into and out of the enclosed airspace. Airflow shall be deemed minimized where the enclosed airspace is located on the interior side of the continuous air barrier and is bounded on all sides by building components))a cavity bounded on all sides by building components and constructed to minimize airflow into and out of the enclosed airspace. Airflow shall be deemed minimized where one of the following conditions occur:
1. The enclosed airspace is unventilated.
2. The enclosed airspace is bounded on at least one side by an anchored masonry veneer, constructed in accordance with Chapter 14 of the International Building Code and vented by veneer weep holes located only at the bottom of the airspace and spaced not less than 15 inches (381 mm) on center with top of the cavity airspace closed.
EXCEPTION: | ((The thermal resistance of))For ventilated cavities, the effect of the ventilation of airspaces located on the exterior side of the continuous air barrier and adjacent to and behind the exterior wall covering material shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C1363 modified with an airflow entering the bottom and exiting the top of the airspace at a minimum air movement rate of not less than 2.8 in./sec. (70 mm/sec.). |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40228Section C402.2.8—Above-grade exterior concrete slabs.
C402.2.8 Above-grade exterior concrete slabs. Above-grade concrete slabs that penetrate the building thermal envelope including, but not limited to, decks and balconies, shall each include a minimum R-10 thermal break, aligned with the primary insulating layer in the adjoining wall assemblies. Stainless steel (but not carbon steel) reinforcing bars are permitted to penetrate the thermal break. If the ((total))simulated building performance path in Section C407 or the component performance alternative in Section ((C402.1.5))C402.1.4 is utilized and the thermal break required by this section is not provided where concrete slabs penetrate the building thermal envelope, the sectional area of the penetration shall be assigned the default U-factors from the "exposed concrete" row of Table CA103.3.7.2.
EXCEPTION: | Mass transfer deck slabs. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40230Section C402.4—Fenestration.
C402.3 Reserved.
C402.4 Fenestration. Fenestration shall comply with Sections C402.4.1 through C402.4.4 and Table C402.4. Column A values in Table C402.4 apply to a maximum of 80 percent of the total building vertical fenestration area. The minimum 20 percent of fenestration required to meet the Column B high-performance U-factors is permitted to be met using any combination of vertical fenestration types with Column B values listed, and those maximum Column B U-factors must be maintained when using the component performance method in Section C402.1.4. An area-weighted average of Column B U-factors is permitted. Daylight responsive controls shall comply with this section and Section C405.2.5.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. For prescriptive envelope compliance, single-pane glazing is permitted for security purposes, not to exceed one percent of the gross exterior wall area. Where Section C402.1.4, component performance method, is used, the single glazing shall be included in the percentage of the total glazing area, U-factor and SHGC requirements. |
| 2. Buildings or additions with less than 1,000 square feet (92.9 m2) of fenestration area are not required to provide the Column B high performance vertical fenestration and are permitted to use Column A values for all fenestration. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-402300Table C402.4—Building thermal envelope requirements—Fenestration.
Table C402.4
Building Thermal Envelope Fenestration Maximum U-factor and SHGC Requirements
((CLIMATE ZONE | 5 AND MARINE 4 |
U-factor for Class AW windows rated in accordance with AAMA/CSA101/I.S.2/A440, vertical curtain walls and site-built fenestration productsa |
FixedbU-factor | U-0.34 |
OperablecU-factor | U-0.36 |
Entrance doorsd |
U-factor | U-0.60 |
U-factor for all other vertical fenestration |
Fixed U-factor | U-0.26 |
Operable or mulled windows with fixed and operable sections U-factor | U-0.28 |
SHGC for all vertical fenestrationf |
| Fixed | Operable |
PF < 0.2 | 0.38 | 0.33 |
0.2 ≤ PF < 0.5 | 0.46 | 0.40 |
PF ≥ 0.5 | 0.61 | 0.53 |
Skylights |
U-factor | U-0.50 |
SHGC | 0.35 |
a | U-factor and SHGC shall be rated in accordance with NFRC 100. |
b | "Fixed" includes curtain wall, storefront, picture windows, and other fixed windows. |
c | "Operable" includes openable fenestration products other than "entrance doors." |
d | "Entrance door" includes glazed swinging entrance doors. Other doors which are not entrance doors, including sliding glass doors, are considered "operable." |
e | Reserved. |
f | Fenestration that is entirely within the conditioned space or is between conditioned and other enclosed space is exempt from solar heat gain coefficient requirements and not included in the SHGC calculation.)) |
| Column A Standard performance portion, applicable to no more than 80% of vertical fenestration area | Column B High performance portion, applicable to no less than 20% of vertical fenestration area |
U-factor for Class AW windows rated in accordance with AAMA/CSA101/I.S.2/A440, vertical curtain walls and site-built fenestration productsa |
FixedbU-factor | U-0.32 | U-0.22 |
OperablecU-factor | U-0.36 | U-0.26 |
Entrance doorsdU-factor | U-0.60 | U-0.60 |
U-factor for all other vertical fenestration |
FixedbU-factor | U-0.26 | U-0.20 |
Operablec or mulled windows with fixed and operable sections U-factor | U-0.28 | U-0.22 |
SHGC for all vertical fenestratione |
| Fixed | Operable |
PF < 0.2 | 0.38 | 0.33 |
0.2 ≤ PF < 0.5 | 0.46 | 0.40 |
PF ≥ 0.5 | 0.61 | 0.53 |
Skylights |
U-factor | U-0.50 |
SHGC | 0.35 |
a | U-factor and SHGC shall be rated in accordance with NFRC 100. |
b | "Fixed" includes curtain wall, storefront, picture windows, and other fixed windows. |
c | "Operable" includes openable fenestration products other than "entrance doors." |
d | "Entrance door" includes glazed swinging entrance doors. Other doors which are not entrance doors, including sliding glass doors, are considered "operable." |
e | Fenestration that is entirely within the conditioned space or is between conditioned and other enclosed space is exempt from solar heat gain coefficient requirements and not included in the SHGC calculation. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-40231Section C402.4.1—Maximum area.
C402.4.1 Maximum area. The total building vertical fenestration area (not including opaque doors and opaque spandrel panels) shall not exceed 30 percent of the total building gross above-grade wall area. The skylight area shall not exceed 5 percent of the total building gross roof area (skylight-to-roof ratio).
For buildings with more than one space conditioning category, compliance with the maximum allowed window-to-wall ratio and skylight-to-roof ratio shall be demonstrated separately for each space conditioning category. Below-grade walls and interior partition ceiling, wall, fenestration and floor areas that separate ((space conditioning areas))conditioned spaces from semi-heated spaces or unconditioned spaces, or semi-heated spaces from unconditioned spaces shall not be applied to the window-to-wall ratio and skylight-to-roof ratio calculations.
C402.4.1.1 Vertical fenestration maximum area withhigh performance alternates. For buildings that comply with Section C402.4.1.1.1 or C402.4.1.1.2, the total building vertical fenestration area is permitted to exceed 30 percent but shall not exceed 40 percent of the gross above-grade wall area for the purpose of prescriptive compliance with Section ((C402.1.4))C402.1.2.
When determining compliance using the component performance ((alternative))method in accordance with Section ((C402.1.5))C402.1.4, the total building vertical fenestration area allowed in Equation ((4-2))4-1 is 40 percent of the above grade wall area for buildings that comply with the vertical fenestration alternates described in this section.
C402.4.1.1.1 Optimized daylighting. All of the following requirements shall be met:
1. Not less than 50 percent of the total conditioned floor area in the building is within a primary sidelitdaylight zoneor a toplit daylight zone that includes daylight responsive controls complying with Section C405.2.5.1.
2. Visible transmittance (VT) of all vertical fenestration in the building is greater than or equal to 1.1 times the required solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC) in accordance with Section C402.4, or 0.50, whichever is greater. It shall be permitted to demonstrate compliance based on the area weighted average VT being greater than or equal to the area weighted average of the minimum VT requirements.
EXCEPTION: | Fenestration that is outside the scope of NFRC 200 is not required to comply with Item 2. |
C402.4.1.1.2 High-performance fenestration. All of the following requirements shall be met:
1. All vertical fenestration in the building shall comply with the ((following))U-factors((:
1.1 U-factor for Class AW windows rated in accordance with AAMA/CSA101/I.S.2/A440, vertical curtain walls and site-built fenestration products (fixed) = 0.31
1.2 U-factor for Class AW windows rated in accordance with AAMA/CSA101/I.S.2/A440, vertical curtain walls and site-built fenestration products (operable) = 0.36
1.3 Entrance doors = 0.60
1.4 U-factor for all other vertical fenestration, fixed = 0.23
1.5 U-factor for all other vertical fenestration, operable, or mulled windows with fixed and operable sections = 0.24))in Table C402.4.1.1.2.
2. The SHGC of the vertical fenestration shall be no more than 0.90 times the maximum SHGC values listed in Table C402.4.
An area-weighted average shall be permitted to satisfy the U-factor requirement for each fenestration product category listed in ((Item 1 of this section))Table C402.4.1.1.2. Individual fenestration products from different fenestration product categories shall not be combined in calculating the area-weighted average U-factor, except that fenestration from ((lines a. and b. are permitted to be combined))the same column in lines 1 and 2 are permitted to be combined, and the fenestration from the same column in lines 4 and 5 are permitted to be combined. Maximum U-factors for skylights and maximum SHGC values for all fenestration shall comply with Section C402.4.
Table C402.4.1.1.2
Building Thermal Envelope High Performance Fenestration
Maximum U-factor
| Column A Standard performance portion, applicable to no more than 80% of vertical fenestration area | Column B High performance portion, applicable to no less than 20% of vertical fenestration area |
U-factor for Class AW windows rated in accordance with AAMA/CSA101/I.S.2/A440, vertical curtain walls and site-built fenestration productsa |
1 | FixedbU-factor | U-0.26 | U-0.22 |
2 | OperablecU-factor | U-0.36 | U-0.26 |
3 | Entrance doorsdU-factor | U-0.60 | U-0.60 |
U-factor for all other vertical fenestration |
4 | FixedbU-factor | U-0.22 | U-0.20 |
5 | Operablec or mulled windows with fixed and operable sections U-factor | U-0.23 | U-0.22 |
a | U-factor and SHGC shall be rated in accordance with NFRC 100. |
b | "Fixed" includes curtain wall, storefront, picture windows, and other fixed windows. |
c | "Operable" includes openable fenestration products other than "entrance doors." |
d | "Entrance door" includes glazed swinging entrance doors. Other doors which are not entrance doors, including sliding glass doors, are considered "operable." |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-40232Section C402.4.2—Minimum skylight fenestration area.
C402.4.2 Minimum skylight fenestration area.Skylights shall be provided in enclosed spaces that meet all the following criteria:
1. Floor area of enclosed spaces is greater than 2,500 square feet (232 m2).
2. Space is located directly under a roof and have a ceiling height greater than 15 feet (4572 mm) for no less than 75 percent of the ceiling area.
3. Space type is one of the following: Office, lobby, atrium, concourse, corridor, gymnasium/exercise center, convention center, automotive service, manufacturing, nonrefrigerated warehouse, retail store, distribution/sorting area, transportation, and workshop.
Skylights in these spaces are required to provide a total toplit daylight zone area not less than 50 percent of the floor area and shall provide one of the following:
1. A minimum ratio of skylight area to toplit daylight zone area under skylights of not less than 3 percent where all skylights have a VT of at least 0.40, or VTannual of not less than 0.26, as determined in accordance with Section C303.1.3.
2. A minimum skylight effective aperture, determined in accordance with Equation ((4-5))4-2, of:
2.1. Not less than 1 percent using a skylight's VT rating; or
2.2. Not less than 0.66 percent using a tubular daylight device's VTannual rating.
| Skylight Effective Aperture | = | (0.85 x Skylight Area x Skylight VT x WF)/ Toplit daylight zone | |
(Equation ((4-5))4-2)
Where: | | |
Skylight area | = | Total fenestration area of skylights. |
Skylight VT | = | Area weighted average visible transmittance of skylights. |
WF | = | Area weighted average well factor, where well factor is 0.9 if light well depth is less than 2 feet (610 mm), or 0.7 if light well depth is 2 feet (610 mm) or greater, or 1.0 for tubular daylighting devices (TDD) with VTannual ratings measured in accordance with NFRC 203. |
Light well depth | = | Measure vertically from the underside of the lowest point of the skylight glazing to the ceiling plane under the skylight. |
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Skylights above daylight zones of enclosed spaces are not required in: |
| 1.1. Spaces designed as storm shelters complying with ICC 500. |
| 1.2. Spaces where the designed general lighting power densities are less than 0.5 W/ft2 (5.4 W/m2) and at least 10 percent lower than the lighting power allowance in Section C405.4.2. |
| 1.3. Areas where it is documented that existing structures or natural objects block direct beam sunlight on at least half of the roof over the enclosed area for more than 1,500 daytime hours per year between 8 a.m. and 4 p.m. |
| 1.4. Spaces where the daylight zone under rooftop monitors is greater than 50 percent of the enclosed space floor area. |
| 1.5. Spaces where the total floor area minus the sidelit daylight zone area is less than 2,500 square feet (232 m2), and where the lighting in the daylight zone is controlled in accordance with Section C405.2.4.1. |
| 2. The skylight effective aperture, calculated in accordance with Equation ((4-5))4-2, is permitted to be 0.66 percent in lieu of 1 percent if the VTannual of the skylight or TDD, as measured by NFRC 203, is greater than 38 percent. |
C402.4.2.1 Lighting controls in daylight zones under skylights. Daylight responsive controls shall be provided to control all electric lights within toplit daylight zones.
C402.4.2.2 Haze factor.Skylights in office, storage, automotive service, manufacturing, nonrefrigerated warehouse, retail store, and distribution/sorting area spaces shall have a glazing material or diffuser with a haze factor greater than 90 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM D 1003.
EXCEPTION: | Skylights and tubular daylighting devices designed and installed to exclude direct sunlight entering the occupied space by the use of fixed or automated baffles, or the geometry of skylight and light well. |
C402.4.2.3 Daylight zones.Daylight zones referenced in Sections C402.4.1.1 through C402.4.2.2 shall comply with Sections C405.2.5.2 and C405.2.5.3, as applicable. Daylight zones shall include toplit daylight zones and sidelit daylight zones.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 16-03-072, filed 1/19/16, effective 7/1/16)
WAC 51-11C-40233Section C402.4.3—Maximum U-factor and SHGC.
C402.4.3 Maximum U-factor and SHGC. The maximum U-factor and solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC) for fenestration shall be as specified in Table C402.4.
The window projection factor shall be determined in accordance with Equation ((4-6))4-3.
PF = A/B
(Equation ((4-6))4-3)
Where: | | |
PF | = | Projection factor (decimal). |
A | = | Distance measured horizontally from the furthest continuous extremity of any overhang, eave, or permanently attached shading device to the vertical surface of the glazing. |
B | = | Distance measured vertically from the bottom of the glazing to the underside of the overhang, eave, or permanently attached shading device. |
Where different windows or glass doors have different PF values, they shall each be evaluated separately.
C402.4.3.1 ((Reserved.
C402.4.3.2 Reserved.
C402.4.3.3)) Dynamic glazing. Where dynamic glazing is intended to satisfy the SHGC and VT requirements of Table C402.4, the ratio of the higher to lower labeled SHGC shall be greater than or equal to 2.4, and the dynamic glazing shall be automatically controlled to modulate the amount of solar gain into the space in multiple steps. Dynamic glazing shall be considered separately from other fenestration, and area-weighted averaging with other fenestration that is not dynamic glazing shall not be permitted.
EXCEPTION: | Dynamic glazing is not required to comply with this section where both the lower and higher labeled SHGC already comply with the requirements of Table C402.4. |
((C402.4.3.4))C402.4.3.2 Area-weighted U-factor. An area-weighted average shall be permitted to satisfy the U-factor requirements for each fenestration product category listed in Table C402.4. Individual fenestration products from different fenestration product categories listed in Table C402.4 shall not be combined in calculating area-weighted average U-factor.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40234Section C402.4.4—Doors.
C402.4.4 Doors. Opaque doors shall be considered part of the gross area of above-grade walls that are part of the building thermal envelope, including the frame. Opaque doors shall comply with Table ((C402.1.4))C402.1.2. Other doors shall comply with the provisions of Section C402.4.3 for vertical fenestration.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 19-24-040, filed 11/26/19, effective 7/1/20)
WAC 51-11C-40240Section C402.5—Air leakage-building thermal envelope.
C402.5 Air leakage-building thermal envelope. The ((thermal envelope of buildings))building thermal envelope shall comply with Sections C402.5.1 through ((C402.5.8))C402.5.7.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-40241Section C402.5.1—Air barriers.
C402.5.1 Air barriers. A continuous air barrier shall be provided throughout the building thermal envelope. The ((continuous air barriers shall))air barrier is permitted to be located ((on the))at any combination of inside ((or)), outside ((of)), or within the building thermal envelope((, located within the assemblies composing the building thermal envelope, or any combination thereof)). The air barrier shall comply with Sections C402.5.1.1 and C402.5.1.2. The air leakage performance of the air barrier shall be verified in accordance with Section C402.5.2.
C402.5.1.1 Air barrier design and documentation requirements. Design of the continuous air barrier shall be documented as follows:
1. Components comprising the continuous air barrier and their position within each building thermal envelope assembly shall be identified.
2. Joints, interconnections and penetrations of the continuous air barrier components shall be detailed.
3. The continuity of the air barrier building element assemblies that enclose conditioned space or provide a boundary between conditioned space and unconditioned space shall be identified.
4. Documentation of the continuous air barrier shall detail methods of sealing the air barrier, such as wrapping, caulking, gasketing, taping or other approved methods at the following locations:
4.1. Joints around fenestration and door frames.
4.2. Joints between walls and floors; between walls at building corners; between walls and roofs, including parapets and copings; where above-grade walls meet foundations; and at similar intersections.
4.3. Penetrations or attachments through the continuous air barrier.
4.4. Building assemblies used as ducts or plenums.
4.5. Changes in continuous air barrier materials and assemblies.
C402.5.1.2 Air barrier construction. The continuous air barrier shall be constructed to comply with the following:
1. The air barrier shall be continuous for all assemblies that ((are the thermal envelope of the building))comprise the building thermal envelope and across the joints and assemblies.
2. Air barrier joints and seams shall be sealed, including sealing transitions in places and changes in materials. The joints and seals shall be securely installed in or on the joint for its entire length so as not to dislodge, loosen or otherwise impair its ability to resist positive and negative pressure differentials such as those from wind, stack effect and mechanical ventilation.
3. Penetrations of the air barrier shall be caulked, gasketed or otherwise sealed in a manner compatible with the construction materials and location. Sealing shall allow for expansion, contraction and mechanical vibration. ((Joints and seams associated with penetrations shall be sealed in the same manner or taped.)) Sealing materials shall be securely installed around the penetration so as not to dislodge, loosen or otherwise impair the penetrations' ability to resist positive and negative pressure ((from wind, stack effect, and mechanical ventilation)). Sealing of concealed fire sprinklers, where required, shall be in a manner that is recommended by the fire sprinkler manufacturer. Caulking or other adhesive sealants shall not be used to fill voids between fire sprinkler cover plates and walls or ceilings.
4. Recessed lighting fixtures shall comply with Section ((C402.5.8))C402.5.1.2.1. Where similar objects are installed which penetrate the air barrier, provisions shall be made to maintain the integrity of the air barrier.
5. Electrical and communication boxes shall comply with Section C402.5.1.2.2.
6.Construction documents shall contain a diagram showing the building's pressure boundary in plan(s) and section(s) and a calculation of the area of the pressure boundary to be considered in the test.
((C402.5.1.2 Air barrier compliance. A continuous air barrier for the opaque building envelope shall comply with the following:
1. Group R dwelling units that are accessed directly from the outdoors shall meet the provisions of Section C402.5.2.
2. All other buildings or portions of buildings shall meet the provisions of Section C402.5.3.
C402.5.2))
C402.5.1.2.1 Recessed lighting. Recessed luminaires installed in the building thermal envelope shall be all of the following:
1. IC rated.
2. Labeled as having an air leakage rate of not greater than 2.0 cfm (0.944 L/s) when tested in accordance with ASTM E 283 at a 1.57 psf (75 Pa) pressure differential.
3. Sealed with a gasket or caulk between the housing and interior wall or ceiling covering.
C402.5.1.2.2 Electrical and communication boxes. Electrical and communication boxes that penetrate the air barrier of the building thermal envelope, and that do not comply with Section C402.5.1.2.2.1, shall be caulked, taped, gasketed or otherwise sealed to the air barrier element being penetrated. All openings on the concealed portion of the box shall be sealed. Where present, insulation shall rest against all concealed portions of the box.
C402.5.1.2.2.1 Air-sealed boxes. Where air-sealed boxes are installed, they shall be marked in accordance with NEMA OS 4. Air-sealed boxes shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
C402.5.2 Air leakage compliance.Air leakage of the building thermal envelope shall be tested by an approved third party in accordance with Section C402.5.2.1. The measured air leakage shall not be greater than 0.25 cubic feet per minute per square foot (1.27 L/s × m2) of the building thermal envelope area at a pressure differential of 0.3 inch water gauge (75 Pa) with the calculated building thermal envelope surface area being the sum of the above- and below-grade building thermal envelope.
Where the measured air leakage rate is greater than 0.25 cfm/ft2 (1.27 L/s × m2) corrective actions must be made to the building and an additional testing completed until the required air leakage rating is achieved. Final passing of the air leakage test results shall be submitted to the code official.
EXCEPTION: | As an alternative, buildings or portions of buildings containing Group I-1 and R-2 occupancies shall be permitted to be tested by an approved third party in accordance with Section C402.5.2.2. |
C402.5.2.1 Whole building test method and reporting. The building thermal envelope shall be tested by an approved third party in accordance with ASTM E3158. A report that includes the tested surface area, floor area, air by volume, stories above grade, and air leakage rates shall be submitted to the code official and the building owner.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. For buildings less than 10,000 square feet (929 m2), the entire building thermal envelope shall be permitted to be tested in accordance with ASTM E779, ASTM E3158, ASTM E1827 or an equivalent approved method. |
| 2. For buildings greater than 50,000 square feet (4645 m2), portions of the building shall be permitted to be tested and the measured air leakage shall be area weighted by the surface areas of the building thermal envelope in each portion. The weighted-average tested air leakage shall not be greater than the whole building air leakage limit. The following portions of the building shall be tested: |
| 2.1. The entire building thermal envelope area of stories that have any conditioned spaces directly under a roof. |
| 2.2. The entire building thermal envelope area of stories that have a building entrance, have a floor over unconditioned space, have a loading dock or that are below grade. |
| 2.3. Representative above-grade portions of the building totaling not less than 25 percent of the wall area enclosing the remaining conditioned space. |
C402.5.2.2 Enclosure testing for dwelling and sleeping units accessed directly from the outdoors. For dwelling units accessed directly from outdoors, the building thermal envelope shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E779, ANSI/RESNET/ICC 380, ASTM E1827 or an equivalent method approved by the code official. The measured air leakage shall not exceed 0.25 cfm/ft2 (1.27 L/s m2) of the testing unit enclosure area at a pressure differential of 0.2 inch water gauge (50 Pa). Where multiple dwelling units or sleeping units or other occupiable conditioned spaces are contained within one building thermal envelope and are accessed directly from the outdoors, each unit shall be considered an individual testing unit, and the building air leakage shall be the weighted average of all testing unit results, weighted by each testing unit's enclosure area. Units shall be tested separately with an unguarded blower door test as follows:
1. Where buildings have fewer than eight testing units, each testing unit shall be tested.
2. For buildings with eight or more testing units, the greater of seven units or 20 percent of the testing units in the building shall be tested, including a top floor unit, a ground floor unit and a unit with the largest testing unit enclosure area. For each tested unit that exceeds the maximum air leakage rate, an additional two units shall be tested, including a mixture of testing unit types and locations.
3. Test shall be accomplished using either a) both pressurization and depressurization or b) pressurization alone, but not depressurization alone. The test results shall be plotted against the correct P for pressurization in accordance with Section 9.4 of ASTM E779.
Where the measured air leakage rate exceeds 0.25 cfm/ft2 (2.0 L/s x m2) corrective action shall be taken to seal leaks in the air barrier in all units exceeding the target value and all untested units. Post-corrective action testing and repeated corrective action measures will be taken until the required air leakage rating is achieved. Final passing air leakage test results shall be submitted to the code official.
((C402.5.3 Building thermal envelope testing. The building thermal envelope shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E779, ANSI/RESNET/ICC 380, ASTM E3158 or ASTM E1827 or an equivalent method approved by the code official. The measured air leakage shall not exceed 0.25 cfm/ft2 (1.27 L/s × m2) of the building thermal envelope area at a pressure differential of 0.3 inch water gauge (75 Pa). Alternatively, portions of the building shall be tested and the measured air leakages shall be area weighted by the surface areas of the building envelope in each portion. The weighted average test results shall not exceed the whole building leakage limit. In the alternative approach, the following portions of the building shall be tested:
1. The entire envelope area of all stories that have any spaces directly under a roof.
2. The entire envelope area of all stories that have a building entrance, exposed floor, or loading dock, or are below grade.
3. Representative above-grade sections of the building totaling at least 25 percent of the wall area enclosing the remaining conditioned space.
4. Test shall be accomplished using either a) both pressurization and depressurization or b) pressurization alone, but not depressurization alone. The test results shall be plotted against the correct P for pressurization in accordance with Section 9.4 of ASTM E779.
Where the measured air leakage rate exceeds 0.25 cfm/ft2 (2.0 L/s x m2) corrective action shall be taken to seal leaks in the air barrier. Post-corrective action testing and repeated corrective action measures will be taken until the required air leakage rating is achieved. Final passing of the air leakage test results shall be submitted to the code official.
C402.5.4))C402.5.2.3 Building test for mixed-use buildings. Where a building is three or fewer stories above grade plane and contains both commercial and residential uses, the air barrier of the R-2 and R-3 occupancy areas of the building is permitted to be separately tested ((according to Section R402.4.1.2))in accordance with Section C402.5.2. Alternatively, it is permissible to test the air barrier of the entire building according to Section ((C402.5.3))C402.5.2, provided that the tested air leakage rate does not exceed the rate specified in Section ((C402.5.3))C402.5.2.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-40243Section ((C402.5.5—Rooms containing fuel-burning appliances))C402.5.3—Doors and access openings.
((C402.5.5 Rooms containing fuel-burning appliances. Where combustion air is supplied through openings in an exterior wall to a room or space containing a space conditioning fuel-burning appliance, one of the following shall apply:
1. The room or space containing the appliance shall be located outside of the building thermal envelope.
2. The room or space containing the appliance shall be enclosed and isolated from conditioned spaces inside the building thermal envelope. Such rooms shall comply with all of the following:
2.1. The walls, floor and ceiling that separate the enclosed room or space from the conditioned spaces shall be insulated to be at least equivalent to the insulation requirement of below grade walls as specified in Table C402.1.3 or C402.1.4.
2.2. The walls, floors and ceilings that separate the enclosed room or space from conditioned spaces be sealed in accordance with Section C402.5.1.1.
2.3. The doors into the enclosed room or space shall be fully gasketed.
2.4. Water lines and ducts in the enclosed room or space shall be insulated in accordance with Section C403.
2.5. Where the air duct supplying combustion air to the enclosed room or space passes through conditioned space, the duct shall be insulated to an R-value of not less than R-16.
EXCEPTION: | Fireplaces and stoves complying with Sections 901 through 905 of the International Mechanical Code, and Section 2111.14 of the International Building Code.)) |
C402.5.3 Doors and access openings to shafts, chutes, stairways, and elevator lobbies. Doors and access openings from conditioned space to shafts, chutes, stairways, and elevator lobbies shall be gasketed, weatherstripped, or sealed.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Door openings required to comply with Section 716 of the International Building Code. |
| 2. Doors and door openings required by the International Building Code to comply with UL 1784. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40244((Section C402.5.6—Doors and access openings.))Reserved.
((C402.5.6 Doors and access openings to shafts, chutes, stairways, and elevator lobbies. Doors and access openings from conditioned space to shafts, chutes, stairways and elevator lobbies shall be gasketed, weatherstripped or sealed.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Door openings required to comply with Section 716 of the International Building Code. |
| 2. Doors and door openings required to comply with UL 1784 by the International Building Code.)) |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40245Section ((C402.5.7))C402.5.4—Air intakes, exhaust openings, stairways, and shafts.
((C402.5.7))C402.5.4 Air intakes, exhaust openings, stairways, and shafts. Stairway enclosures, elevator shaft vents and other outdoor air intakes and exhaust openings integral to the building thermal envelope shall be provided with dampers in accordance with Section C403.7.8.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40246Section ((C402.5.8))C402.5.5—Loading dock weatherseals.
((C402.5.8))C402.5.5 Loading dock weatherseals. Cargo door openings and loading dock door openings shall be equipped with weatherseals that restrict ((infiltration))air leakage and provide direct contact along the top and sides of vehicles that are parked in the doorway.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40247Section ((C402.5.9))C402.5.6—Vestibules.
((C402.5.9))C402.5.6 Vestibules. All building entrances shall be protected with an enclosed vestibule((, with all doors)). Doors opening into and out of the vestibule shall be equipped with self-closing devices. Vestibules shall be designed so that in passing through the vestibule it is not necessary for the interior and exterior doors to open at the same time. The installation of one or more revolving doors in the building entrance shall not eliminate the requirement that a vestibule be provided on any doors adjacent to revolving doors. For the purposes of this section, "building entrances" shall include exit-only doors in buildings where separate doors for entering and exiting are provided.
Interior and exterior doors shall have a minimum distance between them of not less than 7 feet. The exterior envelope of conditioned vestibules shall comply with the requirements for a conditioned space. Either the interior or exterior envelope of unconditioned vestibules shall comply with the requirements for a conditioned space. The building lobby is not considered a vestibule.
EXCEPTION: | Vestibules are not required for the following: |
| 1. Doors not intended to be used as building entrances. |
| 2. Unfinished ground-level space greater than 3,000 square feet (298 m2) if a note is included on the permit documents at each exterior entrance to the space stating "Vestibule required at time of tenant build-out if entrance serves a space greater than 3,000 square feet in area." |
| 3. Doors opening directly from a sleeping unit or dwelling unit. |
| 4. Doors between an enclosed space smaller than 3,000 square feet (298 m2) in area and the exterior of the building or the building entrance lobby, where those doors do not comprise one of the primary building entrance paths to the remainder of the building. The space must be enclosed and separated without transfer air paths from the primary building entrance paths. If there are doors between the space and the primary entrance path, then the doors shall be equipped with self-closing devices so the space acts as a vestibule for the primary building entrance. |
| 5. Revolving doors. |
| 6. Doors used primarily to facilitate vehicular movement or material handling and adjacent personnel doors. |
| 7. In buildings less than 3 stories above grade or in spaces that do not directly connect with the building elevator lobby, doors that have an air curtain unit with a velocity of not less than 6.56 feet per second (2 m/s) at 6 inches (152 mm) above the floor that ((have))has been tested in accordance with ANSI/AMCA 220 or ISO 27327-1 and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Manual or automatic controls shall be provided that will operate the air curtain unit with the opening and closing of the door. ((Air curtains))Air curtain units and their controls shall comply with Section C408.2.3. |
| 8. Building entrances in buildings that are less than four stories above grade and less than 10,000 ft2 in area. |
| 9. Elevator doors in parking garages provided that the elevators have an enclosed lobby at each level of the garage. |
| 10. Entrances to semi-heated spaces. |
| 11. Doors that are used only to access outdoor seating areas that are separated from adjacent walking areas by a fence or other barrier. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40248Section ((C402.5.10—Recessed lighting))C402.5.7—Heating and cooling system controls for operable openings to the outdoors.
((C402.5.10 Recessed lighting. Recessed luminaires installed in the building thermal envelope shall be all of the following:
1. IC rated.
2. Labeled as having an air leakage rate of not more than 2.0 cfm (0.944 L/s) when tested in accordance with ASTM E 283 at a 1.57 psf (75 Pa) pressure differential.
3. Sealed with a gasket or caulk between the housing and interior wall or ceiling covering.
C402.5.11 Operable))C402.5.7 Heating and cooling system controls for operable openings ((interlocking))to the outdoors. Where any operable openings to the outdoors are larger than 48 square feet (4.47 m2) in area, such openings shall be interlocked with the heating and cooling system as required by Section ((C403.4.1.6))C403.4.1.7.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Separately zoned areas associated with the preparation of food that contain appliances that contribute to the HVAC loads of a restaurant or similar type of occupancy. |
| 2. Warehouses that utilize overhead doors for the function of the occupancy, where approved by the code official. |
| 3. The outer entrance doors where located in the exterior wall and are part of a vestibule system. |
| 4. Alterations to existing buildings. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 16-03-072, filed 1/19/16, effective 7/1/16)
WAC 51-11C-40260((Reserved.))Section C402.6—Thermal bridges.
C402.6 Thermal bridges in above-grade walls.Thermal bridges in above-grade walls shall comply with this section or an approved design.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Any thermal bridge with a material thermal conductivity not greater than 3.0 Btu in/h × ft × °F (0.432 W/m × K). |
| 2. Blocking, coping, flashing and other similar materials for attachment of roof coverings. |
| 3. Thermal bridges accounted for in the U-factor or C-factor for a building thermal envelope. |
C402.6.1 Balconies and floor decks. Balconies and concrete floor decks shall not penetrate the building thermal envelope. Such assemblies shall be separately supported or shall be supported by structural attachments or elements that minimize thermal bridging through the building thermal envelope.
EXCEPTIONS: | Balconies and concrete floor decks shall be permitted to penetrate the building thermal envelope where one of the following applies: |
| 1. An area-weighted U-factor is used for above-grade wall compliance that includes a U-factor of 0.8 Btu/h × °F × ft2 (1.38 W/m × K) for the area of the above-grade wall penetrated by the concrete floor deck in accordance with Section C402.1.2.1.4. |
| 2. An approved thermal break device with not less than R-10 insulation material is installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. |
| 3. An approved design where the above-grade wall U-factor used for compliance accounts for all balcony and concrete floor deck thermal bridge. |
C402.6.2 Cladding supports. Linear elements supporting opaque cladding shall be offset from the structure with attachments that allow the continuous insulation, where present, to pass behind the cladding support element except at the point of attachment.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. An approved design where the above-grade wall U-factor used for compliance accounts for the cladding support element thermal bridge. |
| 2. Anchoring for curtain wall and window wall systems where curtain wall and window wall systems comply with Section C402.6.4. |
C402.6.3 Structural beams and columns. Structural steel and concrete beams and columns that project through the building thermal envelope shall be covered with not less than R-5 insulation for not less than 2 feet (50 mm) beyond the interior or exterior surface of an insulation component within the building thermal envelope.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Where an approved thermal break device is installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. |
| 2. An approved design where the above-grade wall U-factor used to demonstrate compliance accounts for the beam or column thermal bridge. |
C402.6.4 Vertical fenestration. Vertical fenestration intersections with above-grade walls shall comply with one or more of the following:
1. Where above-grade walls include continuous insulation, the plane of the exterior glazing layer or, for metal frame fenestration, a nonmetal thermal break in the frame shall be positioned within 2 inches (50 mm) of the interior or exterior surface of the continuous insulation.
2. Where above-grade walls do not include continuous insulation, the plane of the exterior glazing layer or, for metal frame fenestration, a nonmetal thermal break in the frame shall be positioned within the thickness of the integral or cavity insulation.
3. The surface of the rough opening, not covered by the fenestration frame, shall be insulated with insulation of not less than R-3 material or covered with a wood buck that is not less than 1.5 inches (38 mm) thick.
4. For the intersection between vertical fenestration and opaque spandrel in a shared framing system, manufacturer's data for the spandrel U-factor shall account for thermal bridges.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Where an approved design for the above-grade wall U-factor used for compliance accounts for thermal bridges at the intersection with the vertical fenestration. |
| 2. Doors. |
C402.6.5 Parapets. Parapets shall comply with one or more of the following as applicable:
1. Where continuous insulation is installed on the exterior side of the above-grade wall and the roof is insulated with insulation entirely above deck, the continuous insulation shall extend up both sides of the parapet not less than 2 feet (50 mm) above the roof covering or to the top of the parapet, whichever is less. Parapets that are an integral part of a fire-resistance rated wall, and the exterior continuous insulation applied to the parapet, shall comply with the fire-resistance ratings of the International Building Code.
2. Where continuous insulation is installed on the exterior side of the above-grade wall and the roof insulation is below the roof deck, the continuous insulation shall extend up the exterior side of the parapet to not less than the height of the top surface of the roof assembly.
3. Where continuous insulation is not installed on the exterior side of the above-grade wall and the roof is insulated with insulation entirely above deck, the wall cavity or integral insulation shall extend into the parapet up to the exterior face of the roof insulation or equivalent R-value insulation shall be installed not less than 2 feet (50 mm) horizontally inward on the underside of the roof deck.
4. Where continuous insulation is not installed on the exterior side of the above-grade wall and the roof insulation is below the roof deck, the wall and roof insulation components shall be adjacent to each other at the roof-ceiling-wall intersection.
5. Where a thermal break device with not less than R-10 insulation material aligned with the above-grade wall and roof insulation is installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
EXCEPTION: | An approved design where the above-grade wall U-factor used for compliance accounts for the parapet thermal bridge. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40310Section C403.1—General.
C403.1 General. Mechanical systems and equipment serving heating, cooling, ventilating, and other needs shall comply with this section.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. ((Energy using equipment used by a manufacturing, industrial or commercial process other than for conditioning spaces or maintaining comfort and amenities for the occupants are exempt from all Section C403 subsections except for Section C403.3.2, Tables C403.3.2 (1) through (16) inclusive, Sections C403.3.4.1, C403.3.4.2, C403.3.4.3, C403.7.7, C403.9.2.1, C403.10.3, C403.11.2, and C403.11.3, as applicable. Data center and computer room HVAC equipment is not covered by this exception.))Mechanical equipment used by a manufacturing, industrial or commercial process shall comply with Section C401.2.2. Data centers and computer room HVAC equipment is not covered by this exception. |
| 2. Data center systems((are exempt from Sections C403.4 and C403.5))shall comply with Sections C403.1.2, C403.1.3, and C403.6 through C403.13. |
C403.1.1 HVAC total system performance ratio (HVAC TSPR). For systems serving ((office (including medical office), retail, library, and education occupancies and buildings, which are subject to the requirements of Section C403.3.5 without exceptions, and the dwelling units and residential common areas within Group R-2 multi-family buildings))occupancy areas included in Table C403.1.1, the HVAC total system performance ratio (HVAC TSPR) of the proposed design HVAC system shall be greater than or equal to the HVAC TSPR of the standard reference design as calculated according to Appendix CD, Calculation of HVAC Total System Performance Ratio.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Buildings where the sum of the conditioned floor area of ((office, retail, education, library and multifamily spaces))occupancies included in the Inclusions column of Table C403.1.1 is less than 5,000 square feet. Areas that are eligible for any of the exceptions below do not count towards the 5,000 square feet. |
| 2. HVAC systems using district heating water, chilled water or steam. |
| 3. HVAC systems connected to a ((low-carbon district energy exchange))thermal energy network system. |
| 4. HVAC systems not included in Table CD601.10.1. |
| 5. HVAC systems with chilled water supplied by absorption chillers, heat recovery chillers, water-to-water heat pumps, air-to-water heat pumps, or a combination of air- and water-cooled chillers on the same chilled water loop. |
| 6. HVAC systems included in Table CD601.10.1 with parameters in Table CD601.10.2 not identified as applicable to that HVAC system type. |
| 7. HVAC systems served by heating water plants that include air-to-water or water-to-water heat pumps. |
| 8. Underfloor air distribution and displacement ventilation HVAC systems. |
| 9. Space conditioning systems that do not include mechanical cooling. |
| 10. Alterations to existing buildings that do not substantially replace the entire HVAC system and are not serving initial build-out construction. |
| 11. HVAC systems meeting all the requirements of the standard reference design HVAC system in Table CD602.11, Standard Reference Design HVAC Systems. Heating and cooling efficiency shall meet the requirements from Tables C403.3.2(2) and C403.3.2(14) instead of the COPnf listed in Table CD602.11. |
| 12. Buildings or areas of medical office buildings that comply fully with ASHRAE Standard 170 including, but not limited to, surgical centers, or that are required by other applicable codes or standards to provide 24/7 air handling unit operation. |
| 13. HVAC systems serving the following areas and spaces: |
| 13.1. Laundry rooms. |
| 13.2. Elevator machine rooms. |
| 13.3. Mechanical and electrical rooms. |
| 13.4. Data centers and computer rooms. |
| 13.5. Laboratories with fume hoods. |
| 13.6. Locker rooms with more than two showers. |
| 13.7. Natatoriums and rooms with saunas. |
| 13.8. Restaurants and commercial kitchens with total cooking capacity greater than 100,000 Btu/h. |
| 13.9. Areas of buildings with commercial refrigeration equipment exceeding 100 kW of power input. |
| 13.10. Cafeterias and dining rooms. |
Table C403.1.1
Occupancy Classifications Requiring TSPR
Occupancy Classification | Inclusions | Excluded |
A | Library | All other Group A uses |
B | Office, medical office | All other Group B uses |
E | All occupancies included | |
M | All occupancies included | |
R | Dwelling units and common areas within a Group R-2 occupancy | Groups R-1 and R-3 occupancies. Sleeping units and associated common areas in Group R-2 |
F, H, I, S, U | | All occupancies |
C403.1.2 Calculation of heating and cooling loads. Design loads associated with heating, ventilating and air conditioning of the building shall be determined in accordance with the procedures described in ANSI/ASHRAE/ACCA Standard 183 or by an approved equivalent computational procedure, using the design parameters specified in Chapter 3. Heating and cooling loads shall be adjusted to account for load reductions that are achieved where energy recovery systems are utilized in the HVAC system in accordance with the ASHRAE HVAC Systems and Equipment Handbook by an approved equivalent computational procedure.
C403.1.3 Data centers.Data center systems shall comply with Sections 6 and 8 of ASHRAE ((Standard)) 90.4.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-23-102, filed 11/20/24, effective 12/21/24)
WAC 51-11C-40314Section C403.1.4—HVAC heating equipment.
C403.1.4 ((Use of electric resistance and fossil fuel-fired)) HVAC heating equipment. HVAC heating energy shall not be provided by electric resistance ((or fossil fuel combustion)) appliances unless otherwise specified. For the purposes of this section, electric resistance HVAC heating appliances include, but are not limited to, electric baseboard, electric resistance fan coil and VAV electric resistance terminal reheat units and electric resistance boilers. All primary space heating equipment shall be included in Section C406 space heating calculations for determining energy efficiency credit requirements. For the purposes of this section, fossil fuel combustion HVAC heating appliances include, but are not limited to, appliances burning natural gas, heating oil, propane, or other fossil fuels.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Low heating capacity. Buildings or areas of buildings, other than dwelling units or sleeping units, that meet the interior temperature requirements of Chapter 12 of the International Building Code with a total installed HVAC heating capacity no greater than 8.5 Btu/h (2.5 watts) per square foot of conditioned space are permitted to be heated using electric resistance or fossil fuel appliances. Areas of buildings less than 100 square feet (9.3 m2) are permitted to be heated by no larger than one 250 watt electric resistance or 853 Btu/h fossil fuel appliance. |
| 2. Dwelling and sleeping units. Dwelling or sleeping units are permitted to be heated using electric resistance or fossil fuel appliances as long as the installed HVAC heating capacity in any separate space is not greater than((:))as specified in Items 2.1 through 2.3. Where a single dwelling unit includes multiple habitable spaces that are all heated with electric resistance or fossil fuel heating, individual spaces are permitted to have more electric resistance heating capacity than specified in Items 2.1 through 2.3, where the total heating capacity for the dwelling unit is less than or equal to the total allowed. |
| 2.1. Seven hundred fifty (750) watts (2,559 Btu/h) in Climate Zone 4, and 1,000 watts (3,412 Btu/h) in Climate Zone 5 in each habitable space with fenestration. |
| 2.2. One thousand (1,000) watts (3,412 Btu/h) in Climate Zone 4, and 1,300 watts (4,436 Btu/h) in Climate Zone 5 for each habitable space that has two primary walls facing different cardinal directions, each with exterior fenestration. Bay windows and other minor offsets are not considered primary walls. |
| 2.3. Two hundred fifty (250) watts (853 Btu/h) in spaces adjoining the building thermal envelope but without fenestration. |
| For the purposes of this section, habitable space is as defined in the International Building Code. For buildings in locations with exterior design conditions below 4°F (-16°C), an additional 250 watts above that allowed for Climate Zone 5 is permitted in each space with fenestration. |
| 3. Small buildings. Buildings with less than 2,500 square feet (232 m2) of conditioned floor area are permitted to be heated using electric resistance or fossil fuel appliances. |
| 4. Defrost. Heat pumps are permitted to utilize electric resistance or fossil fuel heating when a heat pump defrost cycle is required and is in operation. |
| 5. Air-to-air heat pumps. Buildings are permitted to utilize supplemental heating for air-to-air heat pumps that meet all of the following conditions: |
| 5.1. Internal ((electric resistance)) heaters have controls that prevent supplemental heater operation when the heating load can be met by the heat pump alone during both steady-state operation and setback recovery. |
| 5.2. The heat pump controls are configured to use the compressor as the first stage of heating down to an outdoor air temperature of 17°F (-8°C) or lower except when in defrost. |
| EXCEPTIONS TO 5.2: |
| | 1. Packaged terminal heat pumps (PTHPs) that comply with the minimum heating efficiency requirements in Table C403.3.2(4) are exempt from heating pump controls capable of operating the compressor as the first stage of heating down to an outdoor air temperature of 17°F (-8°C) or lower. |
| | 2. Heat pumps whose minimum efficiency is regulated by NAECA and whose ratings meet the requirements shown in Table C403.3.2(2) and include all usage of internal electric resistance heating are exempt from heat pump controls capable of operating the compressor as the first state of heating down to an outdoor air temperature of 17°F (-8°C) or lower. |
| 5.3. The heat pump complies with one of the following: |
| 5.3.1. Controlled by a digital or electronic thermostat designed for heat pump use that energizes the supplemental heat only when the heat pump has insufficient capacity to maintain set point or to warm up the space at a sufficient rate. |
| 5.3.2. Controlled by a multistage space thermostat and an outdoor air thermostat wired to energize supplemental heat only on the last stage of the space thermostat and when outdoor air temperature is less than 32°F (0°C) except when in defrost. |
| 5.3.3. The minimum efficiency of the heat pump is regulated by NAECA, its rating meets the requirements shown in Table C403.3.2(2), and its rating includes all usage of internal electric resistance heating. |
| 5.4. The heat pump rated heating capacity is sized to meet the heating load at an outdoor air temperature of 32°F (0°C) or lower and has a rated heating capacity at 47°F (8°C) no less than 2 times greater than supplemental heating capacity in Climate Zone 4 and no less than the supplemental heating capacity in Climate Zone 5, or utilizes the smallest available factory-available internal electric resistance heater. |
| 6. Air-to-water heat pumps. Buildings are permitted to utilize ((electric resistance (for Climate Zone 4 or 5) or fossil fuel-fired (for Climate Zone 5))) auxiliary heating to supplement heat pump heating for hydronic heating systems that meet all of the following conditions: |
| 6.1. Controls for the auxiliary heating sources are configured to lock out the supplemental heat when the outside air temperature is above 36°F (2°C), unless the hot water supply temperature setpoint to the building heat coils cannot be maintained for 20 minutes. |
| 6.2. The heat pump controls are configured to use the compressor as the first stage of heating down to the lowest exterior design temperature for which the equipment is rated except during startup or defrost operation. |
| 6.3. The heat pump rated heating capacity at 47°F (8°C) is no less than 75 percent of the design heating load at 29°F (-2°C). |
| 7. Ground source heat pumps. Buildings are permitted to utilize supplemental heating for heat pump heating for hydronic heating systems with ground source heat pump equipment that meets all of the following conditions: |
| 7.1. Controls for the auxiliary heating sources are configured to lock out the supplemental heat when the equipment source-side entering water temperature is above 42°F (6°C), unless the hot water supply temperature setpoint to the building heat coils cannot be maintained for 20 minutes. |
| 7.2. The heat pump controls are configured to use the compressor as the first stage of heating. |
| 7.3. The ground source heat exchanger shall be sized so that the heat pump annual heating output is no less than 70 percent of the total annual heating output in the final year of a 30-year simulation using IGSHPA listed simulation software. |
| 8. Small systems. Buildings in which electric resistance or fossil fuel appliances, including decorative appliances, either provide less than 5 percent of the total building HVAC system heating capacity or serve less than 5 percent of the conditioned floor area. The 5 percent maximum includes the contribution of heating complying with the following exceptions to Section C403.1.4 and excludes heating complying with all other Section C403.1.4 exceptions: |
| 8.1. Low heating capacity (Exception 1). |
| 8.2. Dwelling and sleeping units (Exception 2). |
| 8.3 Air-to-air heat pumps (Exception 5). |
| 8.4. Air-to-water heat pumps (Exception 6) |
| 8.5. Ground source heat pumps (Exception 7). |
| 8.6. District energy (Exception 11). |
| 8.7. DOAS ERV auxiliary heat (Exception 16). |
| 8.8. Thermal energy network systems (Exception 17). |
| 9. Specific conditions. Portions of buildings that require fossil fuel or electric resistance space heating for specific conditions approved by the code official for research, health care, process or other specific needs that cannot practicably be served by ((heat pump or)) other space heating systems. This does not constitute a blanket exception for any occupancy type. |
| 10. Kitchen make-up air. Make-up air for commercial kitchen exhaust systems required to be tempered by Section 508.1.1 of the International Mechanical Code is permitted to be heated by using fossil fuel ((in Climate Zone 5)) or electric resistance ((in Climate Zone 4 or 5)). |
| 11. District energy. Steam or hot water district energy systems that utilize fossil fuels as their primary source of heat energy, that serve multiple buildings, and that were already in existence prior to the effective date of this code, including more energy-efficient upgrades to such existing systems, are permitted to serve as the primary heating energy source. |
| 12. Heat tape. Heat tape is permitted where it protects water-filled equipment and piping located outside of the building thermal envelope, provided that it is configured and controlled to be automatically turned off when the outside air temperature is above 40°F (4°C). |
| 13. Temporary systems. Temporary electric resistance or fossil fuel heating systems are permitted where serving future tenant spaces that are unfinished and unoccupied, provided that the heating equipment is sized and controlled to achieve interior space temperatures no higher than 40°F (4°C). |
| 14. Pasteurization. Electric resistance or fossil fuel heat controls are permitted to reset the supply water temperature of hydronic heating systems that serve service water heating heat exchangers during pasteurization cycles of the service hot water storage volume. The hydronic heating system supply water temperature shall be configured to be 145°F (63°C) or lower during the pasteurization cycle. |
| 15. Freeze protection. Heating systems sized for spaces with indoor design conditions of 45°F (7°C) and intended for freeze protection are permitted to use electric resistance or fossil fuel. The building thermal envelope of any such space shall be insulated in compliance with Section C402.1. Where the total heating capacity required to meet a maximum of 45°F (7°C) indoor temperature is less than 250 watts or 853 Btu/h, an electric resistance appliance no larger than 250 watts or fossil fuel appliance no larger than 853 Btu/h is permitted to be used. |
| 16. DOAS ERV auxiliary heat.Dedicated outdoor air systems with energy recovery ventilation are permitted to utilize fossil fuel ((for Climate Zone 5)) or electric resistance ((in Climate Zone 4 or 5)) for auxiliary heating to preheat outdoor air for defrost or as auxiliary supplemental heat to temper supply air to 55°F (13°C) or lower for buildings or portions of buildings that do not have hydronic heating systems. |
| 17. ((Low-carbon district energy systems. Low-carbon district energy))Thermal energy network systems. Thermal energy network systems that meet the definitions of ((low-carbon district))thermal energy network energy exchange system or ((low-carbon district))thermal energy network heating and cooling or heating only systems. |
| 18. ((Essential facilities. Groups I-2 and I-3 occupancies that by regulation are required to have in place redundant emergency backup systems.))Garage elevator lobbies. Elevator lobbies in parking garages are permitted to be served by electric resistance or fossil fuel appliances on forced air system to heat outdoor air to no greater than 55°F (13°C). |
| 19. Standby HVAC heating equipment. Standby HVAC heating equipment provided in addition to the primary heating system, and controlled such that it will only be used when the primary heating equipment is not available, is permitted to be electric resistance or fossil fuel. |
| 20. Standby power generators. Generators serving emergency power, legally required standby power, or optional standby power are permitted to use fossil fuels. |
| 21. Wastewater heat recovery heat pumps.Buildings are permitted to utilize electric resistance or fossil fuel auxiliary heating to supplement heat pump heating for hydronic heating systems with wastewater heat recovery or other approved waste heat recovery systems provided the electric heat pump equipment that meets all of the following conditions: |
| 21.1. Controls for the auxiliary resistance heating are configured to lock out the supplemental heat when the equipment source-side entering water temperature is above 42°F (5.6°C), unless the hot water supply temperature setpoint to the building heat coils cannot be maintained for 20 minutes. |
| 21.2. The electric heat pump controls are configured to use the compressor as the first stage of heating. |
| 21.3. The wastewater heat exchanger and electric heat pumps or other heat pump supplemental systems shall be sized so that the heat pump rated heating capacity at heat pump design entering water temperature conditions or other heat pump heating systems are no less than 75 percent of the design heating load at 29°F. Waste-water heat exchanger source side shall be sized for a design wastewater entering temperature of 55°F (13°C) or lower. |
| 22. Mechanical systems providing heating outside of the building thermal envelope. Mechanical systems providing heat outside of the building thermal envelope that comply with Section C403.11 are permitted to utilize electric resistance or fossil fuel appliances. Snow- and ice-melt systems that comply with Section C403.11.2 are permitted to utilize electric resistance or fossil fuel heat to back up the primary electric heat pump heating system in accordance with Exceptions 6 and 7 of Section C403.1.4. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40323Section C403.2.3—Fault detection and diagnostics.
C403.2.3 Fault detection and diagnostics.((New buildings with an HVAC system serving))Buildings with a gross conditioned floor area of not less than 100,000 square feet (9290 m2) ((or larger))served by one or more HVAC systems that are controlled by a direct digital control (DDC) system shall include a fault detection and diagnostics (FDD) system to monitor the HVAC system's performance and automatically identify faults. The FDD system shall:
1. Include permanently installed sensors and devices to monitor the HVAC system's performance.
2. Sample the HVAC system's performance at least once every 15 minutes.
3. Automatically identify and report HVAC system faults.
4. Automatically notify authorized personnel of identified HVAC system faults.
5. Automatically provide prioritized recommendations for repair of identified faults based on analysis of data collected from the sampling of HVAC system performance.
6. Be capable of transmitting the prioritized fault repair recommendations to remotely located authorized personnel.
EXCEPTION: | Group R-1 and R-2 occupancies. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-40332Section C403.3.2—HVAC equipment performance requirements.
C403.3.2 HVAC equipment performance requirements. Equipment shall meet the minimum efficiency requirements of Tables C403.3.2(1) through ((C403.3.2(16)))C403.3.2(17) when tested and rated in accordance with the applicable test procedure. After new equipment efficiency values, including HSPF2, EER2, and SEER2, have been published by the U.S. Department of Energy, equipment is permitted to meet those values in lieu of the table values. Plate-type liquid-to-liquid heat exchangers shall meet the minimum requirements of AHRI 400. The efficiency shall be verified through certification and listed under an approved certification program or, if no certification program exists, the equipment efficiency ratings shall be supported by data furnished by the manufacturer. Where multiple rating conditions or performance requirements are provided, the equipment shall satisfy all stated requirements. Where components, such as indoor or outdoor coils, from different manufacturers are used, calculations and supporting data shall be furnished by the designer that demonstrates that the combined efficiency of the specified components meets the requirements herein.
Air-to-water heat pump hourly heating output or heating efficiency with and without defrost operation at 32°F (0°C) shall be reported, in addition to meeting the efficiency requirements of Table C403.3.2(15) at the AHRI 550/590 applicable leaving water temperatures. The hourly heating output or heating efficiency with and without defrost operation shall be documented on the mechanical permit application documents.
EXCEPTION: | Heat recovery chillers and air-to-water heat pumps covered under Table C403.3.2(15), are not required to be listed in the AHRI certification program for AHRI 550/590. The equipment heating and cooling efficiency ratings shall be supported by data furnished by the manufacturer at AHRI 550/590 conditions. Where multiple rating conditions or performance requirements are provided, the equipment shall satisfy all stated requirements. |
C403.3.2.1 Gas-fired and oil-fired forced air furnaces. Forced air furnaces with input ratings ≥ 225,000 Btu/h (65 kW) and all unit heaters shall also have an intermittent ignition or interrupted device (IID), and have either mechanical draft (including power venting) or a flue damper. A vent damper is an acceptable alternative to a flue damper for furnaces where combustion air is drawn from the conditioned space. All furnaces with input ratings ≥ 225,000 Btu/h (65 kW), including electric furnaces, that are not located within the conditioned space shall have jacket losses not exceeding 0.75 percent of the input rating.
C403.3.2.2 Hydronic and multiple-zone HVAC system controls and equipment. Hydronic and multiple-zone HVAC system controls and equipment shall comply with this section.
For buildings with a total equipment cooling capacity of 300 tons and above, the equipment shall comply with one of the following:
1. No one unit shall have a cooling capacity of more than 2/3 of the total installed cooling equipment capacity;
2. The equipment shall have a variable speed drive; or
3. The equipment shall have multiple compressors.
C403.3.2.3 Chillers. Chilled water plants and buildings with more than 500 tons total capacity shall not have more than 100 tons provided by air-cooled chillers.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Where the designer demonstrates that the water quality at the building site fails to meet manufacturer's specifications for the use of water-cooled equipment. |
| 2. Air-cooled chillers with minimum efficiencies at least 10 percent higher than those listed in Table C403.3.2(3). |
| 3. Replacement of existing air-cooled chiller equipment. |
| 4. Air-to-water heat pump units that are configured to provide both heating and cooling and that are rated in accordance with AHRI 550/590. |
C403.3.2.4 Water-cooled centrifugal chilling packages. Equipment not designed for operation at AHRI Standard 550/590 test conditions of 44.00°F (6.67°C) leaving and 54.00°F (12.22°C) entering chilled-water temperatures and with 85.00°F (29.44°C) entering and 94.30°F (34.61°C) leaving condenser-fluid temperatures, shall have maximum full-load kW/ton (FL) and part-load ratings adjusted using the following equations.
(Equation ((4-7))4-4)
(Equation ((4-8))4-5)
Where: | |
Kadj | = | A × B |
FL | = | Full-load kW/ton values as specified in Table C403.3.2(7) |
FLadj | = | Maximum full-load kW/ton rating, adjusted for nonstandard conditions |
IPLV.IP | = | Value as specified in Table C403.3.2(7) |
PLVadj | = | Maximum NPLV rating, adjusted for nonstandard conditions |
A | = | 0.00000014592 × (LIFT)4 - 0.0000346496 × (LIFT)3+ 0.00314196 × (LIFT)2 - 0.147199 × LIFT + 3.93073 |
B | = | 0.0015 × LvgEvap (° F) + 0.934 |
LIFT | = | LvgCond - LvgEvap |
LvgCond | = | Full-load condenser leaving fluid temperature (°F) |
LvgEvap | = | Full-load evaporator leaving temperature (°F) |
The FLadj and PLVadj values are applicable only for centrifugal chillers meeting all of the following full-load design ranges:
• 36.00°F ≤ LvgEvap ≤ 60.00°F
• LvgCond ≤ 115.00°F
• 20.00°F ≤ LIFT ≤ 80.00°F
Manufacturers shall calculate the FLadj and PLVadj before determining whether to label the chiller. Centrifugal chillers designed to operate outside of these ranges are not covered by this code.
C403.3.2.5 Positive displacement (air- and water-cooled) chilling packages. Equipment with a leaving fluid temperature higher than 32°F (0°C) and water-cooled positive displacement chilling packages with a condenser leaving fluid temperature below 115°F (46°C) shall meet the requirements in the tables in Section C403.3.2 when tested or certified with water at standard rating conditions, in accordance with the referenced test procedure.
C403.3.2.6 Packaged and split system electric heating and cooling equipment. Packaged and split system equipment providing both electric heating and cooling, and cooling-only equipment with electric heat in the main supply duct before VAV boxes, in each case with a total cooling capacity greater than 6,000 Btu/h shall be a heat pump configured to operate in heat pump mode whenever the outdoor air temperature is above 25°F (-3.9°C) and the unit is not in defrost. The unit shall have reverse-cycle demand defrost.
EXCEPTION: | Unstaffed equipment shelters or cabinets used solely for personal wireless service facilities. |
((C403.3.2.7 Humidification. If an air economizer is required on a cooling system for which humidification equipment is to be provided to maintain minimum indoor humidity levels, then the humidifier shall be of the adiabatic type (direct evaporative media or fog atomization type).
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Health care facilities licensed by the state where chapter 246-320 or 246-330 WAC requires steam injection humidifiers in duct work downstream of final filters. |
| 2. Systems with water economizer. |
| 3. 100 percent outside air systems with no provisions for air recirculation to the central supply fan. |
| 4. Nonadiabatic humidifiers cumulatively serving no more than 10 percent of a building's air economizer capacity as measured in cfm. This refers to the system cfm serving rooms with stand alone or duct mounted humidifiers.)) |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-403321Table C403.3.2(1)—Electrically operated unitary air conditioners and condensing units.
Table C403.3.2(1)
Minimum Efficiency Requirements—Electrically Operated Unitary Air Conditioners and Condensing Unitsc((,d))
Equipment Type | Size Category | Heating Section Type | Subcategory or Rating Condition | Minimum Efficiency | Test Procedurea |
Air conditioners, air cooled | < 65,000 Btu/hb | All | Split System, three phase and applications outside U.S. single phaseb | 13.4 SEER2 | AHRI 201/240-2023 |
Single package, three phase and applications outside U.S. single phaseb | 13.4 SEER2 |
Space constrained, air cooled | ≤ 30,000 Btu/hb | All | Split System, three phase and applications outside U.S. single phaseb | 11.7 SEER2 |
Single package, three phase and applications outside U.S. single phaseb | 11.7 SEER2 |
Small duct high velocity, air cooled | ≤ 65,000 Btu/hb | All | Split System, three phase and applications outside U.S. single phaseb | ((12.1))12.0 SEER2 |
Air conditioners, air cooled | ≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or None) | Split System and Single Package | ((11.2 EER)) 14.8 IEER | AHRI 340/360 |
All other | Split System and Single Package | ((11.0 EER)) 14.6 IEER |
≥ 135,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or None) | Split System and Single Package | ((11.0 EER)) 14.2 IEER |
All other | Split System and Single Package | ((10.8 EER)) 14.0 IEER |
≥ 240,000 Btu/h and < 760,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or None) | Split System and Single Package | ((10.0 EER)) 13.2 IEER |
All other | Split System and Single Package | ((9.8 EER)) 13.0 IEER |
≥ 760,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or None) | Split System and Single Package | ((9.7 EER)) 12.5 IEER |
All other | Split System and Single Package | ((9.5 EER)) 12.3 IEER |
Air conditioners, water cooled | < 65,000 Btu/hb | All | Split System and Single Package | 12.1 EER 12.3 IEER | AHRI 210/240 |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or None) | Split System and Single Package | 12.1 EER 13.9 IEER | AHRI 340/360 |
All other | Split System and Single Package | 11.9 EER 13.7 IEER |
≥ 135,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or None) | Split System and Single Package | 12.5 EER 13.9 IEER |
All other | Split System and Single Package | 12.3 EER 13.7 IEER |
≥ 240,000 Btu/h and < 760,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or None) | Split System and Single Package | 12.4 EER 13.6 IEER |
All other | Split System and Single Package | 12.2 EER 13.4 IEER |
≥ 760,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or None) | Split System and Single Package | 12.2 EER 13.5 IEER |
All other | Split System and Single Package | 12.0 EER 13.3 IEER |
Air conditioners, evaporatively cooled | < 65,000 Btu/hb | All | Split System and Single Package | 12.1 EER 12.3 IEER | AHRI 210/240 |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or None) | Split System and Single Package | 12.1 EER 12.3 IEER | AHRI 340/360 |
All other | Split System and Single Package | 11.9 EER 12.1 IEER |
≥ 135,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or None) | Split System and Single Package | 12.0 EER 12.2 IEER |
All other | Split System and Single Package | 11.8 EER 12.0 IEER |
≥ 240,000 Btu/h and < 760,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or None) | Split System and Single Package | 11.9 EER 12.1 IEER |
All other | Split System and Single Package | 11.7 EER 11.9 IEER |
≥ 760,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or None) | Split System and Single Package | 11.7 EER 11.9 EER |
All other | Split System and Single Package | 11.5 EER 11.7 EER |
Condensing units, air cooled | ≥ 135,000 Btu/h | | | 10.5 EER 11.8 IEER | AHRI 365 |
Condensing units, water cooled | ≥ 135,000 Btu/h | | | 13.5 EER 14.0 IEER |
Condensing units, evaporatively cooled | ≥ 135,000 Btu/h | | | 13.5 EER 14.0 IEER |
For SI: 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W. |
| a | Chapter 6 contains a complete specification of the referenced standards, which include test procedures, including the reference year version of the test procedure. |
| b | Single-phase, U.S. air-cooled air conditioners less than 65,000 Btu/h are regulated as consumer products by the U.S. Department of Energy Code of Federal Regulations DOE 10 C.F.R. 430. SEER and SEER2 values for single-phase products are set by the U.S. Department of Energy. |
| c | DOE 10 C.F.R. 430 Subpart B Appendix MI includes the test procedure updates effective 1/1/2023 that will be incorporated in AHRI 210/240-2023. |
| ((d | This table is a replica of ASHRAE 90.1 Table 6.8.1-1 Electrically Operated Unitary Air Conditioners and Condensing Units—Minimum Efficiency Requirements. )) |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-403322Table C403.3.2(2)—Electrically operated air-cooled unitary heat pumps—Minimum efficiency requirements.
Table C403.3.2(2)
Electrically Operated Air-Cooled Unitary Heat Pumps—Minimum Efficiency Requirements
Equipment Type | Size Category | Heating Section Type | Subcategory or Rating Condition | Minimum Efficiency | Test Procedurea |
Air cooled
(cooling mode)
| < 65,000 Btu/h | All | Split System, three phase and applications outside U.S. single phaseb | 14.3 SEER2 | AHRI 201/240-2023 |
Single Package, three phase and applications outside U.S. single phaseb | 13.4 SEER2 |
Space constrained, air cooled (cooling mode) | ≤ 30,000 Btu/h | All | Split System, three phase and applications outside U.S. single phaseb | 11.7 SEER2 |
Single Package, three phase and applications outside U.S. single phaseb | 11.7 SEER2 |
((Single))Small duct high velocity, air cooled (cooling mode) | ≤ 65,000 Btu/h | All | Split System, three phase and applications outside U.S. single phaseb | 12.0 SEER2 |
Air cooled (cooling mode) | ≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or None) | Split System and Single Package | ((11.0 EER)) 14.1 IEER | AHRI 340/360 |
All other | Split System and Single Package | ((10.8 EER)) 13.9 IEER |
≥ 135,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or None) | Split System and Single Package | ((10.6 EER)) 13.5 IEER |
All other | Split System and Single Package | ((10.4 EER)) 13.3 IEER |
≥ 240,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or None) | Split System and Single Package | ((9.5 EER)) 12.5 IEER |
All other | Split System and Single Package | ((9.3 EER)) 12.3 IEER |
Air cooled (heating mode) | < 65,000 Btu/hb(cooling capacity) | - | Split System, three phase and applications outside U.S. single phaseb | 7.5 HSPF2 | AHRI 201/240-2023 |
- | Single Package, three phase and applications outside U.S. single phaseb | 6.7 HSPF2 |
Space constrained, air cooled (heating mode) | ≤ 30,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) | - | Split System, three phase and applications outside U.S. single phaseb | 6.3 HSPF2 |
- | Single Package, three phase and applications outside U.S. single phaseb | 6.3 HSPF2 |
Small-duct high velocity air cooled (heating mode)
| < 65,000 Btu/h | - | Split System, three phase and applications outside U.S. single phaseb | 6.1 HSPF2 |
Air cooled (heating mode) | ≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) | - | 47ºF db/43ºF wb Outdoor Air | 3.40 COPH | AHRI 340/360 |
17ºF db/15ºF wb Outdoor Air | 2.25 COPH |
≥ 135,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) | - | 47ºF db/43ºF wb Outdoor Air | 3.30 COPH |
17ºF db/15ºF wb Outdoor Air | 2.05 COPH |
≥ 240,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) | | 47ºF db/43ºF wb Outdoor Air | 3.20 COPH |
| 17ºF db/15ºF wb Outdoor Air | 2.05 COPH |
For SI: 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W, °C = [(°F) - 32]/1.8. |
| a | Chapter 6 contains a complete specification of the referenced standards, which include test procedures, including the reference year version of the test procedure. |
| b | Single-phase, U.S. air-cooled heat pumps less than 65,000 Btu/h are regulated as consumer products by the U.S. Department of Energy Code of Federal Regulations DOE 10 C.F.R. 430. SEER, SEER2, and HSPF2 values for single-phase products are set by the U.S. Department of Energy. |
| c | DOE 10 C.F.R. 430 Subpart B Appendix MI includes the test procedure updates effective 1/1/2023 that will be incorporated into AHRI 210/240-2023. |
| ((d | This table is a replica of ASHRAE 90.1 Table 6.8.1-2 Electrically Operated Air-Cooled Unitary Heat Pumps—Minimum Efficiency Requirements.)) |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-403323Table C403.3.2(3)—((Water))Liquid-chilling packages—Minimum efficiency requirements.
Table C403.3.2(3)
((Water))Liquid-Chilling Packages—Minimum Efficiency Requirementsa,b,e((,f))
| Size Category | | Path A | Path B | Test Procedurec |
Equipment Type | Units | FL | IPLV.IP | FL | IPLV.IP |
Air-cooled ((chillers)) | < 150 tons | EER(Btu/Wh) | ≥ 10.100 | ≥ 13.700 | ≥ 9.700 | ≥ 15.800 | |
≥ 150 tons | EER(Btu/Wh) | ≥ 10.100 | ≥ 14.000 | ≥ 9.700 | ≥ 16.100 | |
Air cooled without condenser, electrically operated | All capacities | EER(Btu/Wh) | Air-cooled ((chillers)) without condensers ((shall))must be rated with matching condensers and comply with the air-cooled chiller efficiency requirements | |
((Water))Liquid- cooled, electrically operated, positive displacement | < 75 tons | kW/ton | ≤ 0.750 | ≤ 0.600 | ≤ 0.780 | ≤ 0.500 | |
≥ 75 tons and < 150 tons | kW/ton | ≤ 0.720 | ≤ 0.560 | ≤ 0.750 | ≤ 0.490 | AHRI 550/590 |
≥ 150 tons and < 300 tons | kW/ton | ≤ 0.660 | ≤ 0.540 | ≤ 0.680 | ≤ 0.440 | |
≥ 300 tons and < 600 tons | kW/ton | ≤ 0.610 | ≤ 0.520 | ≤ 0.625 | ≤ 0.410 | |
| ≥ 600 tons | kW/ton | ≤ 0.560 | ≤ 0.500 | ≤ 0.585 | ≤ 0.380 | |
((Water))Liquid- cooled, electrically operated, centrifugal | < 150 tons | kW/ton | ≤ 0.610 | ≤ 0.550 | ≤ 0.695 | ≤ 0.440 | |
≥ 150 tons and < 300 tons | kW/ton | ≤ 0.610 | ≤ 0.550 | ≤ 0.695 | ≤ 0.400 | |
≥ 300 tons and < 400 tons | kW/ton | ≤ 0.560 | ≤ 0.520 | ≤ 0.595 | ≤ 0.390 | |
≥ 400 tons and < 600 tons | kW/ton | ≤ 0.560 | ≤ 0.500 | ≤ 0.585 | ≤ 0.380 | |
≥ 600 tons | kW/ton | ≤ 0.560 | ≤ 0.500 | ≤ 0.585 | ≤ 0.380 | |
Air cooled absorption, single effect | All capacities | COP(W/W) | ≥ 0.600 | NR | NAd | NAd | |
((Water))Liquid- cooled absorption, single effect | All capacities | COP(W/W) | ≥ 0.700 | NR | NAd | NAd | AHRI 560 |
Absorption double effect, indirect fired | All capacities | COP(W/W) | ≥ 1.000 | ≥ 1.050 | NAd | NAd |
Absorption double effect, direct fired | All capacities | COP(W/W) | ≥ 1.000 | ≥ 1.000 | NAd | NAd | |
For SI: 1 ton = 3517 W, 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W, °C = [(°F) - 32]/1.8. |
| NR = No requirement. |
| a | Chapter 6 contains a complete specification of the referenced standards, which includes test procedures, including the referenced year version of the test procedure. |
| b | The requirements for centrifugal chiller shall be adjusted for nonstandard rating conditions per Section C403.3.2.4 and are applicable only for the range of conditions listed there. The requirements for air-cooled, water-cooled positive displacement and absorption chillers are at standard rating conditions defined in the referenced test procedure. |
| c | Both the full load and IPLV.IP requirements must be met or exceeded to comply with this standard. When there is a Path B, compliance can be with either Path A or Path B for any application. |
| d | NA means the requirements are not applicable for Path B and only Path A can be used for compliance. |
| e | FL is the full-load performance requirements, and IPLV.IP is for the part-load performance requirements. |
| ((f | This table is a replica of ASHRAE 90.1 Table 6.8.1-3 Water-Chilling Packages—Minimum Efficiency Requirements.)) |
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040. AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-403324Table C403.3.2(4)—Minimum efficiency requirements—Electrically operated PTAC, PTHP, SPVAC, SPVHP, room air conditioners.
Table C403.3.2(4)
Electrically Operated Packaged Terminal Air Conditioners, Packaged Terminal Heat Pumps, Single-Package Vertical Air Conditioners, Single-Package Vertical Heat Pumps, Room Air Conditioners and Room Air-Conditioner Heat Pumps—Minimum Efficiency Requirementse
Equipment Type | Size Category (Input) | Subcategory or Rating Condition | Minimum Efficiencyd | Test Procedurea |
PTAC (cooling mode) Standard size | < 7,000 Btu/h | 95°F db/75°F wb outdoor airc | 11.9 EER | AHRI 310/380 |
≥ 7,000 Btu/h and ≤ 15,000 Btu/h | 14.0 - (0.300 × Cap/1000) EERd |
> 15,000 Btu/h | 9.5 EER |
PTAC (cooling mode) Nonstandard sizea | < 7,000 Btu/h | 95°F db/75°F wb outdoor airc | 9.4 EER | AHRI 310/380 |
≥ 7,000 Btu/h and ≤ 15,000 Btu/h | 10.9 - (0.213 × Cap/1000) EERd |
> 15,000 Btu/h | 7.7 EER |
PTHP (cooling mode) Standard size | < 7,000 Btu/h | 95°F db/75°F wb outdoor airc | 11.9 EER | AHRI 310/380 |
≥ 7,000 Btu/h and ≤ 15,000 Btu/h | 14.0 - (0.300 × Cap/1000) EERd |
> 15,000 Btu/h | 9.5 EER |
PTHP (cooling mode) Nonstandard sizeb | < 7,000 Btu/h | 95°F db/75°F wb outdoor airc | 9.3 EER | AHRI 310/380 |
≥ 7,000 Btu/h and ≤ 15,000 Btu/h | 10.8 - (0.213 × Cap/1000) EERd |
> 15,000 Btu/h | 7.6 EER |
PTHP (heating mode) Standard size | < 7,000 Btu/h | 47°F db/43°F wb outdoor air | 3.3 COPH | AHRI 310/380 |
≥ 7,000 Btu/h and ≤ 15,000 Btu/h | 3.7 - (0.052 × Cap/1000) COPHd |
> 15,000 Btu/h | 2.90 COPH |
PTHP (heating mode) Nonstandard sizeb | < 7,000 Btu/h | 47°F db/43°F wb outdoor air | 2.7 COPH | AHRI 310/380 |
≥ 7,000 Btu/h and ≤ 15,000 Btu/h | 2.9 - (0.026 × Cap/1000) COPHd |
> 15,000 Btu/h | 2.5 COPH |
SPVAC (cooling mode) single and three phase | < 65,000 Btu/h | 95°F db/75°F wb outdoor airc | 11.0 EER | AHRI 390 |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h | 10.0 EER |
≥ 135,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h | 10.0 EER |
SPVHP (cooling mode) | < 65,000 Btu/h | 95°F db/75°F wb outdoor airc | 11.0 EER | AHRI 390 |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h | 10.0 EER |
≥ 135,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h | 10.0 EER |
SPVHP (heating mode) | <65,000 Btu/h | 47°F db/43°F wb outdoor air | 3.3 COPH | AHRI 390 |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h | 3.0 COPH |
≥ 135,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h | 3.0 COPH |
Room air conditioners without reverse cycle with louvered sides for applications outside U.S.d | < 6,000 Btu/h | - | 11.0 CEER | ANSI/AHAMRAC-1 |
≥ 6,000 Btu/h and < 8,000 Btu/h | - | 11.0 CEER |
≥ 8,000 Btu/h and < 14,000 Btu/h | - | 10.9 CEER |
≥ 14,000 Btu/h and < 20,000 Btu/h | - | 10.7 CEER |
≥ 20,000 Btu/h and < 28,000 Btu/h | - | 9.4 CEER |
≥ 28,000 Btu/h | - | 9.0 CEER |
Room air conditioners without louvered sides | < 6,000 Btu/h | - | 10.0 CEER | ANSI/AHAMRAC-1 |
≥ 6,000 Btu/h and < 8,000 Btu/h | - | 10.0 CEER |
≥ 8,000 Btu/h and < 11,000 Btu/h | - | 9.6 CEER |
≥ 11,000 Btu/h and < 14,000 Btu/h | - | 9.5 CEER |
≥ 14,000 Btu/h and < 20,000 Btu/h | - | 9.3 CEER |
≥ 20,000 Btu/h | - | 9.4 CEER |
Room air conditioners with reverse cycle, with louvered sides for applications outside U.S.d | < 20,000 Btu/h | - | 9.8 CEER | ANSI/AHAMRAC-1 |
≥ 20,000 Btu/h | - | 9.3 CEER |
Room air conditioners with reverse cycle without louvered sides for applications outside U.S.d | < 14,000 Btu/h | - | 9.3 CEER | ANSI/AHAMRAC-1 |
≥ 14,000 Btu/h | - | 8.7 CEER |
Room air conditioners, casement only for applications outside U.S.d | All capacities | - | 9.5 CEER | ANSI/AHAMRAC-1 |
Room air conditioners, casement-slider for application outside U.S.d | All capacities | - | 10.4 CEER | ANSI/AHAMRAC-1 |
For SI: 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W, °C = [(°F) - 32]/1.8. |
| | "Cap" = The rated cooling capacity of the product in Btu/h. If the unit's capacity is less than 7,000 Btu/h, use 7,000 Btu/h in the calculation. If the unit's capacity is greater than 15,000 Btu/h, use 15,000 Btu/h in the calculations. |
| a | Chapter 6 contains a complete specification of the referenced standards, which include test procedures, including the referenced year version of the test procedure. |
| b | Nonstandard size units must be factory labeled as follows: "MANUFACTURED FOR NONSTANDARD SIZE APPLICATIONS ONLY: NOT TO BE INSTALLED IN NEW STANDARD PROJECTS." Nonstandard size efficiencies apply only to units being installed in existing sleeves having an external wall opening of less than 16 inches (406 mm) high or less than 42 inches (1067 mm) wide and having a cross-sectional area less than 670 square inches (0.43 m2). |
| c | The cooling-mode wet bulb temperature requirement only applies for units that reject condensate to the condenser coil. |
| d | Room air conditioners are rated as consumer products by 10 C.F.R. 430. For U.S. applications of room air conditioners, refer to informative appendix F, Table F-3, for the U.S. DOE minimum efficiency requirements for U.S. applications. |
| e | "Cap" in EER and COPH equations for PTACs and PTHPs means cooling capacity in Btu/h at 95°F outdoor dry-bulb temperature. |
| ((e | This table is a replica of ASHRAE 90.1 Table 6.8.1-4 Electrically Operated Packaged Terminal Air Conditioners, Packaged Terminal Heat Pumps, Single-Package Vertical Air Conditioners, Single-Package Vertical Heat Pumps, Room Air Conditioners, and Room Air-Conditioner Heat Pumps—Minimum Efficiency Requirements.)) |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-403325Table C403.3.2(5)—Minimum efficiency requirements—Warm-air furnaces and unit heaters.
Table C403.3.2(5)
Warm-Air Furnaces and Combination Warm-Air Furnaces/Air-Conditioning Units, Warm-Air Duct Furnaces and Unit Heaters—Minimum Efficiency Requirementsg
((Equipment Type | Size Category (Input) | Subcategory or Rating Condition | Minimum Efficiencyd,c | Test Procedurea |
Warm-air furnace, gas fired for application outside the U.S. | < 225,000 Btu/h | Maximum capacityc | 80% AFUE (nonweatherized) or 1% AFUE (weatherized) or 80% Etb,d | DOE 10 C.F.R. 430 Appendix N or Section 2.39, Thermal Efficiency, ANSI Z21.47 |
Warm-air furnace, gas fired | < 225,000 Btu/h | Maximum capacityc | 80% Etb,d before 1/1/2023 81% Etd after 1/1/2023 | Section 2.39, Thermal Efficiency, ANSI Z21.47 |
Warm-air furnace, oil fired | < 225,000 Btu/h | Maximum capacityc | 83% AFUE (nonweatherized) or 78% AFUE (weatherized) or 80% Etb,d | DOE 10 C.F.R. 430 Appendix N or Section 42, Combustion UL 727 |
Warm-air furnace, oil fired | < 225,000 Btu/h | Maximum capacityc | 80% Et before 1/1/2023 82% Etd after 1/1/2023 | Section 42, Combustion UL 727 |
Electric furnaces for applications outside the U.S. | < 225,000 Btu/h | All | 96% AFUE | DOE 10 C.F.R. 430 Appendix N |
Warm air duct furnaces, gas fired | All capacities | Maximum capacityc | 80% Ece | Section 2.10, Efficiency, ANSI Z83.8 |
Warm air unit heaters, gas fired | All capacities | Maximum capacityc | 80% Ece,f | Section 2.10, Efficiency, ANSI Z83.8 |
Warm air unit heaters, oil fired | All capacities | Maximum capacityc | 80% Ece,f | Section 40, Combustion, UL 731)) |
Description | Fuel | Electric Power Phase | Heating Capacity (Input) Btu/hb | Combo-Unit Cooling Capacity, Btu/h | Subtype | Minimum Efficiency | Test Procedurea |
Warm-air furnace | Gas | 1 | < 225,000 | < 65,000 | See ASHRAE 90.1 Informative Appendix F, Table F-4f |
Warm-air furnace | Gas | 1 | < 225,000 | ≥ 65,000 | Nonweatherized | 80% AFUE | Appendix Ng |
Weatherized | 81% AFUE or 80% Etc | Appendix Ng |
ANSI Z21.47 |
Warm-air furnace | Gas | 3 | < 225,000 | All | Nonweatherized | 80% AFUE | Appendix Ng |
Weatherized | 81% AFUE or 80% Etc | Appendix Ng |
ANSI Z21.47 |
Warm-air furnace | Gas | All | ≥ 225,000 and ≤ 400,000 | All | All | 81% Etc | ANSI Z21.47 |
Warm-air furnace | Gas | All | > 400,000 | All | All | 80% Etc before 1/1/23 81% Etc after 1/1/23 | ANSI Z21.47 |
Warm-air furnace | Oil | 1 | < 225,000 | < 65,000 | See ASHRAE 90.1 Informative Appendix F, Table F-4f |
Warm-air furnace | Oil | 1 | < 225,000 | ≥ 65,000 | Nonweatherized | 83% AFUE | Appendix Ng |
Weatherized | 78% AFUE or 80% Etd | Appendix Ng |
Section 42 UL 727 |
Warm-air furnace | Oil | 3 | < 225,000 | All | Nonweatherized | 83% AFUE | Appendix Ng |
Weatherized | 78% AFUE or 80% Etd | Appendix Ng |
Section 42 UL 727 |
Warm-air furnace | Oil | All | ≥ 225,000 | All | All | 82% Etd | Section 42 UL 727 |
Warm-air furnace | Electric | 1 | < 225,000 | < 65,000 | See Informative Appendix F, Table F-4f |
Warm-air furnace | Electric | 1 | < 225,000 | ≥ 65,000 | All | 96% AFUE | Appendix Ng |
Warm-air furnace | Electric | 3 | < 225,000 | All | All | 96% AFUE | Appendix Ng |
Warm-air duct furnaces | Gas | All | All | All | All | 80% Ecd | ANSI Z83.8 |
Warm-air unit heaters | Gas | All | All | All | All | 80% Ecd,e | ANSI Z83.8 |
Warm-air unit heaters | Oil | All | All | All | All | 80% Ecd,e | Section 40 UL 731 |
For SI: 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W. |
| a | Chapter 6 contains a complete specification of the referenced standards, which include test procedures, including the referenced year version of the test procedure. For this table, the following applies: |
| | - Appendix N = Test standard 10 C.F.R. 430 Appendix N |
| | - ANSI Z21.47 = Section 2.39, Thermal Efficiency, ANSI Z21.47 |
| | - ANSI Z83.3 = Section 2.10, Efficiency, ANSI Z83.3 |
| | - UL 727 = Section 42, Combustion, UL 727 |
| | - UL 731 = Section 40, Combustion, UL 731 |
| b | ((Combination units (i.e., furnaces contained within the same cabinet as an air conditioner) not covered by DOE 10 C.F.R. 430 (i.e., 3-phase power or with cooling capacity greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h) may comply with either rating. All other units greater than 225,000 Btu/h sold in the U.S. must meet the AFUE standards for consumer products and testing using U.S. DOE's AFUE test procedure at DOE 10 C.F.R. 430 Subpart B, Appendix N. |
| c)) | Compliance of multiple firing rate units shall be at the maximum firing rate. |
| ((d))c | Et | = | Thermal efficiency. Units must also include an interrupted or intermittent ignition device (IID), have jacket losses not exceeding 0.75 percent of the input rating, and have either power venting or a flue damper. A vent damper is an acceptable alternative to a flue damper for those furnaces where combustion air is drawn from the conditioned space. |
| ((e))d | Ec | = | Combustion efficiency (100% less flue losses). See test procedure for detailed discussion. |
| ((f))e | Units must also include an interrupted or intermittent ignition device (IID) and have either power venting or an automatic flue damper. |
| f | Includes combination units with cooling capacity < 65,000 Btu/h. For U.S. applications of federally covered < 225,000 Btu/h products, see ASHRAE 90.1 Informative Appendix F, Table F-4. |
| g | ((This table is a replica of ASHRAE 90.1 Table 6.8.1-5 Warm-Air Furnaces and Combination Warm-Air Furnaces/Air-Conditioning Units, Warm-Air Duct Furnaces, and Unit Heaters—Minimum Efficiency Requirements.))10 C.F.R. 430 is limited to single phase equipment that is not contained within the same cabinet with a central air conditioner whose rated cooling capacity is above 65,000 Btu/h but for the test and rating procedures are not impacted for three-phase and can be used for AFUE ratings for ASHRAE/IES Standard 90.1 three-phase products and single-phase products with a cooling capacity greater than 65,000 Btu/h. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-403326Table C403.3.2(6)—Minimum efficiency requirements—Gas-fired and oil-fired boilers.
Table C403.3.2(6)
Gas- and Oil-Fired Boilers—Minimum Efficiency Requirements
Equipment Type((a))b | Subcategory or Rating Condition | Size Category (Input) | Minimum Efficiency | Test Procedurea |
Boilers, hot water | Gas-fired | < 300,000 Btu/hg,h for applications outside the U.S. | ((82%))84% AFUE | DOE 10 C.F.R. 430 Appendix N |
≥ 300,000 Btu/h and ≤ 2,500,000 Btu/he | ((84%))80%Etd | DOE 10 C.F.R. 431.86 |
> 2,500,000 Btu/hb and ≤ 10,000,000 Btu/hb | ((85%))82%Etd |
> 10,000,000 Btu/hb | 82% Ecc |
Oil-firedf | < 300,000 Btu/hg,h | ((84%))86% AFUE | DOE 10 C.F.R. 430 Appendix N |
≥ 300,000 Btu/h and ≤ 2,500,000 Btu/he | ((87%))82%Etd | DOE 10 C.F.R. 431.86 |
> 2,500,000 Btu/hband ≤ 10,000,000 Btu/hb | ((88%))84%Ecc |
> 10,000,000 Btu/hb | 84% Ecd |
Boilers, steam | Gas-fired | < 300,000 Btu/hgfor applications outside the U.S. | ((81%))82% AFUE | DOE 10 C.F.R. 430 Appendix N |
Gas-fired - all, except natural draft | ≥ 300,000 Btu/h and ≤ 2,500,000 Btu/h((b))e | ((82%))79%Etd | DOE 10 C.F.R. 431.86 |
> 2,500,000 Btu/h((a))band ≤ 10,000,000 Btu/hb | 79% Etd |
> 10,000,000 Btu/hb | 79% Etd |
Gas-fired - natural draft | ≥ 300,000 Btu/h and ≤ 2,500,000 Btu/h((b))e | ((81%))79%Etd |
> 2,500,000 Btu/hb | ((82%))79%Etd |
((> 10,000,000 Btu/hb | 79% Etd)) |
Oil-firedf | < 300,000 Btu/hg for applications outside the U.S. | 82% AFUE | DOE 10 C.F.R. 430 Appendix N |
≥ 300,000 Btu/h and ≤ 2,500,000 Btu/hb | ((84%))81%Etd | DOE 10 C.F.R. 431.86 |
> 2,500,000 Btu/hband ≤ 10,000,000 Btu/hb | ((85%))81%Etd |
> 10,000,000 Btu/hb | 81% Etd |
For SI: 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W. |
| a | Chapter 6 contains a complete specification of the referenced standards, which include test procedures, including the reference year version of the test procedure. |
| b | These requirements apply to boilers with rated input of 8,000,000 Btu/h or less that are not packaged boilers and to all packaged boilers. Minimum efficiency requirements for boilers cover all capacities of packaged boilers. |
| c | Ec | = | Combustion efficiency (100 percent less flue losses). |
| d | Et | = | Thermal efficiency. |
| e | Maximum capacity – Minimum and maximum ratings as provided for and allowed by the unit's controls. |
| f | Includes oil-fired (residual). |
| g | Boilers shall not be equipped with a constant burning pilot light. |
| h | A boiler not equipped with a tankless domestic water heating coil shall be equipped with an automatic means for adjusting the temperature of the water such that an incremental change in inferred heat load produces a corresponding incremental change in the temperature of the water supplied. |
| ((i | This table is a replica of ASHRAE 90.1 Table 6.8.1-6 Gas- and Oil-Fired Boilers—Minimum Efficiency Requirements.)) |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-403327Table C403.3.2(7)—Heat rejection equipment—Minimum efficiency requirements.
Table C403.3.2(7)
Performance Requirements for Heat Rejection Equipment—Minimum Efficiency Requirementsi
Equipment Type((a)) | Total System Heat Rejection Capacity at Rated Conditions | Subcategory or Rating Conditionh | Performance Requireda,b,c,((d,))f,g | Test Procedure((a))d,e |
Propeller or axial fan open-circuit cooling towers | All | 95°F Entering Water 85°F Leaving Water 75°F Entering wb | ≥ 40.2 gpm/hp | CTI ATC-105 and CTI STD-201 RS |
Centrifugal fan open circuit cooling towers | All | 95°F Entering Water 85°F Leaving Water 75°F Entering wb | ≥ 20.0 gpm/hp | CTI ATC-105 and CTI STD-201 RS |
Propeller or axial fan closed-circuit cooling towers | All | 102°F Entering Water 90°F Leaving Water 75°F Entering wb | ≥ 16.1 gpm/hp | CTI ATC-105S and CTI STD-201 RS |
Centrifugal fan closed-circuit cooling towers | All | 102°F Entering Water 90°F Leaving Water 75°F Entering wb | ≥ 7.0 gpm/hp | CTI ATC-105S and CTI STD-201 RS |
Propeller or axial fan dry coolers (air-cooled fluid coolers) | All | 115°F Entering Water 105°F Leaving Water 95°F Entering wb | ≥ 4.5 gpm/hp | CTI ATC-((106))105DS |
Propeller or axial fan evaporative condensers | All | R-448A Test Fluid 165°F Entering Gas Temperature 105°F Condensing Temperature 75°F Entering wb | ≥ 160,000 Btu/h • hp | CTI ATC-106 |
Propeller or axial fan evaporative condensers | All | Ammonia Test Fluid 140°F Entering Gas Temperature 96.3°F Condensing Temperature 75°F Entering wb | ≥ 134,000 Btu/h • hp | CTI ATC-106 |
Centrifugal fan evaporative condensers | All | R-448A Test Fluid 165°F Entering Gas Temperature 105°F Condensing Temperature 75°F Entering wb | ≥ 137,000 Btu/h • hp | CTI ATC-106 |
Centrifugal fan evaporative condensers | All | Ammonia Test Fluid 140°F Entering Gas Temperature 96.3°F Condensing Temperature 75°F Entering wb | ≥ 110,000 Btu/h • hp | CTI ATC-106 |
Air cooled condensers | All | 125°F Condensing Temperature ((R-22 Test Fluid)) 190°F Entering Gas Temperature 15°F Subcooling 95°F Entering db | ≥ 176,000 Btu/h • hp | AHRI 460 |
For SI: °C = [(°F) - 32]/1.8, L/s • kW = (gpm/hp)/(11.83), COP = (Btu/h • hp)/(2550.7). |
| db = dry-bulb temperature, °F. |
| wb = wet-bulb temperature, °F. |
a | ((Chapter 6 contains a complete specification of the referenced standards, which include test procedures, including the reference year version of the test procedure. |
b)) | For purposes of this table, open-circuit cooling tower performance is defined as the water-flow rating of the tower at the thermal rating condition listed in the table divided by the fan motor nameplate power. |
((c))b | For purposes of this table, closed-circuit cooling tower performance is defined as the water-flow rating of the tower at the thermal rating condition divided by the sum of the fan motor nameplate power and the integral spray pump motor nameplate power. |
((d))c | For purposes of this table, dry-cooler performance is defined as the process water-flow rating of the unit at the thermal rating condition listed in the table divided by the total fan motor nameplate power of the unit, and air-cooled condenser performance is defined as the heat rejected from the refrigerant divided by the total fan motor nameplate power of the unit. |
d | ASHRAE 90.1 Section 13 contains a complete specification of the referenced test procedure, including the referenced year version of the test procedure. |
e | The efficiencies and test procedures for both open- and closed-circuit cooling towers are not applicable to hybrid cooling towers that contain a combination of separate wet and dry heat exchange sections. The certification requirements do not apply to field-erected cooling towers. |
f | All cooling towers shall comply with the minimum efficiency listed in the table for that specific type of tower with the capacity effect of any project-specific accessories and/or options included in the capacity of the cooling tower. |
g | For purposes of this table, evaporative condenser performance is defined as the heat rejected at the specified rating condition in the table, divided by the sum of the fan motor nameplate power and the integral spray pump nameplate power. |
h | Requirements for evaporative condensers are listed with ammonia (R-717) and R-448A as test fluids in the table. Evaporative condensers intended for use with halocarbon refrigerants other than R-448A must meet the minimum efficiency requirements listed above with R-448A as the test fluid. For ammonia, the condensing temperature is defined as the saturation temperature corresponding to the refrigerant pressure at the condenser entrance. For R-448A, which is a zeotropic refrigerant, the condensing temperature is defined as the arithmetic average of the dew point and the bubble point temperatures corresponding to the refrigerant pressure at the condenser entrance. |
((i | This table is a replica of ASHRAE 90.1 Table 6.8.1-7 Performance Requirements for Heat Rejection Equipment—Minimum Efficiency Requirements.)) |
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040. AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-403328Table C403.3.2(8)—Electrically operated variable refrigerant flow air conditioners—Minimum efficiency requirements.
Table C403.3.2(8)
Electrically Operated Variable Refrigerant Flow Air Conditioners—Minimum Efficiency Requirements((b))
Equipment Type | Size Category | Heating Section Type | Subcategory or Rating Condition | Minimum Efficiency | Test Procedurea |
| < 65,000 Btu/h Three-phase | All | VRF Multi-Split System | 13.0 SEER | AHRI 210/240 |
VRF Air Conditioners, Air Cooled | ≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or none) | VRF Multi-Split System | ((11.2))10.5 EER 15.5 IEER | AHRI 1230 |
| ≥ 135,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or none) | VRF Multi-Split System | ((11.0))10.3 EER 14.9 IEER | AHRI 1230 |
| ≥ 240,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or none) | VRF Multi-Split System | ((10.0))9.5 EER 13.9 IEER | AHRI 1230 |
For SI: 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W. |
a | Chapter 6 contains a complete specification of the referenced standards, which include test procedures, including the reference year version of the test procedure. |
((b | This table is a replica of ASHRAE 90.1 Table 6.8.1-8 Electrically Operated Variable-Refrigerant-Flow Air Conditioners—Minimum Efficiency Requirements.)) |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-403329Tables C403.3.2(9) through C403.3.2(16)—HVAC equipment minimum efficiency requirements.
Table C403.3.2(9)
Electrically Operated Variable Refrigerant Flow ((Air-to-Air)) and Applied Heat Pumps—Minimum Efficiency Requirements((b))
Equipment Type | Size Category | Heating Section Type | Subcategory or Rating Condition | Minimum Efficiency | Test Procedurea |
| < 65,000 Btu/h Three-phase | All | VRF Multi-Split System | ((13.0))13.4 SEER2 | AHRI 210/240 |
| ≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or none) | VRF Multi-Split System | ((11.0))10.3 EER 14.6 IEER | |
| ≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or none) | VRF Multi-Split System with Heat Recovery | ((10.8))10.1 EER 14.4 IEER | |
VRF Air Cooled (cooling mode) | ≥ 135,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or none) | VRF Multi-Split System | ((10.6))9.9 EER ((13.9))14.4 IEER | AHRI 1230 |
| ≥ 135,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or none) | VRF Multi-Split System with Heat Recovery | ((10.4))9.7 EER ((13.7))13.9 IEER | |
| ≥ 240,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or none) | VRF Multi-Split System | ((9.5))9.1 EER 12.7 IEER | |
| ≥ 240,000 Btu/h | Electric Resistance (or none) | VRF Multi-Split System with Heat Recovery | ((9.3))8.9 EER 12.5 IEER | |
| < 65,000 Btu/h | All | VRF Multi-Split System 86ºF entering water | 12.0 EER 16.0 IEER | |
| < 65,000 Btu/h | All | VRF Multi-Split System with Heat Recovery 86ºF entering water | 11.8 EER 15.8 IEER | |
| ≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h | All | VRF Multi-Split System 86ºF entering water | 12.0 EER 16.0 IEER | |
VRF Water Source (cooling mode) | ≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h | All | VRF Multi-Split System with Heat Recovery 86ºF entering water | 11.8 EER 15.8 IEER | AHRI 1230 |
| ≥ 135,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h | All | VRF Multi-Split System 86ºF entering water | 10.0 EER 14.0 IEER | |
| ≥ 135,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h | All | VRF Multi-Split System with Heat Recovery 86ºF entering water | 9.8 EER 13.8 IEER | |
| ≥ 240,000 Btu/h | All | VRF Multi-Split System 86ºF entering water | 10.0 EER 12.0 IEER | |
| ≥ 240,000 Btu/h | All | VRF Multi-Split System with Heat Recovery 86ºF entering water | 9.8 EER 11.8 IEER | |
| < 135,000 Btu/h | All | VRF Multi-Split System 59ºF entering water | 16.2 EER | |
< 135,000 Btu/h | All | VRF Multi-Split System with Heat Recovery 59ºF entering water | 16.0 EER | |
VRF Groundwater Source (cooling mode) | ≥ 135,000 Btu/h | All | VRF Multi-Split System 59ºF entering water | 13.8 EER | AHRI 1230 |
| ≥ 135,000 Btu/h | All | VRF Multi-Split System with Heat Recovery 59ºF entering water | 13.6 EER | |
| < 135,000 Btu/h | All | VRF Multi-Split System 77ºF entering water | 13.4 EER | |
VRF Ground Source (cooling mode) | < 135,000 Btu/h | All | VRF Multi-Split System with Heat Recovery 77ºF entering water | 13.2 EER | AHRI 1230 |
| ≥ 135,000 Btu/h | All | VRF Multi-Split System 77ºF entering water | 11.0 EER | |
| ≥ 135,000 Btu/h | All | VRF Multi-Split System with Heat Recovery 77ºF entering water | 10.8 EER | |
| < 65,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) Three-phase | | VRF Multi-Split System | ((7.7))7.5 HSPF2 | AHRI 210/240 |
VRF Air Cooled (heating mode) | ≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) | | VRF Multi-Split System 47ºF db/43ºF wb outdoor air 17ºF db/15ºF wb outdoor air | 3.3 COPH 2.25 COPH | AHRI 1230 |
| ≥ 135,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) | | VRF Multi-Split System 47ºF db/43ºF wb outdoor air 17ºF db/15ºF wb outdoor air | 3.2 COPH 2.05 COPH | |
| < 65,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) | | VRF Multi-Split System 68ºF entering water | 4.3 COPH | |
| ≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) | | VRF Multi-Split System 68ºF entering water | 4.3 COPH | |
VRF Water Source (heating mode) | ≥ 135,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) | | VRF Multi-Split System 68ºF entering water | 4.0 COPH | AHRI 1230 |
| ≥ 240,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) | | VRF Multi-Split System 68ºF entering water | 3.9 COPH | |
VRF Groundwater Source | < 135,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) | | VRF Multi-Split System 50ºF entering water | 3.6 COPH | AHRI 1230 |
(heating mode) | ≥ 135,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) | | VRF Multi-Split System 50ºF entering water | 3.3 COPH | |
VRF Ground Source | < 135,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) | | VRF Multi-Split System 32ºF entering water | 3.1 COPH | AHRI 1230 |
(heating mode) | ≥ 135,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) | | VRF Multi-Split System 32ºF entering water | 2.8 COPH | |
For SI: °C = [(°F) - 32]/1.8, 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W, db = dry bulb temperature, wb = wet bulb temperature. |
a | Chapter 6 contains a complete specification of the referenced standards, which include test procedures, including the reference year version of the test procedure. |
((b | This table is a replica of ASHRAE 90.1 Table 6.8.1-9 Electrically Operated Variable-Refrigerant-Flow and Applied Heat Pumps—Minimum Efficiency Requirements.)) |
Table C403.3.2(10)
Floor-Mounted Air Conditioners and Condensing Units Serving Computer Rooms—Minimum Efficiency Requirements((b))
Equipment Type | Standard Model | Net Sensible Cooling Capacity | Minimum Net Sensible COP | Rating Conditions Return Air (dry bulb/dew point) | Test Procedure ((a)) |
Air cooled | Downflow | < 80,000 Btu/h | 2.70 | 85°F/52°F (Class 2) | AHRI 1360 |
≥ 80,000 Btu/h and < 295,000 Btu/h | 2.58 |
≥ 295,000 Btu/h | 2.36 |
Upflow - Ducted | < 80,000 Btu/h | 2.67 |
≥ 80,000 Btu/h and < 295,000 Btu/h | 2.55 |
≥ 295,000 Btu/h | 2.33 |
| Upflow - Nonducted | ˃ 65,000 Btu/h | 2.16 | 75°F/52°F (Class 1) | |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h | 2.04 |
≥ 240,000 Btu/h | 1.89 |
Horizontal | ˃ 65,000 Btu/h | 2.65 | |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h | 2.55 | 95°F/52°F (Class 3) |
≥ 240,000 Btu/h | 2.47 | |
Air cooled with fluid economizer | Downflow | < 80,000 Btu/h | 2.70 | 85°F/52°F (Class 1) | AHRI 1360 |
≥ 80,000 Btu/h and < 295,000 Btu/h | 2.58 |
≥ 295,000 Btu/h | 2.36 |
Upflow - Ducted | < 80,000 Btu/h | 2.67 |
≥ 80,000 Btu/h and < 295,000 Btu/h | 2.55 |
≥ 295,000 Btu/h | 2.33 |
| Upflow - Nonducted | ˃ 65,000 Btu/h | 2.09 | 75°F/52°F (Class 1) | |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h | 1.99 |
≥ 240,000 Btu/h | 1.81 |
Horizontal | ˃ 65,000 Btu/h | 2.65 | |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h | 2.55 | 95°F/52°F (Class 3) |
≥ 240,000 Btu/h | 2.47 | |
Water cooled | Downflow | < 80,000 Btu/h | 2.82 | 85°F/52°F (Class 1) | AHRI 1360 |
≥ 80,000 Btu/h and < 295,000 Btu/h | 2.73 |
≥ 295,000 Btu/h | 2.67 |
Upflow - Ducted | < 80,000 Btu/h | 2.79 |
≥ 80,000 Btu/h and < 295,000 Btu/h | 2.70 |
≥ 295,000 Btu/h | 2.64 |
| Upflow - Nonducted | ˃ 65,000 Btu/h | 2.43 | 75°F/52°F (Class 1) | |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h | 2.32 |
≥ 240,000 Btu/h | 2.20 |
Horizontal | ˃ 65,000 Btu/h | 2.79 | |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h | 2.68 | 95°F/52°F (Class 3) |
≥ 240,000 Btu/h | 2.60 | |
Water cooled with fluid economizer | Downflow | < 80,000 Btu/h | 2.77 | 85°F/52°F (Class 1) | AHRI 1360 |
≥ 80,000 Btu/h and < 295,000 Btu/h | 2.68 |
≥ 295,000 Btu/h | 2.61 |
Upflow - Ducted | < 80,000 Btu/h | 2.74 |
≥ 80,000 Btu/h and < 295,000 Btu/h | 2.65 |
≥ 295,000 Btu/h | 2.58 |
| Upflow - Nonducted | ˃ 65,000 Btu/h | 2.35 | 75°F/52°F (Class 1) | |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h | 2.24 |
≥ 240,000 Btu/h | 2.12 |
Horizontal | ˃ 65,000 Btu/h | 2.71 | |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h | 2.60 | 95°F/52°F (Class 3) |
≥ 240,000 Btu/h | 2.54 | | |
Glycol cooled | Downflow | < 80,000 Btu/h | 2.56 | 85°F/52°F (Class 1) | AHRI 1360 |
≥ 80,000 Btu/h and < 295,000 Btu/h | 2.24 |
≥ 295,000 Btu/h | 2.21 |
Upflow - Ducted | < 80,000 Btu/h | 2.53 |
≥ 80,000 Btu/h and < 295,000 Btu/h | 2.21 |
≥ 295,000 Btu/h | 2.18 |
| Upflow - Nonducted | ˃ 65,000 Btu/h | 2.08 | 75°F/52°F (Class 1) | |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h | 1.90 |
≥ 240,000 Btu/h | 1.81 |
Horizontal | ˃ 65,000 Btu/h | 2.48 | |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h | 2.18 | 95°F/52°F (Class 3) |
≥ 240,000 Btu/h | 2.18 | |
Glycol cooled with fluid economizer | Downflow | < 80,000 Btu/h | 2.51 | 85°F/52°F (Class 1) | AHRI 1360 |
≥ 80,000 Btu/h and < 295,000 Btu/h | 2.19 |
≥ 295,000 Btu/h | 2.15 |
Upflow - Ducted | < 80,000 Btu/h | 2.48 |
≥ 80,000 Btu/h and < 295,000 Btu/h | 2.16 |
≥ 295,000 Btu/h | 2.12 |
| Upflow - Nonducted | ˃ 65,000 Btu/h | 2.00 | 75°F/52°F (Class 1) | |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h | 1.82 |
≥ 240,000 Btu/h | 1.73 |
Horizontal | ˃ 65,000 Btu/h | 2.44 | |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h | 2.10 | 95°F/52°F (Class 3) |
≥ 240,000 Btu/h | 2.10 | |
For SI: 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W, °C = [(°F) - 32]/1.8. |
((a | Chapter 6 contains a complete specification of the referenced standards, which include test procedures, including the reference year version of the test procedure. |
b | This table is a replica of ASHRAE 90.1 Table 6.8.1-10 Floor-Mounted Air Conditioners and Condensing Units Serving Computer Rooms—Minimum Efficiency Requirements.)) |
Table C403.3.2(11)
Vapor-Compression-Based Indoor Pool Dehumidifiers—Minimum Efficiency Requirements((b))
Equipment Type | Subcategory or Rating Condition | Minimum Efficiency | Test Procedure((a)) |
Single package indoor (with or without economizer) | Rating Conditions: A or C | 3.5 MRE | AHRI 910 |
Single package indoor water cooled (with or without economizer) | Rating Conditions: A, B or C | 3.5 MRE |
Single package indoor air cooled (with or without economizer) | Rating Conditions: A, B or C | 3.5 MRE |
Split system indoor air cooled (with or without economizer) | Rating Conditions: A, B or C | 3.5 MRE |
((a | Chapter 6 contains a complete specification of the referenced standards, which include test procedures, including the reference year version of the test procedure. |
b | This table is a replica of ASHRAE 90.1 Table 6.8.1-11 Vapor-Compressor-Based Indoor Pool Dehumidifiers—Minimum Efficiency Requirements.)) |
Table C403.3.2(12)
Electrically Operated DX-DOAS Units, Single-Package and Remote Condenser, Without Energy Recovery—Minimum Efficiency Requirements((b))
Equipment Type | Subcategory or Rating Condition | Minimum Efficiency | Test Procedurea |
Air cooled (dehumidification mode) | | ((4.0))3.8 ISMRE2 | AHRI 920 |
Air source heat pumps (dehumidification mode) | | ((4.0))3.8 ISMRE2 | AHRI 920 |
Water cooled (dehumidification mode) | Cooling tower condenser water | ((4.9))4.7 ISMRE2 | AHRI 920 |
Air source heat pump (heating mode) | | ((2.7))2.05 ISCOP2 | AHRI 920 |
Water source heat pump (dehumidification mode) | Ground source, closed and open loopb | ((4.8))4.6 ISMRE2 | AHRI 920 |
((Ground-water source | 5.0 ISMRE)) |
Water source | ((4.0))3.8 ISMRE2 |
Water source heat pump (heating mode) | Ground source, closed and open loopb | ((2.0))2.13 ISCOP2 | AHRI 920 |
((Ground-water source | 3.2 ISCOP)) |
Water source | ((3.5))2.13 ISCOP2 |
a | Chapter 6 contains a complete specification of the referenced standards, which include test procedures, including the reference year version of the test procedure. |
b | ((This table is a replica of ASHRAE 90.1 Table 6.8.1-13 Electrically Operated DX-DOAS Units, Single-Package and Remote Condenser, without Energy Recovery—Minimum Efficiency Requirements.))Open-loop systems are rated using closed-loop test conditions. |
Table C403.3.2(13)
Electrically Operated DX-DOAS Units, Single-Package and Remote Condenser, with Energy Recovery—Minimum Efficiency Requirements((b))
Equipment Type | Subcategory or Rating Condition | Minimum Efficiency | Test Procedurea |
Air cooled (dehumidification mode) | | ((5.2))5.0 ISMRE2 | AHRI 920 |
Air source heat pumps (dehumidification mode) | | ((5.2))5.0 ISMRE2 | AHRI 920 |
Water cooled (dehumidification mode) | Cooling tower condenser water | ((5.3))5.1 ISMRE2 | AHRI 920 |
((Chilled water | 6.6 ISMRE)) |
Air source heat pump (heating mode) | | ((3.3))3.2 ISCOP2 | AHRI 920 |
Water source heat pump (dehumidification mode) | Ground source, closed and open loopb | ((5.2))5.0 ISMRE2 | AHRI 920 |
((Ground-water source | 5.8 ISMRE)) |
Water source | ((4.8))4.6 ISMRE2 |
Water source heat pump (heating mode) | Ground source, closed and open loopb | ((3.8))3.5 ISCOP2 | AHRI 920 |
((Ground-water source | 4.0 ISCOP)) |
Water source | ((4.8))4.04 ISCOP2 |
a | Chapter 6 contains a complete specification of the referenced standards, which include test procedures, including the reference year version of the test procedure. |
b | ((This table is a replica of ASHRAE 90.1 Table 6.8.1-14 Electrically Operated DX-DOAS Units, Single-Package and Remote Condenser, with Energy Recovery—Minimum Efficiency Requirements.))Open-loop systems are rated using closed-loop test conditions. |
Table C403.3.2(14)
Electrically Water Source Heat Pumps—Minimum Efficiency Requirements((c))b
Equipment Type | Size Category((b)) | Heating Section Type | Subcategory or Rating Condition | Minimum Efficiency | Test Procedurea |
| < 17,000 Btu/h | All | 86°F entering water | 12.2 EER | |
Water to air, water loop (cooling mode) | ≥ 17,000 Btu/h and < 65,000 Btu/h | All | 86°F entering water | 13.0 EER | ISO 13256-1 |
| ≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 135,000 Btu/h | All | 86°F entering water | 13.0 EER | |
Water to air, ground water (cooling mode) | < 135,000 Btu/h | All | 59°F entering water | 18.0 EER | |
Brine to air, ground loop (cooling mode) | < 135,000 Btu/h | All | 77°F entering water | 14.1 EER | |
Water to water, water loop (cooling mode) | < 135,000 Btu/h | All | 86°F entering water | 10.6 EER | |
Water to water, ground water (cooling mode) | < 135,000 Btu/h | All | 59°F entering water | 16.3 EER | ISO 13256-2 |
Brine to water, ground loop (cooling mode) | < 135,000 Btu/h | All | 77°F entering fluid | 12.1 EER | |
Water to air, water loop (heating mode) | < 135,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) | | 68°F entering water | 4.3 COPH | |
Water to air, ground water (heating mode) | < 135,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) | | 50°F entering water | 3.7 COPH | ISO 13256-1 |
Brine to air, ground loop (heating mode) | < 135,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) | | 32°F entering ((fluid))water | 3.2 COPH | |
Water to water, water loop (heating mode) | < 135,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) | | 68°F entering water | 3.7 COPH | ISO 13256-1 |
Water to water, ground water (heating mode) | < 135,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) | | 50°F entering water | 3.1 COPH | ISO 13256-2 |
Brine to water, ground loop (heating mode) | < 135,000 Btu/h (cooling capacity) | | 32°F entering ((fluid))water | 2.5 COPH | ISO 13256-2 |
For SI: 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W, °C = [(°F) - 32]/1.8. |
a | Chapter 6 contains a complete specification of the referenced standards, which include test procedures, including the reference year version of the test procedure. |
b | Single-phase, U.S. air-cooled heat pumps less than ((19 kW))65,000 Btu/h are regulated as consumer produces by DOE 10 C.F.R. 430. ((SCOPC, SCOP2C, SCOPH and SCOP2H))SEER, SEER2, HPSF, and HPSF2 values for single-phase products are set by the U.S. DOE. |
((c | This table is a replica of ASHRAE 90.1 Table 6.8.1-15 Electrically Operated Water-Source Heat Pumps—Minimum Efficiency Requirements.)) |
Table C403.3.2(15)
Heat-Pump and Heat Recovery Chiller Packages—Minimum Efficiency Requirementsg,((h,i,j,k))o
For SI: °C = [(°F) - 32]/1.8. NA = Not Applicable |
((a | Chapter 6 contains a complete specification of the referenced standards, which include test procedures, including the reference year version of the test procedure. |
b | Cooling-only rating conditions are standard rating conditions defined in AHRI 550/590, Table 1. |
c | Heating full-load rating conditions are at rating conditions defined in AHRI 550/590, Table 1. |
d | For water-cooled heat recovery chillers that have capabilities for heat rejection to a heat recovery condenser and a tower condenser, the COPHR applies to operation at full load with 100 percent heat recovery (no tower rejection). Units that only have capabilities for partial heat recovery shall meet the requirements of Table C403.3.2(3). |
e | Outdoor air entering dry-bulb (db) temperature and wet-bulb (wb) temperature. |
f | Source-water entering and leaving water temperature. |
g | This table is a replica of ASHRAE 90.1 Table 6.8.1-16 Heat-Pump and Heat Recovery Chiller Packages—Minimum Efficiency Requirements. |
h | AHRI ratings are not required for equipment sizes larger than those covered by the test standard. |
i | Air-to-water heat pumps that are configured to operate only in heating and not in cooling only need to comply with the minimum heating efficiencies. |
j | Units that are both an air-to-water heat pump and a heat recovery chiller are required to comply with either the applicable air source efficiency requirements or the heat recovery chiller requirements but not both. |
k | Heat pumps and heat recovery chillers are only required to comply with one of the four leaving heating water temperature criteria. The leaving heater water temperature criteria that are closest to the design leaving water temperature shall be utilized.)) |
a | Cooling rating conditions are standard rating conditions defined in AHRI 550/590 (I-P), Table 4, except for liquid-cooled centrifugal chilling packages which can adjust cooling efficiency for nonstandard rating conditions using Kadj procedure in accordance with ASHRAE 90.1 Section 6.4.1.2.1. |
b | Heating full-load rating conditions are at rating conditions defined in AHRI 550/590 (I-P), Table 4; includes the impact of defrost for air source heating ratings. |
c | For liquid-source heat recovery chilling packages that have capabilities for heat rejection to a heat recovery condenser and a tower condenser, the COPHR applies to operation at full load with 100 percent heat recovery (no tower rejection). Units that only have capabilities for partial heat recovery shall meet the requirements of ASHRAE 90.1, Table 6.8.1-3. |
d | For cooling operation, compliance with both the FL and IPLV is required, but only compliance with Path A or Path B cooling efficiency is required. |
e | For units that operate in both cooling and heating, compliance with both the cooling and heating efficiency is required. |
f | For applications where the chilling package is installed to operate only in heating, compliance only with the heating performance COPH is required at only one of the heating AHRI 550/590 (I-P) standard rating conditions of Low, Medium, High, or Boost. Compliance with cooling performance is not required. |
g | For air-source heat pumps, compliance with both the 47°F and 17°F heating source outdoor air temperature (OAT) rating efficiency is required for heating. |
h | For heat-pump chilling package applications where the cooling capacity is not being used for conditioning, compliance with the heating performance COPH is only required at one of the four heating AHRI 550/590 standard ratings conditions of Low, Medium, High, or Boost. Compliance with the cooling performance is required as defined in notes a and d, except as noted in note f. |
i | For simultaneous cooling and heating chillers applications where there is simultaneous cooling and heating, compliance with the simultaneous cooling performance heat recovery COPSHC is only required at one of the four simultaneous cooling and heating AHRI 550/590 (I-P) standard ratings conditions of Low, Medium, High, or Boost. Compliance with the cooling only performance is required as defined in notes a and d. |
j | For heat recovery heating chilling package applications where there is simultaneous cooling and heating, compliance with the heating performance heat recovery COPHR is only required at one of the four heating AHRI 550/590 (I-P) standard ratings conditions of Low, Medium, Hot-Water 1, or Hot-Water 2. Compliance with the cooling only performance is required as defined in notes a and d. |
k | Chilling packages employing a freeze-protection liquid in accordance with ASHRAE 90.1 Section 6.4.1.2.2 shall be tested or rated with water for the purpose of compliance with the requirements of this table. |
l | Outdoor air entering dry-bulb (db) temperature and wet-bulb (wb) temperature. |
m | Source-water entering and leaving water temperature. |
| - The cooling evaporator liquid flow rate used for the heating rating for a reverse cycle air-to-water heat pump shall be the flow rate determined during the full-load cooling rating. |
| - The cooling evaporator liquid flow rate for the simultaneous cooling and heating and heat recovery liquid cooled chilling packages rating shall be the liquid flow rates from the cooling operation full load rating. |
| - For heating-only fluid-to-fluid chiller packages, the evaporator flow rate obtained with an entering liquid temperature of 54°F and a leaving liquid temperature of 44°F shall be used. |
n | The size category is the full-load net refrigerating cooling mode capacity, which is the capacity of the evaporator available for cooling of the thermal load external to the chilling package. |
o | A heat recovery condenser at its maximum load point must remove enough heat from the refrigerant to cool the refrigerant to remove all superheat energy and begin condensation of the refrigerant. A heat recovery system where only the superheat is reduced is not covered by ASHRAE 90.1 Table 6.8.1-16 and is considered a desuperheater, and the chiller package must comply with ASHRAE 90.1 Table 6.8.1-3. |
p | Water-to-water heat pumps with a capacity less than 135,000 Btu/h are covered by ASHRAE 90.1 Table 6.8.1-15. |
Table C403.3.2(16)
Ceiling-Mounted Computer-Room Air Conditioners—Minimum Efficiency Requirements((b))
Equipment Type | Standard Model | Net Sensible Cooling Capacity | Minimum Net Sensible COP | Rating Conditions Return Air (dry-bulb/dew point) | Test Procedurea |
Air cooled with free air discharge condenser | Ducted | < 29,000 Btu/h | 2.05 | 75°F/52°F (Class 1) | AHRI 1360 |
≥ 29,000 Btu/h and < 65,000 Btu/h | 2.02 |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h | 1.92 |
Nonducted | < 29,000 Btu/h | 2.08 |
≥ 29,000 Btu/h and < 65,000 Btu/h | 2.05 |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h | 1.94 |
Air cooled with free air discharge condenser with fluid economizer | Ducted | < 29,000 Btu/h | 2.01 | 75°F/52°F (Class 1) | AHRI 1360 |
≥ 29,000 Btu/h and < 65,000 Btu/h | 1.97 |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h | 1.87 |
Nonducted | < 29,000 Btu/h | 2.04 |
≥ 29,000 Btu/h and < 65,000 Btu/h | 2.00 |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h | 1.89 |
Air cooled with ducted condenser | Ducted | < 29,000 Btu/h | 1.86 | 75°F/52°F (Class 1) | AHRI 1360 |
≥ 29,000 Btu/h and < 65,000 Btu/h | 1.83 |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h | 1.73 |
Nonducted | < 29,000 Btu/h | 1.89 |
≥ 29,000 Btu/h and < 65,000 Btu/h | 1.86 |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h | 1.75 |
Air cooled with fluid economizer and ducted condenser | Ducted | < 29,000 Btu/h | 1.82 | 75°F/52°F (Class 1) | AHRI 1360 |
≥ 29,000 Btu/h and < 65,000 Btu/h | 1.78 |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h | 1.68 |
Nonducted | < 29,000 Btu/h | 1.85 |
≥ 29,000 Btu/h and < 65,000 Btu/h | 1.81 |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h | 1.70 |
Water cooled | Ducted | < 29,000 Btu/h | 2.38 | 75°F/52°F (Class 1) | AHRI 1360 |
≥ 29,000 Btu/h and < 65,000 Btu/h | 2.28 |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h | 2.18 |
Nonducted | < 29,000 Btu/h | 2.41 |
≥ 29,000 Btu/h and < 65,000 Btu/h | 2.31 |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h | 2.20 |
Water cooled with fluid economizer | Ducted | < 29,000 Btu/h | 2.33 | 75°F/52°F (Class 1) | AHRI 1360 |
≥ 29,000 Btu/h and < 65,000 Btu/h | 2.23 |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h | 2.13 |
Nonducted | < 29,000 Btu/h | 2.36 |
≥ 29,000 Btu/h and < 65,000 Btu/h | 2.26 |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h | 2.16 |
Glycol cooled | Ducted | < 29,000 Btu/h | 1.97 | 75°F/52°F (Class 1) | AHRI 1360 |
≥ 29,000 Btu/h and < 65,000 Btu/h | 1.93 |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h | 1.78 |
Nonducted | < 29,000 Btu/h | 2.00 |
≥ 29,000 Btu/h and < 65,000 Btu/h | 1.98 |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h | 1.81 |
Glycol cooled with fluid economizer | Ducted | < 29,000 Btu/h | 1.92 | 75°F/52°F (Class 1) | AHRI 1360 |
≥ 29,000 Btu/h and < 65,000 Btu/h | 1.88 |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h | 1.73 |
Nonducted | < 29,000 Btu/h | 1.95 |
≥ 29,000 Btu/h and < 65,000 Btu/h | 1.93 |
≥ 65,000 Btu/h | 1.76 |
For SI: 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W, °C = [(°F) – 32]/1.8, COP = (Btu/h × hp)(2,550.7). |
a | Chapter 6 contains a complete specification of the referenced standards, which include test procedures, including the reference year version of the test procedure. |
((b | This table is a replica of ASHRAE 90.1 Table 6.8.1-17 Ceiling-Mounted Computer-Room Air Conditioners—Minimum Efficiency Requirements.)) |
Table C403.3.2(17)
Gas Operated Air-Source Heat Pumps—Minimum Efficiency Requirements
Equipment Type | Size Category | Heating Section Type | Subcategory or Rating Condition | Minimum Efficiency | Test Procedurea |
Gas heat pump | All | All | 17°F outdoor air temperature | 1.0 COP | ANZI Z2.40.4-CSA 2.94 |
For SI:°C = [(°F) – 32]/1.8, COP = (Btu/h × hp)(2,550.7). |
a | Chapter 6 contains a complete specification of the referenced standards, which include test procedures, including the reference year version of the test procedure. |
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040. RDS-6758.3
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-40334Section C403.3.4—Boilers.
C403.3.4Boiler requirements.Boiler systems shall comply with Sections C403.3.4.1 through C403.3.4.5.2.
C403.3.4.1 Combustion air positive shut-off. Combustion air positive shut-off shall be provided on ((all newly installed))boiler systems((as follows))that meet one or more of the following conditions:
1. All boiler systems with an input capacity of 2,500,000 Btu/h and above, in which the boiler is designed to operate with a nonpositive vent static pressure.
2. All boiler systems where one stack serves two or more boilers with a total combined input capacity per stack of 2,500,000 Btu/h.
C403.3.4.2 Boiler system oxygen concentration controls. Boilers or boiler systems with a combustion air fan((s)) with ((motors 10 horsepower or larger shall meet one of the following for newly installed boilers))motor nameplate horsepower rating of 10 horsepower (7.46 kW) or more shall comply with one of the following:
1. The fan motor shall be variable speed((; or)).
2. The fan motor shall include controls that limit the fan motor demand to no more than 30 percent of the total design wattage at 50 percent of design air volume.
C403.3.4.3 Boiler oxygen concentration controls.((Newly installed))Boilers with an input capacity of 5,000,000 Btu/h ((and))or greater and a steady state full-load combustion efficiency less than 90 percent shall maintain stack-gas oxygen concentrations not greater than the values specified in Table C403.3.4.3. Combustion air volume shall be controlled with respect to measured flue gas oxygen concentration. The use of a common gas and combustion air control linkage or jack shaft is prohibited.
EXCEPTION: | These concentration limits do not apply where 50 percent or more of the boiler system capacity serves Group R-2 occupancies. |
Table C403.3.4.3
Boiler Stack-Gas Oxygen Concentrations
Boiler System Type | Maximum Stack-Gas Oxygen Concentrationa |
((Less than 10% of the boiler system capacity is used for process applications at design conditions))Commercial boilers or where ≤ 10% of the boiler system capacity is used for process applications at design conditions | 5% |
((All others))Process boilers | 3% |
a | Concentration levels measured by volume on a dry basis over firing rates of 20 to 100 percent. |
C403.3.4.4 Boiler turndown.Boiler systems with design input of greater than 1,000,000 Btu/h (293 kW) shall comply with the turndown ratio specified in Table C403.3.4.4.
The system turndown requirement shall be met through the use of multiple single input boilers, one or more modulating boilers or a combination of single input and modulating boilers.
Table C403.3.4.4
Boiler Turndown
Boiler System Design Input (Btu/h) | Minimum Turndown Ratio |
≥ 1,000,000 and less than or equal to 5,000,000 | 3 to 1 |
≥ 5,000,000 and less than or equal to 10,000,000 | 4 to 1 |
≥ 10,000,000 | 5 to 1 |
C403.3.4.5 Buildings with high-capacity space-heating gas boiler systems.((New buildings with))Gas hot water boiler systems for space heating with a total system input of ((at least))not less than 1,000,000 Btu/h ((but not more))(293 kW/h) and not greater than 10,000,000 Btu/h (2931 kW/h) in new buildings shall comply with ((this section))Sections C403.3.4.5.1 and C403.3.4.5.2.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Where 25 percent of the annual space heating requirement is provided by site-recovered energy, or heat recovery chillers. |
| 2. Space heating boilers installed in individual dwelling units. |
| 3. Where 50 percent or more of the design heat load is served using perimeter convective heating, radiant ceiling panels, or both. |
| 4. Individual gas boilers with input capacity less than 300,000 Btu/h shall not be included in the calculations of the total system input or total system efficiency. |
C403.3.4.5.1 Boiler efficiency. Gas hot water boilers shall have a minimum thermal efficiency (Et) of 90 percent when rated in accordance with the test procedures in Table C403.3.2(6). Systems with multiple boilers are allowed to meet this requirement if the space-heating input provided by equipment with thermal efficiency (Et) above and below 90 percent provides an input capacity-weighted average thermal efficiency of at least 90 percent. For boilers rated only for combustion efficiency, the calculation for the input capacity-weighted average thermal efficiency shall use the combustion efficiency value.
C403.3.4.5.2 Hot water distribution system design. The hot water distribution system shall be designed to meet ((all of)) the following:
1. Coils and other heat exchangers shall be selected so that at design conditions the hot water return temperature entering the boilers is 120°F (48.9°C) or less.
2. Under all operating conditions, the water temperature entering the boiler is 120°F (48.9°C) or less, or the flow rate of supply hot water that recirculates directly into the return system, such as three-way valves or minimum flow bypass controls, shall be no greater than 20 percent of the design flow of the operating boilers.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-40335Section C403.3.5—Dedicated outdoor air systems.
C403.3.5 Dedicated outdoor air systems (DOAS). For buildings with occupancies as shown in Table C403.3.5, outdoor air shall be provided to each occupied space by a dedicated outdoor air system (DOAS) which delivers 100 percent outdoor air without requiring operation of the heating and cooling system fans for ventilation air delivery.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Occupied spaces that are not ventilated by a mechanical ventilation system and are only ventilated by a natural ventilation system in accordance with Section 402 of the International Mechanical Code. |
| 2. High efficiency variable air volume (VAV) systems complying with Section C403.6.10 for occupancy classifications other than Groups A-1, A-2 and A-3 as specified in Table C403.3.5, and high efficiency VAV systems complying with Section C403.12 for occupancy classification Groups A-1, A-2 and A-3 as specified in Table C403.3.5. ((This exception shall not be used as a substitution for a DOAS per Section C406.6.)) |
Table C403.3.5
Occupancy Classifications Requiring DOAS
Occupancy Classificationa | Inclusions | Exempted |
A-1 | All occupancies not specifically exempted | Television and radio studios |
A-2 | Casinos (gaming area) | All other A-2 occupancies |
A-3 | Lecture halls, community halls, exhibition halls, gymnasiums, courtrooms, libraries, places of religious worship | All other A-3 occupancies |
A-4, A-5 | | All occupancies ((excluded)) |
B | All occupancies not specifically exempted | Food processing establishments including commercial kitchens, restaurants, cafeterias; laboratories for testing and research; data processing facilities and telephone exchanges; air traffic control towers; animal hospitals, kennels, pounds; ambulatory care facilities |
F, H, I, R, S, U | | All occupancies ((excluded)) |
E, M | All occupancies included | |
a. | Occupancy classification from the International Building Code Chapter 3. |
C403.3.5.1 DOAS with energy recovery ventilation. The DOAS shall include energy recovery. The energy recovery device shall have a 68 percent minimum sensible recovery effectiveness as calculated in accordance with Equation ((4-9))4-6 or provide an enthalpy recovery ratio of not less than 60 percent at design conditions in accordance with Section C403.7.6. The airflow rate thresholds in Section C403.7.6 that define when the energy recovery requirements in that section do not apply, are not applicable to this section. The return/exhaust air stream temperature for heat recovery device selection shall be 70°F (21°C) at 30 percent relative humidity, or as calculated by the registered design professional.
(Equation ((4-9))4-6)
| Sensible Recovery Effectiveness | = | TOA - TSA | |
| TOA - TRA | |
Where: |
| TOA | = | Design outdoor air dry bulb temperature entering the energy recovery device. |
| TSA | = | Supply air dry bulb temperature leaving the energy recovery device at design temperatures and airflow conditions, as selected for the proposed DOAS unit(s). |
| TRA | = | Design return air dry bulb temperature. |
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Systems installed for the sole purpose of providing makeup air for systems exhausting toxic, flammable, paint, or corrosive fumes or dust, dryer exhaust, or commercial kitchen hoods used for collecting and removing grease vapors and smoke. |
| 2. Heat recovery and energy recovery ventilators (H/ERV) that are rated and listed in accordance with HVI 920 can demonstrate compliance with the sensible recovery effectiveness requirement using the adjusted sensible recovery effectiveness (ASRE) rating of the equipment at 32°F test conditions. Applied flow rate for ASRE rating shall be no less than the design flow rate or the closest value interpolated between two listed flow rates. |
| 3. The energy recovery systems for Group R-2 occupancies are permitted to provide 60 percent minimum sensible heat recovery effectiveness in lieu of 68 percent sensible recovery effectiveness in accordance with Section C403.7.6. The return/exhaust air stream temperature for heat recovery device selection shall be 70°F (21°C) or as determined by an approved calculation procedure. |
C403.3.5.2 DOAS fan power. For a DOAS ((that does not have at least one fan or fan array with))where each fan and fan array have fan electrical input power ((≥))less than 1 kW, the total combined fan power shall not exceed ((1))0.9 watt per cfm of outdoor air as calculated in accordance with Equation ((4-10))4-7 using design maximum airflows and external static pressures. For a DOAS with at least one fan or fan array with fan electrical input power ((≥)) 1 kW or greater, the DOAS shall comply with the fan power limitations of Section C403.8.1. DOAS total combined fan power shall include all supply, exhaust and other fans utilized for the purpose of ventilation. This fan power restriction applies to each DOAS in the permitted project, but does not include the fan power associated with the zonal heating and cooling equipment.
(Equation ((4-10))4-7)
| DOAS Total Combined Fan Power | | |
Where: |
| Fan bhp | = | Brake horsepower for each supply, exhaust and other fan in the system at design maximum airflow rate. |
| ƞm | = | Fan motor efficiency including all motor, drive and other losses for each fan in the system. |
| CFMsupply | = | Design maximum airflow rate of outdoor (supply) air. |
C403.3.5.3 Heating and cooling system fan controls. Heating and cooling equipment fans, heating and cooling circulation pumps, and terminal unit fans shall cycle off and terminal unit primary cooling air shall be shut off when there is no call for heating or cooling in the zone.
EXCEPTION: | Fans used for heating and cooling using less than 0.12 watts per cfm may operate when space temperatures are within the setpoint deadband (see Section C403.4.1.2) to provide destratification and air mixing in the space. |
C403.3.5.4 Decoupled DOAS supply air. The DOAS supply air shall be delivered directly to the occupied space or downstream of the terminal heating and/or cooling coils.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Active chilled beam systems. |
| 2. Sensible only cooling terminal units with pressure independent variable airflow regulating devices limiting the DOAS supply air to the greater of latent load or minimum ventilation requirements. |
| 3. Terminal heating and/or cooling units that comply with the low fan power allowance requirements in the exception of Section C403.3.5.3. |
C403.3.5.5 Supplemental heating and cooling. Supply air stream heating in the DOAS system shall comply with Section C403.7.3. Cooling is permitted for dehumidification only. Cooling coil shall be sized to meet peak dehumidification requirement at design outdoor temperatures, and no larger. Cooling coil shall be controlled to maintain supply air relative humidity or zone relative humidity.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Heating permitted for defrost control shall be locked out when outside air temperatures are above 35°F (2°C). Supplemental heating for defrost shall modulate to 10 percent of the peak capacity, and shall be sized to prevent frost damage to the unit at design temperatures and provide supply air less than or equal to 55°F (13°C). |
| 2. A DOAS serving Group R-1 or R-2 occupancy spaces that are served by zonal heating systems, but not by zonal heat pumps, air conditioners, or other zonal mechanical cooling systems, is permitted to be provided with a supplemental heating and cooling system in compliance with Section C403.1.4. |
C403.3.5.6 Impracticality. Where the code official determines that full compliance with one or more of the requirements in Sections C403.3.5.1 through C403.3.5.5 is impractical, it is permissible to provide an approved alternate means of compliance that achieves a comparable level of energy efficiency as the requirement(s) deemed impractical. For the purposes of this section, impractical means that an HVAC system complying with all requirements in Section C403.3.5 cannot effectively be utilized due to an unusual use or configuration of the building.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40338Section C403.3.8—Hydronic coils.
C403.3.8 Hydronic coil selection. Hydronic coils shall comply with Sections C403.3.8.1 and C403.3.8.2.
EXCEPTION: | Replacement coils within existing equipment. |
C403.3.8.1 Chilled-water coil selection. Chilled-water cooling coils shall be selected to provide a 15°F or higher temperature difference between leaving and entering water temperatures and a minimum of 57°F leaving water temperature at design conditions.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Chilled-water cooling coils that have an airside pressure drop exceeding 0.70 in. of water when rated at 500 fpm face velocity and dry conditions (no condensation). |
| 2. Individual fan-cooling units with a design supply airflow rate ≤ 5000 cfm. |
| 3. Constant-air-volume systems. |
| 4. Coils selected at the maximum temperature difference allowed by the cooling plant equipment manufacturer's approved operating conditions. |
| 5. Passive coils (no mechanically supplied airflow). |
| 6. Coils with design entering chilled-water temperature ≥ 50°F (10°C). |
| 7. Coils with design entering air dry-bulb temperature ≤ 65°F (18°C). |
C403.3.8.2 Hot-water coil selection. Hot-water heating coils shall be selected to ((provide))meet the design heating load with a maximum 20°F (11°C) temperature difference between leaving and entering water temperatures and a maximum of 118°F (48°C) entering water temperature at design conditions.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Hot-water heating systems which utilize heat pumps as the primary source. |
| 2. Individual terminal fan units with a design supply airflow rate ≤ 1500 cfm and passive coils (no mechanically supplied airflow) are exempt from the 20°F maximum temperature difference between leaving and entering water temperature requirement. |
| ((3. Passive coils (no mechanically supplied airflow). |
| 4. Coils with design leaving air temperature ≥ 95°F (35°C).))3. Thermal energy network systems that meet the definitions of thermal energy network, energy exchange systems or thermal energy network, heating and cooling or heating only systems. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40340Section C403.4—HVAC system controls.
C403.4 ((HVAC))Heating and cooling system controls.((HVAC))Heating and cooling systems shall be provided with controls in accordance with Sections C403.4.1 through ((C403.4.12))C403.4.13 and shall be capable of and configured to implement all required control functions in this code.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-40341Section C403.4.1—Thermostatic controls.
C403.4.1 Thermostatic controls. The supply of heating and cooling energy to each zone shall be controlled by individual thermostatic controls capable of responding to temperature within the zone. Controls in the same zone or in neighboring zones connected by openings larger than 10 percent of the floor area of either zone shall not allow for simultaneous heating and cooling. At a minimum, each floor of a building shall be considered as a separate zone. Controls on systems required to have economizers and serving single zones shall have multiple cooling stage capability and activate the economizer when appropriate as the first stage of cooling. See Section C403.5 for further economizer requirements. Where humidification or dehumidification or both is provided, at least one humidity control device shall be provided for each humidity control system.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Independent perimeter systems that are designed to offset only building thermal envelope heat losses or gains or both serving one or more perimeter zones also served by an interior system provided: |
| 1.1. The perimeter system includes at least one thermostatic control zone for each building exposure having exterior walls facing only one orientation (within +/-45 degrees) (0.8 rad) for more than 50 contiguous feet (15,240 mm); |
| 1.2. The perimeter system heating and cooling supply is controlled by a thermostat located within the zones served by the system; and |
| 1.3. Controls are configured to prevent the perimeter system from operating in a different heating or cooling mode from the other equipment within the zones or from neighboring zones connected by openings larger than 10 percent of the floor area of either zone. |
| 2. Where an interior zone and a perimeter zone are open to each other with permanent openings larger than 10 percent of the floor area of either zone, cooling in the interior zone is permitted to operate at times when the perimeter zone is in heating and the interior zone temperature is at least 5°F (2.8°C) higher than the perimeter zone temperature. For the purposes of this exception, a permanent opening is an opening without doors or other operable closures. |
| 3. Dedicated outdoor air units that provide ventilation air, make-up air or replacement air for exhaust systems are permitted to be controlled based on supply air temperature. The supply air temperature shall be controlled to a maximum of 65°F (18.3°C) in heating and a minimum of 72°F (22°C) in cooling unless the supply air temperature is being reset based on the status of cooling or heating in the zones served or it being reset based on outdoor air temperature. |
C403.4.1.1 Heat pump supplementary heat control. Heat pumps equipped with internal electric resistance heaters shall have controls that prevent supplemental heater operation when the heating load can be met by the heat pump alone during both steady-state operation and setback recovery. Supplemental heater operation is permitted during outdoor coil defrost cycles. Heat pumps equipped with supplemental heaters shall comply with all conditions of Section C403.1.4.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Packaged terminal heat pumps (PTHPs) of less than 2 tons (24,000 ((Btu/hr))Btu/h) cooling capacity and whose ratings meet the requirements shown in Table C403.3.2(4) that have reverse-cycle demand defrost and are configured to operate in heat pump mode whenever the outdoor air temperatures are above 25°F (-3.9°C) and the unit is not in defrost. |
| 2. Heat pumps whose minimum efficiency is regulated by NAECA and whose ratings meet the requirements shown in Table C403.3.2(2) and include all usage of internal electric resistance heating. |
C403.4.1.2 Deadband. Where used to control both heating and cooling, zone thermostatic controls shall be ((configured to provide a temperature range or deadband of at least 5°F (2.8°C) within which the supply of heating and cooling energy to the zone is shut off or reduced to a minimum.)):
1. Have separate setpoints for heating and cooling, each individually adjustable.
2. Be capable of and initially configured to provide a temperature range or deadband between the two setpoints of not less than 5°F (2.8°C) within which the supply of heating and cooling energy to the zone is shut off or reduced to a minimum.
3. Have a minimum deadband of not less than 1°F (0.56°C) when setpoints are adjusted.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Thermostats requiring manual changeover between heating and cooling modes. |
| 2. Occupancies or applications where applicable codes or accreditation standards requiring precision in indoor temperature control as ((approved by the code official))shall be permitted to be initially configured to not less than 1°F (0.56°C) deadband. |
C403.4.1.3 Setpoint adjustment and display. Where thermostatic control setpoints are capable of being adjusted by occupants or HVAC system operators, the adjustment shall be independent for the heating setpoint and the cooling setpoint; when one setpoint is changed, the other shall not change except as needed to maintain the minimum deadband required by Section C403.4.1.2. For thermostatic controls that display setpoints, both the heating and cooling setpoints shall be displayed simultaneously, or the setpoint of the currently active mode (heating or cooling) shall be displayed along with an indication of that mode.
C403.4.1.4 Setpoint overlap restriction. Where ((a zone has a separate heating and a separate cooling thermostatic control located within the zone, a limit switch, mechanical stop or direct digital control system with software programming shall be configured to prevent the heating setpoint from exceeding the cooling setpoint and to maintain a deadband in accordance with))heating and cooling to a zone are controlled by separate zone thermostatic controls located within the zone, mechanical or software means shall be provided to prevent the heating setpoint from exceeding the cooling setpoint minus the deadband required by Section C403.4.1.2.
((C403.4.1.4))C403.4.1.5 Heated or cooled vestibules and air ((curtains))curtain units. The heating system for heated vestibules and air ((curtains))curtain units with integral heating shall be provided with controls configured to shut off the source of heating when the outdoor air temperature is greater than 45°F (7°C). Vestibule heating and cooling systems shall be controlled by a thermostat located in the vestibule configured to limit heating to a temperature not greater than 60°F (16°C) and cooling to a temperature not less than 85°F (29°C).
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Control of heating or cooling provided by transfer air that would otherwise be exhausted. |
| 2. Vestibule heating only systems are permitted to be controlled without an outdoor air temperature lockout when controlled by a thermostat located in the vestibule configured to limit heating to a temperature not greater than 45°F (7°C) where required for freeze protection of piping and sprinkler heads located in the vestibule. |
((C403.4.1.5))C403.4.1.6 Hot water boiler outdoor temperature setback control. Hot water boilers that supply heat to the building through one- or two-pipe heating systems shall have an outdoor setback control that lowers the boiler water temperature based on the outdoor temperature.
((C403.4.1.6))C403.4.1.7 Operable opening switches for HVAC system thermostatic control.All doors and other operable openings meeting the minimum size criteria of Section ((C402.5.11))C402.5.7 when fully open and that open to the outdoors from a conditioned space((must have controls configured))shall have automatic controls interlocked with the heating and cooling system. The controls shall be configured to do the following ((once doors have been open for))within 5 minutes of opening:
1. Disable the mechanical heating to the zone or reset the space heating temperature setpoint to 55°F (12.5°C) or less ((within 5 minutes of the door open enable signal)).
2. Disable ((the)) mechanical cooling to the zone or reset the space cooling temperature setpoint to ((85°F))90°F (32°C) or more ((within 5 minutes of the door open enable signal)). Mechanical cooling can remain enabled if the outdoor air temperature is below the space temperature.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Operable openings into spaces served by hydronic radiant heating and cooling systems. |
| 2. Emergency exits with an automatic alarm that sounds when open. |
| 3. Operable openings and doors serving enclosed spaces without a thermostat or heating or cooling temperature sensor. |
| 4. Separately zoned areas associated with the preparation of food that contain appliances that contribute to the heating or cooling loads of a restaurant or similar type of occupancy. |
| 5. Alterations where walls would have to be opened solely for the purpose of meeting this requirement and where approved. |
| 6. Doors served by air curtain units meeting the requirements of Section C402.5.6. |
((C403.4.1.7))C403.4.1.8 Demand responsive controls. Thermostatic controls for heating or cooling systems shall be provided with demand responsive controls capable of increasing the cooling setpoint and decreasing the heating setpoint by no less than 4°F (2.2°C). The thermostatic controls shall be capable of performing all other functions provided by the control when the demand responsive controls are not available. Systems with direct digital control of individual zones reporting to a central control panel shall be capable of remotely increasing the cooling setpoint and decreasing the heating setpoint for each zone((by no less than 4°F (2.2°C)))in accordance with Section C403.4.11.4. This requirement does not require the inclusion of the demand response device and demand response utility signal.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Health care and assisted living facilities. |
| 2. Systems serving exempt process loads that must have constant temperatures to prevent degradation of materials, plants, animals, or a process. |
| 3. Package terminal air conditioners, package terminal heat pumps, room air conditioners, and room air conditioner heat pumps. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40342Section C403.4.2—Off-hour controls.
C403.4.2 Off-hour controls. For all occupancies other than Group R, each zone shall be provided with thermostatic setback controls that are controlled by either an automatic time clock or programmable control system.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Zones that will be operated continuously. |
| 2. Zones with a full HVAC load demand not exceeding 6,800 Btu/h (2 kW) and having a manual shutoff switch located with ready access. |
C403.4.2.1 Thermostatic setback. Thermostatic setback controls shall be configured to set back or temporarily operate the system to maintain zone temperatures down to 55°F (13°C) or up to 85°F (29°C).
C403.4.2.2 Automatic setback and shutdown.Automatic time clock or programmable controls shall be capable of starting and stopping the system for seven different daily schedules per week and retaining their programming and time setting during a loss of power for at least 10 hours. Additionally, the controls shall have a manual override that allows temporary operation of the system for up to 2 hours; a manually operated timer configured to operate the system for up to 2 hours; or an occupancy sensor.
C403.4.2.3 ((Automatic))Optimum start and stop.((Automatic))Optimum start and stop controls shall be provided for each ((HVAC))heating and cooling system with direct control of individual zones. The ((automatic))optimum start controls shall be configured to automatically adjust the daily start time of the ((HVAC))heating and cooling system in order to bring each space to the desired occupied temperature immediately prior to scheduled occupancy. ((Automatic stop controls shall be provided for each HVAC system with direct digital control of individual zones.)) The ((automatic))optimum stop controls shall be configured to reduce the ((HVAC))heating and cooling system's heating temperature setpoint and increase the cooling temperature setpoint by at least 2°F (1.1°C) before scheduled unoccupied periods based upon the thermal lag and acceptable drift in space temperature that is within comfort limits.
EXCEPTION: | Dwelling units and sleeping units are not required to have optimum start controls. |
C403.4.2.4 Exhaust system off-hour controls. For all occupancies other than Group R, exhaust systems serving spaces within the conditioned envelope shall be controlled by either an automatic time clock, thermostatic controls or programmable control system to operate on the same schedule as the HVAC systems providing their make-up air.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Exhaust systems requiring continuous operation. |
| 2. Exhaust systems that are controlled by occupancy sensor control configured with automatic on and automatic shutoff within 15 minutes after occupants have left the space. |
C403.4.2.5 Transfer and destratification fan system off-hour controls. For all occupancies other than Group R, transfer fan or mixing fan systems serving spaces within the conditioned envelope shall be controlled by either an automatic time clock, thermostatic controls or programmable control system to operate on the same schedule as the associated HVAC systems.
EXCEPTION: | Transfer fan and destratification fan systems that are controlled by occupancy sensor control configured with manual on and automatic shutoff within 15 minutes after occupants have left the space. |
NEW SECTION
WAC 51-11C-403491Section C403.4.13—Humidification and dehumidification systems.
C403.4.13 Humidification and dehumidification systems. Humidification and dehumidification systems shall comply with Sections C403.4.13.1 through C403.4.13.5, as applicable.
C403.4.13.1 Humidification equipment type. Humidification shall be of the adiabatic type (direct evaporative media or fog atomization type) unless enthalpy recovery is provided, in which case steam humidification is also permitted.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Health care facilities licensed by the state. |
| 2. Laboratories where humidification is required. |
| 3. Systems with water economizer. |
| 4. 100% outside air systems with no provisions for air recirculation to the central supply fan. |
| 5. Nonadiabatic humidifiers cumulatively serving no more than 10% of a building's air economizer capacity as measured in cfm. This refers to the system cfm serving rooms with stand-alone or duct mounted humidifiers. |
C403.4.13.2 Humidification controls.Humidistatic controls shall not use fossil fuels or electricity to produce relative humidity above 30 percent in the warmest zone served by the system in Climate Zone 4C and above 50 percent in the warmest zone served by the system in Climate Zone 5B.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Where approved, systems serving zones where specific humidity levels are required, such as museums and hospitals, and where humidistatic controls are capable of and configured to maintain a deadband of at least 10 percent relative humidity where no active humidification or dehumidification takes place. |
| 2. Systems serving zones where humidity levels are required to be maintained with precision of not more than ±5 percent relative humidity to comply with applicable codes or accreditation standards or as approved by the authority having jurisdiction. |
C403.4.13.3 Dehumidification controls.Humidistatic controls shall not use mechanical cooling to reduce the humidity below the lower of a dew point of 55°F (13°C) or relative humidity of 60 percent in the coldest zone served by the system. Lower humidity shall be permitted where mechanical cooling is being used for temperature control.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Where approved, systems serving zones where specific humidity levels are required, such as museums and hospitals, and where humidistatic controls are capable of and configured to maintain a deadband of at least 10 percent relative humidity where no active humidification or dehumidification takes place. |
| 2. Systems serving zones where humidity levels are required to be maintained with precision of not more than ±5 percent relative humidity to comply with applicable codes or accreditation standards or as approved by the code official. |
C403.4.13.4 Humidification and dehumidification controls interlock. Where a zone is served by a system or systems with both humidification and dehumidification capability, means such as limit switches, mechanical stops, or for DDC systems, software programming, shall be provided capable of and configured to prevent simultaneous operation of humidification and dehumidification equipment.
EXCEPTION: | Systems serving zones where humidity levels are required to be maintained with precision of not more than ±5 percent relative humidity to comply with applicable codes or accreditation standards or as approved by the authority having jurisdiction. |
C403.4.13.5 Dehumidification equipment type in spaces for plant growth and maintenance. Equipment that dehumidifies building spaces used for plant growth and maintenance shall be one of the following:
1. Stand-alone dehumidifiers that meet the following minimum integrated energy factors as measured by the test conditions in Appendix X1 to Subpart B of 10 C.F.R. Part 430:
1.1. Minimum integrated energy factor of 1.77 L/kWh for product case volumes of 8.0 cubic feet or less;
1.2. Minimum integrated energy factor of 2.41 L/kWh for product case volumes greater than 8.0 cubic feet;
2. Integrated HVAC system including, but not limited to, heat pump technology, with on-site heat recovery designed to fulfill at least 75 percent of the annual energy for dehumidification reheat;
3. Chilled water system including, but not limited to, heat pump technology, with on-site heat recovery designed to fulfill at least 75 percent of the annual energy for dehumidification reheat; or
4. Solid or liquid desiccant dehumidification system for system designs that require dewpoint of 50°F (10°C) or less.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-40350Section C403.5—Economizers.
C403.5 Economizers. Air economizers shall be provided on all new cooling systems including those serving computer server rooms, electronic equipment, radio equipment, and telephone switchgear. Economizers shall comply with Sections C403.5.1 through C403.5.5.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1a. For other than Group R-2 occupancies, cooling systems without a supply fan or where the supply fan is not installed outside the building thermal envelope nor in a mechanical room adjacent to outdoors, and is installed in conjunction with DOAS complying with Section C403.3.5 and serving only spaces with year-round cooling loads from lights and equipment of less than 5 watts per square foot. |
| 1b. For Group R-2 occupancies, cooling systems without a supply fan or where the supply fan is not installed outside the building thermal envelope nor in a mechanical room adjacent to outdoors, and is installed in conjunction with DOAS complying with Section C403.3.5, where the ERV/HRV has a minimum 68 percent sensible recovery or 60 percent enthalpy recovery heating effectiveness, and serving only spaces with year-round cooling loads from lights and equipment of less than 5 watts per square foot. |
| 2. Unitary or packaged systems serving one zone with dehumidification that affect other systems so as to increase the overall building energy consumption. New humidification equipment shall comply with Section ((C403.3.2.7))C403.4.13. |
| 3. Unitary or packaged systems serving one zone where the cooling efficiency meets or exceeds the efficiency requirements in Table C403.5. |
| 4. Equipment serving chilled beams and chilled ceiling space cooling systems only which are provided with a water economizer meeting the requirements of Section C403.5.4. |
| 5. For Group R occupancies, cooling unit where the supply fan is not installed outside the building thermal envelope or in a mechanical room adjacent to outdoors with a total cooling capacity less than 20,000 Btu/h and other cooling units with a total cooling capacity less than 54,000 Btu/h provided that these are high-efficiency cooling equipment with IEER, CEER, SEER, and EER values more than 15 percent higher than minimum efficiencies listed in Tables C403.3.2(1), C403.3.2(2), C403.3.2(4), C403.3.2(8) and C403.3.2(9) or an IPLV kW/ton that is at least 15 percent lower than the minimum efficiencies listed in Table C403.3.2(3) or C403.3.2(15), in the appropriate size category, using the same test procedures. Equipment shall be listed in the appropriate certification program to qualify for this exception. For split systems, compliance is based on the cooling capacity of individual fan coil units. |
| 6. Equipment used to cool Controlled Plant Growth Environments provided these are high-efficiency cooling equipment with SEER, EER and IEER values a minimum of 20 percent greater than the values listed in Tables C403.3.2 (1), (3), (4), and (15). |
| 7. Equipment serving a space with year-round cooling loads from lights and equipment of 5 watts per square foot or greater complying with the following criteria: |
| 7.1. Equipment serving the space utilizes chilled water as the cooling source; and |
| 7.2. The chilled water plant includes a condenser heat recovery system that meets the requirements of Section ((C403.9.5))C403.9.2.4 or the building and water-cooled system meets the following requirements: |
| 7.2.1. A minimum of 90 percent (capacity-weighted) of the building space heat is provided by hydronic heating water. |
| 7.2.2. Chilled water plant includes a heat recovery chiller or water-to-water heat pump capable of rejecting heat from the chilled water system to the hydronic heating equipment capacity. |
| 7.2.3. Heat recovery chillers shall have a minimum COP of 7.0 when providing heating and cooling water simultaneously. |
| 8. Water-cooled equipment served by systems meeting the requirements of Section C403.9.2.4 Condenser heat recovery. |
| 9. Equipment used to cool any dedicated server room, electronic equipment room or telecom switch room provided the system complies with option a, b, or c in the table below. The total cooling capacity of all fan systems without economizers shall not exceed 240,000 Btu/h per building or 10 percent of its air economizer capacity, whichever is greater. This exception shall not be used for ((total building performance))simulated building performance. |
| Equipment Type | Higher Equipment Efficiency | Part-Load Control | Economizer |
Option a | Tables C403.3.2(1), C403.3.2(2) and C403.3.2 (14)a | +15%b | Required over 85,000 Btu/hc | None Required |
Option b | Tables C403.3.2(1), C403.3.2(2) and C403.3.2 (14)a | +5%d | Required over 85,000 Btu/hc | Waterside Economizere |
Option c | ASHRAE Standard 127f | +0%g | Required over 85,000 Btu/hc | Waterside Economizere |
| 10. Dedicated outdoor air systems that include energy recovery as required by Section C403.7.6 but do not include mechanical cooling. |
| 11. Dedicated outdoor air systems not required by Section C403.7.6 to include energy recovery that modulate the supply airflow to provide only the minimum outdoor air required by Section C403.2.2.1 for ventilation, exhaust air make-up, or other process air delivery. |
| ((Equipment Type | Higher Equipment Efficiency | Part-Load Control | Economizer |
Option a | Tables C403.3.2(1), C403.3.2(2) and C403.3.2 (14)a | +15%b | Required over 85,000 Btu/hc | None Required |
Option b | Tables C403.3.2(1), C403.3.2(2) and C403.3.2 (14)a | +5%d | Required over 85,000 Btu/hc | Waterside Economizere |
Option c | ASHRAE Standard 127f | +0%g | Required over 85,000 Btu/hc | Waterside Economizere)) |
Notes for Exception 9 table: |
a | For a system where all of the cooling equipment is subject to the AHRI standards listed in Tables C403.3.2(1), C403.3.2(2), and C403.3.2 (14), the system shall comply with all of the following (note that if the system contains any cooling equipment that exceeds the capacity limits in Table C403.3.2(1), C403.3.2(2), or C403.3.2 (14), or if the system contains any cooling equipment that is not included in Table C403.3.2(1), C403.3.2(2), or C403.3.2 (14), then the system is not allowed to use this option). |
b | The cooling equipment shall have an EER value and an IPLV value that is a minimum of 15 percent greater than the value listed in Tables C403.3.2(1), C403.3.2(2), and C403.3.2 (14). |
c | For units with a total cooling capacity over 85,000 Btu/h, the system shall utilize part-load capacity control schemes that are ((able))configured to modulate to a part-load capacity of 50 percent of the load or less that results in the compressor operating at the same or higher EER at part loads than at full load (e.g., minimum of two-stages of compressor unloading such as cylinder unloading, two-stage scrolls, dual tandem scrolls, but hot gas bypass is not credited as a compressor unloading system). |
d | The cooling equipment shall have an EER value and an IPLV value that is a minimum of 5 percent greater than the value listed in Tables C403.3.2(1), C403.3.2(2), and C403.3.2 (14). |
e | The system shall include a water economizer in lieu of air economizer. Water economizers shall meet the requirements of C403.5.1 and C403.5.2 and be capable of providing the total concurrent cooling load served by the connected terminal equipment lacking airside economizer, at outside air temperatures of 50°F dry-bulb/45°F wet-bulb and below. For this calculation, all factors including solar and internal load shall be the same as those used for peak load calculations, except for the outside temperatures. The equipment shall be served by a dedicated condenser water system unless a nondedicated condenser water system exists that can provide appropriate water temperatures during hours when waterside economizer cooling is available. |
f | For a system where all cooling equipment is subject to ASHRAE Standard 127. |
g | The cooling equipment subject to the ASHRAE Standard 127 shall have an EER value and an IPLV value that is equal to or greater than the value listed in Tables C403.3.2(1), C403.3.2(2), and C403.3.2 (14) when determined in accordance with the rating conditions ASHRAE Standard 127 (i.e., not the rating conditions in AHRI Standard 210/240 or 340/360). This information shall be provided by an independent third party. |
Table C403.5
Equipment Efficiency Performance
Exception for Economizers
Climate Zones | Efficiency Improvementa |
4C | 64% |
5B | 59% |
a | If a unit is rated with an IPLV, IEER or SEER then to eliminate the required air or water economizer, the minimum cooling efficiency of the HVAC unit must be increased by the percentage shown. If the HVAC unit is only rated with a full load metric like EER or COP cooling, then these must be increased by the percentage shown. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 20-21-080, filed 10/19/20, effective 2/1/21)
WAC 51-11C-40353Section C403.5.3—Air economizers.
C403.5.3 Air economizers. Air economizers shall comply with Sections C403.5.3.1 through C403.5.3.5.
C403.5.3.1 Design capacity. Air economizer systems shall be configured to modulate outdoor air and return air dampers to provide up to 100 percent of the design supply air quantity as outdoor air for cooling.
C403.5.3.2 Control signal. Economizer controls and dampers shall be configured to sequence the dampers with the mechanical cooling equipment and shall not be controlled by only mixed air temperature. Air economizers on systems with cooling capacity greater than 65,000 Btu/h shall be configured to provide partial cooling even when additional mechanical cooling is required to meet the remainder of the cooling load.
EXCEPTION: | The use of mixed air temperature limit control shall be permitted for systems that are both controlled from space temperature (such as single zone systems) and having cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h. |
C403.5.3.3 High-limit shutoff. Air economizers shall be configured to automatically reduce outdoor air intake to the design minimum outdoor air quantity when outdoor air intake will no longer reduce cooling energy usage. High-limit shutoff control types shall be chosen from Table C403.5.3.3. High-limit shutoff control settings for these control types shall be those specified in Table C403.5.3.3.
Table C403.5.3.3
High-Limit Shutoff Control Setting for Air Economizersb
Device Type | Required High Limit (Economizer off when): | Required High Limit For Cycling Fansc (Economizer off when): |
Equation | Description | Equation | Description |
Fixed dry-bulb | TOA ˃ 75°F | Outdoor air temperature exceeds 75°F | TOA ˃ 70°F | Outdoor air temperature exceeds 70°F |
Differential dry-bulb | TOA ˃ TRA | Outdoor air temperature exceeds return air temperature | TOA ˃ (TRA- 5) | Outdoor air temperature exceeds return air temperature - 5 |
Fixed enthalpy with fixed dry-bulb temperatures | hOA ˃ 28 Btu/lba or TOA ˃ 75°F | Outdoor air enthalpy exceeds 28 Btu/lb of dry aira or outdoor air temperature exceeds 75°F | hOA ˃ 26 Btu/lba or TOA ˃ 70°F | Outdoor air enthalpy exceeds 26 Btu/lb of dry aird or outdoor air temperature exceeds 70°F |
Differential enthalpy with fixed dry-bulb temperature | hOA ˃ hRA or TOA ˃ 75°F | Outdoor air enthalpy exceeds return air enthalpy or outdoor air temperature exceeds 75°F | hOA ˃ (hRA - 2) or TOA ˃ 70°F | Outdoor air enthalpy exceeds return air enthalpy or outdoor air temperature exceeds 70°F |
For SI: °C = (°F - 32) × 5/9, 1 Btu/lb = 2.33 kJ/kg. |
a | At altitudes substantially different than sea level, the fixed enthalpy limit shall be set to the enthalpy value at 75°F and 50 percent relative humidity. As an example, at approximately 6,000 feet elevation the fixed enthalpy limit is approximately 30.7 Btu/lb. |
b | Devices with selectable setpoints shall be capable of being set to within 2°F and 2 Btu/lb of the setpoint listed. |
c | Where fans cycle on only to provide heating and cooling, limits are adjusted lower to compensate for fan energy use in economizer mode. |
d | For cycling fans at altitudes substantially different than sea level, the fixed enthalpy limit shall be set to the enthalpy value at 70°F and 50 percent relative humidity. |
C403.5.3.4 Relief of excess outdoor air. Systems shall ((be capable of relieving))provide one of the following means to relieve excess outdoor air during air economizer operation to prevent over-pressurizing the building.
1. Return or relief fan(s) meeting the requirements of Section C403.9.1.1.
2. A barometric or motorized damper relief path with a total pressure drop at a design relief airflow rate less than 0.10 inches water column (25 Pa) from the occupied space to the outdoors. Design relief airflow rate shall be the design supply airflow rate minus any continuous exhaust flows, such as toilet exhaust fans, whose makeup is provided by the economizer system.
The relief air outlet shall be located to avoid recirculation into the building.
C403.5.3.5 Economizer dampers. Return, exhaust/relief and outdoor air dampers used in economizers shall comply with Section C403.7.8.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40360Section C403.6—Requirements for mechanical systems serving multiple zones.
C403.6 Requirements for mechanical systems serving multiple zones. Sections C403.6.1 through C403.6.10 shall apply to mechanical systems serving multiple zones.
C403.6.1 Variable air volume (VAV) and multiple zone systems. Supply air systems serving multiple zones shall be VAV systems that have zone controls configured to reduce the volume of air that is reheated, recooled or mixed in each zone to one of the following:
1. ((Twenty))Thirty percent of the zone design peak supply for systems with direct digital control (DDC) ((and 30 percent of the maximum supply air for other systems)).
2. Systems with DDC where items 2.1 through 2.3 apply.
2.1. The airflow rate in the deadband between heating and cooling does not exceed ((20 percent of the zone design peak supply rate or higher))the highest of the allowed rates under Items 3, 4, ((or)) 5, or 6 of this section.
2.2. The first stage of heating modulates the zone supply air temperature setpoint up to a maximum setpoint while the airflow is maintained at the deadband flow rate.
2.3. The second stage of heating modulates the airflow rate from the deadband flow rate up to the heating maximum flow rate that is less than 50 percent of the zone design peak supply rate.
3. The outdoor airflow rate required to meet the minimum ventilation requirements of Chapter 4 of the International Mechanical Code.
4. The minimum primary airflow rate required to meet the simplified procedure ventilation requirements of ASHRAE 62.1 for the zone and is permitted to be the average airflow rate as allowed by ASHRAE 62.1.
5. Any higher rate that can be demonstrated to reduce overall system annual energy use by offsetting reheat/recool energy losses through a reduction in outdoor air intake for the system, as approved by the code official.
((5.))6. The airflow rates to comply with applicable codes or accreditation standards such as pressure relationships or minimum air change rates.
EXCEPTION: | The following individual zones or entire air distribution systems are exempted from the requirement for VAV control: |
| 1. Zones or supply air systems where not less than 75 percent of the energy for reheating or for providing warm air in mixing systems is provided from a site-recovered source, including condenser heat. |
| 2. Systems that prevent reheating, recooling, mixing or simultaneous supply of air that has been previously cooled, either mechanically or through the use of economizer systems, and air that has been previously mechanically heated. |
| 3. Ventilation systems complying with Section C403.3.5, DOAS, with ventilation rates ((comply))complying with Section C403.2.2. |
C403.6.2 Single duct variable air volume (VAV) systems, terminal devices. Single duct VAV systems shall use terminal devices capable of and configured to reduce the supply of primary supply air before reheating or recooling takes place.
C403.6.3 Dual duct and mixing VAV systems, terminal devices. Systems that have one warm air duct and one cool air duct shall use terminal devices which are capable of and configured to reduce the flow from one duct to a minimum before mixing of air from the other duct takes place.
C403.6.4 Supply-air temperature reset controls. Multiple zone HVAC systems shall include controls that are capable of and configured to automatically reset the supply-air temperature in response to representative building loads, or to outdoor air temperature. The controls shall be configured to reset the supply air temperature at least 25 percent of the difference between the design supply-air temperature and the design room air temperature. Controls that adjust the reset based on zone humidity are allowed. HVAC zones that are expected to experience relatively constant loads shall have maximum airflow designed to accommodate the fully reset supply air temperature.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Systems that prevent reheating, recooling or mixing of heated and cooled supply air. |
| 2. Seventy-five percent of the energy for reheating is from a site-recovered source. |
C403.6.5 Multiple-zone VAV system ventilation optimization control. Multiple-zone VAV systems with direct digital control of individual zone boxes reporting to a central control panel shall have automatic controls configured to reduce outdoor air intake flow below design rates in response to changes in system ventilation efficiency (Ev) as defined by the International Mechanical Code.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. VAV systems with zonal transfer fans that recirculate air from other zones without directly mixing it with outdoor air, dual-duct dual-fan VAV systems, and VAV systems with fan-powered terminal units. |
| 2. Systems where total design exhaust airflow is more than 70 percent of total design outdoor air intake flow requirements. |
C403.6.6 Parallel-flow fan-powered VAV air terminal control. Parallel-flow fan-powered VAV air terminals shall have automatic controls configured to:
1. Turn off the terminal fan except when space heating is required or where required for ventilation.
2. Turn on the terminal fan as the first stage of heating before the heating coil is activated.
3. During heating for warmup or setback temperature control, either:
3.1. Operate the terminal fan and heating coil without primary air.
3.2. Reverse the terminal damper logic and provide heating from the central air handler by primary air.
C403.6.7 Reserved.
C403.6.8 Set points for direct digital control. For systems with direct digital control of individual zones reporting to the central control panel, the static pressure setpoint shall be reset based on the zone requiring the most pressure. In such cases, the ((set point))setpoint is reset lower until one zone damper is nearly wide open. The direct digital controls shall be capable of monitoring zone damper positions or shall have an alternative method of indicating the need for static pressure that is configured to provide all of the following:
1. Automatically detecting any zone that excessively drives the reset logic.
2. Generating an alarm to the system operational location.
3. Allowing an operator to readily remove one or more zones from the reset algorithm.
C403.6.9 Static pressure sensor location. Static pressure sensors used to control VAV fans shall be located such that the controller setpoint is no greater than 1.2 inches w.c. (299 Pa). Where this results in one or more sensors being located downstream of major duct splits, not less than one sensor shall be located on each major branch to ensure that static pressure can be maintained in each branch.
EXCEPTION: | Systems complying with Section C403.6.8. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-403610Section C403.6.10—High efficiency VAV systems.
C403.6.10 High efficiency variable air volume (VAV) systems. For HVAC systems subject to the requirements of Section C403.3.5 but utilizing Exception 2 of that section, a high efficiency multiple-zone VAV system may be provided without a separate parallel DOAS when the system is designed, installed, and configured to comply with all of the following criteria (((this exception shall not be used as a substitution for a DOAS per Section C406.6))):
1. Each VAV system must serve a minimum of 3,000 square feet (278.7 m2) and have a minimum of five VAV zones.
2. The VAV systems are provided with airside economizer per Section C403.5 without exceptions.
3. A ((direct-digital))direct digital control (DDC) system is provided to control the VAV air handling units and associated terminal units ((per))in accordance with Section C403.4.11 regardless of sizing thresholds of Table C403.4.11.1.
4. Multiple-zone VAV systems with a minimum outdoor air requirement of 2,500 cfm (1180 L/s) or greater shall be equipped with a device capable of measuring outdoor airflow intake under all load conditions. The system shall be capable of increasing or reducing the outdoor airflow intake based on feedback from the VAV terminal units as required by Section C403.6.5, without exceptions, and Section C403.7.1 demand((controlled))control ventilation.
5. Multiple-zone VAV systems with a minimum outdoor air requirement of 2,500 cfm (1180 L/s) or greater shall be equipped with a device capable of measuring supply airflow to the VAV terminal units under all load conditions.
6. In addition to meeting the zone isolation requirements of C403.2.1 a single VAV air handling unit shall not serve more than 50,000 square feet (4645 m2) unless a single floor is greater than 50,000 square feet (4645 m2) in which case the air handler is permitted to serve the entire floor.
7. The primary maximum cooling air for the VAV terminal units serving interior cooling load driven zones shall be sized for a supply air temperature that is a minimum of 5°F greater than the supply air temperature for the exterior zones in cooling.
8. Air terminal units with a minimum primary airflow setpoint of 50 percent or greater of the maximum primary airflow setpoint shall be sized with an inlet velocity of no greater than 900 feet per minute.
9. Fan system electrical input power (Fan kWdesign system) shall not exceed 90 percent of the fan power budget (Fan kWbudget) as defined by Section C403.8.1.1.
10. All fan powered VAV terminal units (series or parallel) shall be provided with electronically commutated motors. The DDC system shall be configured to vary the speed of the motor as a function of the heating and cooling load in the space. Minimum speed shall not be greater than 66 percent of design airflow required for the greater of heating or cooling operation. Minimum speed shall be used during periods of low heating and cooling operation and ventilation-only operation.
EXCEPTION: | For series fan powered terminal units where the volume of primary air required to deliver the ventilation requirements at minimum speed exceeds the air that would be delivered at the speed defined above, the minimum speed setpoint shall be configured to exceed the value required to provide the required ventilation air. |
11. Fan-powered VAV terminal units shall only be permitted at perimeter zones with an envelope heating load requirement. All other VAV terminal units shall be single duct terminal units.
EXCEPTION: | Fan powered VAV terminal units are allowed at interior spaces with an occupant load greater than or equal to 25 people per 1000 square feet of floor area (as established in Table 403.3.1.1 of the International Mechanical Code) with demand control ventilation in accordance with Section C403.7.1. |
12. When in occupied heating or in occupied deadband between heating and cooling all fan powered VAV terminal units shall be configured to reset the primary air supply setpoint, based on the VAV air handling unit outdoor air vent fraction, to the minimum ventilation airflow required per International Mechanical Code.
13. Spaces that are larger than 150 square feet (14 m2) and with an occupant load greater than or equal to 25 people per 1000 square feet (93 m2) of floor area (as established in Table 403.3.1.1 of the International Mechanical Code) shall be provided with all of the following features:
13.1. A dedicated VAV terminal unit capable of controlling the space temperature and minimum ventilation shall be provided.
13.2. Demand control ventilation (DCV) shall be provided that utilizes a carbon dioxide sensor to reset the ventilation setpoint of the VAV terminal unit from the design minimum to design maximum ventilation rate as required by Chapter 4 of the International Mechanical Code.
13.3. Occupancy sensors shall be provided that are configured to reduce the minimum ventilation rate to zero and setback room temperature setpoints by a minimum of 5°F, for both cooling and heating, when the space is unoccupied.
14. Dedicated data centers, computer rooms, electronic equipment rooms, telecom rooms, or other similar spaces with cooling loads greater than 5 watts/sf shall be provided with separate cooling systems to allow the VAV air handlers to turn off during unoccupied hours in the office space and to allow the supply air temperature reset to occur.
EXCEPTION: | The VAV air handling unit and VAV terminal units may be used for secondary backup cooling when there is a failure of the primary HVAC system. |
Additionally, computer rooms, electronic equipment rooms, telecom rooms, or other similar spaces shall be provided with airside economizer in accordance with Section 403.5 without using the exceptions to Section C403.5.
EXCEPTION: | Heat recovery ((per))in accordance with Exception 9 of Section C403.5 may be in lieu of airside economizer for the separate, independent HVAC system. |
15. HVAC system central heating or cooling plant will include a minimum of one of the following options:
15.1. VAV terminal units with hydronic heating coils connected to systems with hot water generation equipment limited to the following types of equipment: Gas-fired hydronic boilers with a thermal efficiency, Et, of not less than 92 percent, air-to-water heat pumps or heat recovery chillers. Hydronic heating coils shall be sized for a maximum entering hot water temperature of 120°F (48.9°C) for peak anticipated heating load conditions.
15.2. Chilled water VAV air handing units connected to systems with chilled water generation equipment with IPLV values more than 25 percent higher than the minimum part load efficiencies listed in Table C403.3.2(3), in the appropriate size category, using the same test procedures. Equipment shall be listed in the appropriate certification program to qualify. The smallest chiller or compressor in the central plant shall not exceed 20 percent of the total central plant cooling capacity or the chilled water system shall include thermal storage sized for a minimum of 20 percent of the total central cooling plant capacity.
16. The DDC system shall include a fault detection and diagnostics (FDD) system complying with the following:
16.1. The following temperature sensors shall be permanently installed to monitor system operation:
16.1.1. Outside air.
16.1.2. Supply air.
16.1.3. Return air.
16.2. Temperature sensors shall have an accuracy of ±2°F (1.1°C) over the range of 40°F to 80°F (4°C to 26.7°C).
16.3. The VAV air handling unit controller shall be configured to provide system status by indicating the following:
16.3.1. Free cooling available.
16.3.2. Economizer enabled.
16.3.3. Compressor enabled.
16.3.4. Heating enabled.
16.3.5. Mixed air low limit cycle active.
16.3.6. The current value of each sensor.
16.4. The VAV air handling unit controller shall be capable of manually initiating each operating mode so that the operation of compressors, economizers, fans and the heating system can be independently tested and verified.
16.5. The VAV air handling unit shall be configured to report faults to a fault management application able to be accessed by day-to-day operating or service personnel or annunciated locally on zone thermostats.
16.6. The VAV terminal unit shall be configured to report if the VAV inlet valve has failed by performing the following diagnostic check at a maximum interval of once a month:
16.6.1. Command VAV terminal unit primary air inlet valve closed and verify that primary airflow goes to zero.
16.6.2. Command VAV terminal unit primary air inlet valve to design airflow and verify that unit is controlling to within 10 percent of design airflow.
16.7. The VAV terminal unit shall be configured to report and trend when the zone is driving the following VAV air handling unit reset sequences. The building operator shall have the capability to exclude zones used in the reset sequences from the DDC control system graphical user interface:
16.7.1. Supply air temperature setpoint reset to lowest supply air temperature setpoint for cooling operation.
16.7.2. Supply air duct static pressure setpoint reset for the highest duct static pressure setpoint allowable.
16.8. The FDD system shall be configured to detect the following faults:
16.8.1. Air temperature sensor failure/fault.
16.8.2. Not economizing when the unit should be economizing.
16.8.3. Economizing when the unit should not be economizing.
16.8.4. Outdoor air or return air damper not modulating.
16.8.5. Excess outdoor air.
16.8.6. VAV terminal unit primary air valve failure.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 19-24-040, filed 11/26/19, effective 7/1/20)
WAC 51-11C-4037Section C403.7—Ventilation and exhaust systems.
C403.7 Ventilation and exhaust systems. In addition to other requirements of Section C403 applicable to the provisions of ventilation air or the exhaust of air, ventilation and exhaust systems shall be in accordance with Sections C403.7.1 through ((C403.7.8))C403.7.9.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40371Section C403.7.1—Demand control ventilation.
C403.7.1 Demand control ventilation.
C403.7.1.1 Spaces requiring demand control ventilation.Demand control ventilation (DCV) shall be provided for the following:
1. Spaces with ventilation provided by single-zone systems where an air economizer is provided to comply with Section C403.5.
2. Spaces with an occupant load greater than or equal to 15 people per 1000 square feet (93 m2) of floor area (as established in Table 403.3.1.1 of the International Mechanical Code) or with an occupant outdoor airflow rate greater than or equal to 15 cfm/person, as established in Table 403.3.1.1 of the International Mechanical Code.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Spaces including, but not limited to, dining areas, where more than 75 percent of the space design outdoor airflow is transfer air required for makeup air supplying an adjacent commercial kitchen. |
| 2. Spaces with one of the following occupancy classifications as defined in Table 403.3.1.1 of the International Mechanical Code: Correctional cells, educational laboratories, barbers, beauty and nail salons, and bowling alley seating. |
| 3. Dormitory sleeping areas with fewer than five occupants per space. |
| 4. Spaces with ventilation not provided by a single-zone system where the design occupant component outdoor airflow is less than 100 cfm (23.6 L/s), or 200 cfm (47.2 L/s) with system having energy recovery with minimum 60 percent sensible effectiveness. Design occupant component outdoor airflow shall be calculated as the product of the design number of occupants in the space and the people outdoor airflow rate per occupant (Rp) as established in Table 403.3.1.1 of the International Mechanical Code. |
| 5. Spaces with ventilation not provided by a single-zone system where the total system design outdoor airflow is less than 750 cfm (354 L/s), or 1500 cfm (708 L/s) with system having energy recovery with minimum 60 percent sensible effectiveness. |
| 6. Spaces where the registered design professional demonstrates an engineered ventilation system design that: |
| 6.1. Prevents the maximum concentration of contaminants from being more than that obtainable by the required rate of outdoor air ventilation. |
| 6.2. Allows the required minimum design rate of outdoor air to be reduced by not less than 15 percent. |
C403.7.1.2 Demand control ventilation design. Each space required to have demand control ventilation shall have equipment and controls capable of and configured to automatically change the quantity of outdoor air supplied to the space based upon the output of a CO2 sensor. System outdoor air intake shall be adjusted from peak design levels in response to changes in outdoor air required in the spaces served by the system. This adjustment shall be accomplished by variable speed fan control.
EXCEPTION: | These system types may use other means of adjusting outdoor air: |
| 1. Single-zone systems designed to recirculate return air. |
| 2. Systems with total supply air less than 1500 cfm (708 L/s). |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40374Section C403.7.4—HVAC serving guestrooms.
C403.7.4 Automatic control of HVAC systems serving guestrooms. In Group R-1 buildings containing more than 50 guestrooms, each guestroom shall be provided with controls complying with the provisions of Sections C403.7.4.1 and C403.7.4.2. ((Card key controls comply with these requirements.))
C403.7.4.1 Temperature setpoint controls. Controls shall be provided on each HVAC system that are capable of and configured with three modes of temperature control.
1. When the guestroom is rented but unoccupied, the controls shall automatically raise the cooling setpoint and lower the heating setpoint by not less than 4°F (2°C) from the occupant setpoint within 30 minutes after the occupants have left the guestroom.
2. When the guestroom is unrented and unoccupied, the controls shall automatically raise the cooling setpoint to not lower than 80°F (27°C) and lower the heating setpoint to not higher than 60°F (16°C). Unrented and unoccupied guestroom mode shall be initiated within 16 hours of the guestroom being continuously occupied or where a networked guestroom control system indicates that the guestroom is unrented and the guestroom is unoccupied for more than 20 minutes. A networked guestroom control system that is capable of returning the thermostat setpoints to default occupied setpoints 60 minutes prior to the time a guestroom is scheduled to be occupied is not precluded by this section. Cooling that is capable of limiting relative humidity with a setpoint not lower than 65 percent relative humidity during unoccupied periods is not precluded by this section.
3. When the guestroom is occupied, HVAC set points shall return to their occupied set point once occupancy is sensed.
C403.7.4.2 Ventilation controls. Controls shall be provided on each HVAC system that are capable of and configured to automatically turn off the ventilation and exhaust fans within 20 minutes of the occupants leaving the guestroom or isolation devices shall be provided to each guestroom that are capable of automatically shutting off the supply of outdoor air to and exhaust air from the guestroom.
EXCEPTION: | Guestroom ventilation systems are not precluded from having an automatic daily preoccupancy purge cycle that provides daily outdoor air ventilation during unrented periods at the design ventilation rate for 60 minutes, or at a rate and duration equivalent to one air change. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40375Section C403.7.5—Loading dock and garage ventilation system controls.
C403.7.5 Loading dock, motor vehicle repair garage, and parking garage ventilation system controls. Mechanical ventilation systems for loading docks, motor vehicle repair garages, and parking garages shall be designed to exhaust the airflow rates (maximum and minimum) determined in accordance with the International Mechanical Code.
Separate ventilation systems and control systems shall be provided for each parking garage section.
Ventilation systems with total ventilation system motor nameplate horsepower exceeding 5 hp (3.7 kW) at fan system design conditions and those with heating and/or cooling shall be equipped with a control device that operates the system automatically by means of carbon monoxide detectors applied in conjunction with nitrogen dioxide detectors. Controllers shall be configured to ((shut off fans or)) modulate fan speed to 20 percent or less of design capacity((, or intermittently operate fans less than 20 percent of the occupied time or)) as required to maintain acceptable contaminant levels in accordance with the International Mechanical Code provisions.
((Ventilation systems with total ventilation system motor nameplate horsepower exceeding 5 hp (3.7 kW) at fan system design conditions and those with heating and/or cooling shall have controls and devices that modulate fan speed and result in fan motor demand of no more than 30 percent of design wattage at 50 percent of the design airflow.))
Gas sensor controllers used to activate the exhaust ventilation system shall stage or modulate fan speed upon detection of specified gas levels. All equipment used in sensor-controlled systems shall be designed for the specific use and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The system shall be ((arranged))configured to operate automatically by means of carbon monoxide detectors applied in conjunction with nitrogen dioxide detectors. Parking garages, repair garages, and loading docks shall be equipped with a controller and a full array of carbon monoxide (CO) sensors set to maintain levels of carbon monoxide below 35 parts per million (ppm). Additionally, a full array of nitrogen dioxide detectors shall be connected to the controller set to maintain the nitrogen dioxide level below the OSHA standard for eight-hour exposure.
Spacing and location of the sensors shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer recommendations.
C403.7.5.1 System activation devices for loading docks. Ventilation systems for enclosed loading docks shall operate continuously during unoccupied hours at 50 percent or less of design capacity and shall be activated to the full required ventilation rate by one of the following:
1. Gas sensors installed in accordance with the International Mechanical Code; or
2. Occupant detection sensors used to activate the system that detects entry into the loading area along both the vehicle and pedestrian pathways.
C403.7.5.2 System activation devices for parking garages. Ventilation systems for enclosed parking garages shall be activated by gas sensors to the full required ventilation rate in accordance with Section 404 of the International Mechanical Code.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-40376Section C403.7.6—Energy recovery ventilation systems.
C403.7.6 Energy recovery ventilation systems. Energy recovery ventilation systems shall be provided as specified in Sections C403.7.6.1 and C403.7.6.2.
C403.7.6.1 Ventilation for Group R-2 occupancy. For all Group R-2 dwelling units and sleeping units, a balanced ventilation system with heat recovery system with minimum ((60))67 percent sensible recovery effectiveness shall provide outdoor air directly to each habitable space in accordance with the International Mechanical Code. The ventilation system shall allow for the design flow rates to be tested and verified at each habitable space as part of the commissioning process in accordance with Section C408.2.2. The return/exhaust air stream temperature for heat recovery device selection shall be 70°F (21°C), or as calculated by the registered design professional.
EXCEPTION: | Heat recovery and energy recovery ventilators (H/ERV) that are rated and listed in accordance with HVI 920 can demonstrate compliance with the sensible recovery effectiveness requirement using the adjusted sensible recovery effectiveness (ASRE) rating of the equipment at 32°F test conditions. Applied flow rate for ASRE rating shall be no less than the design flow rate or the closest value interpolated between two listed flow rates. |
C403.7.6.2 Spaces other than Group R-2 dwelling units. Any system serving a space other than a Group R-2 dwelling unit or sleeping unit with minimum outside air requirements at design conditions greater than 5,000 cfm or any system where the system's supply airflow rate exceeds the value listed in Tables ((C403.7.6(1) and C403.7.6(2)))C403.7.6.2(1) and C403.7.6.2(2), based on the climate zone and percentage of outdoor airflow rate at design conditions, shall include an energy recovery system. Table ((C403.7.6(1)))C403.7.6.2(1) shall be used for all ventilation systems that operate less than 8,000 hours per year, and Table ((C403.7.6(2)))C403.7.6.2(2) shall be used for all ventilation systems that operate 8,000 hours or more per year. The energy recovery system shall provide a 68 percent minimum sensible recovery effectiveness or have an enthalpy recovery ratio of not less than 60 percent at design conditions. Where an air economizer is required, the energy recovery system shall include a bypass of the energy recovery media for ((both)) the outdoor air ((and exhaust air)) or return air dampers and controls which permit operation of the air economizer as required by Section C403.5. Where a single room or space is supplied by multiple units, the aggregate ventilation (cfm) of those units shall be used in applying this requirement. The return/exhaust air stream temperature for heat recovery device selection shall be 70°F (21°C) at 30 percent relative humidity, or as calculated by the registered design professional.
EXCEPTION: | An energy recovery ventilation system shall not be required in any of the following conditions: |
| 1. Where energy recovery systems are restricted per Section 514 of the International Mechanical Code to sensible energy, recovery shall comply with one of the following: |
| 1.1. Kitchen exhaust systems where they comply with Section C403.7.7.1. |
| 1.2. Laboratory fume hood systems where they comply with ((Exception 2 of Section C403.7.6))Section C403.7.7.2. |
| 1.3. Other sensible energy recovery systems with the capability to provide a change in dry-bulb temperature of the outdoor air supply of not less than 50 percent of the difference between the outdoor air and the return air dry-bulb temperatures, at design conditions. |
| 2. Laboratory fume ((hood))exhaust systems ((that))having a total exhaust rate less than or equal to 5,000 cfm (2360 L/s) shall include at least one of the following features ((and also))or shall comply with Section C403.7.7.2: |
| 2.1. Variable-air-volume hood exhaust and room supply systems configured to reduce exhaust and makeup air volume to 50 percent or less of design values. |
| 2.2. Direct makeup (auxiliary) air supply equal to at least 75 percent of the exhaust rate, heated no warmer than 2°F (1.1°C) above room setpoint, cooled to no cooler than 3°F (1.7°C) below room setpoint, no humidification added, and no simultaneous heating and cooling used for dehumidification control. |
| 3. Systems serving spaces that are heated to less than 60°F (15.5°C) and are not cooled. |
| 4. Heating energy recovery where more than 60 percent of the outdoor air heating energy is provided from site-recovered energy in Climate Zone 5. |
| 5. Systems exhausting toxic, flammable, paint or corrosive fumes or dust. |
| 6. Cooling energy recovery. |
| 7. Systems in Climate Zone 4 requiring dehumidification that employ series energy recovery ((in series with the cooling coil))and have a minimum sensible energy recovery ratio (SERR) of 0.40. |
| 8. Multiple-zone systems where the supply airflow rate is less than the values specified in Tables ((C403.7.6 (1)))C403.7.6.2 (1) and (2), for the corresponding percent of outdoor air. Where a value of NR is listed, energy recovery shall not be required. |
| 9. Equipment which meets the requirements of Section C403.9.2.4. |
| 10. Systems serving Group R-1 dwelling or sleeping units where the largest source of air exhausted at a single location at the building exterior is less than 25 percent of the design outdoor air flow rate. |
| 11. Systems serving Ambulatory Care Facilities and Group I-2 occupancies ventilated in accordance with Section 407 of the International Mechanical Code and systems exhausting environmental exhaust air in spaces that have hazardous exhaust systems complying with Section 509 of the International Mechanical Code are permitted to provide a 60 percent minimum sensible heat recovery effectiveness or have an enthalpy heat recovery ratio of not less than 50 percent at design conditions. Where an air economizer is required, the energy or heat recovery system shall include a bypass of the energy or heat recovery media for only the outdoor air controlled to maintain the overheating of the supply air when the unit is in mechanical cooling operation. |
Table ((C403.7.6(1)))C403.7.6.2(1)
Energy Recovery Requirement
(Ventilation systems operating less than 8,000 hours per year)
Percent (%) Outdoor Air at Full Design Airflow Rate |
Climate zone | ≥ 10% and < 20% | ≥ 20% and < 30% | ≥ 30% and < 40% | ≥ 40% and < 50% | ≥ 50% and < 60% | ≥ 60% and < 70% | ≥ 70% and < 80% | ≥ 80% |
Design Supply Fan Airflow Rate (cfm) |
4C, 5B | NR | NR | NR | NR | NR | NR | ≥ 5000 | ≥ 5000 |
NR = Not required. |
Table ((C403.7.6(2)))C403.7.6.2(2)
Energy Recovery Requirement
(Ventilation systems operating not less than 8,000 hours per year)
Percent (%) Outdoor Air at Full Design Airflow Rate |
Climate zone | ≥ 10% and < 20% | ≥ 20% and < 30% | ≥ 30% and < 40% | ≥ 40% and < 50% | ≥ 50% and < 60% | ≥ 60% and < 70% | ≥ 70% and < 80% | ≥ 80% |
Design Supply Fan Airflow Rate (cfm) |
4C | NR | ≥ 19500 | ≥ 9000 | ≥ 5000 | ≥ 4000 | ≥ 3000 | ≥ 1500 | ≥ 120 |
5B | ≥ 2500 | ≥ 2000 | ≥ 1000 | ≥ 500 | ≥ 140 | ≥ 120 | ≥ 100 | ≥ 80 |
NR = Not required. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40377Section C403.7.7—Exhaust systems.
C403.7.7 Exhaust systems.
C403.7.7.1 Kitchen exhaust systems.
C403.7.7.1.1 Replacement air. Replacement air introduced directly into the exhaust hood cavity shall not be greater than 10 percent of the hood exhaust airflow rate.
C403.7.7.1.2 Kitchen exhaust hood certification and maximum airflow. Where a kitchen or kitchen/dining facility has a total kitchen hood exhaust airflow rate that is greater than 2,000 cfm, each hood shall be a factory built commercial exhaust hood listed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory in compliance with UL 710 and each hood shall have a maximum exhaust rate as specified in Table C403.7.7.1.2. Where a single hood, or hood section, is installed over appliances with different duty ratings, the maximum allowable flow rate for the hood or hood section shall be based on the requirements for the highest appliance duty rating under the hood or hood section.
EXCEPTION: | Type II dishwasher exhaust hoods that have an exhaust airflow of 1000 cfm or less. |
Table C403.7.7.1.2
Maximum Net Exhaust Flow Rate,
CFM Per Linear Foot of Hood Length
Type of Hood | Light-duty Equipment | Medium-duty Equipment | Heavy-duty Equipment | Extra-heavy-duty Equipment |
Wall-mounted canopy | 140 | 210 | 280 | 385 |
Single island | 280 | 350 | 420 | 490 |
Double island (per side) | 175 | 210 | 280 | 385 |
Eyebrow | 175 | 175 | NA | NA |
Backshelf/pass-over | 210 | 210 | 280 | NA |
For SI: | 1 cfm = 0.4719 L/s; 1 foot = 305 mm |
NA = Not allowed |
C403.7.7.1.3 Kitchen exhaust hood system. Kitchen exhaust hood systems serving Type I exhaust hoods shall be provided with demand control kitchen ventilation (DCKV) controls where a kitchen or kitchen/dining facility has a total kitchen hood exhaust airflow rate greater than 2000 cfm. DCKV systems shall be configured to provide a minimum of 50 percent reduction in exhaust and replacement air system ((airflows in response to appliance operation and to maintain full capture and containment of smoke, effluent and combustion products during cooking and idle operation))airflow rates. Systems shall include controls necessary to modulate exhaust and replacement air system airflows in response to appliance operation and to maintain full capture and containment of smoke, effluent and combustion products during cooking and idle operation. Each hood shall be a factory-built commercial exhaust hood listed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory and shall have a maximum exhaust rate as specified by Table C403.7.7.1.2.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. UL 710 listed exhaust hoods that have a design maximum exhaust airflow rate no greater than 250 cfm per linear foot of hood that serve kitchen or kitchen/dining facilities with a total kitchen hood exhaust airflow rate less than 5000 cfm. |
| 2. Where allowed by the International Mechanical Code, an energy recovery ((device))ventilation system is installed on the kitchen exhaust with a sensible heat recovery effectiveness of not less than 40 percent or not less than 50 percent of the total exhaust hood airflow. |
C403.7.7.2 Laboratory exhaust systems.Buildings with laboratory exhaust systems having a total exhaust rate greater than 5,000 cfm (2360 L/s) shall include heat recovery systems to precondition replacement air from laboratory exhaust. The heat recovery system shall be capable of increasing the outside air supply temperature at design heating conditions by 25°F (13.9°C). A provision shall be made to bypass or control the heat recovery system to permit air economizer operation as required by Section C403.5.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Variable air volume laboratory exhaust and room supply systems configured to reduce exhaust and makeup air volume to 50 percent or less of design values; or |
| 2. Direct makeup (auxiliary) air supply equal to at least 75 percent of the exhaust rate, heated no warmer than 2°F (1.1°C) below room setpoint, cooled to no cooler than 3°F (1.7°C) above room setpoint, no humidification added, and no simultaneous heating and cooling used for dehumidification control; or |
| 3. Combined energy reduction method: VAV exhaust and room supply system configured to reduce exhaust and makeup air volumes and a heat recovery system to precondition makeup air from laboratory exhaust that when combined will produce the same energy reduction as achieved by a heat recovery system with a 50 percent sensible recovery effectiveness as required above. For calculation purposes, the heat recovery component can be assumed to include the maximum design supply airflow rate at design conditions. The combined energy reduction (QER) shall meet the following: |
QER | ≥ | QMIN |
QMIN | = | CFMS • (TR - TO) • 1.1 • 0.6 |
QER | = | CFMS • (TR - TO) • 1.1(A + B)/100 |
Where: | | |
| QMIN | = | Energy recovery at 60 percent sensible effectiveness (Btu/h) |
| QER | = | Combined energy reduction (Btu/h) |
| CFMS | = | The maximum design supply airflow rate to conditioned spaces served by the system in cubic feet per minute |
| TR | = | Space return air dry-bulb at winter design conditions |
| TO | = | Outdoor air dry-bulb at winter design conditions |
| A | = | Percentage that the exhaust and makeup air volumes can be reduced from design conditions |
| B | = | Percentage sensible heat recovery effectiveness |
C403.7.7.3 Transfer air. Conditioned supply air delivered to any space with mechanical exhaust shall not exceed the greater of:
1. The supply flow required to meet the space heating or cooling load;
2. The ventilation rate required by the authority having jurisdiction, the facility environmental health and safety department, or Section C403.2.2; or
3. The mechanical exhaust flow minus the available transfer air from conditioned spaces or return air plenums that at their closest point are within 15 feet of each other on the same floor that are not in different smoke or fire compartments. Available transfer air is that portion of outdoor ventilation air that:
3.1. Is not required to satisfy other exhaust needs;
3.2. Is not required to maintain pressurization of other spaces; and
3.3. Is transferable according to applicable codes and standards and per the International Mechanical Code.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Laboratories classified as biosafety level 3 or higher. |
| 2. Vivarium spaces. |
| 3. Spaces that are required by applicable codes and standards to be maintained at positive pressure relative to adjacent spaces. For spaces taking this exception, any transferable air that is not directly transferred shall be made available to the associated air-handling unit and shall be used whenever economizer or other options do not save more energy. |
| 4. Spaces where the demand for transfer air may exceed the available transfer airflow rate and where the spaces have a required negative pressure relationship. For spaces taking this exception, any transferable air that is not directly transferred shall be made available to the associated air-handling unit and shall be used whenever economizer or other options do not save more energy. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40378Section C403.7.8—Shutoff dampers.
C403.7.8 Shutoff dampers. Mechanical openings shall be provided with shutoff dampers in accordance with Sections C403.7.8.1 through C403.7.8.4.
C403.7.8.1 Shutoff dampers for building isolation. Outdoor air supply, exhaust openings and relief outlets and stairway and elevator hoistway shaft vents shall be provided with Class I motorized dampers. See Sections C403.10.1 and C403.10.2 for ductwork insulation requirements upstream and downstream of the shutoff damper.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Gravity (nonmotorized) dampers shall be permitted in lieu of motorized dampers as follows: |
| 1.1. Relief dampers serving systems less than 5,000 cfm total supply shall be permitted in buildings less than three stories in height. |
| 1.2. Gravity (nonmotorized) dampers where the design outdoor air intake or exhaust capacity does not exceed 300 cfm (142 L/s). |
| 1.3. Systems serving areas which require continuous operation for 24/7 occupancy schedules. |
| 2. Shutoff dampers are not required in: |
| 2.1. Combustion air intakes. |
| 2.2. Systems serving areas which require continuous operation in animal hospitals, kennels and pounds, laboratories, and Group H, I and R occupancies. |
| 2.3. Subduct exhaust systems or other systems that are required to operate continuously by the International Mechanical Code. |
| 2.4. Type I grease exhaust systems or other systems where dampers are prohibited by the International Mechanical Code to be in the airstream. |
| 2.5. Unconditioned stairwells or unconditioned elevator hoistway shafts that are only connected to unconditioned spaces. |
C403.7.8.2 Shutoff dampers for return air. Return air openings used for airside economizer operation shall be equipped with Class I motorized dampers.
C403.7.8.3 Damper leakage rating. Class 1 dampers shall have a maximum leakage rate of 4 cfm/ft2 (20.3 L/s x m2) at 1.0 inch water gauge (w.g.) (249 Pa) when tested in accordance with AMCA 500D and shall be labeled by an approved agency for such purpose. Gravity (nonmotorized) dampers shall have an air leakage rate not greater than 20 cfm/ft2 where not less than 24 inches (610 mm) in either dimension and 40 cfm/ft2 where less than 24 inches in either dimension. The rate of air leakage shall be determined at 1.0 inch w.g. (249 Pa) when tested in accordance with AMCA 500D for such purpose. The dampers shall be labeled by an approved agency. Gravity dampers for ventilation air intakes shall be protected from direct exposure to wind.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Gravity (nonmotorized) dampers are not required to be tested to verify the air leakage rating when installed in exhaust systems where the exhaust capacity does not exceed 400 cfm and the gravity damper is provided with a gasketed seal. |
| 2. Motorized dampers on return air openings in unitary packaged equipment that have the minimum leakage rate available from the manufacturer. |
C403.7.8.4 Damper actuation. Outdoor air intake, relief and exhaust shutoff dampers shall be installed with automatic controls configured to close when the systems or spaces served are not in use or during unoccupied period warm-up and setback operation, unless the systems served require outdoor or exhaust air in accordance with the International Mechanical Code or the dampers are opened to provide intentional economizer cooling. Stairway and elevator hoistway shaft vent dampers shall be installed with automatic controls configured to open upon the activation of any fire alarm initiating device of the building's fire alarm system or the interruption of power to the damper or by thermostatic control systems.
NEW SECTION
WAC 51-11C-40379Section C403.7.9—Occupied standby controls.
C403.7.9 Occupied standby controls. The following spaces shall be equipped with occupied standby controls in accordance with Sections C403.7.9.1 and C403.7.9.2 for each ventilation zone:
1. Postsecondary classrooms, classrooms, lecture rooms and training rooms.
2. Conference/meeting/multipurpose rooms.
3. Lounges/breakrooms.
4. Enclosed offices.
5. Open plan office areas.
6. Corridors associated with the space types in Items 1 through 5 above.
C403.7.9.1 Occupied standby zone controls. For zones meeting the occupied standby control requirement, within five minutes of all spaces in that zone entering occupied-standby mode, the zone control shall operate as follows:
1. The active heating setpoint shall be set back by not less than 1°F (0.55°C).
2. The active cooling setpoint shall be set up by not less than 1°F (0.55°C).
3. Airflow supplied to the zone shall be controlled as follows, depending on system type:
3.1. Spaces that are required to have occupancy sensors in accordance with Section C403.7.2 are required to shut off the outdoor airflow in accordance with that section.
3.2. Small dedicated outdoor air systems (DOAS) that serve multiple heating and cooling system zones without automatic zone control dampers are not required to shut off the DOAS supply airflow by zone. A system is considered a small DOAS when:
3.2.1. The area served is no greater than 25,000 square feet (2323 m2) of conditioned floor area; and
3.2.2. The DOAS does not serve more than one floor.
3.3. Other dedicated outdoor air systems (DOAS) that serve multiple heating and cooling system zones without automatic zone control dampers are required to shut off the DOAS supply airflow when all the zones on any one floor or in any one area up to 25,000 square feet (2323 m2) enter occupied-standby mode. The maximum zone sizes for DOAS supply airflow shutoff are as follows:
3.3.1. The zone is no greater than 25,000 square feet (2323 m2) of conditioned floor area.
3.3.2. Not more than one floor.
4. For systems other than those identified in Items 3.2 and 3.3 above, all airflow (outdoor airflow and supply airflow) supplied to the zone shall be shut off whenever the space temperature is between the active heating and cooling setpoints.
EXCEPTION: | Airflow (outdoor airflow and supply airflow) for replacement air or makeup air is permitted to be supplied during occupied-standby mode for any of the space types identified in Items 3.1 through 3.4 above. |
C403.7.9.1.1 Multiple-zone system controls. Multiple-zone systems required to automatically reset the effective minimum outdoor air setpoint, per Section C403.6.5 or C403.6.10, shall reset the effective minimum outdoor air setpoint based on a zone outdoor air requirement of zero for all zones in occupied-standby mode. Sequences of operation for system outdoor air reset shall comply with an approved method.
EXCEPTION: | Airflow (outdoor airflow and supply airflow) for replacement air or makeup air is permitted to be supplied during occupied-standby mode. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-4038Section C403.8—Fan and fan controls.
C403.8 Fan and fan controls. Fans in HVAC systems shall comply with Sections C403.8.1 through ((C403.8.5.1))C403.8.5.2.
The airflow requirements of Section C403.8.5.1 shall apply to all fan motors. Low-capacity ventilation fans shall also comply with Section C403.8.4.
C403.8.1 Fan System. Each fan system that includes at least one fan or fan array with fan electrical input power ≥ 1 kW, moving air into, out of, or between conditioned spaces or circulating air for the purpose of conditioning air within a space shall comply with Sections C403.8.1.1 through C403.8.1.2.
C403.8.1.1 Determining fan power budget. For each fan system, the fan system electrical input power (Fan kW((design,system))) determined in accordance with Section C403.8.1.2 at the fan system airflow shall not ((exceed))be greater than Fan kWbudget. Calculate fan power budget (Fan kWbudget) for each fan system as follows:
1. Determine the fan system airflow and choose the appropriate table(s) for fan power allowance.
1.1. For single-cabinet fan systems, use the fan system airflow and the power allowances in both Table C403.8.1.1(1) and Table C403.8.1.1(2).
1.2. For supply-only fan systems, use the fan system airflow and power allowances in Table C403.8.1.1(1).
1.3. For relief fan systems, use the design relief airflow and the power allowances in Table C403.8.1.1(2).
1.4. For exhaust, return and transfer fan systems, use the fan system airflow and the power allowances in Table C403.8.1.1(2).
1.5. For complex and DOAS with energy recovery fan systems, separately calculate the fan power allowance for the supply and return/exhaust systems and sum them. For the supply airflow, use supply airflow at the fan system design conditions, and the power allowances in Table C403.8.1.1(1). For the return/exhaust airflow, use return/exhaust airflow at the fan system design conditions, and the power allowances in Table C403.8.1.1(2).
2. For each fan system, determine the components included in the fan system and sum the fan power allowances of those components. All fan systems shall include the system base allowance. If, for a given component, only a portion of the fan system airflow passes through the component, calculate the fan power allowance for that component in accordance with Equation ((4-11))4-8:
(Equation ((4-11))4-8)
FPAadj | = | (Qcomp/Qsys) × FPAcomp |
Where: |
| FPAadj | = | The corrected fan power allowance for the component in W/cfm. |
| Qcomp | = | The airflow through component in cfm. |
| Qsys | = | The fan system airflow in cfm. |
| FPAcomp | = | The fan power allowance of the component from Table C403.8.1.1(1) or Table C403.8.1.1(2). |
3. Multiply the fan system airflow by the sum of the fan power allowances for the fan system.
4. Divide by 1,000 to convert to Fan kWbudget.
5. For building sites at elevations greater than 3,000 feet, multiply Fan kWbudget by 0.896.
Table C403.8.1.1(1)
Supply Fan Power Allowances (W/CFM)
Airflow | Multi-Zone VAV Systemsa ≤ 5,000 cfm | Multi-Zone VAV Systemsa ˃ 5,000 and ≤ 10,000 cfm | Multi-Zone VAV Systemsa ˃ 10,000 cfm | All Other Fan Systems ≤ 5,000 cfm | All Other Fan Systems ˃ 5,000 and ≤ 10,000 cfm | All Other Fan Systems ˃ 10,000 cfm |
Supply system base allowance for AHU serving spaces ≤ 6 floors away | 0.395 | 0.453 | 0.413 | 0.232 | 0.256 | 0.236 |
Supply system base allowance for AHU serving spaces ˃ 6 floors away | 0.508 | 0.548 | 0.501 | 0.349 | 0.356 | 0.325 |
MERV 13 to MERV 16 Filter upstream of thermal conditioning equipment (two-times the clean filter pressure drop)b | 0.136 | 0.114 | 0.105 | 0.139 | 0.120 | 0.107 |
MERV 13 to MERV 16 Final filter downstream of thermal conditioning equipment (two-times the clean filter pressure drop)b | 0.225 | 0.188 | 0.176 | 0.231 | 0.197 | 0.177 |
Filtration allowance for ˃ MERV 16 or HEPA Filter (two-times the clean filter pressure drop)b | 0.335 | 0.280 | 0.265 | 0.342 | 0.292 | 0.264 |
Central hydronic heating coil allowance | 0.046 | 0.048 | 0.052 | 0.046 | 0.050 | 0.054 |
Electric heat allowance | 0.046 | 0.038 | 0.035 | 0.046 | 0.040 | 0.036 |
Gas heat allowance | 0.069 | 0.057 | 0.070 | 0.058 | 0.060 | 0.072 |
Hydronic/DX cooling coil or heat pump coil (wet) allowancec | 0.135 | 0.114 | 0.105 | 0.139 | 0.120 | 0.107 |
Solid or liquid desiccant system allowance | 0.157 | 0.132 | 0.123 | 0.163 | 0.139 | 0.124 |
Reheat coil for dehumidification allowance | 0.045 | 0.038 | 0.035 | 0.046 | 0.040 | 0.036 |
Allowance for evaporative humidifier/cooler in series with a cooling coil. Value shown is allowed W/cfm per 1.0 inches of water gauge (in.w.g.). Determine pressure loss (in.w.g.) at 400 fpm or maximum velocity allowed by the manufacturer, whichever is lessd | 0.224 | 0.188 | 0.176 | 0.231 | 0.197 | 0.177 |
Allowance for 100% Outdoor air systeme | 0.000 | 0.000 | 0.000 | 0.070 | 0.100 | 0.107 |
Energy recovery allowance for 0.50 ≤ ERR <0.55f | 0.135 | 0.114 | 0.105 | 0.139 | 0.120 | 0.107 |
Energy recovery allowance for 0.55 ≤ ERR <0.60f | 0.160 | 0.134 | 0.124 | 0.165 | 0.141 | 0.126 |
Energy recovery allowance for 0.60 ≤ ERR <0.65f | 0.184 | 0.155 | 0.144 | 0.190 | 0.163 | 0.146 |
Energy recovery allowance for 0.65 ≤ ERR <0.70f | 0.208 | 0.175 | 0.163 | 0.215 | 0.184 | 0.165 |
Energy recovery allowance for 0.70 ≤ ERR <0.75f | 0.232 | 0.196 | 0.183 | 0.240 | 0.205 | 0.184 |
Energy recovery allowance for 0.75 ≤ ERR <0.80f | 0.257 | 0.216 | 0.202 | 0.264 | 0.226 | 0.203 |
Energy recovery allowance for ERR ≥ 0.80f | 0.281 | 0.236 | 0.222 | 0.289 | 0.247 | 0.222 |
Coil runaround loop | 0.135 | 0.114 | 0.105 | 0.139 | 0.120 | 0.107 |
Allowance for Gas phase filtration required by code or accredited standard. Value shown is allowed W/cfm per 1.0 in. wg air pressure dropd | 0.224 | 0.188 | 0.176 | 0.231 | 0.197 | 0.177 |
Economizer damper return | 0.045 | 0.038 | 0.035 | 0.046 | 0.040 | 0.036 |
Air blender allowance | 0.045 | 0.038 | 0.035 | 0.046 | 0.040 | 0.036 |
Sound attenuation section [fans serving spaces with design background noise goals below NC35] | 0.034 | 0.029 | 0.026 | 0.035 | 0.030 | 0.027 |
Deduction for systems that feed a terminal unit with a fan with electrical input power < 1kW | -0.100 | -0.100 | -0.100 | -0.100 | -0.100 | -0.100 |
Low-turndown single-zone VAV fan systemsg | 0.000 | 0.000 | 0.000 | 0.070 | 0.100 | 0.089 |
a | See definition of FAN SYSTEM, MULTI-ZONE VARIABLE AIR VOLUME (VAV). |
b | Filter fan power allowance can only be counted once per fan system, except fan systems in health care facilities, which can claim one of the MERV 13 to 16 filter allowances and the HEPA filter allowance if both are included in the fan system. |
c | Health care facilities can claim this fan power allowance twice per fan system where coil design leaving air temperature is less than 44⁰F. |
d | Power allowance requires further calculation by multiplying the actual inches of water gauge (in.w.g.) of the device/component by the w/cfm in Table C403.8.1(1). |
e | The 100% outdoor air system must serve 3 or more HVAC zones and airflow during noneconomizer operating periods must comply with Section C403.2.2.1. |
f | Enthalpy Recovery Ratio (ERR) calculated per ANSI/ASHRAE 84-2020. |
g | A low-turndown single-zone VAV fan system must be capable of and configured to reduce airflow to 50 percent of design airflow and use no more than 30 percent of the design wattage at that airflow. No more than 10 percent of the design load served by the equipment shall have fixed loads. |
Table C403.8.1.1(2)
Exhaust, Return, Relief, Transfer Fan Power Allowances (W/CFM)
Airflow | Multi-Zone VAV Systemsa ≤ 5,000 cfm | Multi-Zone VAV Systemsa ˃ 5,000 and ≤ 10,000 cfm | Multi-Zone VAV Systemsa ˃ 10,000 cfm | All Other Fan Systems ≤ 5,000 cfm | All Other Fan Systems ˃ 5,000 and ≤ 10,000 cfm | All Other Fan Systems ˃ 10,000 cfm |
Exhaust system base allowance | 0.221 | 0.246 | 0.236 | 0.186 | 0.184 | 0.190 |
Filter (any MERV value)b | 0.046 | 0.041 | 0.036 | 0.046 | 0.041 | 0.035 |
Energy recovery allowance for 0.50 ≤ ERR <0.55c | 0.139 | 0.120 | 0.107 | 0.139 | 0.123 | 0.109 |
Energy recovery allowance for 0.55 ≤ ERR <0.60c | 0.165 | 0.142 | 0.126 | 0.165 | 0.144 | 0.128 |
Energy recovery allowance for 0.60 ≤ ERR <0.65c | 0.190 | 0.163 | 0.146 | 0.191 | 0.166 | 0.148 |
Energy recovery allowance for 0.65 ≤ ERR <0.70c | 0.215 | 0.184 | 0.165 | 0.216 | 0.188 | 0.167 |
Energy recovery allowance for 0.70 ≤ ERR <0.75c | 0.240 | 0.206 | 0.184 | 0.241 | 0.209 | 0.186 |
Energy recovery allowance for 0.75 ≤ ERR <0.80c | 0.265 | 0.227 | 0.203 | 0.266 | 0.231 | 0.205 |
Energy recovery allowance for ERR ≥ 0.80c | 0.289 | 0.248 | 0.222 | 0.291 | 0.252 | 0.225 |
Coil runaround loop | 0.139 | 0.120 | 0.107 | 0.139 | 0.123 | 0.109 |
Return or exhaust systems required by code or accreditation standards to be fully ducted, or systems required to maintain air pressure differentials between adjacent rooms | 0.116 | 0.100 | 0.089 | 0.116 | 0.102 | 0.091 |
Return and/or exhaust airflow control devices | 0.116 | 0.100 | 0.089 | 0.116 | 0.102 | 0.091 |
Laboratory and vivarium exhaust systems in high-rise buildings for vertical duct exceeding 75 ft. Value shown is allowed W/cfm per 0.25 in. wg for each 100 feet exceeding 75 feetd | 0.058 | 0.051 | 0.045 | 0.058 | 0.052 | 0.046 |
Biosafety cabinet. Value shown is allowed W/cfm per 1.0 in. wg air pressure dropd | 0.231 | 0.198 | 0.177 | 0.232 | 0.202 | 0.179 |
Exhaust filters, scrubbers, or other exhaust treatment required by code or standard. Value shown is allowed W/cfm per 1.0 in. wg air pressure dropd | 0.231 | 0.198 | 0.177 | 0.232 | 0.202 | 0.179 |
Health care facility allowancee | 0.231 | 0.198 | 0.177 | 0.232 | 0.202 | 0.179 |
Sound attenuation section [Fans serving spaces with design background noise goals below NC35.] | 0.035 | 0.030 | 0.027 | 0.035 | 0.031 | 0.028 |
a | See definition of FAN SYSTEM, MULTI-ZONE VARIABLE AIR VOLUME (VAV) to be classified as a Multi-Zone VAV System. |
b | Filter pressure loss can only be counted once per fan system. |
c | Enthalpy Recovery Ratio (ERR) calculated per ANSI/ASHRAE 84-2020. |
d | Power allowance requires further calculation, multiplying the actual pressure drop (in. wg) of the device/component by the W/cfm in the Table C403.8.1(2). |
e | This allowance can only be taken for health care facilities. |
C403.8.1.2 Determining Fan System Electrical Input Power (Fan kW((design,system))).Fan kW((design,system)) is the sum of Fan kWdesign for each fan or fan array included in the fan system. If variable speed drives are used, their efficiency losses shall be included. Fan input power shall be calculated with two-times the clean filter pressure drop. The Fan kWdesign for each fan or fan array shall be determined using one of the following methods. There is no requirement to use the same method for all fans in a fan system:
1. Use the default Fan kWdesign in Table C403.8.1.2 for one or more of the fans. This method cannot be used for complex fan systems.
2. Use the Fan kWdesign at fan system design conditions provided by the manufacturer of the fan, fan array, or equipment that includes the fan or fan array calculated per a test procedure included in 10 C.F.R. Part 430, 10 C.F.R. Part 431, ANSI/AMCA 208, ANSI/AMCA S210, AHRI 430, AHRI 440, or ISO 5801.
3. Use the Fan kWdesign provided by the manufacturer, calculated at fan system design conditions per one of the methods listed in Section 5.3 of ANSI/AMCA 208.
4. Determine the Fan kWdesign by using the maximum electrical input power provided on the motor nameplate.
Table C403.8.1.2
Default Values for Fan kWdesign Based on Motor Nameplate HPa,b
Motor Nameplate HP | Default Fan kWdesign with variable speed drive (Fan kWdesign) | Default Fan kWdesign without variable speed drive (Fan kWdesign) |
<1 | 0.96 | 0.89 |
≥1 and <1.5 | 1.38 | 1.29 |
≥1.5 and <2 | 1.84 | 1.72 |
≥2 and <3 | 2.73 | 2.57 |
≥3 and <5 | 4.38 | 4.17 |
≥5 and <7.5 | 6.43 | 6.15 |
≥7.5 and <10 | 8.46 | 8.13 |
≥10 and <15 | 12.4 | 12.0 |
≥15 and <20 | 16.5 | 16.0 |
≥20 and <25 | 20.5 | 19.9 |
≥25 and <30 | 24.5 | 23.7 |
≥30 and <40 | 32.7 | 31.7 |
≥40 and <50 | 40.7 | 39.4 |
≥50 and <60 | 48.5 | 47.1 |
≥60 and <75 | 60.4 | 58.8 |
≥75 and ≤100 | 80.4 | 78.1 |
a | This table cannot be used for motor nameplate horsepower values greater than 100. |
b | This table is to be used only with motors with a service factor ≤1.15. If the service factor is not provided, this table may not be used. |
C403.8.2 Motor nameplate horsepower. For each fan, the selected fan motor shall be no larger than the first available motor size greater than the brake horsepower (bhp). The fan brake horsepower (bhp) shall be indicated on the design documents to allow for compliance verification by the code official.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. For fans less than 6 bhp (4476 W), where the first available motor larger than the brake horsepower has a nameplate rating within 50 percent of the bhp, selection of the next larger nameplate motor size is allowed. |
| 2. For fans 6 bhp (4476 W) and larger, where the first available motor larger than the bhp has a nameplate rating within 30 percent of the bhp, selection of the next larger nameplate motor size is allowed. |
| 3. For fans used only in approved life safety applications such as smoke evacuation. |
| 4. Fans with motor nameplate horsepower less than 1 hp or fans with a fan motor nameplate electrical input power of less than 0.89 kW. |
| 5. Fans equipped with electronic speed control devices to vary the fan airflow as a function of load. |
C403.8.3 Fan efficiency. Each fan and fan array shall have a fan energy index (FEI) of not less than ((1.00))the value listed in Table C403.8.3 at the design point of operation, as determined in accordance with ((AMCA 208))DOE 10 C.F.R. 431 Appendix A to Subpart J as required, or otherwise in accordance with AMCA 208 by an approved, independent testing laboratory and labeled by the manufacturer. ((Each fan and fan array used for a variable-air volume system shall have an FEI of not less than 0.95 at the design point of operation as determined in accordance with AMCA 208 by an approved, independent testing laboratory and labeled by the manufacturer.)) The FEI for fan arrays shall be calculated in accordance with AMCA 208 Annex C.
EXCEPTION: | The following fans are not required to ((have a fan energy index))meet the FEI values listed in Table C403.8.3: |
| 1. Fans that are not embedded fans with ((motor nameplate horsepower))shaft input power of less than 1.0 hp (0.75 kW) or with ((a nameplate)) electrical input power of less than 0.89 kW, or with air power greater than 150 horsepower. |
| 2. Embedded fans that have a motor nameplate horsepower of 5 hp (3.7 kW) or less or with a fan system electrical input power of 4.1 kW or less. Embedded fans greater than 5 hp (3.7 kW) or with a fan system electrical input power greater than 4.1 kW shall have an FEI of not less than 1.00. |
| 3. Multiple fans operated in series or parallel as the functional equivalent of a single fan that have a combined motor nameplate horsepower of 5 hp (3.7 kW) or less or with a fan system electrical input power of 4.1 kW or less. Multiple fans operated in series or parallel as the functional equivalent of a single fan that have a combined motor nameplate horsepower greater than 5 hp (3.7 kW) with a fan system electrical input power greater than 4.1 kW shall have an FEI of not less than 1.00. |
| 4. Fans that are part of equipment covered under Section C403.3.2. |
| 5. Fans included in an equipment package certified by an approved agency for air or energy performance. |
| 6. Ceiling fans, air circulation fans, and air curtain units. |
| 7. Fans used for moving gases at temperatures above 482°F (250°C). |
| 8. ((Fans used for operation in explosive atmospheres. |
| 9. Reversible fans used for tunnel ventilation. |
| 10. Fans that are intended to operate only during emergency conditions. |
| 11.)) Fans outside the scope of AMCA 208. |
| 9. Safety fans, induced-flow fans, and jet fans. |
Table C403.8.3
FEI Requirements by Fan Type
Fan Type | Fan Energy Index (FEI) Without Motor Controller | Fan Energy Index (FEI) With Motor Controllera |
Axial inline | 1.10 | 1.05 |
Alian panel | 1.00 | 0.95 |
Axial power roof ventilator | 0.85 | 0.81 |
Centrifugal housed | 1.15 | 1.09 |
Centrifugal unhoused | 1.05 | 1.00 |
Centrifugal inlineb | 1.07 | 1.02 |
Radial housed | 1.00 | 0.95 |
Centrifugal power roof ventilator - exhaust | 1.00 | 0.95 |
Centrifugal power roof ventilator - supply | 1.00 | 0.95 |
a | A 0.95 correction factor is applied to FEI for fans equipped with motor controllers. |
b | FEI levels in the table apply to tubular centrifugal inline fans. Square duct centrifugal inline fans without a motor controller shall have an FEI of not less than 1.00, or an FEI of not less than 0.95 if equipped with a motor controller. |
C403.8.4Low-capacity ventilation fans. Mechanical ventilation system ((fans with motors less than 1/12 hp (0.062 kW) in capacity shall meet the efficacy requirements of Table C403.8.4 at one or more rating points))types listed in Table C403.8.4 with an input power less than 746 watts (1 hp) shall meet the efficacy requirements of Table C403.8.4. Airflow shall be tested in accordance with the test procedure referenced in Table C403.8.4 and listed. The airflow shall be reported in the product listing or on the label. Fan efficacy shall be reported in the product listing or shall be derived from the input power and airflow values reported in the product listing or on the label. Fan efficacy for fully ducted HRV, ERV, balanced and in-line fans shall be determined at a static pressure not less than 0.2 inch w.c. (49.8 Pa). Fan efficacy for ducted range hoods, bathroom and utility room fans shall be determined at a static pressure not less than 0.1 inch w.c. (24.9 Pa).
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Where ventilation fans are a component of a listed heating or cooling appliance. |
| 2. Dryer exhaust duct power ventilators and domestic range booster fans that operate intermittently. |
| 3. Fans in radon mitigation systems. |
| 4. Fans not covered within the scope of the test methods referenced in Table C403.8.4. |
| 5. Ceiling fans regulated under 10 C.F.R. 430, Appendix U. |
| 6. Mechanical ventilation system types with an input power greater than 62 watts having electronically commutated motors or motors with a minimum efficiency of 70 percent when rated in accordance with DOE 10 C.F.R. 431. Such systems shall also have the means to adjust motor speed for either balancing or remote control. Belt-driven fans may use sheave adjustment for airflow balancing in lieu of a varying motor speed. The efficiency shall be verified through certification under an approved certification program, or, where no certification program exists, the equipment efficiency rating shall be supported by data furnished by the motor manufacturer. |
The efficacy shall be determined at a listed airflow that is not less than the design minimum outdoor air rate, or design minimum exhaust air rate, as applicable, or shall be determined by interpolating between the efficacies determined at the two nearest listed airflow rates.
Table C403.8.4
Low-Capacity Ventilation Fan Efficacya
((Fan Location | Airflow Rate Minimum (cfm) | Minimum Efficacy (cfm/watt) | Airflow Rate Maximum (cfm) |
HRV or ERV | Any | 1.2 cfm/watt | Any |
Range hood | Any | 2.8 cfm/watt | Any |
In-line fan | Any | 3.8 cfm/watt | Any |
Bathroom, utility room | 10 | 2.8 cfm/watt | < 90 |
Bathroom, utility room | 90 | 3.5 cfm/watt | Any)) |
System Type | Air Flow Rate (cfm) | Minimum Efficacy (cfm/watt) | Minimum Static Pressure for Testing | Test Procedure |
Balanced ventilation system without heat or energy recovery | Any | 1.2a | 0.2 inch w.c. | ASHRAE Standard 51 (ANSI/AMCA Standard 210) |
HRV or ERV | Any | 1.7 | 0.2 inch w.c. | CAN/CSA 439 |
Range hood | Any | 2.8 | 0.1 inch w.c. | ASHRAE Standard 51 (ANSI/AMCA Standard 210) |
In-line supply or exhaust fan | Any | 3.8 | 0.2 inch w.c. |
Other exhaust fan | <90 | 2.8 | 0.1 inch w.c. |
≥ 90 and < 200 | 3.5 | 0.1 inch w.c. |
≥ 200 | 4.0 | 0.1 inch w.c. |
For SI: 1 cfm/ft = ((47.82 W))0.47 L/s. |
a | ((Airflow shall be tested in accordance with HVI 916 and listed. Efficacy shall be listed or shall be derived from listed power and airflow. Fan efficacy for fully ducted HRV, ERV, balanced and in-line fans shall be determined at a static pressure not less than 0.2 inch w.c. Fan efficacy for ducted range hoods, bathroom, and utility room fans shall be determined at a static pressure not less than 0.1 inch w.c))For balanced systems, HRVs and ERVs, determine the efficacy as the outdoor airflow divided by the total fan power. |
C403.8.5 Fan controls. Controls shall be provided for fans in accordance with Section C403.8.5.1 and as required for specific systems provided in Section C403.
C403.8.5.1 Fan airflow control. Each cooling system listed in Table C403.8.5.1 shall be designed to vary the indoor fan airflow as a function of load and shall comply with the following requirements:
1. Direct expansion (DX) and chilled water cooling units that control the capacity of the mechanical cooling directly based on space temperature shall have not fewer than two stages of fan control. Low or minimum speed shall not be greater than 66 percent of full speed. At low or minimum speed, the fan system shall draw not more than 40 percent of the fan power at full fan speed. Low or minimum speed shall be used during periods of low cooling load and ventilation-only operation.
2. Other units including DX cooling units and chilled water units that control the space temperature by modulating the airflow to the space shall have modulating fan control. Minimum speed shall be not greater than 50 percent of full speed. At minimum speed, the fan system shall draw no more than 30 percent of the power at full fan speed. Low or minimum speed shall be used during periods of low cooling load and ventilation-only operation.
3. Units that include an airside economizer in accordance with Section C403.5 shall have not fewer than two speeds of fan control during economizer operation.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Modulating fan control is not required for chilled water and evaporative cooling units with fan motors of less than 1 hp (0.746 kW) where the units are not used to provide ventilation air and the indoor fan cycles with the load. |
| 2. Where the volume of outdoor air required to comply with the ventilation requirements of the International Mechanical Code at low speed exceeds the air that would be delivered at the minimum speed defined in Section C403.8.5, the minimum speed shall be selected to provide the required ventilation air. |
Table C403.8.5.1
Fan Control
Cooling System Type | Fan Motor Size | Mechanical Cooling Capacity |
DX cooling | Any | ≥ 42,000 Btu/h |
Chilled water and evaporative cooling | ≥ 1/4 hp | Any |
C403.8.5.2 Intermittent exhaust control for bathrooms and toilet rooms. Where an exhaust system serving a bathroom or toilet room is designed for intermittent operation, the exhaust system shall be provided with manual on capability and one or more of the following controls:
1. A timer control that has a minimum setpoint not greater than 30 minutes.
2. An occupant sensor control that automatically turns off exhaust fans within 30 minutes after all occupants have left the space.
3. A humidity control capable of manual or automatic adjustment from a minimum setpoint not greater than 50 percent to a maximum setpoint not greater than 80 percent relative humidity.
4. A contaminant control that responds to a particle or gaseous concentration.
EXCEPTION: | Bathroom and toilet room exhaust systems serving as an integral component of an outdoor air ventilation system in Group R-2, R-3 and R-4 occupancies shall provide controls complying with Section 403.4.5 of the International Mechanical Code. |
An off setpoint shall not be used to comply with the minimum setpoint requirements of Items 1 and 3 in this section.
C403.8.6 Large-diameter ceiling fans and air circulating fans. Where provided, large-diameter ceiling fansand air circulating fans shall be tested and labeled in accordance with AMCA 230 and shall meet the efficiency requirements of Table C403.8.6 and Section C403.8.6.1.
Table C403.8.6
Ceiling and Circulating Fan Efficiency Requirementsa
Equipment Type | Category | Minimum Efficiencyb | Test Procedure |
Large diameter ceiling fan | Blade span ≥ 84.5 in. | CFEI ≥ 1.00 at high (maximum) speed; and CFEI ≥ 1.31 at 40% of high speed or the nearest speed that is not less than 40% of high speed | 10 C.F.R. 430 Appendix U |
Air circulating fan | ≥ 200 W input power | | 10 C.F.R. 431, Appendix B to Subpart J |
a | Chapter 6 contains a complete specification of the referenced test procedure, including the referenced year version of the test procedure. |
b | Effcirc is the efficacy for air circulation fans (cfm/W). D is the impeller diameter for unhoused fans, and the lesser of impeller diameter and equivalent diameter for housed fans (inches). Q is the air circulating fan airflow rate, determined by the referenced test procedure at the maximum fan speed (cfm). |
C403.8.6.1 Ceiling fan energy index (CFEI). The ceiling fan energy index (CFEI) shall be calculated as the ratio of the electric input power of a reference large-diameter ceiling fan to the electric input power of the actual large-diameter ceiling fan as calculated in accordance with AMCA 208 with the following modifications to the calculations for the reference fan: Using an airflow constant (Q) of 26,500 cfm (12.5 m3/s), a pressure constant (P) of 0.0027 inch of water (0.6719 Pa), and fan efficiency constant (η) of 42 percent.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-4039Section C403.9—Heat rejection and heat recovery equipment.
C403.9 Heat rejection and heat recovery equipment.
C403.9.1 Heat rejection equipment. Heat rejection equipment, including air-cooled condensers, dry coolers, open-circuit cooling towers, closed-circuit cooling towers and evaporative condensers, shall comply with this section.
EXCEPTION: | Heat rejection devices where energy usage is included in the equipment efficiency ratings listed in Tables C403.3.2(1), C403.3.2(2), C403.3.2(3), C403.3.2(4), C403.3.2(8), C403.3.2(9), C403.3.2(10) and C403.3.2(16). |
Heat rejection equipment shall have a minimum efficiency performance not less than values specified in Table C403.3.2(7).
C403.9.1.1 Fan speed control. Each fan powered by an individual motor or array of motors with a connected power, including the motor service factor, totaling 5 hp (3.7 kW) or more shall have controls and devices configured to automatically modulate the fan speed to control the leaving fluid temperature or condensing temperature and pressure of the heat rejection device. Fan motor power input shall be not more than 30 percent of design wattage at 50 percent of the design airflow.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Fans serving multiple refrigerant or fluid cooling circuits. |
| 2. Condenser fans serving flooded condensers. |
C403.9.1.2 Multiple-cell heat rejection equipment. Multiple-cell heat rejection equipment with variable speed fan drives shall be controlled to operate the maximum number of fans allowed that comply with the manufacturer's requirements for all system components and so that all fans can operate at the same fan speed required for the instantaneous cooling duty, as opposed to staged (on/off) operation. The minimum fan speed shall be the minimum allowable speed of the fan drive system in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
C403.9.1.3 Limitation on centrifugal fan open-circuit cooling towers. Centrifugal fan open-circuit cooling towers with a combined rated capacity of 1,100 gpm (4164 L/m) or greater at 95°F (35°C) condenser water return, 85°F (29°C) condenser water supply, and 75°F (24°C) outdoor air wet-bulb temperature shall meet the energy efficiency requirement for axial fan open-circuit cooling towers listed in Table C403.3.2(7).
C403.9.1.4 Tower flow turndown. Open-circuit cooling towers used on water-cooled chiller systems that are configured with multiple- or variable-speed condenser water pumps shall be designed so that all open circuit cooling tower cells can be run in parallel with the larger of the flow that is produced by the smallest pump at its minimum expected flow rate or at 50 percent of the design flow for the cell.
C403.9.2 Heat recovery.
C403.9.2.1 Condenser heat recovery for service water heating. Condenser heat recovery shall be installed for heating or reheating of service hot water provided the facility operates 24 hours a day, the total installed heat capacity of water cooled systems exceeds 1,500,000 Btu/hr of heat rejection, and the design service water heating load exceeds 250,000 Btu/hr.
The required heat recovery system shall have the capacity to provide the smaller of:
1. Sixty percent of the peak heat rejection load at design conditions; or
2. The preheating required to raise the peak service hot water draw to 85°F (29°C).
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Facilities that employ condenser heat recovery for space heating or reheat purposes with a heat recovery design exceeding 30 percent of the peak water-cooled condenser load at design conditions. |
| 2. Facilities that provide 60 percent of their service water heating from site recovered energy. |
C403.9.2.2 Steam condensate systems. On-site steam heating systems shall have condensate water heat recovery. On-site includes a system that is located within or adjacent to one or more buildings within the boundary of a contiguous area or campus under one ownership and which serves one or more of those buildings.
Buildings using off-site generated steam where the condensate is not returned to the source, shall have an on-site condensate water heat recovery system.
C403.9.2.3 Refrigeration condenser heat recovery. Facilities having food service, meat or deli departments and having 500,000 Btu/h or greater of remote refrigeration condensers shall have condenser waste heat recovery from freezers and coolers and shall use the waste heat for service water heating, space heating or for dehumidification reheat. Facilities having a gross conditioned floor area of 40,000 ft2 or greater and 1,000,000 Btu/h or greater of remote refrigeration shall have condenser waste heat recovery from freezers and coolers and shall use the waste heat for service water heating, and either for space heating or for dehumidification reheat for maintaining low space humidity.
C403.9.2.4 Condenser heat recovery for space heating. A water-source condenser heat recovery system meeting the requirements of Sections C403.9.2.4.1 through C403.9.2.4.4 shall be installed to serve space and ventilation heating systems in new buildings and additions meeting the following criteria:
1. The facility operates greater than 70 hours per week.
2. The sum of all heat rejection equipment capacity serving the new building or addition exceeds 1,500,000 Btu/hr.
3. The sum of zone minimum airflows in all zones with zone reheat coils divided by the conditioned floor area served by those systems is at least 0.45 cfm per square foot.
EXCEPTION: | Systems complying with Section C403.3.5, Dedicated outdoor air systems. |
((C403.9.2.4.1))C403.9.2.5 Water-to-water heat recovery. Ninety percent (90%) of the total building space and ventilation heating system design load shall be served by systems that include heat recovery chiller or water-to-water heat pump equipment capable of rejecting heat from the cooling loop to the space and ventilation heating loop as the first stage of heating.
((C403.9.2.4.2))C403.9.2.5.1 Water-to-water heat recovery sizing. The minimum total combined capacity of heat recovery chillers or water-to-water heat pumps shall match the total combined capacity of installed equipment sized to meet the requirements of Sections C403.9.2.6 and C403.9.2.7.
C403.9.2.6 Exhaust heat recovery. Heat shall be recovered by the heat recovery system from 90 percent of the total building exhaust airflow. The maximum leaving air temperature of exhaust air after heat recovery shall be 55ºF dry-bulb when operating at full capacity in heat recovery mode.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Where energy recovery systems are restricted by Section 514 of the International Mechanical Code to sensible energy, those systems shall not be included in the calculation of total building exhaust airflow. |
| 2. Exhaust air systems handling contaminated airstreams that are regulated by applicable codes or accreditation standards and pose a health risk to maintenance personnel to maintain heat recovery devices, those systems shall not be included in the calculation of total building exhaust airflow. |
((C403.9.2.4.3))C403.9.2.7 Process heat recovery. Spaces with year-round cooling loads from lights and equipment of 5 watts and greater per square foot shall be served by water-cooled equipment. Cooling loops serving the water-cooled equipment shall be served by water source heat recovery systems meeting the requirements of Section ((C403.9.2.4.1))C403.9.2.5. If such spaces are provided with an air or water economizer, the economizer controls shall be configured with an override signal from the building automation system to disable economizer operation during heat recovery mode.
((C403.9.2.4.4 Water-to-water heat recovery sizing. The minimum total combined capacity of heat recovery chillers or water-to-water heat pumps shall match the total combined capacity of installed equipment sized to meet the requirements of Sections C403.9.2.4.2 and C403.9.2.4.3.))
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40391Section C403.10—Construction of HVAC system elements.
C403.10 Construction of HVAC system elements.Ducts, plenums, piping and other elements that are part of an HVAC system shall be constructed and insulated in accordance with Sections C403.10.1 through C403.10.3.1.
C403.10.1 Duct and plenum insulation and sealing.
C403.10.1.1 Ducts, shafts, and plenums conveying outdoor air. Shafts and plenums conveying outdoor air from the exterior of the building to the mechanical system shall meet all air leakage and building thermal envelope insulation requirements of Section C402, plus building thermal envelope vapor control requirements from the International Building Code.
Ducts conveying outdoor air shall be insulated continuously from the building exterior to an automatic shutoff damper or heating or cooling equipment. Duct surfaces shall be insulated with the minimum insulation values in Table C403.10.1.1. Duct surfaces included as part of the building thermal envelope shall not be used in the calculation of maximum glazing area as described in Section C402.4.1.
EXCEPTION: | Outdoor air ducts serving individual supply air units with less than 2,800 cfm of total supply air capacity, provided these are insulated to the minimum insulation values in Table C403.10.1.1. |
Table C403.10.1.1
Outdoor Air Ductwork Insulation
Duct system | Duct Location and Use | Climate Zone | Airflow | Minimum Installed Duct Insulation R-valuea,b | Notes |
Outdoor Air | Inside conditioned space and upstream of automatic shutoff damper | 4C and 5B | ≥ 2800 CFM | R-16 | See Section C403.10.1.1 for additional requirements |
Outdoor Air | Inside conditioned space and downstream of automatic shutoff damper to HVAC unit or room | 4C | ≥ 2800 CFM | R-8 | |
Outdoor Air | Inside conditioned space and downstream of automatic shutoff damper to HVAC unit or room | 5B | ≥ 2800 CFM | R-12 | |
Outdoor Air | Inside conditioned space | 4C and 5B | ((≤))< 2800 CFM | R-7 | See Exception 1 to Section C403.10.1.1 for additional details |
a | Insulation R-values, measured in h·ft2·°F/Btu, are for the insulation as installed and do not include film resistance. The required minimum thicknesses do not consider water vapor transmission and possible surface condensation. Insulation resistance measured on a horizontal plane in accordance with ASTM C518 at a mean temperature of 75°F at the installed thickness. |
b | See International Mechanical Code Sections 603.12 and 604 for further details on duct insulation requirements. |
C403.10.1.2 Other supply and return ducts. All other supply and return air ducts and plenums shall be insulated with a minimum of R-6 insulation where located in unconditioned spaces, and where located outside the building with a minimum of R-8 insulation in Climate Zone 4 and R-12 insulation in Climate Zone 5. Ducts located underground beneath buildings shall be insulated as required in this section or have an equivalent thermal distribution efficiency. Underground ducts utilizing the thermal distribution efficiency method shall be listed and labeled to indicate the R-value equivalency. Where located within a building thermal envelope assembly, the duct or plenum shall be separated from the building exterior or unconditioned or exempt spaces by minimum insulation value as required for exterior walls by Section C402.1.3.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Where located within equipment. |
| 2. Supply and return ductwork located in unconditioned spaces where the design temperature difference between the interior and exterior of the duct or plenum does not exceed 15°F (8°C) and are insulated in accordance with Table C403.10.1.2. |
Where located within conditioned space, supply ducts which convey supply air at temperatures less than 55°F or greater than 105°F shall be insulated with a minimum insulation R-value in accordance with Table C403.10.1.2.
EXCEPTION: | Ductwork exposed to view within a zone that serves that zone is not required to be insulated. |
Where located within conditioned space, return or exhaust air ducts that convey return or exhaust air downstream of an energy recovery media shall be insulated with a minimum insulation R-value in accordance with Table C403.10.1.2.
Where located within conditioned space, ducts that convey air from outside the conditioned space shall be insulated with a minimum R-value in accordance with Table C403.10.1.2.
Where located within conditioned space, ducts that convey ambient air to and from the outdoors for the condenser section of HVAC heat pumps, service hot water heat pumps, or air conditioning units shall be insulated with a minimum R-value in accordance with Table C403.10.1.2.
All ducts, air handlers, and filter boxes shall be sealed. Joints and seams shall comply with Section 603.9 of the International Mechanical Code.
Table C403.10.1.2
Supply, Return, Exhaust and Relief Air Ductwork Insulation
Duct System | Duct Location and Use | Climate Zone | Minimum Installed Duct Insulation R-valuea,b | Notes |
Supply air or return air | Outside the building (outdoors and exposed to weather)c | 4C | R-8 | See Section C403.10.1.2 for details |
Supply air or return air | Outside the building (outdoors and exposed to weather)c | 5B | R-12 | See Section C403.10.1.2 for details |
Supply air or return air | Unconditioned space (enclosed but not in the building conditioned envelope) | 4C and 5B | R-6 | See Section C403.10.1.2 for details |
Supply air or return air | Unconditioned space where the duct conveys air that is within 15°F of the air temperature of the surrounding unconditioned space | 4C and 5B | R-3.3 | See IMC Section 603.12 for additional requirements for condensation control at ductwork |
Supply air or return air | Where located in a building thermal envelope assembly | 4C and 5B | R-16 | Duct or plenum is separated from building thermal envelope assembly with the minimum insulation value |
Supply air | Within conditioned space where the supply duct conveys air that is less than 55°F or greater than 105°F | 4C and 5B | R-3.3 | See Section C403.10.1.2 for details |
Supply air | Within conditioned space that the duct directly serves where the supply duct conveys air that is less than 55°F or greater than 105°F | 4C and 5B | None | See Section C403.10.1.2 for details |
Supply air | Within conditioned space where the supply duct conveys air that is 55°F or greater and 105°F or less | 4C and 5B | None | |
Return or exhaust air | Within conditioned space, downstream of an energy recovery media, upstream of an automatic shutoff damper | 4C | R-8 | |
Return or exhaust air | Within conditioned space, downstream of an energy recovery media, upstream of an automatic shutoff damper | 5B | R-12 | |
Relief or exhaust air | Conditioned space and downstream of an automatic shutoff damper | 4C and 5B | R-16 | |
Exhaust or other air duct | Duct conveying air from unconditioned space through conditioned space | 4C and 5B | R-16 | |
Condenser air intake and outlet | Conditioned space and conveys ambient air to or from the outdoors to heat pump or AC unit condenser | 4C and 5B | < 2800 cfm = R-8 ≥ 2800 cfm = R-16 | |
a | Insulation R-values, measured in h·ft2·°F/Btu, are for the insulation as installed and do not include film resistance. The required minimum thicknesses do not consider water vapor transmission and possible surface condensation. Insulation resistance measured on a horizontal plane in accordance with ASTM C518 at a mean temperature of 75°F at the installed thickness. |
b | See International Mechanical Code Sections 603.12 and 604 for further details on duct insulation requirements. |
c | Includes attics above insulated ceilings, parking garages and crawl spaces. |
C403.10.2 Duct construction. Ductwork shall be constructed and erected in accordance with the International Mechanical Code. For the purposes of this section, longitudinal seams are joints oriented in the direction of airflow. Transverse joints are connections of two duct sections oriented perpendicular to airflow. Duct wall penetrations are openings made by any screw, fastener, pipe, rod, or wire. All other connections are considered transverse joints including, but not limited to, spin-ins, taps, and other branch connections, access door frames and jambs, and duct connections to equipment. Ducts shall be leak-tested where required by Section C403.10.2.4.
C403.10.2.1 Low-pressure duct systems. Longitudinal and transverse joints, seams and connections of supply and return ducts operating at a static pressure less than or equal to 2 inches water gauge (w.g.) (500 Pa) shall be securely fastened and sealed with welds, gaskets, mastics (adhesives), mastic-plus embedded-fabric systems or tapes installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Pressure classifications specific to the duct system shall be clearly indicated on the construction documents in accordance with the International Mechanical Code.
EXCEPTION: | Continuously welded and locking-type longitudinal joints and seams on ducts operating at static pressures less than 2 inches water gauge (w.g.) (500 Pa) pressure classification. |
C403.10.2.2 Medium-pressure duct systems.Ducts and plenums designed to operate at a static pressure greater than 2 inches water gauge (w.g.) (500 Pa) but less than 3 inches w.g. (750 Pa) shall be insulated and sealed in accordance with Section C403.10.1. Pressure classifications specific to the duct system shall be clearly indicated on the construction documents in accordance with the International Mechanical Code.
C403.10.2.3 High-pressure duct systems.Ducts designed to operate at static pressures equal to or greater than 3 inches water gauge (w.g.) (750 Pa) shall be insulated and sealed in accordance with Section C403.10.1. ((In addition, ducts and plenums))
C403.10.2.4 Duct leak testing.Ducts and plenums designed to operate at static pressures equal to or greater than three inches water gauge (w.g.) (750 Pa) and all supply and return ductwork that is located outside the building thermal envelope, regardless of the design construction pressure class level, and that serves conditioned spaces, shall be leak-tested in accordance with the SMACNA HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual and shown to have a rate of air leakage (CL) less than or equal to 4.0 as determined in accordance with Equation ((4-12))4-9. Ducts shall be tested using a pressure equal to the average operating pressure or the design duct construction pressure class level in accordance with the SMACNA HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual.
(Equation ((4-12))4-9)
CL | = | F/P0.65 |
Where: | = | |
F | = | The measured leakage rate in cfm per 100 square feet of duct surface. |
P | = | The static pressure of the test. |
Documentation shall be furnished demonstrating that representative sections totaling at least 25 percent of the duct area have been tested and that all tested sections meet the requirements of this section.
C403.10.3 Piping insulation. All piping, other than field installed HVAC system refrigerant piping, serving as part of a heating or cooling system shall be thermally insulated in accordance with Table C403.10.3.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Factory-installed piping within HVAC equipment tested and rated in accordance with a test procedure referenced by this code. |
| 2. Factory-installed piping within room fan-coils and unit ventilators tested and rated according to AHRI 440 (except that the sampling and variation provisions of Section 6.5 shall not apply) and 840, respectively. |
| 3. Piping that conveys fluids that have a design operating temperature range between 60°F (15°C) and 105°F (41°C). |
| 4. ((Piping that conveys fluids that have not been heated or cooled through the use of fossil fuels or electric power. |
| 5.)) Strainers, control valves, and balancing valves associated with piping 1 inch (25 mm) or less in diameter. |
| ((6.))5. Direct buried piping that conveys fluids at or below 60°F (15°C). |
| ((7.))6. In radiant heating systems, sections of piping intended by design to radiate heat. |
Table C403.10.3
Minimum Pipe Insulation Thickness (thickness in inches)a
Fluid Operating Temperature Range and Usage (°F) | Insulation Conductivity | Nominal Pipe or Tube Size (inches) |
Conductivity Btu • in. /(h • ft2 • °F)b | Mean Rating Temperature, °F | < 1 | 1 to < 1-1/2 | 1-1/2 to < 4 | 4 to < 8 | ≥ 8 |
˃ 350 | 0.32 - 0.34 | 250 | 4.5 | 5.0 | 5.0 | 5.0 | 5.0 |
251 - 350 | 0.29 - 0.32 | 200 | 3.0 | 4.0 | 4.5 | 4.5 | 4.5 |
201 - 250 | 0.27 - 0.30 | 150 | 2.5 | 2.5 | 2.5 | 3.0 | 3.0 |
141 - 200 | 0.25 - 0.29 | 125 | 1.5 | 1.5 | 2.0 | 2.0 | 2.0 |
105 - 140 | 0.21 - 0.28 | 100 | 1.0 | 1.0 | 1.5 | 1.5 | 1.5 |
40 - 60 | 0.21 - 0.27 | 75 | 0.5 | 0.5 | 1.0 | 1.0 | 1.0 |
< 40 | 0.20 - 0.26 | 75 | 0.5 | 1.0 | 1.0 | 1.0 | 1.5 |
a | For piping smaller than 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) and located in partitions within conditioned spaces, reduction of these thicknesses by 1 inch (25 mm) shall be permitted (before thickness adjustment required in footnote b) but not to a thickness less than 1 inch (25 mm). |
b | For insulation outside the stated conductivity range, the minimum thickness (T) shall be determined as follows: |
| T | | r{(1 + t/r)K/k - 1} |
Where: | | |
T | = | Minimum insulation thickness. |
r | = | Actual outside radius of pipe. |
t | = | Insulation thickness listed in the table for applicable fluid temperature and pipe size. |
K | = | Conductivity of alternate material at mean rating temperature indicated for the applicable fluid temperature (Btu × in/h × ft2 × °F). |
k | = | The upper value of the conductivity range listed in the table for the applicable fluid temperature. |
c | For direct-buried heating and hot water system piping, reduction of these thicknesses by 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) shall be permitted (before thickness adjustment required in footnote b but not to thicknesses less than 1 inch (25 mm). |
C403.10.3.1 Protection of piping insulation. Piping insulation exposed to weather shall be protected from damage, including that due to sunlight, moisture, physical damage and wind((, and)). The protection shall provide shielding from solar radiation that can cause degradation of the material. The protection shall be removable and reusable for no less than six feet from the connection to the equipment piping for maintenance. Adhesive tape shall not be permitted as a means of insulation protection.
C403.10.4 Insulation of HVAC system refrigerant piping. Field installed HVAC refrigerant piping, other than piping factory installed in HVAC equipment, shall have insulation as listed below, at a conductivity rating of 0.21 to 0.26 Btu × in/(h × ft2 × °F) with a mean temperature rating of 75°F. Piping insulation exposed to weather shall be protected from damage, including that due to sunlight, moisture, physical damage and wind, and shall provide shielding from solar radiation that can cause degradation of the material. Adhesive tape shall not be permitted. Manufacturer's required minimum pipe insulation shall be maintained.
1. For lines that convey hot gas for space heating:
1.1. Minimum 1-inch insulation on the portions outside the building thermal envelope.
1.2. Minimum 1/2-inch insulation on the portions within the building thermal envelope.
2. Minimum 1/2-inch insulation on the liquid line for mini-split systems and other systems for which insulation is required by the manufacturer, or where the metering device is located in the outdoor unit.
3. No insulation is required on the liquid line for other heat pump types or for cooling-only units where insulation is not required by the manufacturer.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 20-21-080, filed 10/19/20, effective 2/1/21)
WAC 51-11C-40392Section C403.11—Mechanical systems outside the building envelope.
C403.11 Mechanical systems located outside of the building thermal envelope. Mechanical systems providing heat outside of the building thermal envelope of a building shall comply with Sections C403.11.1 through C403.11.3.
C403.11.1 Heating outside a building. Systems installed to provide heat outside a building shall be radiant systems.
Such heating systems shall be controlled by an occupancy sensing device or a timer switch, so that the system is automatically deenergized when no occupants are present.
C403.11.2 Snow- and ice-melt system controls. Snow- and ice-melting systems, supplied through energy service to the building, shall include automatic controls configured to shut off the system when the pavement temperature is above 50°F (10°C) and no precipitation is falling and an automatic control that is configured to shut off when the outdoor temperature is above 40°F (4°C) so that the potential for snow or ice accumulation is negligible.
C403.11.3Roof and gutter deicing controls. Roof and gutter deicing systems including, but not limited to, self-regulating cable, shall include automatic controls that are configured to shut off the system when the outdoor temperature is above 40°F (4°C) and include a moisture sensor configured to shut off the system in the absence of moisture.
C403.11.4 Freeze protection system controls. Freeze protection systems, such as heat tracing of outdoor piping and heat exchangers, including self-regulating heat tracing, shall include automatic controls configured to shut off the systems when outdoor air temperatures are above 40°F (4°C) or when the conditions of the protected fluid will prevent freezing.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40393Section C403.12—High efficiency single zone VAV systems.
C403.12 High efficiency single-zone variable air volume (VAV) systems. For HVAC systems subject to the requirements of Section C403.3.5 but utilizing Exception 2 of that section, a high efficiency single-zone VAV system may be provided without a separate parallel DOAS when the system is designed, installed, and configured to comply with all of the following criteria (this exception shall not be used ((as a substitution for a DOAS per Section C406.6 or)) as a modification to the requirements for the Standard Reference Design in accordance with Section C407):
1. The single-zone VAV system is provided with airside economizer in accordance with Section C403.3 without exceptions.
2. A direct-digital control (DDC) system is provided to control the system as a single zone in accordance with Section C403.4.11 regardless of sizing thresholds of Table C403.4.11.1.
3. Single-zone VAV systems with a minimum outdoor air requirement of 1,000 cfm (472 L/s) or greater shall be equipped with a device capable of measuring outdoor airflow intake under all load conditions. The system shall be capable of increasing or reducing the outdoor airflow intake based on Section C403.7.1, Demand controlled ventilation.
4. Allowable fan power shall not exceed 90 percent of the allowable fan power budget as defined by Section C403.8.1.1.
5. Each single-zone VAV system shall be designed to vary the supply fan airflow as a function of heating and cooling load and minimum fan speed shall not be more than the greater of:
5.1. 30 percent of peak design airflow; or
5.2. The required ventilation flow assuming no occupants.
6. Spaces that are larger than 150 square feet (14 m2) and with an occupant load greater than or equal to 25 people per 1000 square feet (93 m2) of floor area (as established in Table 403.3.1.1 of the International Mechanical Code) shall be provided with all of the following features:
6.1. Demand control ventilation (DCV) shall be provided that utilizes a carbon dioxide sensor to reset the ventilation setpoint of the single-zone VAV system from the design minimum to design maximum ventilation rate as required by Chapter 4 of the International Mechanical Code.
6.2. Occupancy sensors shall be provided that are configured to reduce the minimum ventilation rate to zero and setback room temperature setpoints by a minimum of 5°F, for both cooling and heating, when the space is unoccupied.
7. Single-zone VAV systems shall comply with one of the following options:
7.1. Single-zone VAV air handling units with a hydronic heating coil connected to systems with hot water generation equipment limited to the following types of equipment: Gas-fired hydronic boilers with a thermal efficiency, Et, of not less than 92 percent, air-to-water heat pumps or heat recovery chillers. Hydronic heating coils shall be sized for a maximum entering hot water temperature of 120°F for peak anticipated heating load conditions.
7.2. Single-zone VAV air handing units with a chilled water coil connected to systems with chilled water generation equipment with IPLV values more than 25 percent higher than the minimum part load efficiencies listed in Table C403.3.2(3), in the appropriate size category, using the same test procedures. Equipment shall be listed in the appropriate certification program to qualify. The smallest chiller or compressor in the central plant shall not exceed 20 percent of the total central plant cooling capacity or the chilled water system shall include thermal storage sized for a minimum of 20 percent of the total central cooling plant capacity.
7.3. Single-zone VAV air handling units with DX cooling, heat pump heating or gas-fired furnace shall comply with the following requirements as applicable:
7.3.1. Have a DX cooling coil with cooling part load efficiency that is a minimum of 15 percent higher than the minimum SEER or IEER listed in Tables C403.3.2(1), C403.3.2(2), and C403.3.2(14).
7.3.2. Have a gas-fired furnace with a thermal efficiency, Et, of not less than 90 percent or heat pump with a minimum heating HSPF or COP efficiency that are a minimum of 10 percent higher than the minimum heating efficiency in Tables C403.3.2(1), C403.3.2(2), and C403.3.2(14).
7.3.3. Heating coils or burner output shall be modulating or have a minimum of 2 stages with the first stage being less than 50 percent of total heating capacity. Cooling coils shall be modulating or have a minimum of 2 stages with the first stage being less than 50 percent of the total cooling capacity.
8. The DDC system shall include a fault detection and diagnostics (FDD) system complying with the following:
8.1. The following temperature sensors shall be permanently installed to monitor system operation:
8.1.1. Outside air.
8.1.2. Supply air.
8.1.3. Return air.
8.2. Temperature sensors shall have an accuracy of ±2°F (1.1°C) over the range of 40°F to 80°F (4°C to 26.7°C).
8.3. The single-zone VAV air handling unit controller shall be configured to provide system status by indicating the following:
8.3.1. Free cooling available.
8.3.2. Economizer enabled.
8.3.3. Compressor enabled.
8.3.4. Heating enabled.
8.3.5. Mixed air low limit cycle active.
8.3.6. The current value of each sensor.
8.4. The single-zone VAV air handling unit controller shall be capable of manually initiating each operating mode so that the operation of compressors, economizers, fans and the heating system can be independently tested and verified.
8.5. The single-zone VAV air handling unit shall be configured to report faults to a fault management application able to be accessed by day-to-day operating or service personnel or annunciated locally on zone thermostats.
8.6. The FDD system shall be configured to detect the following faults:
8.6.1. Air temperature sensor failure/fault.
8.6.2. Not economizing when the unit should be economizing.
8.6.3. Economizing when the unit should not be economizing.
8.6.4. Outdoor air or return air damper not modulating.
8.6.5. Excess outdoor air.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40394Section C403.13—((Dehumidification for plant growth))Clean water pumps.
C403.13 ((Dehumidification in spaces for plant growth and maintenance. Equipment that dehumidifies building spaces used for plant growth and maintenance shall be one of the following:
1. Stand-alone dehumidifiers that meet the following minimum integrated energy factors as measured by the test conditions in Appendix X1 to Subpart B of 10 C.F.R. Part 430:
1.1. Minimum integrated energy factor of 1.77 L/kWh for product case volumes of 8.0 cubic feet or less;
1.2. Minimum integrated energy factor of 2.41 L/kWh for product case volumes greater than 8.0 cubic feet;
2. Integrated HVAC system including, but not limited to, heat pump technology, with on-site heat recovery designed to fulfill at least 75 percent of the annual energy for dehumidification reheat;
3. Chilled water system including, but not limited to, heat pump technology, with on-site heat recovery designed to fulfill at least 75 percent of the annual energy for dehumidification reheat; or
4. Solid or liquid desiccant dehumidification system for system designs that require dewpoint of 50°F (10°C) or less.))Clean water pumps.Clean water pumps meeting all the following criteria shall achieve a PEI rating not greater than 1.0:
1. Shaft input power is greater than or equal to 1.0 hp (0.75 kW) and less than or equal to 200 hp (149.1 kW) at its best efficiency point.
2. Designated as either an end-suction close-coupled, end-suction frame-mounted, in-line, radially split vertical or submersible turbine pump.
3. A flow rate of 25 gallons per minute (1.58 L/s) or greater at its BEP at full impeller diameter.
4. Maximum head of 459 feet (139.9 m) at its BEP at full impeller diameter and the number of stages required for testing.
5. Design temperature range from 14°F (-10°C) to 248°F (120°C).
6. Designed to operate with one of the following. Note that for either Item 6.1 or 6.2, the driver and impeller must rotate at the same speed.
6.1. A 2- or 4-pole induction motor.
6.2. A noninduction motor with a speed of rotation operating range that includes speeds of rotation between 2,880 and 4,320 rpm and/or 1,440 and 2,160 rpm.
7. For submersible turbine pumps, a 6-inch (152 mm) or smaller bowl diameter.
8. For end-suction close-coupled pumps and end-suction frame-mounted/own bearings pumps, specific speeds less than or equal to 5,000 rpm when calculated using U.S. customary units.
EXCEPTION: | The following pumps are exempt from these requirements: |
| 1. Fire pumps. |
| 2. Self priming pumps. |
| 3. Prime-assisted pumps. |
| 4. Magnet-driven pumps. |
| 5. Pumps designed to be used in a nuclear facility subject to 10 C.F.R. 50. |
| 6. Pumps meeting the design and construction requirements set forth in U.S. Military Specification MIL-P-17639F (1996), "Pumps, Centrifugal, Close Coupled, Navy Standard for Use on Naval Ships" (as amended); MIL-P-17881D (1972), "Pump, Centrifugal, Boiler Feed, (Multi Stage)" (as amended); MIL-P-18472G (1989), "Pumps, Centrifugal, Condensate, Feed Booster, Waste Heat Boiler, and Distilling Plant" (as amended); MIL-P-18682D (1984), "Pump, Centrifugal, Main Condenser Circulating, Naval Shipboard" (as amended). |
C403.14 Commissioning. Mechanical systems shall be commissioned in accordance with Section C408.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40401Section C404.1—General.
C404.1 General. This section covers the minimum efficiency of, and controls for, service ((water-heating))water heating equipment and insulation of service hot water piping.
EXCEPTION: | ((Energy using))Service water heating equipment used by a manufacturing, industrial or commercial process ((other than maintaining comfort and amenities for the occupants are exempt from all Section C404 subsections except Sections C404.2 and C404.13))shall comply with Section C401.2.2. Laboratory sinks are considered to be process equipment for the purposes of this exception. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-03-085, filed 1/16/24, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40402Section C404.2—Service ((water-heating))water heating equipment performance efficiency.
C404.2 Service ((water-heating))water heating equipment performance efficiency.((Water-heating))Water heating equipment and hot water storage tanks shall meet the requirements of Table C404.2. The efficiency shall be verified through certification and listed under an approved certification program, or if no certification program exists, the equipment efficiency ratings shall be supported by data furnished by the manufacturer. ((Water-heating))Water heating equipment intended to be used to provide space heating shall meet the applicable provisions of Table C404.2.
C404.2.1 Service water heating system ((type))design criteria.((Service hot water shall be provided by an electric air-source heat pump water heating (HPWH) system meeting the requirements of this section. Supplemental service water heating equipment is permitted to use electric resistance or fossil fuel in compliance with Section C404.2.1.4))Primary service hot water capacity provided by an air-source or ground-source heat pump water heating (HPWH) system shall be sized in accordance with Section C404.2.1.1.1. The HPWH system shall be configured to provide the first stage of heating capacity. Primary capacity provided by all other service water heating equipment types shall be sized per the equipment manufacturer's sizing criteria or an approved source. The system shall provide sufficient hot water capacity to satisfy the demand for service hot water production during the peak demand period. System design capacity is inclusive of internal storage capacity, and external storage capacity as applicable. All primary service water heating equipment shall be included in the Section C406 service water heating calculations for determining energy efficiency credits.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. ((24 kW plus 0.1 watts per square foot of building area of electric resistance service water heating capacity is allowed per building.))A base site allowance of 24 kW (82 kBtu/h) plus 0.1 watt (0.3412 Btu/h) per square foot of the total building area is permitted for electric resistance or fossil fuel service water heating capacity per building. Where a building includes multiple tenants, the 24 kW (82 kBtu/h) allowance is permitted to be prorated according to the percentage of the total conditioned floor area occupied by each tenant, with a minimum of 6 kW (21 kBtu/h) permitted for each separately leased tenant space. |
| 2. ((Solar thermal, wastewater heat recovery, other approved waste heat recovery, ground source heat pumps, water-source heat pump systems utilizing waste heat, and combinations thereof, are permitted to offset all or any portion of the required HPWH capacity.))The following sources of heat energy, and combinations thereof, are permitted to satisfy all or any portion of the required HPWH primary output capacity where such systems comply with this code and the Uniform Plumbing Code, and the same heat energy capacity is not used to demonstrate compliance with Sections C403.9, C406.2.5, C407, or C411: |
| 2.1. Solar thermal systems. |
| 2.2. Heat recovery chillers. |
| 2.3. Waste heat recovery from water-to-water heat pumps. |
| 2.4. Wastewater heat recovery systems. |
| 2.5. Condenser heat recovery. |
| 2.6. Steam condensate water heat recovery. |
| 2.7. Refrigeration condenser heat recovery. |
| 2.8. Other approved sources of waste heat energy. |
| 3. Systems that comply with the Northwest Energy Efficiency Alliance (NEEA) Commercial Electric Advanced Water Heating Specification (AWHS). All specified equipment under this exception shall be products listed in the Qualified Products List (QPL) for commercial and Group R-2 occupancies. Project compliance documentation shall include a list of all applicable SWHS criteria and the project design elements that meet the specified criteria. |
| 4. Service hot water systems served by a district energy system that serves multiple buildings and that was in service before the effective date of this code. |
| 5. Commercial dishwashers, commercial food service equipment, and other approved process equipment are permitted to utilize electric or fossil fuel booster heaters for supply water temperatures 120°F (49°C) or higher. |
| 6. Systems connected to a ((low-carbon district))thermal energy network, energy exchange system or a ((low-carbon district))thermal energy network, heating and cooling or heating only system. |
| 7. ((Essential facilities. Groups I-2 and I-3 occupancies that by regulation are required to have in place redundant emergency backup systems.))Emergency back-up service water heating capacity provided in addition to the primary service water heating capacity is permitted in Group I-2 and Group I-3 essential facilities. This additional capacity is permitted to be met by any type of service water heating system and shall be controlled to operate only when the primary service water heating system is not available. |
| 8. Point of use instantaneous water heaters, serving fixtures no more than 8 feet of developed pipe length from the water heater, are permitted and do not contribute to the building combined water heating capacity calculation. |
| 9. For other than Group R and Group I occupancies, unitary electric air-source heat pump water heaters are permitted to extract heat from the conditioned space where the primary source of space heating is an electric heat pump or where heat recovery of waste heat is available, and where they are sized to meet all calculated service water heating demand using the heat pump compressor, and not supplementary heat. |
C404.2.1.1 Primary heat pump system. Primary heat pump water heating systems shall comply with Sections C404.2.1.1.1 through C404.2.1.1.4.
C404.2.1.1.1 Primary heat pump system sizing. The primary heat pump service water heating system shall be sized to deliver no less than ((50))100 percent of the calculated demand for service hot water production during the peak demand period. Demand shall be calculated using the equipment manufacturer's selection criteria or another approved methodology with entering dry bulb or wet bulb outdoor air temperature at 40°F (4°C) for air-source heat pumps, or 44°F (7°C) ground temperature for ground-source heat pumps. ((Electric))Air source heat pumps shall also be sized to deliver no less than ((25))50 percent of the calculated demand for service hot water production during the peak demand period when entering dry bulb or wet bulb outdoor air temperature is 24°F (-4°C). The remaining primary service ((output may be met by fossil fuel, electric resistance, or heat pump water heating systems))water heating output capacity is permitted to be met by any type of service water heating system and be included as part of the HPWH system capacity.
EXCEPTIONS: | ((Twenty-five))1. Fifty percent sizing at entering dry bulb or wet bulb air temperature of 24°F (-4°C) is not required for air-source heat pumps located in a below-grade enclosed parking structure or other ventilated and unconditioned space that is not anticipated to fall below 40°F (4°C) at any time. |
| 2. Any of the following system types are permitted to replace all or part of the primary heat pump service water heating system capacity: |
| 2.1. Wastewater heat recovery systems that recover heat from wastewater of both cold and hot water plumbing fixtures and that utilize water-source heat pumps. The heat pumps shall be sized for incoming wastewater temperatures of no higher than 70°F (21°C) for Group R and Group I occupancies, and no higher than 60°F (16°C) for all other occupancies, unless an alternate wastewater temperature is approved by the code official. |
| 2.2. Solar thermal systems. |
| 2.3. Other water-source heat pump systems that utilize waste heat recovered from year-round mechanical cooling loads or other approved sources. |
((C404.2.1.2))C404.2.1.1.2 Primary hot water storage sizing. The system ((shall))design is permitted to include a combination of service water heating equipment capacity and storage necessary to provide sufficient hot water to satisfy peak demand period requirements.
((C404.2.1.3))C404.2.1.1.3 System design. The service water heating system shall be configured to conform to one of the following provisions:
1. For single-pass heat pump water heaters, temperature maintenance heating provided for reheating return water from the building's heated service water circulation system shall be physically decoupled from the primary service water heating system storage tank(s) in a manner that prevents destratification of the primary system storage tanks. Temperature maintenance heating is permitted to be provided by electric resistance, fossil fuel, or a separate dedicated heat pump system.
2. For multi-pass heat pump water heaters, recirculated temperature maintenance water is permitted to be returned to the primary water storage tanks for reheating.
3. For unitary heat pump water heaters, located in conditioned space, are permitted, where they are sized to meet all calculated service water heating demand using the heat pump compressor, and not supplementary heat.
((C404.2.1.3.1))C404.2.1.1.4 Mixing valve. A thermostatic mixing valve capable of supplying hot water to the building at the user temperature setpoint shall be provided, in compliance with requirements of the Uniform Plumbing Code and the HPWH manufacturer's installation guidelines. The mixing valve shall be sized and rated to deliver tempered water in a range from the minimum flow of the temperature maintenance recirculation system up to the maximum demand for the fixtures served.
((C404.2.1.4))C404.2.1.2 Supplemental water heating. Total supplemental water heating equipment shall not have an output capacity greater than the total summed capacity of all primary water heating equipment. For the purposes of determining this supplemental water heating allowance, the capacity of primary water heating equipment shall be evaluated at 40°F (4°C) entering dry bulb or wet bulb outdoor air temperature for air-source heat pumps, 44°F (7°C) ground temperature for ground-source heat pumps, and at the nameplate input rate for all other water heater system types. Supplemental heating is permitted for the following uses:
1. Temperature maintenance of heated-water circulation systems, physically separate from the primary service water heating system.
2. Defrost of compressor coils.
3. Heat tracing of piping for freeze protection or for temperature maintenance in lieu of recirculation of hot water.
4. Backup or low ambient temperature conditions, where all of the following are true:
4.1. During normal operations, the supplemental heating is controlled to operate only when the entering air temperature at the air-source HPWH is below 40°F (4°C), and the primary HPWH compressor continues to operate together with the supplemental heating.
4.2. The primary water heating equipment cannot satisfy the system load due to equipment failure or entering air temperature below 40°F (4°C).
((C404.2.1.5))C404.2.1.3 System fault detection. The control system shall be capable of and configured to send automatic error alarms to building or maintenance personnel upon detection of equipment faults, low leaving water temperature from primary storage tanks, or low hot water supply delivery temperature to building distribution system.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-404021Table C404.2—Minimum performance of water-heating equipment.
Table C404.2
Minimum Performance of Water-Heating Equipment
Equipment Type | Size Category (input) | Subcategory or Rating Condition | Draw Pattern | Performance Requireda((,j)) | Test Procedureb |
Electric table-top water heaters((k))c | ≤ 12 kW((c)) | ≥ 20 gal ≤ 120 gald | Very small Low Medium High | UEF ≥ 0.6323 - (0.0058 × Vr) UEF ≥ 0.9188 - (0.0031 × Vr) UEF ≥ 0.9577 - (0.0023 × Vr) UEF ≥ 0.9884 - (0.0016 × Vr) | DOE 10 C.F.R. Part 430 App. E |
Electric storage water heaters((g,i))e,f resistance and heat pump | ≤ 12 kW((c)) | ≥ 20 gal ≤ 55 gal | Very small Low Medium High | UEF ≥ 0.8808 - (0.0008 × Vr) UEF ≥ 0.9254 - (0.0003 × Vr) UEF ≥ 0.9307 - (0.0002 × Vr) UEF ≥ 0.9349 - (0.0001 × Vr) | DOE 10 C.F.R. Part 430 App. E |
≤ 12 kW | ˃ 55 gal ≤ 120 galf | Very small Low Medium High | UEF ≥ 1.9236 - (0.0011 × Vr) UEF ≥ 2.0440 - (0.0011 × Vr) UEF ≥ 2.1171 - (0.0011 × Vr) UEF ≥ 2.2418 - (0.0011 × Vr) | DOE 10 C.F.R. Part 430 App. E |
Electric storage water heaters((g))e,f,m | ˃ 12 kW | | | (0.3 + 27/Vm), %h | DOE 10 C.F.R. 431.106 App B. |
Grid-enabled water heatersg,((l)) | | ˃ 75 gald | Very small Low Medium High | UEF ≥ 1.0136 - (0.0028 × Vr) UEF ≥ 0.9984 - (0.0014 × Vr) UEF ≥ 0.9853 - (0.0010 × Vr) UEF ≥ 0.9720 - (0.0007 × Vr) | DOE 10 C.F.R. 430 Appendix E |
Electric instantaneous water heaterh | ≤ 12 kW | < 2 gald | Very small Low Medium High | UEF ≥ 0.91 UEF ≥ 0.91 UEF ≥ 0.91 UEF ≥ 0.92 | DOE 10 C.F.R. Part 430 |
˃ 12 kW & ≤ 58.6 kW((c)) | ≤ 2 gal & ≤ 180°F | All | UEF ≥ 0.80 | DOE 10 C.F.R. Part 430 |
Gas storage water heaters((g))e,m | ≤ 75,000 Btu/h | ≥ 20 gal & ≤ 55 gal((f))d | Very small Low Medium High | UEF ≥ 0.3456 - (0.0020 × Vr) UEF ≥ 0.5982 - (0.0019 × Vr) UEF ≥ 0.6483 - (0.0017 × Vr) UEF ≥ 0.6920 - (0.0013 × Vr) | DOE 10 C.F.R. Part 430 App. E |
≤ 75,000 Btu/h | ˃ 55 gal & ≤ 100 gal((f))d | Very small Low Medium High | UEF ≥ 0.6470 - (0.0006 × Vr) UEF ≥ 0.7689 - (0.0005 × Vr) UEF ≥ 0.7897 - (0.0004 × Vr) UEF ≥ 0.8072 - (0.0003 × Vr) | DOE 10 C.F.R. Part 430 App. E |
˃ 75,000 Btu/h and ≤ 105,000 Btu/h((d))j,k | ≤ 120 gal & ≤ 180°F | Very small Low Medium High | UEF ≥ 0.2674 - 0.0009 × Vr UEF ≥ 0.5362 - 0.0012 × Vr UEF ≥ 0.6002 - 0.0011 × Vr UEF ≥ 0.6597 - 0.0009 × Vr | DOE 10 C.F.R. Part 430 App. E |
˃ 105,000 Btu/h((d,f))k | | | ((80% Et)) 95% SL ≤ (Q/800 +110((√V))× Vr0.5), Btu/h | DOE 10 C.F.R. 431.106 |
Gas instantaneous water heaterh | ˃ 50,000 Btu/h and < 200,000 Btu/hk | < 2 gald | Very small Low Medium High | UEF ≥ 0.80 UEF ≥ 0.81 UEF ≥ 0.81 UEF ≥ 0.81 | DOE 10 C.F.R. Part 430 App. E |
≥ 200,000 Btu/h((d,f))k | < 10 gal | | 80% Et | DOE 10 C.F.R. 431.106 |
≥ 200,000 Btu/h((f))k | ≥ 10 gal | | 80% Et SL ≤ (Q/800 +110√V), Btu/h |
Oil storage water heaters((g))e,m | ≤ 105,000 Btu/h | ≤ 50 gal | Very small Low Medium High | UEF = 0.2509 - (0.0012 × Vr) UEF = 0.5330 - (0.0016 × Vr) UEF = 0.6078 - (0.0016 × Vr) UEF = 0.6815 - (0.0014 × Vr) | DOE 10 C.F.R. Part 430 |
˃ 105,000 Btu/h and ≤ 140,000 Btu/h((e))l | ≤ 120 gal & ≤ 180°F | Very small Low Medium High | UEF ≥ 0.2932 - (0.0015 × Vr) UEF ≥ 0.5596 - (0.0018 × Vr) UEF ≥ 0.6194 - (0.0016 × Vr) UEF ≥ 0.6740 - (0.0013 × Vr) | DOE 10 C.F.R. Part 430 App. E |
˃ 140,000 Btu/h | All | | 80% Et SL ≤ (Q/800 +110√V), Btu/h | DOE 10 C.F.R. 431.106 |
Oil instantaneous water heaterh,m | ≤ 210,000 Btu/h | < 2 gal | | 80% Et EF ≥ 0.59 - 0.0005 × V | DOE 10 C.F.R. Part 430 App. E |
˃ 210,000 Btu/h | < 10 gal | | 80% Et | DOE 10 C.F.R. 431.106 |
˃ 210,000 Btu/h | ≥ 10 gal | | 78% Et SL ≤ (Q/800 +110√V), Btu/h | DOE 10 C.F.R. 431.106 |
Hot water supply boilers, gas and oilh | ≥ 300,000 Btu/h and < 12,500,000 Btu/h | < 10 gal | | 80% Et | DOE 10 C.F.R. 431.106 |
Hot water supply boilers, gas((h))l,m | ≥ 300,000 Btu/h and < 12,500,000 Btu/h | ≥ 10 gal | | 80% Et SL ≤ (Q/800 +110√V), Btu/h | DOE 10 C.F.R. 431.106 |
Hot water supply boilers, oilh | ≥ 300,000 Btu/h and < 12,500,000 Btu/h | ≥ 10 gal | | 78% Et SL ≤ (Q/800 +110√V), Btu/h | DOE 10 C.F.R. 431.106 |
Pool heaters, gasd | All | | | 82% Et | DOE 10 C.F.R. Part 430 App. P |
Heat pump pool heaters | All | 50°F db & 44.2°F wb outdoor air 80.0°F entering water | | 4.0 COP | DOE 10 C.F.R. Part 430 App. P |
Unfired storage tanks | All | | | Minimum insulation requirement R-12.5 (h-ft2-°F)/Btu | (none) |
Gas heat pump | All | 50° outdoor air temperature | | 1.0 COP | ANSI/ASHRAE 118.1 |
a | Thermal efficiency (Et) is a minimum requirement, while standby loss is a maximum requirement. In the standby loss equation, V is the rated volume in gallons and Q is the nameplate input rate in Btu/h. Vm is the measured volume in the tank in gallons. Standby loss for electric water heaters is in terms of %/h and denoted by the term "S," and standby loss for gas and oil water heaters is in terms of Btu/h and denoted by the term "SL" Draw pattern (DP) refers to the water draw profile in the Uniform Energy Factor (UEF) test. UEF and Energy Factor (EF) are minimum requirements. In the UEF standard equations, Vr refers to the rated volume in gallons. |
b | Chapter 6 contains a complete specification, including the year version, of the referenced test procedure. |
c | ((Electric instantaneous water heaters with input capacity ˃ 12 kW and ≤ 58.6 kW that have either (1) a storage volume ˃ 2 gal; or (2) is designed to provide outlet hot water at temperatures greater than 180°F; or (3) uses three-phase power has no efficiency standard.))A tabletop water heater is a storage water heater that is enclosed in a rectangular cabinet with a flat top surface not more than 3 feet in height and has a ratio of input capacity (Btu/h) to tank volume (gal) less than 4,000. |
((d | Gas storage water heaters with input capacity ˃ 75,000 Btu/h and ≤ 105,000 Btu/h must comply with the requirements for the ˃ 105,000 Btu/h if the water heater either (1) has a storage volume ˃ 120 gal; (2) is designed to provide outlet hot water at temperatures greater than 180°F; or (3) uses three-phase power. |
e | Oil storage water heaters with input capacity ˃ 105,000 Btu/h and ≤ 140,000 Btu/h must comply with the requirements for the ˃ 140,000 Btu/h if the water heater either (1) has a storage volume ˃ 120 gal; (2) is designed to provide outlet hot water at temperatures greater than 180°F; or (3) uses three-phase power. |
f))d | Water heaters or gas pool heaters in this category are regulated as consumer products by the USDOE as defined in 10 C.F.R. Part 430. |
((g))e | Storage water heaters have a ratio of input capacity (Btu/h) to tank volume (gal) < 4000. |
f | Efficiency requirements for electric storage hot water heaters ≤ 12 kW apply to both electric resistance and heat pump water heaters. |
g | A grid-enabled water heater is an electric resistance water heater that meets all of the following: |
| (1) Has a rated storage tank volume of more than 75 gallons. |
| (2) Is manufactured on or after April 16, 2015. |
| (3) Is equipped at the point of manufacture with an activation lock. |
| (4) Bears a permanent label applied by the manufacturer that complies with all the following: |
| (4.1) Is made of material not adversely affected by water. |
| (4.2) Is attached by means of nonwater soluble adhesive. |
| (4.3) Advises purchasers and end users the intended and appropriate use of the product with the following notice printed in 16.5 point Arial Narrow Bold font: "IMPORTANT INFORMATION: This water heater is intended only for use as a part of an electric thermal storage or demand response program. It will not provide adequate hot water unless enrolled in such a program and activated by your utility company or another program operator. Confirm the availability of a program in your local area before purchasing or installing this product." |
h | Instantaneous water heaters and hot water supply boilers have an input capacity (Btu/h) divided by storage volume (gal) ≥ 4000 Btu/h-gal. |
((i | There are no minimum efficiency requirements for electric heat pump water heaters greater than 12 kW or for gas heat pump water heaters. |
j | Refer to Section C404.2.1 for additional requirements for service water heat system equipment. |
k | A tabletop water heater is a storage water heater that is enclosed in a rectangular cabinet with a flat top surface not more than three feet (0.91 m) in height and have a ratio of input capacity (Btu/h) to tank volume (gal) < 4000. |
l | A grid-enabled water heater is an electric resistance water heater that meets all of the following: |
| 1. Has a rated storage tank volume of more than 75 gallons. |
| 2. Is manufactured on or after April 16, 2015. |
| 3. Is equipped at the point of manufacture with an activation lock. |
| 4. Bears a permanent label applied by the manufacturer that complies with all of the following: |
| | 4.1 Is made of material not adversely affected by water. |
| | 4.2 Is attached by means of nonwater soluble adhesive. |
| | 4.3 Advises purchasers and end-users of the intended and appropriate use of the product with the following notice printed in 16.5 point Arial Narrow Bold font: "IMPORTANT INFORMATION: This water heater is intended only for use as a part of an electric thermal storage or demand response program. It will not provide adequate hot water unless enrolled in such a program and activated by your utility company or another program operator. Confirm the availability of a program in your local area before purchasing or installing this product.")) |
i | Electric instantaneous water heaters with input capacity ˃ 12 kW and ≤ 58.6 kW that: |
| (1) Have a storage volume ˃ 2 gal; or |
| (2) Is designed to provide outlet hot water at temperatures greater than 180°F; or |
| (3) Uses three-phase power. |
j | Gas storage water heaters with input capacity ˃ 75,000 Btu/h and ≤ 105,000 Btu/h must comply with the requirements for the ˃ 105,000 Btu/h if the water heater either: |
| (1) Has a storage volume ˃ 120 gal; |
| (2) Is designed to provide outlet hot water at temperatures greater than 180°F; or |
| (3) Uses three-phase power. |
k | Refer to Section C404.2.1 for additional requirements for service water heat system equipment. |
l | Oil storage water heaters with input capacity ˃ 105,000 Btu/h and ≤ 140,000 Btu/h must comply with the requirements for the ˃ 140,000 Btu/h if the water heater either (1) has a storage volume ˃ 120 gal; (2) is designed to provide outlet hot water at temperatures greater than 180°F; or (3) uses three-phase power. |
m | Water heaters and hot water supply boilers with more than 140 gallons of storage capacity need not meet the standby loss requirement where: |
| (1) The tank surface area is thermally insulated to R-12.5 or more; |
| (2) There is no standing pilot light; and |
| (3) For gas- or oil-fired storage water heaters, the heater is equipped with a fire damper or fan-assisted combustion. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40403Section C404.3—((Efficient))Heated water supply piping.
C404.3 ((Efficient))Heated water supply piping. Heated water supply piping shall be in accordance with Section C404.3.1 ((or)), C404.3.2, or C404.3.3, as applicable. The flow rate through 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) piping shall be not greater than 0.5 gpm (1.9 L/m). ((The flow rate through 5/16-inch (7.9 mm) piping shall be not greater than 1 gpm (3.8 L/m).)) The flow rate through 3/8-inch (9.5 mm) piping shall be not greater than 1.5 gpm (5.7 L/m). Water heaters, circulating service water systems and heat trace temperature maintenance systems shall be considered sources of heated water.
C404.3.1 Maximum allowable pipe length method. The maximum allowable piping length from the nearest source of ((heater))heated service water to the termination of the fixture supply pipe shall be in accordance with the following. Where the piping contains more than one size of pipe, the largest size of pipe within the piping shall be used for determining the maximum allowable length of the piping in Table C404.3.1.
1. For a public lavatory faucet, use the "Public lavatory faucets" column in Table C404.3.1.
2. For all other plumbing fixtures and plumbing appliances, use the "Other fixtures and appliances" column in Table C404.3.1.
Table C404.3.1
Piping Volume and Maximum Piping Lengths
Nominal Pipe Size (inches) | Volume (liquid ounces per foot length) | Maximum Piping Length (feet) |
Public lavatory faucets | Other fixtures and appliances |
((1/4 | 0.33 | 6 | 50 |
5/16 | 0.5 | 4 | 50)) |
3/8 | 0.75 | ((3))15 | 50 |
1/2 | 1.5 | ((8))15 | 43 |
5/8 | 2 | 8 | 32 |
3/4 | 3 | ((0.5))7.5 | 21 |
((7/8 | 4 | 0.5 | 16)) |
1 | 5 | ((0.5))5 | 13 |
1 1/4 | 8 | ((0.5))5 | 8 |
1 1/2 | 11 | ((0.5))5 | 6 |
2 or larger | 18 | ((0.5))5 | ((4))5 |
C404.3.2 Maximum allowable pipe volume method. The water volume in the piping shall be calculated in accordance with Section C404.3.2.1.
The volume from the nearest source of heated service water to the termination of the fixture supply pipe shall be as follows:
1. For a public lavatory faucet: Not more than ((2))22.5 ounces (((0.06))0.67 L).
2. For other plumbing fixtures or plumbing appliances; not more than 0.5 gallon (1.89 L).
C404.3.2.1 Water volume determination. The volume shall be the sum of the internal volumes of pipe, fittings, valves, meters and manifolds between the nearest source of heated service water and the termination of the fixture supply pipe. The volume in the piping shall be determined from the "Volume" column in Table C404.3.1 or from Table C404.3.2.1. The volume contained within fixture shutoff valves, within flexible water supply connectors to a fixture fitting and within a fixture fitting shall not be included in the water volume determination. Where heated water is supplied by a recirculating system or heat-traced piping, the volume shall include the portion of the fitting on the branch pipe that supplies water to the fixture.
Table C404.3.2.1
Internal Volume of Various Water Distribution Tubing
Ounces of Water per Foot of Tube |
Nominal Size (inches) | Copper Type M | Copper Type L | Copper Type K | CPVC CTS SDR 11 | CPVC SCH 40 | CPVC SCH 80 | PE-RT SDR | Composite ASTM F1281 | PEX CTS SDR 9 |
3/8 | 1.06 | 0.97 | 0.84 | N/A | 1.17 | — | 0.64 | 0.63 | 0.64 |
1/2 | 1.69 | 1.55 | 1.45 | 1.25 | 1.89 | 1.46 | 1.18 | 1.31 | 1.18 |
3/4 | 3.43 | 3.22 | 2.90 | 2.67 | 3.38 | 2.74 | 2.35 | 3.39 | 2.35 |
1 | 5.81 | 5.49 | 5.17 | 4.43 | 5.53 | 4.57 | 3.91 | 5.56 | 3.91 |
11/4 | 8.70 | 8.36 | 8.09 | 6.61 | 9.66 | 8.24 | 5.81 | 8.49 | 5.81 |
11/2 | 12.18 | 11.83 | 11.45 | 9.22 | 13.20 | 11.38 | 8.09 | 13.88 | 8.09 |
2 | 21.08 | 20.58 | 20.04 | 15.79 | 21.88 | 19.11 | 13.86 | 21.48 | 13.86 |
C404.3.3 Demand load for Group R-2 occupancies. Demand load for water supply of dwelling units within Group R-2 occupancies shall be determined using Appendix M of the Uniform Plumbing Code. Piping shall be no more than one pipe size larger than the minimum size permitted when sized for maximum allowable velocity based on the specified piping material in conjunction with the Appendix M demand load flow rate at any specific node within the water distribution system.
EXCEPTION: | Existing buildings are not required to comply with this section if the existing plumbing fixtures have higher flow rates than those listed in Table M102.1 of the Uniform Plumbing Code. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 13-04-056, filed 2/1/13, effective 7/1/13)
WAC 51-11C-40405Section C404.5—Water heater installation.
C404.5 Water heater installation. Electric water heaters in unconditioned spaces or on concrete floors shall be placed on ((an incompressible, insulated surface))rigid insulation with a compressive strength of 25 psi or greater at 10 percent compression with a minimum thermal resistance of R-10.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40406Section C404.6—Pipe insulation.
C404.6 ((Insulation of piping. Piping from a water heater to the termination of the heated water fixture supply pipe shall be insulated in accordance with Table C403.10.3. On both the inlet and outlet piping of a storage water heater or heated water storage tank, the piping to a heat trap or the first 8 feet (2438 mm) of piping, whichever is less, shall be insulated. Piping that is heat traced shall be insulated in accordance with Table C403.10.3 or the heat trace manufacturer's instructions. Tubular pipe insulation shall be installed in accordance with the insulation manufacturer's instructions. Pipe insulation shall be continuous, including through hangers and supports, such that thermal bridging is prevented, except where the piping passes through a framing member. The minimum insulation thickness requirements of this section shall not supersede any greater insulation thickness requirements necessary for the protection of piping from freezing temperatures or the protection of personnel against external surface temperatures on the insulation.))Service water heating system piping insulation.Service water heating system piping shall be surrounded by high compressive strength insulation. The wall thickness of the insulation shall be not less than the thickness shown in Table C404.6. Where the insulation thermal conductivity is not within the range in the table, Equation 4-10 shall be used to calculate the minimum insulation thickness:
(Equation 4-10)
Where: | |
talt | = | Minimum insulation thickness of the alternate material (in) (mm). |
r | = | Actual outside radius of the pipe (in) (mm). |
ttable | = | Insulation thickness listed in this table for applicable fluid temperature and pipe size. |
kalt | = | Thermal conductivity of the alternate material at mean rating temperature indicated for the applicable fluid temperature [Btu × in/h × ft2 × °F] [W(m × °C)]. |
kupper | = | The upper value of the thermal conductivity range listed in this table for the applicable fluid temperature [Btu × in/h × ft2 × °F] [W(m × °C)]. |
For nonmetallic piping thicker than Schedule 80 and having thermal resistance greater than that of steel pipe, reduced insulation thicknesses are permitted if documentation is provided showing that the pipe with the proposed insulation has no more heat transfer per foot (meter) than a steel pipe of the same size with the insulation thickness shown in the table.
EXCEPTION: | Tubular pipe insulation shall not be required on the following: |
| 1. ((The tubing from the connection at the termination of the fixture supply piping to a plumbing fixture or plumbing appliance.))Factory-installed piping within water heaters and hot water storage tanks. |
| 2. Valves, pumps, strainers and threaded unions in piping that is 1 inch (25 mm) or less in nominal diameter. |
| 3. Piping from user-controlled shower and bath mixing valves to the water outlets. |
| 4. ((Cold-water piping of a demand recirculation water system))Piping in existing buildings where alterations are made to existing service water heating systems where there is insufficient space or access to meet the requirements. |
| 5. ((Tubing from a hot drinking-water heating unit to the water outlet. |
| 6. Piping at))Vertical pipe riser locations where a vertical support of the piping is installed. |
| ((7. Piping surrounded by building insulation with a thermal resistance (R-value) of not less than R-3. |
| 8.))6. Where piping passes through a framing member if it requires increasing the size of the framing member. |
| 7. Hot water piping that is part of the final pipe run to the plumbing fixture and is not part of the heated-water circulation system circulation path is not required to meet the minimum insulation requirements of Section C404.6. |
Table C404.6
Required Pipe Insulation Thickness for Service Water Heatinga
Location | Water Temp | Nominal Pipe or Tube Size | Insulation Conductivity |
< 1" | 1 to < 1-1/2" | 1-1/2 to < 4" | 4 to < 8" | 8" or larger | Conductivity Btu • in./(h • ft2• °F)b | Mean Rating Temp, °F |
Not in-partitiona Circulation Loop Piping | 105 - 140°F | 2.0 | 2.0 | 2.5 | 2.5 | 2.5 | 0.21 - 0.28 | 100 |
141 - 200°F | 2.5 | 2.5 | 3.0 | 3.0 | 3.0 | 0.25 - 0.29 | 125 |
Not in-partitiona All other piping | 105 - 140°F | 1.0 | 1.0 | 1.5 | 1.5 | 1.5 | 0.21 - 0.28 | 100 |
141 - 200°F | 1.5 | 1.5 | 2.0 | 2.0 | 2.0 | 0.25 - 0.29 | 125 |
In-partitiona Circulation Loop Piping | 105 - 140°F | 1.0 | 1.0 | 2.5 | 2.5 | 2.5 | 0.21 - 0.28 | 100 |
141 - 200°F | 1.5 | 1.5 | 3.0 | 3.0 | 3.0 | 0.25 - 0.29 | 125 |
In-partitiona All other piping | 105 - 140°F | 1.0 | 1.0 | 1.5 | 1.5 | 1.5 | 0.21 - 0.28 | 100 |
141 - 200°F | 1.0 | 1.0 | 2.0 | 2.0 | 2.0 | 0.25 - 0.29 | 125 |
a | In a partition that has conditioned space on both sides. |
C404.6.1 Installation requirements. The following piping shall be insulated per the requirements of this section:
1. Recirculating system piping, including the supply and return piping.
2. Outlet piping from:
2.1. Storage water heaters.
2.2. Hot water storage tanks.
2.3. Any water heater and hot water supply boiler heated by a direct heat source, an indirect heat source, or both a direct heat source and an indirect heat source.
3. Branch piping connecting to recirculated, heat traced or impedance-heated piping.
4. The makeup water inlet piping between heat traps and the storage water heaters and the storage tanks they are serving, in a nonrecirculating service water heating storage system.
5. Hot water piping between multiple water heaters, between multiple hot water storage tanks, and between water heaters and hot water storage tanks.
6. Piping that is externally heated (such as heat trace or impedance heating).
For direct-buried service water heating system piping, reduction of these thicknesses by 1-1/2 inches (38.1 mm) shall be permitted (before thickness adjustment required in Section C404.6) but not thicknesses less than 1 inch (25.4 mm).
C404.6.2 Storage tank insulation. Unfired storage tanks used to store service hot water at temperatures above 130°F (54°C) shall be wrapped with an insulating product, installed in accordance with the insulation manufacturer's instructions and providing a minimum of R-2 additional insulation for every 10°F (5°C) increase in stored water temperature above 130°F (54°C). Such additional insulation is also permitted to be integral to the tank. The insulation is permitted to be discontinuous at structural supports.
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040. AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40407Section C404.7—Heated-water circulating and temperature maintenance systems.
C404.7 Heated-water circulating and heat trace temperature maintenance systems. Heated-water circulation systems for temperature maintenance shall be in accordance with Section C404.7.1. Electric resistance heat trace systems for temperature maintenance shall be in accordance with Section C404.7.2. Controls for hot water storage shall be in accordance with Section C404.7.3. Automatic controls, temperature sensors and pumps shall be in a location with access. Manual controls shall be in a location with ready access.
C404.7.1 Circulation systems. Heated-water circulation systems shall be provided with a circulation pump. Gravity and thermo-syphon circulation systems are prohibited. The system return pipe shall be a dedicated return pipe. The pump shall have an electronically commutated motor with a means of adjusting motor speed for system balancing. ((The system return pipe shall be a dedicated return pipe. Gravity and thermo-syphon circulation systems are prohibited.)) Controls shall start the circulation pump based on the identification of a demand for hot water within the occupancy.
Controls shall be configured to automatically turn off the pump when the water in the circulation loop is at the desired temperature and when there is not a demand for hot water. Where a circulation pump serves multiple risers or piping zones, controls shall include self-actuating thermostatic balancing valves or another means of flow control to automatically balance the flow rate through each riser or piping zone.
C404.7.1.1 Single riser systems. Where the circulation system serves only a single domestic hot water riser or zone, the following controls shall be provided:
1. Controls shall be configured to automatically turn off the pump when the water in the circulation loop is at the design supply temperature and shall not turn the pump back on until the temperature is a minimum of 10°F (5°C) lower than the design supply temperature.
2. Controls shall be equipped with a manual switch or other control method that can be used to turn off the circulating pump during extended periods when hot water is not required.
C404.7.1.2 Multiple riser systems. Where the circulation system serves multiple domestic hot water risers or piping zones, the following equipment and controls shall be provided:
1. Controls shall be configured to automatically turn off the circulation pump during ((extended)) periods of time exceeding four hours when hot water is not required. Pump circulation is permitted to be automatically started a maximum of four hours before scheduled occupancy time to warm up the system or is permitted be automatically started and stopped to run a maximum of 50 percent of each hour to maintain water circulation to reduce legionella or other biological growth in circulation water.
2. ((System shall include means for balancing the flow rate through each individual hot water supply riser or piping zone.))At the end of each riser or piping zone before heated water is returned to the circulation pump, a thermostatic balancing valve or control valve that automatically controls the flow through the riser or piping zone to maintain the domestic hot water supply temperature in the riser at a maximum of 5°F (2.3°C) lower than the design supply water temperature.
3. ((For circulation systems that use a variable flow circulation pump, each riser and piping zone shall have a self-actuating thermostatic balancing valve.))A variable speed or ECM circulation pump that automatically adjusts speed to reduce flow to maintain a constant pressure.
EXCEPTION: | Multiple riser systems serving Group R and Group I occupancies are not required to have controls that automatically turn off the circulation pump. |
C404.7.1.3 Electronic thermostatic mixing valve (TMV). Where a heated service water circulation system utilizes an electronic TMV to control the temperature of hot water supplied to the building, the TMV shall be configured so that it either reverts closed (fully COLD) or maintains its current valve position upon power failure or cessation of circulation flow.
C404.7.2 Heat trace systems. Electric heat trace systems shall comply with IEEE 515.1. Controls for such systems shall be ((able))configured to automatically adjust the energy input to the heat tracing to maintain the desired water temperature in the piping in accordance with the times when heated water is used in the occupancy. Heat trace shall be ((arranged))configured to be turned off automatically when there is no hot water demand.
C404.7.3 Controls for hot water storage. The controls on pumps that circulate water between a water heater and a heated-water storage tank shall limit operation of the pump from heating cycle startup to not greater than 5 minutes after the end of the cycle.
((C404.7.3.1 Pipe insulation. For heated water circulation systems, both supply and return pipe insulation shall be at minimum 1.0 inch thicker than that required by Table C403.10.3.
EXCEPTION: | Where piping is centered within a wall, ceiling or floor framing cavity with a depth at least 4 inches greater than the diameter of the pipe and that is completely filled with batt or blown-in insulation, additional pipe insulation is not required.)) |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 19-24-040, filed 11/26/19, effective 7/1/20)
WAC 51-11C-40409Section C404.9—Domestic hot water meters.
C404.9 Domestic hot water meters. Each individual ((dwelling unit))dwelling unit in a Group R-2 occupancy with central service domestic hot water systems shall be provided with a domestic hot water meter to allow for domestic hot water billing based on actual domestic hot water usage.
EXCEPTION: | Dwelling units in other than Group R-2 multi-family and live/work units are not required to provide domestic hot water metering at each dwelling unit where domestic hot water is metered separately for each of the following building end uses: |
| 1. Dwelling units. |
| 2. Sleeping units. |
| 3. Commercial kitchens. |
| 4. Central laundries. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-40410Section C404.11—Pools and spas.
C404.11 Energy consumption of pools and permanent spas. The energy consumption of pools and permanent spas shall be controlled by the requirements in Sections C404.11.1 through C404.11.4.
C404.11.1 Heaters. Pool water heaters using electric resistance heating as the primary source of heat are prohibited for pools over 2,000 gallons. Heat pump pool heaters shall have a minimum COP of 4.0 at 50°F (10°C) db, 44.2°F (6.8°C) wb outdoor air and 80°F (27°C) entering water, determined in accordance with AHRI 1160. Other pool heating equipment shall comply with the applicable efficiencies in Section C404.2.
The electric power to all heaters shall be controlled by an on-off switch that is an integral part of the heater, mounted on the exterior of the heater, or external to and within 3 feet of the heater in a location with ready access. Operation of such switch shall not change the setting of the heater thermostat. Such switches shall be in addition to a circuit breaker for the power to the heater. Gas-fired heaters shall not be equipped with constant burning pilot lights.
C404.11.2 Time switches. Time switches or other control method that can automatically turn off and on heaters and pump motors according to a preset schedule shall be installed for heaters and pump motors. Heaters and pump motors that have built-in time switches shall be in compliance with this section.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Where public health standards require 24-hour pump operation. |
| 2. Pumps that operate solar- ((and))or waste-heat-recovery pool heating systems. |
C404.11.3 Covers. Heated pools and permanent spas shall be provided with a vapor-retardant cover on or at the water surface. Pools heated to more than 90°F shall have a pool cover with a minimum insulation value of R-12, and the sides and bottom of the pool shall also have a minimum insulation value of R-12.
C404.11.4 Heat recovery. Heated indoor swimming pools, spas or hot tubs with water surface area greater than 200 square feet shall provide for energy conservation by an exhaust air heat recovery system that heats ventilation air, pool water or domestic hot water. The heat recovery system shall be configured to decrease the exhaust air temperature at design heating conditions (80°F indoor) by 36°F (10°C).
EXCEPTION: | Pools, spas or hot tubs that include system(s) that provide equivalent recovered energy on an annual basis through one of the following methods: |
| 1. Solar water heating systems not claimed in Section C406.2.5 or C407; |
| 2. Dehumidification heat recovery; |
| 3. Waste heat recovery; or |
| 4. A combination of these system sources capable of and configured to provide at least 70 percent of the heating energy required over an operating season. |
C404.12 Portable spas. The energy consumption of electric-powered portable spas shall be controlled by the requirements of APSP 14.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40501Section C405.1—General.
C405.1 General.((Lighting system controls, the maximum lighting power for interior and exterior applications, electrical energy consumption, vertical and horizontal transportation systems, and minimum efficiencies for motors and transformers shall comply with this section.
Sleeping units shall comply with Section C405.2.6, item 2 and Section C405.1.1 or Section C405.4.))General lighting shall consist of all lighting included when calculating the total connected interior lighting power in accordance with Section C405.4.1 and which does not require specific application controls in accordance with Section C405.2.5.
Lighting installed in walk-in coolers, walk-in freezers, refrigerated warehouse coolers and refrigerated warehouse freezers shall comply with the lighting requirements of Sections((C410.2))C410.3 and C410.34.
((Transformers, uninterruptable power supplies, motors and electrical power processing equipment in data center systems shall comply with Section 8 of ASHRAE Standard 90.4 in addition to this code.
EXCEPTION: | Energy using equipment used by a manufacturing, industrial or commercial process other than maintaining comfort and amenities for the occupants are exempt from all Section C405 subsections except Section C405.8. Data center and computer room HVAC equipment is not covered by this exemption. |
C405.1.1 Lighting for dwelling and sleeping units. No less than 90 percent of the permanently installed lighting serving dwelling units or sleeping units, excluding kitchen appliance lighting, shall be provided by lamps with a minimum efficacy of 65 lumens per watt or luminaires with an efficacy of not less than 45 lumens per watt.))
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Dwelling units and sleeping units that comply with Sections C405.2.12, C405.4.3, and C405.7. |
| 2. Lighting and electrical equipment used by a manufacturing, industrial, or commercial process shall comply with Section C401.2.2. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40502Section C405.2—Electrical power and lighting systems.
C405.2 Lighting controls. Lighting systems ((shall be provided with controls that comply with one of the following:
1. Lighting controls as specified in Sections C405.2.1 through C405.2.10.
2. Luminaire-level lighting controls (LLLC) as specified in Section C405.2.8.1.))in interior parking areas shall be provided with controls that comply with Section C405.2.11. All other lighting systems powered through the energy service for the building and building site lighting for which the building owner is responsible shall be provided with controls that comply with Sections C405.2.1 through C405.2.10.
EXCEPTION: | Except for specific application controls required by Section C405.2.6, lighting controls are not required for the following: |
| 1. ((Areas designated as security or emergency areas that are required to be continuously lighted.))Spaces where an automatic shutoff could endanger occupant safety or security. |
| 2. Means of egress illumination serving the exit access that does not exceed 0.01 watts per square foot of building area. |
| 3. Emergency egress lighting that is normally off. |
| 4. Industrial or manufacturing process areas, as may be required for production and safety. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-405021Section C405.2.1—Occupant sensor controls.
C405.2.1 Occupant sensor controls.Occupant sensor controls shall be installed to control luminaires in the space types listed in Table C405.2.1, and shall comply with the requirements listed in the table.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Corridors in manufacturing facilities. |
| 2. General lighting and task lighting in shop and laboratory classrooms. |
| 3. Luminaires that are required to have specific application controls in accordance with Section C405.2.6 unless specifically required to comply with this section by Section C405.2.6. |
Table C405.2.1
Occupant Sensor Compliance Requirements for Space Types
Space Type | Comply with Section |
Classrooms/lecture/training rooms | C405.2.1.1 |
Computer room, data center | C405.2.1.1 |
Conference/meeting/multipurpose rooms | C405.2.1.1 |
Copy/print rooms | C405.2.1.1 |
Corridors | C405.2.5 |
Enclosed fire rated stairways | C405.2.1.4 |
Interior parking areas | C450.2.11 |
Lounge/breakrooms | C405.2.1.1 |
Medical supply room in a health care facility | C405.2.1.1 |
Enclosed offices | C405.2.1.1 |
Laundry/washing area | C405.2.1.1 |
Open plan office areas | C405.2.1.3 |
Restrooms | C405.2.1.1 |
Storage rooms | C405.2.1.1 |
Telemedicine rooms in a health care facility | C405.2.1.1 |
Locker rooms | C405.2.1.1 |
Other spaces 300 square feet (28 m2) or less that are enclosed by floor-to-ceiling height partitions | C405.2.1.1 |
Warehouse storage areas | C405.2.1.2 |
Library stacks | C405.2.1.2 |
((Enclosed fire rated stairways | C405.2.1.5 |
Corridors | C405.2.1.6)) |
C405.2.1.1 Occupant sensor control function.Occupant sensor controls for the space types listed in ((Section))Table C405.2.1 indicating the need for compliance with this section shall comply with all of the following:
1. They shall be configured to automatically turn off lights within ((20))15 minutes of all occupants leaving the space.
2. They shall be manual on or configured to automatically turn the lighting on to not more than 50 percent power.
EXCEPTION: | Full automatic-on controls with no manual control shall be permitted in corridors, interior parking areas, stairways, restrooms, locker rooms, library stacks, lobbies, and areas where manual operation would endanger occupant safety or security. |
3. They shall incorporate a manual control to allow occupants to turn lights off.
((EXCEPTION: | Full automatic-on controls with no manual control shall be permitted in corridors, interior parking areas, stairways, restrooms, locker rooms, library stacks, lobbies, and areas where manual operation would endanger occupant safety or security.)) |
C405.2.1.2 Occupant sensor control function in warehouse storage areas andlibrary stacks. Lighting in library stacks and warehouse storage areas shall be controlled as follows.
1. Lighting in each aisleway shall be controlled independently of lighting in all other aisleways and open areas.
2. Occupant sensors shall automatically reduce lighting power within each controlled area to an unoccupied setpoint of not more than 50 percent within ((20))15 minutes after all occupants have left the controlled area.
3. Lights which are not turned off by occupant sensors shall be turned off by time schedule sweep to turn lighting off within ((20))15 minutes of all occupants leaving the space, or comply with Section C405.2.2 to turn lighting off when the building is vacant.
4. Restore lighting to full power or target light level when occupants enter the space.
5. A manual control shall be provided to allow occupants to turn off lights in the space.
C405.2.1.3 Occupant sensor control function in open plan office areas.Occupant sensor controls in open plan office spaces less than 300 square feet (28 m2) in area shall comply with Section C405.2.1.1. Occupant sensor controls in all other open plan office spaces shall be configured to comply with all of the following:
1. General lighting is controlled separately in control zones with floor areas not greater than 600 square feet (55 m2) within the open plan office space.
2. General lighting in each control zone shall be permitted to automatically turn on upon occupancy within the control zone. General lighting in other unoccupied zones within the open plan office space shall be permitted to turn on to not more than ((20))15 percent of full power or remain unaffected.
3. Automatically turn off general lighting in all control zones within ((20))15 minutes after all occupants have left the open plan office space.
4. General lighting in each control zone shall turn off or uniformly reduce lighting power to an unoccupied setpoint of not more than 20 percent of full power within ((20))15 minutes after all occupants have left the control zone.
5. Lighting controls in open plan office areas larger than 5,000 square feet must also comply with Section C405.2.8.
C405.2.1.4 Occupant sensor control function in enclosed fire rated stairways.Occupant sensor controls shall be configured to automatically reduce lighting power by not less than 50 percent when no occupants have been detected in the stairway for a period not exceeding ((20))15 minutes and restore lighting to full power when occupants enter the stairway. All portions of stairways shall remain illuminated to meet the requirements of Sections 1008 and 1025 of the International Building Code when the lighting power is reduced.
C405.2.1.5 Occupant sensor control function in corridors.Occupant sensor controls in corridors shall uniformly reduce lighting power to an unoccupied setpoint of not more than 50 percent of full power within ((20))15 minutes after all occupants have left the space.
EXCEPTION: | Corridors provided with less than two foot-candles of illumination on the floor at the darkest point with all lights on. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-405022Section C405.2.2—Time-switch controls.
C405.2.2 Time-switch controls. Each area of the building that is not provided with occupant sensor controls complying with Section C405.2.1.1 shall be provided with time-switch controls complying with Section C405.2.2.1.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Luminaires which are required to have specific application controls in accordance with Section C405.2.6 unless specifically required to comply with this section by Section C405.2.6. |
| 2. Spaces where patient care is directly provided. |
| ((3. Spaces where an automatic shutoff would endanger occupant safety or security. |
| 4. Lighting intended for continuous operation. |
| 5. Shop and laboratory classrooms.)) |
C405.2.2.1 Time-switch control function.Time-switch controls shall provide programmed shutoff for lighting when building areas are unoccupied and shall comply with the following:
1. Have a minimum 7 day clock.
2. Be capable of being set for 7 different day types per week.
3. Incorporate an automatic holiday "shut-off" feature, which turns off all controlled lighting loads for at least 24 hours and then resumes normally scheduled operations.
4. Have program back-up capabilities, which prevent the loss of program and time settings for at least 10 hours, if power is interrupted.
5. Include an override switching device that complies with the following:
5.1. The override switch shall be a manual control.
5.2. The override switch, when initiated, shall permit the controlled lighting to remain on for not more than 2 hours.
5.3. Any individual override switch shall control the lighting for an area not larger than ((5,000))2,500 square feet (((465))232 m2).
6. Time-switch controls are allowed to automatically turn on lighting to full power in corridors, lobbies, restrooms, storage rooms less than 50 square feet, and medical areas of health care facilities. In all other spaces, time-switch controls are allowed to automatically turn on the lighting to not more than 50 percent power.
7. For spaces where schedules are not available, time-switch controls are programmed to a schedule that turns off lights not less than 12 hours per day.
EXCEPTION: | Within mall concourses, auditoriums, sales areas, manufacturing facilities, pools, gymnasiums, skating rinks, and sports arenas: |
| 1. The time limit shall be permitted to be greater than 2 hours provided the switch is a captive key device. |
| 2. The area controlled by the override switch shall not be limited to 5,000 square feet (465 m2), provided that such area is less than 20,000 square feet (1860 m2). |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-405024Section C405.2.4—((Light-reduction))Dimming controls.
C405.2.4 ((Light-reduction))Dimming controls.((Where not provided with occupant sensor controls complying with Section C405.2.1.1, general lighting shall be provided with light-reduction))Dimming controls complying with Section C405.2.4.1 are required for general lighting in the following space types:
1. Classroom/lecture hall/training room.
2. Conference/multipurpose/meeting room.
3. In a dining area for bar/lounge or leisure, family dining.
4. Laboratory.
5. Lobby.
6. Lounge/break room.
7. Offices.
8. Gymnasium/fitness center.
9. Library reading room.
10. In a health care facility for imaging rooms, exam rooms, nursery and nurses' station.
11. Spaces not provided with occupant sensor controls complying with Section C405.2.1.1.
EXCEPTION((S)): | ((1. Luminaires controlled by daylight responsive controls complying with Section C405.2.5. |
| 2. Luminaires controlled by specific application controls complying with Section C405.2.6. |
| 3. Where provided with manual control, the following areas are not required to have light reduction control: |
| 3.1. Spaces that have only one luminaire with a rated power of less than 60 watts. |
| 3.2. Spaces that use less than 0.45 watts per square foot (4.9 W/m2). |
| 3.3. Corridors, lobbies, electrical rooms and/or mechanical rooms.)) |
| Luminaires controlled by specific application controls complying with Section C405.2.6. |
C405.2.4.1 ((Light-reduction))Dimming control function.Manual controls shall be configured to provide ((light-reduction control that allows the occupant to reduce the connected lighting load by not less than 50 percent in a reasonably uniform illumination pattern with an intermediate step in addition to full on or off, or with continuous dimming control, by using one of the following or another approved method:
1. Continuous dimming of all luminaires from full output to less than 20 percent of full power.
2. Switching all luminaires to a reduced output of not less than 30 percent and not more than 70 percent of full power.
3. Switching alternate rows of luminaires or alternate luminaires to achieve a reduced output of not less than 30 percent and not more than 70 percent of full power.))dimming controls that allow lights to be dimmed from full output to 10 percent of full power or lower with continuous dimming while maintaining uniform illumination in the space, as well as turning off lights. Manual control shall be provided within each room to dim lights.
EXCEPTION: | Manual dimming control is not required in spaces where high-end trim lighting controls are provided that comply with the following: |
| 1. The calibration adjustment equipment is located for ready access only by authorized personnel. |
| 2. Lighting controls with ready access for users cannot increase the lighting power above the maximum level established by the high-end trim controls. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-405025Section C405.2.5—Daylight responsive controls.
C405.2.5 Daylight responsive controls.Daylight responsive controls complying with Section C405.2.5.1 shall be provided to control the general lighting within daylight zones in the following spaces:
1. Spaces with a total of more than 75 watts of general lighting within primary sidelit daylight zones complying with Section C405.2.5.2.
2. Spaces with a total of more than 150 watts of general lighting within the combined primary and secondary daylight zones complying with Section C405.2.5.2.
3. Spaces with a total of more than 75 watts of general lighting within toplit daylight zones complying with Section C405.2.5.3.
EXCEPTION: | Daylight responsive controls are not required for the following: |
| 1. Spaces in health care facilities where patient care is directly provided. |
| 2. Sidelit daylight zones on the first floor above grade in Group A-2 and Group M occupancies where the fenestration adjoins a sidewalk or other outdoor pedestrian area, provided that the light fixtures are controlled separately from the general area lighting. |
C405.2.5.1 Daylight responsive controls function. Where required, daylight responsive controls shall be provided within each space for control of lights in that space and shall comply with all of the following:
1. Lights in primary sidelit daylight zones shall be controlled independently of lights in secondary sidelit daylight zones in accordance with Section C405.2.5.2.
2. Lights in toplit daylight zones in accordance with Section C405.2.5.3 shall be controlled independently of lights in sidelit daylight zones in accordance with Section C405.2.5.2.
3. Daylight responsive controls within each space shall be configured so that they can be calibrated from within that space by authorized personnel.
4. Calibration mechanisms shall be in a location with ready access.
5. Daylight responsive controls shall dim lights continuously from full light output to 15 percent of full light output or lower.
6. Daylight responsive controls shall be configured to completely shut off all controlled lights in that zone.
7. When occupant sensor controls have reduced the lighting power to an unoccupied setpoint in accordance with Sections C405.2.1.2 through ((C405.2.1.4))C405.2.1.5, daylight responsive controls shall continue to adjust electric light levels in response to available daylight but shall be configured to not increase the lighting power above the specified unoccupied setpoint.
8. Lights in sidelit daylight zones in accordance with Section C405.2.5.2 facing different cardinal orientations (i.e., within 45 degrees of due north, east, south, west) shall be controlled independently of each other.
EXCEPTION: | Up to 75 watts of general lighting are permitted to be controlled together with lighting in a daylight zone facing a different cardinal orientation. |
9. Incorporate time-delay circuits to prevent cycling of light level changes of less than three minutes.
10. The maximum area a single daylight responsive control device serves shall not exceed 2,500 square feet (232 m2) and no more than 60 lineal feet (18.3 m) of façade.
11. Occupant override capability of daylight dimming controls is not permitted, other than a reduction of light output from the level established by the daylighting controls.
((C405.2.5.1.1 Dimming.Daylight responsive controls shall be configured to automatically reduce the power of general lighting in the daylight zone in response to available daylight, while maintaining uniform illumination in the space through one of the following methods:
1. Continuous dimming using dimming ballasts/dimming drivers and daylight-sensing controls. The system shall reduce lighting power continuously to less than 15 percent of rated power at maximum light output.
2. Stepped dimming using multi-level switching and daylight-sensing controls. The system shall provide a minimum of two steps of uniform illumination between 0 percent and 100 percent of rated power at maximum light output. Each step shall be in equal increments of power, plus or minus 10 percent.
General lighting within daylight zones in offices, classrooms, laboratories, and library reading rooms shall use the continuous dimming method. Stepped dimming is not allowed as a method of daylight zone control in these spaces.))
12. Daylight responsive controls shall be set initially to activate at 30 footcandles (323 lux) or not more than 110 percent of the illuminance level specified on the construction documents.
C405.2.5.2 Sidelit daylight zone. The sidelit daylight zone is the floor area adjacent to vertical fenestration which complies with the following:
1. Where the fenestration is located in a wall, the primary sidelit daylight zone shall extend laterally to the nearest full height wall, or up to 1.0 times the height from the floor to the top of the fenestration, and longitudinally from the edge of the fenestration to the nearest full height wall, or up to 0.5 times the height from the floor to the top of the fenestration, whichever is less, as indicated in Figure C405.2.5.2(1).
2. Where the fenestration is located in a wall, the secondary sidelit daylight zone is directly adjacent to the primary daylight zone and shall extend laterally to 2.0 times the height from the floor to the top of the fenestration or to the nearest full height wall, whichever is less, and longitudinally from the edge of the fenestration to the nearest full height wall or up to 2 feet, whichever is less, as indicated in Figure C405.2.5.2(1).
3. Where clerestory fenestration is located in a wall, the sidelit daylight zone includes a lateral area twice the depth of the clerestory fenestration height, projected upon the floor at a 45 degree angle from the center of the clerestory fenestration. The longitudinal width of the sidelit daylight zone is calculated the same as for fenestration located in a wall. Where the 45 degree angle is interrupted by an obstruction greater than 0.7 times the ceiling height, the sidelit daylight zone shall remain the same lateral area but be located between the clerestory and the obstruction, as indicated in Figure C405.2.5.2(2).
4. Where the fenestration is located in a rooftop monitor, the primary sidelit daylight zone shall extend laterally to the nearest obstruction that is taller than 0.7 times the ceiling height, or up to 1.0 times the height from the floor to the bottom of the fenestration, whichever is less, and longitudinally from the edge of the fenestration to the nearest obstruction that is taller than 0.7 times the ceiling height, or up to 0.25 times the height from the floor to the bottom of the fenestration, whichever is less, as indicated in Figures C405.2.5.2(3) and C405.2.5.2(4).
5. If the rough opening area of a vertical fenestration assembly is less than 10 percent of the calculated primary sidelit daylight zone area for this fenestration, it does not qualify as a sidelit daylight zone.
6. The visible transmittance of the fenestration is no less than 0.20.
7. The projection factor (determined in accordance with Equation ((4-5))4-3) for any overhanging projection which is shading the fenestration is not greater than 1.0 for fenestration oriented 45 degrees or less from true north, and not greater than 1.5 for all other orientations.
Figure C405.2.5.2(1)
Sidelit Daylight Zone Adjacent to Fenestration in a Wall
Figure C405.2.5.2(2)
Sidelit Daylight Zone Adjacent to Clerestory Fenestration in a Wall
Figure C405.2.5.2(3)
Sidelit Daylight Zone Under a Rooftop Monitor
Figure ((C405.2.5.2(3)))C405.2.5.2(4)
Sidelit Daylight Zone Under a Sloped Rooftop Monitor
C405.2.5.3 Toplit daylight zone. The toplit daylight zone is the floor area underneath a roof fenestration assembly which complies with the following:
1. The toplit daylight zone shall extend laterally and longitudinally beyond the edge of the roof fenestration assembly to the nearest obstruction that is taller than 0.7 times the ceiling height, or up to 0.7 times the ceiling height, whichever is less, as indicated in Figure C405.2.5.3(1).
2. Where toplit daylight zones overlap with sidelit daylight zones, lights within the overlapping area shall be assigned to the toplit daylight zone.
3. The product of the visible transmittance of the roof fenestration assembly and the area of the rough opening of the roof fenestration assembly, divided by the area of the toplit daylight zone is no less than 0.008.
4. Where located under atrium fenestration, the toplit daylight zone shall include the bottom floor area directly beneath the atrium fenestration, and the top floor directly under the atrium fenestration, as indicated in Figure C405.2.5.3(4). The toplit daylight zone area at the top floor is calculated the same as for a toplit daylight zone. Intermediate levels below the top floor that are not directly beneath the atrium are not included.
Figure C405.2.5.3(((1)))
Toplit Daylight Zone ((Under a Rooftop Fenestration Assembly
((Figure C405.2.5.3(2)
Toplit Daylight Zone Under a Rooftop Monitor
Figure C405.2.5.4
Toplit Daylight Zone Under Atrium Fenestration
C405.2.5.4 Atriums.Daylight zones at atrium spaces shall be established at the top floor surrounding the atrium and at the floor of the atrium space, and not on intermediate floors, as indicated in Figure C405.2.5.4.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-405026Section C405.2.6—Additional lighting controls.
C405.2.6 Additional lighting controls. Specific application lighting shall be provided with controls, in addition to controls required by other sections, for the following:
1. The following lighting shall be controlled by an occupant sensor control complying with Section C405.2.1.1 or a time-switch control complying with Section C405.2.2.1. In addition, a manual control shall be provided to control such lighting separately from the general lighting in the space:
1.1. Luminaires for which additional lighting power is claimed in accordance with Section C405.4.2.2.1.
1.2. Display and accent, including lighting in display cases.
1.3. ((Lighting in display cases.
1.4.)) Supplemental task lighting, including permanently installed under-shelf or under-cabinet lighting.
((1.5.))1.4. Lighting equipment that is for sale or demonstration in lighting education.
((1.6. Display lighting for exhibits in galleries, museums and monuments that is in addition to general lighting.
2. Sleeping units shall have control device(s) or systems configured to automatically switch off all permanently installed luminaires and switched receptacles within 20 minutes after all occupants have left the unit.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Lighting and switched receptacles controlled by card key controls. |
| 2. Spaces where patient care is directly provided. |
3.))2. Lighting for life support of nonhuman life forms and food warming, shall be controlled by a dedicated control that is independent of the controls for other lighting within the room or space. Each control zone shall be no greater than the area served by a single luminaire or 4,000 square feet (372 m2), whichever is larger.
((4.))3. Task lighting for medical and dental purposes that is in addition to general lighting shall be provided with a manual control.
4. Lighting integrated into range hoods and exhaust fans shall be controlled independently of fans.
5. Luminaires serving the exit access and providing means of egress illumination required by Section 1008.2 of the International Building Code, including luminaires that function as both normal and emergency means of egress illumination shall be controlled by a combination of listed emergency relay and occupancy sensors, or signal from another building control system, that automatically shuts off the lighting when the areas served by that illumination are unoccupied.
EXCEPTION: | Means of egress illumination serving the exit access that does not exceed 0.01 watts per square foot (0.108 W/m2) of building area is exempt from this requirement. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-405029Section C405.2.9—Exterior lighting controls.
C405.2.9 Exterior lighting controls. Exterior lighting systems shall be provided with controls that comply with Sections C405.2.9.1 through C405.2.9.4.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Lighting for covered vehicle entrances ((or exits from))to buildings ((or parking structures)) where required for safety, security or eye ((adaption))adaptation. |
| 2. Lighting controlled from within dwelling units. |
C405.2.9.1 Daylight shutoff. Lights shall be configured to automatically turn off when daylight is present and satisfies the lighting needs.
C405.2.9.2 Building façade and landscape lighting.Building façade and landscaping lighting shall be configured to automatically shut off for a minimum of 6 hours per night or from not later than 1 hour after building or business closing to not earlier than 1 hour before building or business opening, whichever is less.
EXCEPTION: | Areas where an automatic shutoff would endanger safety or security. |
C405.2.9.3 Lighting setback. Lighting that is not controlled in accordance with Section C405.2.9.2 shall comply with the following:
1. Luminaires serving ((outdoor))exterior parking areas and having a rated input wattage of greater than 40 watts and a mounting height of 24 feet (7315 mm) or less above the ground shall also be controlled so that the total wattage of such lighting is automatically reduced by not less than 50 percent during any time where activity has not been detected for 15 minutes or more. Not more than 1,500 watts of lighting power shall be controlled together.
2. All other lighting shall be controlled so that the total wattage of such lighting is automatically reduced by not less than 50 percent by selectively switching off or dimming luminaires at one of the following times:
2.1. From not later than 12 midnight to 6 a.m.
2.2. From not later than 1 hour after building or business closing to not earlier than 1 hour before building or business opening.
2.3. During any period when no activity has been detected for 15 minutes or more.
C405.2.9.4 Exterior time-switch control functions.Time-switch controls for exterior lighting shall comply with the following:
1. They shall have a clock capable of being programmed for not fewer than 7 days.
2. They shall be capable of being set for 7 different day types per week.
3. They shall incorporate an automatic holiday setback feature.
4. They shall have program backup capabilities that prevent the loss of program and time settings for a period of at least 10 hours in the event that power is interrupted.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40503Sections C405.2.10((—Parking garage lighting control)), C405.2.11, and C405.2.12.
C405.2.10 ((Parking garage))Demand responsive lighting controls function. Demand responsive controls for lighting shall be capable of the following:
1. Automatically reducing the output of controlled lighting to 80 percent or less of full power or light output upon receipt of a demand response signal.
2. Where high-end trim has been set, automatically reducing the output of controlled lighting to 80 percent or less of the high-end trim setpoint upon receipt of a demand response signal.
3. Dimming controlled lights gradually and continuously over a period of not longer than 15 minutes to achieve their demand response setpoint.
4.Returning controlled lighting to its normal operational settings at the end of the demand response period.
EXCEPTION: | Storage rooms and warehouse storage areas shall be permitted to switch off 25 percent or more of general lighting power rather than dimming. |
C405.2.11 Interior parking area lighting control.((Parking garage))Interior parking area lighting shall be controlled by an occupant sensor complying with Section C405.2.1.1 or a time-switch control complying with Section C405.2.2.1. Additional lighting controls shall be provided as follows:
1. Lighting power of each luminaire shall be automatically reduced by not less than 30 percent when there is no activity detected within a lighting zone for ((20))15 minutes. Lighting zones for this requirement shall be not larger than 3,600 square feet (334.5 m2).
2. Where lighting for eye adaptation is provided at ((covered)) vehicle entrances ((and exits from buildings and parking structures))to buildings, such lighting shall be separately controlled by a device that automatically reduces lighting power by at least 50 percent from sunset to sunrise.
3. The power to luminaires within 20 feet (6096 mm) of perimeter wall openings shall automatically reduce in response to daylight by at least 50 percent.
EXCEPTIONS TO ITEM 3: |
| 1. Daylight transition lighting for covered vehicle entrances and exits from buildings and parking structures; each transition zone shall not exceed a depth of 66 feet inside the structure and a width of 50 feet. |
| 2. Where permanent screens or architectural elements obstruct more than 50 percent of the opening. |
| 3. Where the top of any existing adjacent structure or natural object is at least twice as high above the openings as its horizontal distance from the opening. |
C405.2.12 Sleeping units and dwelling units in hotels, motels, and vacation timeshare properties.Sleeping units and dwelling units in hotels, motels, and vacation timeshare properties shall be provided with the following:
1. Not less than two 125V, 15- and 20-amp switched receptacles in each room, except for bathrooms, kitchens, foyers, hallways, and closets.
2. Lighting controls that automatically turn off all lighting and switched receptacles within 15 minutes after all occupants have left the unit.
EXCEPTION: | Automatic shutoff is not required where captive key override controls all lighting and switched receptacles in units with five or fewer permanently installed lights and switched receptacles. |
C405.2.12.2 Sleeping units in congregate living facilities.Sleeping units in congregate living facilities shall be provided with the following controls:
1. Lighting in bathrooms shall be controlled by an occupant sensor control that automatically turns off lights within 15 minutes after all occupants have left the space.
2. Each unit shall have a manual control by the entrance that turns off all lighting and switched receptacles in the unit, except for lighting in bathrooms and kitchens. The manual control shall be marked to indicate its function.
EXCEPTION: | Automatic shutoff is not required where captive key override controls all lighting and switched receptacles in units with five or fewer permanently installed lights and switched receptacles. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-405030Section C405.3—((Lighting for plant growth and maintenance))Horticultural lighting.
C405.3 ((Lighting for plant growth and maintenance. All permanently installed luminaires used for plant growth and maintenance shall have a photosynthetic photon efficacy measured at the lamp for luminaires with serviceable or removable lamps or at the luminaire for integrated, nonserviceable luminaires of not less than 1.7 µmol/J for greenhouses and not less than 1.9 µmol/J for all other indoor growing spaces as defined in accordance with ANSI/ASABE S640.))Horticultural lighting. Permanently installed luminaires shall have a luminaire photosynthetic photon efficacy of not less than 2.5 µmol/J for horticultural lighting in greenhouses and controlled plant growth environments. Luminaires for horticultural lighting in greenhouses and controlled plant growth environments shall be controlled by a device that automatically turns off the luminaire when sufficient daylight is available. Luminaires for horticultural lighting shall be controlled by a device that automatically turns off the luminaire at specific programmed times.
EXCEPTION: | Buildings with no more than 10 kW of aggregate horticultural lighting load. |
Luminaires used for the growth and maintenance of plants for decorative purposes in spaces not primarily used for horticulture shall have a photosynthetic photon efficacy measured at the luminaire of not less than 1.4 µmol/J.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-405051Section C405.4.1—Total connected interior lighting power.
C405.4.1 Total connected interior lighting power. The total connected interior lighting power shall be determined in accordance with Equation ((4-13))4-11.
TCLP = [LVL + BLL + TRK + POE + Other]
(Equation ((4-13))4-11)
Where:
TCLP = Total connected lighting power (watts).
LVL = For luminaires with lamps connected directly to building power, such as line voltage lamps, the rated wattage of the lamp, which must be minimum 60 lumens/watt.
BLL = For luminaires incorporating ((a ballast or transformer, the rated input wattage of the ballast or transformer when operating the lamp))an integral or remote ballast, transformer, or driver, provide one of the following:
1. Factory-set wattages for lumen output settings, the wattage shall be the labeled wattage of the luminaire.
2. Field-adjustable wattage for lumen output settings, the wattage shall be the field-adjustable wattage of the luminaire.
TRK = For lighting track, cable conductor, rail conductor and plug-in busway systems that allow the addition and relocation of luminaires without rewiring, the wattage shall be one of the following:
1. The specified wattage of the luminaires, but not less than ((16))10 W/lin. ft. (((52))32.5 W/lin. m).
2. The wattage limit of the permanent current limiting devices protecting the system.
3. The wattage limit of the transformer supplying the system.
POE = For other modular lighting systems served with power supplied by a driver, power supply ((for)), or transformer including, but not limited to, low-voltage lighting systems, the wattage of the system shall be the maximum rated input wattage of the driver, power supply or ((transformed))transformer published in the manufacturer's catalogs, as specified by UL 2108 or 8750. For power-over-Ethernet lighting systems, power provided to installed nonlighting devices ((may))is permitted to be subtracted from the total power rating of the power-over-Ethernet systems.
Other = The wattage of all other luminaires and lighting((,)) sources not covered above and associated with interior lighting verified by data supplied by the manufacturer or other approved sources.
The connected power associated with the following lighting equipment is not included in calculating total connected lighting power.
1. ((Television broadcast lighting for playing areas in sports arenas.
2.)) Emergency lighting automatically off during normal building operation.
((3.))2. Lighting in spaces specifically designed for use by occupants with special lighting needs including those with visual impairment and other medical and age-related issues.
((4. Casino gaming areas.
5.))3. General area lighting power in industrial and manufacturing occupancies dedicated to the inspection or quality control of goods and products.
((6.))4. Mirror lighting in makeup or dressing ((rooms))areas used for video broadcasting, video or film recording, or live theatrical and music performance.
((7.))5. Task lighting for medical and dental purposes that is in addition to general lighting.
((8.))6. Display lighting for exhibits in galleries, museums and monuments that is in addition to general lighting.
((9.))7. Lighting ((for theatrical purposes, including performance, stage, film production and video production))in any location that is specifically used for video broadcasting, video or film recording, or live theatrical and music performance.
((10.))8. Lighting for photographic processes.
((11.))9. Lighting integral to equipment or instrumentation and installed by the manufacturer.
((12. Task lighting for plant growth or maintenance where the lamp efficacy is not less than 90 lumens per watt.
13.))10. Lighting provided exclusively for plant growth or maintenance in spaces other than controlled plant growth environments where controlled separately from general lighting using an automatic time clock system, with rated fixture efficacy in compliance with Section C405.3.
11. Advertising signage or directional signage.
((14.))12. Lighting for food warming.
((15.))13. Lighting equipment that is for sale.
((16.))14. Lighting demonstration equipment in lighting education facilities.
((17.))15. Lighting approved because of safety considerations.
((18.))16. Lighting in retail display windows, provided the display area is enclosed by ceiling-height partitions.
((19.))17. Furniture mounted supplemental task lighting that is controlled by automatic shutoff.
((20.))18. Exit signs.
((21.))19. Lighting used for aircraft painting.
((22.))20. Antimicrobial lighting used for the sole purpose of disinfecting a space.
21. Lighting in sleeping units and dwelling units.
22. For exit access and exit stairways, including landings, where the applicable code requires an illuminance of 10 footcandles or more on the walking surface, the power in excess of the allowed power calculated according to Section C405.3.2.2 is not included.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-405052Section C405.4.2—Interior lighting power requirements.
C405.4.2 Interior lighting power allowance. The total interior lighting power allowance (watts) for an entire building shall be determined according to Table C405.4.2(1) using the Building Area Method, or Table C405.4.2(2) using the Space-by-Space Method. The interior lighting power allowance for projects that involve only portions of a building shall be determined according to Table C405.4.2(2) using the Space-by-Space Method. Buildings with unfinished spaces shall use the Space-by-Space Method.
C405.4.2.1 Building area method. For the Building Area Method, the interior lighting power allowance is calculated as follows:
1. For each building area type inside the building, determine the applicable building area type and the allowed lighting power density for that type from Table C405.4.2(1). For building area types not listed, select the building area type that most closely represents the use of that area. For the purposes of this method, an "area" shall be defined as all contiguous spaces that accommodate or are associated with a single building area type.
2. Determine the floor area for each building area type listed in Table C405.4.2(1) and multiply this area by the applicable value from Table C405.4.2(1) to determine the lighting power (watts) for each building area type. Sleeping units and dwelling units are excluded from lighting power allowance calculations by application of Section C405.4.3. The area of sleeping units and dwelling units is not included in the calculation.
3. The total interior lighting power allowance (watts) for the entire building is the sum of the lighting power from each building area type.
C405.4.2.2 Space-by-Space Method. Where a building has a space designated as unfinished, neither the area nor the lighting power in the space shall be calculated as part of the LPA. For the Space-by-Space Method, the interior lighting power allowance is calculated as follows:
1. For each area enclosed by partitions that are not less than 80 percent of the ceiling height determine the applicable space type from Table C405.4.2(2). For space types not listed, select the space type that most closely represents the proposed use of the space. Where a space has multiple functions, that space shall be broken up into smaller subspaces, each using their own space type. If an entire space has multiple functions that necessitate a higher lighting power allowance in order to serve one of the primary functions, the higher allowance is permitted to be used.
2. Determine the total floor area of all of the spaces of each space type and multiply by the value for the space type in Table C405.4.2(2) to determine the allowed lighting power (watts) for each space type. Sleeping units and dwelling units are excluded from lighting power allowance calculations by application of Section C405.4.3. The area of sleeping units and dwelling units is not included in the calculation.
3. The total interior lighting power allowance (watts) shall be the sum of the lighting power allowances for all space types.
C405.4.2.2.1 Additional interior lighting power. Where using the Space-by-Space Method, an increase in the interior lighting power allowance is permitted for specific lighting functions. Additional power shall be permitted only where the specified lighting is installed in addition to and automatically controlled separately from general lighting, in accordance with Section C405.2.6. ((This))These additional power allowances shall be used only for the ((specified)) luminaires serving the specific lighting function and shall not be used for any other purpose.
An increase in the interior lighting power allowance is permitted for lighting equipment to be installed in sales areas specifically to highlight merchandise. The additional lighting power allowance shall be ((determined))the connected lighting power of the luminaires specifically highlighting merchandise, calculated in accordance with Equation ((4-14))4-11, or the additional power allowance calculated in accordance with Equation 4-12, whichever is less.
(Equation ((4-14))4-12)
Additional Interior Lighting Power Allowance = 500 watts + (Retail Area 1 × ((0.45))0.35 W/ft2) + (Retail Area 2 × ((0.45))0.35 W/ft2) + (Retail Area 3 × ((1.05))0.70 W/ft2) + (Retail Area 4 × ((1.87))1.00 W/ft2).
Where:
Retail Area 1 = The floor area for all products not listed in Retail Area 2, 3 or 4.
Retail Area 2 = The floor area used for the sale of vehicles, sporting goods and small electronics.
Retail Area 3 = The floor area used for the sale of furniture, clothing, cosmetics and artwork.
Retail Area 4 = The floor area used for the sale of jewelry, crystal and china.
EXCEPTION: | Other merchandise categories are permitted to be included in Retail Areas 2 through 4, provided that justification documenting the need for additional lighting power based on visual inspection, contrast, or other critical display requirement is approved by the code official. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-405053Table C405.4.2(1)—Interior lighting power ((allowances))density values—Building area method.
Table C405.4.2(1)
Interior Lighting Power ((Allowances))Density Values—Building Area Method
Building Area Type | LPD(w/ft2) |
Automotive facility | ((0.64))0.63 |
Convention center | ((0.64))0.53 |
Court house | ((0.79))0.62 |
Dining: Bar lounge/leisure | ((0.79))0.66 |
Dining: Cafeteria/fast food | ((0.72))0.62 |
Dining: Family | ((0.71))0.58 |
Dormitory | ((0.46))0.45 |
Exercise center | ((0.67))0.59 |
Fire station | ((0.54))0.48 |
Group R-2 | 0.40 |
Gymnasium | ((0.75))0.61 |
Health care clinic | ((0.70))0.69 |
Hospital | ((0.84))0.82 |
Hotel/motel | ((0.56))0.44 |
Library | ((0.83))0.78 |
Manufacturing facility | ((0.82))0.69 |
Motion picture theater | ((0.44))0.35 |
((Multiple family | 0.41)) |
Museum | ((0.55))0.46 |
Office | ((0.64))0.54 |
Parking garage | ((0.14))0.13 |
Penitentiary | ((0.65))0.57 |
Performing arts theater | ((0.84))0.68 |
Police station | ((0.66))0.53 |
Post office | ((0.65))0.54 |
Religious building | ((0.67))0.53 |
Retail | ((0.84))0.53 |
School/university | ((0.70))0.59 |
Sports arena | ((0.62))0.64 |
Town hall | ((0.69))0.59 |
Transportation | 0.50 |
Warehouse | ((0.40))0.47 |
Workshop | ((0.91))0.74 |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-405054Table C405.4.2(2)—Interior lighting power ((allowances))density values—Space-by-space method.
Table C405.4.2(2)
Interior Lighting Power ((Allowances))Density Values—Space-by-Space Method
Common Space-by-Space Typesa,j | LPD (w/ft2) |
Atrium - Less than 20 feet in height | ((0.39))0.28 |
Atrium - 20 to 40 feet in height | ((0.48))0.36 |
Atrium - Above 40 feet in height | ((0.60))0.47 |
Audience/seating area - Permanenti | |
| In an auditorium | ((0.61))0.56 |
| In a gymnasium | ((0.23))0.17 |
| In a motion picture theater | ((0.27))0.13 |
| In a penitentiary | ((0.67))0.48 |
| In a performing arts theater | ((1.16))0.81 |
| In a religious building | ((0.72))0.47 |
| In a sports arena | ((0.33))0.26 |
| Otherwise | 0.23 |
Banking activity areai | ((0.61))0.51 |
Breakroom (see lounge/breakroom) | |
Classroom/lecture hall/training room | |
| In a penitentiary | ((0.89))0.64 |
| Shop classroom | 1.00 |
| Otherwiseh | ((0.71))0.62 |
Computer room, data center | ((0.94))0.65 |
Conference/meeting/multipurpose | ((0.97))0.79 |
Confinement cell | ((0.70))0.54 |
Control/editing room or booth | 0.59 |
Copy/print room | ((0.31))0.48 |
Corridor | |
| In a facility for the visually impaired (and not used primarily by the staff)b | ((0.71))0.59 |
| In a hospital | ((0.71))0.59 |
| In a manufacturing facility | ((0.41))0.40 |
| Otherwisec,i | ((0.41))0.40 |
Courtroomc | ((1.20))0.87 |
Dining area | |
| In a penitentiary | ((0.42))0.30 |
| In a facility for the visually impaired (and not used primarily by the staff)b | ((1.27))1.02 |
| In a bar/lounge or leisure diningi | ((0.86))0.65 |
| In cafeteria or fast food dining | ((0.40))0.33 |
| In a family dining areai | ((0.60))0.47 |
| Otherwise | ((0.43))0.37 |
Electrical/mechanical | ((0.43))0.61 |
Emergency vehicle garage | ((0.52))0.43 |
Equipment room | 0.63 |
Food preparation | ((1.09))0.86 |
((Guest rooma,b | 0.41)) |
Laboratory | |
| In or as a classroom | ((1.11))0.96 |
| Otherwise | ((1.33))1.08 |
Laundry/washing area | ((0.53))0.44 |
Loading dock, interior | ((0.88))0.72 |
Lobbyc | |
| In a facility for the visually impaired (and not used primarily by the staff)b | ((1.69))1.14 |
| For an elevator | ((0.65))0.53 |
| In a hotel | ((0.51))0.38 |
| In a motion picture theater | ((0.23))0.14 |
| In a performing arts theater | ((1.25))1.03 |
| Otherwise | ((0.84))0.71 |
Locker room | ((0.52))0.36 |
Lounge/breakroomi | |
| ((In a health care facilityc,i | 0.42)) |
| Wellness roomc,i | 0.48 |
| Otherwisei | ((0.59))0.47 |
Office | |
| ((Enclosed ≤ 250 | 0.74 |
| Enclosed ˃ 250 | 0.66 |
| Open plan | 0.61)) |
| Offices ≤ 150 ft2 | 0.62 |
| Offices ˃ 150 and ≤ 300 ft2 | 0.56 |
| Offices ˃ 300 ft2 | 0.44 |
Parking area daylight transition zone | 0.73 |
Parking area, interior | ((0.15))0.07 |
Pharmacy area | ((1.66))1.37 |
Restroom | |
| In a facility for the visually impaired (and not used primarily by the staff)b | ((1.26))0.77 |
| Otherwisei | ((0.63))0.73 |
Sales area | ((1.05))0.50 |
Seating area, general | ((0.23))0.19 |
Security screening general areas | 0.60 |
Security screening in transportation facilities | 0.72 |
Security screening transportation waiting areas | 0.43 |
Stairway (see space containing stairway) | |
Stairwellc,i | ((0.49))0.40 |
Storage room | |
| < 50 ft2 | ((0.51))0.42 |
| 50-100 ft2 | ((0.38))0.30 |
| All other storage | ((0.38))0.30 |
Vehicular maintenance | ((0.60))0.49 |
Workshop | ((1.26))1.00 |
Building Specific Space-by-Space Typesa,j | LPD (w/ft2) |
Automotive (see vehicular maintenance) | |
Convention center - Exhibit spacei | ((0.61))0.42 |
Dormitory living quartersa,b | ((0.50))0.40 |
Facility for the visually impairedb | |
| In a chapel (and not used primarily by the staff)b | ((0.70))0.51 |
| In a recreation room (and not used primarily by the staff)b | ((1.77))1.02 |
Fire stations | |
| Sleeping quarters | ((0.23))0.17 |
Gaming establishments | |
| High limits game | 1.34 |
| Slots | 0.46 |
| Sportsbook | 0.68 |
| Table games | 0.91 |
Gymnasium/fitness center | |
| In an exercise area | ((0.90))0.64 |
| In a playing area | ((0.85))0.64 |
Health care facilityc,i | |
| In a control room (MRI/CT/PET/radiology) | 0.66 |
| In an exam/treatment room | ((1.40))1.21 |
| In an imaging room | ((0.94))0.82 |
| In a medical supply room | ((0.62))0.48 |
| In a nursery | ((0.92))0.77 |
| In a nurse's station | ((1.17))0.84 |
| In an operating room | ((2.26))2.02 |
| In a patient room | ((0.68))0.63 |
| In a physical therapy room | ((0.91))0.70 |
| In a recovery room | ((1.25))0.96 |
| In a telemedicine room | 1.01 |
Library | |
| In a reading areai | ((0.96))0.71 |
| In the stacks | ((1.10))1.14 |
Manufacturing facility | |
| In a detailed manufacturing area | ((0.80))0.64 |
| In an equipment room | ((0.76))0.63 |
| In an extra high bay area (greater than 50-foot floor-to-ceiling height) | ((1.42))1.20 |
| In a high bay area (25 - 50-foot floor-to-ceiling height) | ((1.24))1.05 |
| In a low bay (< 25-foot floor-to-ceiling height) | ((0.86))0.71 |
Museum | |
| In a general exhibition areai | ((0.31))0.21 |
| In a restoration room | ((1.10))1.05 |
Performing arts theater dressing/fitting room | ((0.41))0.33 |
Post office - Sorting area | ((0.76))0.60 |
Religious buildings | |
| In a fellowship halli | ((0.54))0.38 |
| In a worship/pulpit/choir areai | ((0.85))0.51 |
Retail facilities | |
| In a dressing/fitting room | ((0.51))0.39 |
| Hair care | 0.51 |
| Nail care | 0.59 |
| In a mall concourse | ((0.82))0.45 |
| Massage | 0.56 |
Sports arena - Playing area | |
| For a Class 1 facilityd | ((2.94))2.29 |
| For a Class 2 facilitye | ((2.01))1.65 |
| For a Class 3 facilityf | ((1.30))1.07 |
| For a Class 4 facilityg | ((0.86))0.71 |
Sports arena - Pools | |
| For a Class 1 facilityd | 1.72 |
| For a Class 2 facilitye | 1.14 |
| For a Class 3 facilityf | 0.82 |
| For a Class 4 facilityg | 0.49 |
Transportation | |
| Airport hangar | 1.20 |
| In a baggage/carousel area | ((0.39))0.26 |
| In an airport concourse | ((0.25))0.40 |
| At a terminal ticket counteri | ((0.51))0.32 |
| Passenger loading area | 0.59 |
Warehouse - Storage area | |
| For medium to bulky palletized items | ((0.33))0.37 |
| For smaller, hand-carried items | ((0.69))0.73 |
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 watt per square foot = 10.76 W/m2. |
a | In cases where both a common space type and a building area specific space type are listed, the building area specific space type shall apply. |
b | A facility for the visually impaired is a facility that is licensed or will be licensed by local or state authorities for senior long-term care, adult daycare, senior support or people with special visual needs. |
c | Additional lighting power allowance of 0.2 ((watts per square foot))W/ft2 (2.15 W/m2) for the purpose of highlighting art or exhibits. This additional power allowance shall be permitted only where the specified lighting is installed in addition to and controlled separately from general lighting in accordance with Section C405.2.6. This additional power allowance shall be used only for the specified luminaires and shall not be used for any other purpose and it shall not be added to any other space or the interior power allowance. |
d | Class I facilities consist of professional facilities; and semiprofessional, collegiate or club facilities with seating for 5,000 or more spectators. |
e | Class II facilities consist of collegiate and semiprofessional facilities with seating for fewer than 5,000 spectators; club facilities with seating between 2,000 and 5,000 spectators; and amateur league and high school facilities with seating for more than 2,000 spectators. |
f | Class III facilities consist of club, amateur league and high school facilities with seating for 2,000 or fewer spectators. |
g | Class IV facilities consist of elementary school and recreational facilities; and amateur league and high school facilities without provisions for spectators. |
h | For classrooms, additional lighting power allowance of 4.50 W/((lineal))linear foot (14.8 W/linear meter) of white or chalk boards for directional lighting dedicated to white or chalk boards. |
i | Additional lighting power allowance of 0.15 W/ft2(1.61 W/m2) for ornamental lighting. Qualifying ornamental lighting includes luminaires that are specifically used in a decorative manner. This additional power shall be permitted only where the specified lighting is installed in addition to and controlled separately from display or general lighting in accordance with Section C405.2.6. This additional power shall be used only for the specified luminaires and it shall not be added to any other space or the interior power allowance. |
j | Where a space is designated as unfinished, neither the area nor the lighting power in the space shall be calculated as part of the LPA. |
NEW SECTION
WAC 51-11C-405055Section C405.4.3—Lighting for sleeping units and dwelling units.
C405.4.3 Lighting for sleeping units and dwelling units.Sleeping units in Group I-2 occupancies that are patient rooms shall comply with Sections C405.4.1 and C405.4.2. For all other sleeping units and dwelling units, permanently installed lighting, including lighting integrated into range hoods and exhaust fans, shall be provided by lamps capable of operating with an efficacy of not less than 80 lumens per watt or luminaires capable of operating with an efficacy of not less than 60 lumens per watt.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Lighting integral to other appliances. |
| 2. Antimicrobial lighting used for the sole purpose of disinfecting. |
| 3. Luminaires with an input rating of less than 3 watts. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-405061Section C405.5.1—Exterior ((building grounds)) lighting.
C405.5.1 Exterior ((building grounds)) lighting. All exterior ((building grounds)) luminaires that operate at greater than ((25))10 watts shall have a minimum efficacy of 100 lumens per watt.
EXCEPTION((S)): | ((1. Luminaires controlled by a motion sensor. |
| 2.)) Luminaires that qualify for one of the exceptions under Section C405.5.2. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-405062Section C405.5.2—Exterior ((building)) lighting power.
C405.5.2 Total connected exterior ((building)) lighting power. The total exterior connected lighting power shall be the total maximum rated wattage of all exterior lighting that is powered through the energy service for the buildingand building site lighting for which the building owner is responsible.
EXCEPTION: | Lighting used for the following applications shall not be included: |
| 1. Lighting approved because of safety considerations((;)). |
| 2. Emergency lighting automatically off during normal business operation((;)). |
| 3. Exit signs((;)). |
| 4. Specialized signal, directional and marker lighting associated with transportation((;)). |
| 5. Advertising signage or directional signage((;)). |
| 6. Integral to equipment or instrumentation and is installed by its manufacturer((;)). |
| 7. ((Theatrical purposes, including performance, stage, film production and video production;))Lighting in any location that is specifically used for video broadcasting, video or film recording, or live theatrical and music performances. |
| 8. Athletic playing areas((;)). |
| 9. Temporary lighting((;)). |
| 10. Industrial production, material handling, transportation sites and associated storage areas((;)). |
| 11. Theme elements in theme/amusement parks((;)). |
| 12. Lighting integrated within or used to highlight features of art, public monuments and the national flag((;)). |
| 13. Lighting for water features and swimming pools((; and)). |
| 14. Lighting that is controlled from within sleeping units anddwelling units((, where the lighting complies with Section R404.1)). |
| 15. Lighting of the exterior means of egress as required by the International Building Code. |
C405.5.3 Exterior lighting power allowance. The exterior lighting power allowance (watts) is calculated as follows:
1. Determine the Lighting Zone (LZ) for the building according to Table C405.5.3(1), unless otherwise specified by the code official.
2. For each exterior area that is to be illuminated by lighting that is powered through the energy service for the buildingand building site lighting for which the building owner is responsible, determine the applicable area type from Table C405.5.3(2). For area types not listed, select the area type that most closely represents the proposed use of the area. Covered parking garage lighting is not considered exterior lighting for the purposes of this calculation.
3. Determine the total area or length of each area type and multiply by the value for the area type in Table C405.5.3(2) to determine the lighting power (watts) allowed for each area type.
4. The total exterior lighting power allowance (watts) is the sum of the base site allowance determined according to Table C405.5.3(2), plus the watts from each area type.
C405.5.3.1 Additional exterior lighting power. Additional exterior lighting power allowances are available for the specific lighting applications listed in Table C405.5.3(3). These additional power allowances shall be used only for the luminaires serving these applications and shall not be used to increase any other lighting power allowance.
C405.5.4 Gas lighting. Gas-fired lighting appliances shall not be equipped with continuously burning pilot ignition systems.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 19-24-040, filed 11/26/19, effective 7/1/20)
WAC 51-11C-405063Table C405.5.3(1)—Exterior lighting zones.
Table C405.5.3(1)
Exterior Lighting Zones
((Lighting Zone | Description |
1 | Developed areas of national parks, state parks, forest land, and rural areas |
2 | Areas predominantly consisting of residential zoning, neighborhood business districts, light industrial with limited nighttime use and residential mixed use areas |
3 | All other areas not classified as lighting zone 1, 2, or 4 |
4 | High-activity commercial districts in major metropolitan areas as designated by the local land use planning authority)) |
Lighting Zone | Description |
| 1. | Agricultural and rural residential areas |
| 2. | Visitor centers or lodges within or adjacent to wilderness, natural parks, protected wildlife areas |
0 | 3. | Areas surrounding astronomical observatories |
| 4. | Municipal parks in rural areas |
| 5. | All other similar areas |
| 1. | Rural town centers |
| 2. | Single-family, mobile homes, and low-rise multifamily in low pedestrian activity areas |
1 | 3. | Low-activity institutional, commercial, campus, and light industrial areas |
| 4. | Municipal parks in low and moderate pedestrian activity areas |
| 5. | All other similar areas |
| 1. | Moderate-activity commercial corridors and suburban town centers |
| 2. | Single-family and multifamily residential areas in moderate and high-pedestrian activity areas |
2 | 3. | Moderate-activity institutional and industrial uses in suburban or urban areas |
| 4. | Urban parks and campuses in high pedestrian activity areas |
| 5. | All other similar areas |
| 1. | Commercial corridors and central business districts in urban areas with high pedestrian activity |
| 2. | Urban hospitality and entertainment districts |
3 | 3. | Urban areas with convention centers, sports arenas, and public transportation facilities |
| 4. | Heavy industrial areas |
| 5. | All other similar areas |
4 | Very high-activity urban entertainment, hospitality and retail areas, specifically designated as LZ4 by the local land use planning authority |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-405064Table C405.5.3(2)—Individual lighting power ((allowances))density values for building exteriors.
Table C405.5.3(2)
Lighting Power ((Allowances))Density Values for Building Exteriors
| Lighting Zones |
| Zone 0 | Zone 1 | Zone 2 | Zone 3 | Zone 4 |
Base Site Allowance | 40 W | ((160))135 W | ((280))240 W | ((400))340 W | ((560))475 W |
Uncovered Parking Areas |
Parking areas and drives | 0.006 W/ft2 | ((0.015))0.013 W/ft2 | ((0.026))0.022 W/ft2 | ((0.037))0.031 W/ft2 | ((0.052))0.042 W/ft2 |
Building Grounds |
Walkways and ramps less than 10 feet wide | -- | 0.04 W/ft2 | ((0.07))0.05 W/ft2 | 0.10 W/ft2 | 0.14 W/ft2 |
Walkways and ramps 10 feet wide or greater, plaza areas, special feature areas | -- | ((0.04))0.028 W/ft2 | ((0.07))0.049 W/ft2 | ((0.10))0.70 W/ft2 | ((0.14))0.098 W/ft2 |
Dining areas | 0.026 W/ft2 | ((0.156))0.069 W/ft2 | ((0.273))0.137 W/ft2 | ((0.390))0.276 W/ft2 | ((0.546))0.350 W/ft2 |
Stairways | Exempt | Exempt | Exempt | Exempt | Exempt |
Pedestrian tunnels | -- | 0.063 W/ft2 | 0.110 W/ft2 | 0.157 W/ft2 | 0.220 W/ft2 |
Landscaping | -- | 0.014 W/ft2 | 0.025 W/ft2 | 0.036 W/ft2 | 0.050 W/ft2 |
Building Entrances and Exits |
Pedestrian and vehicular entrances and exits | -- | 5.6 W/linear foot of opening | 9.8 W/linear foot of opening | 14.0 W/linear foot of opening | 19.6 W/linear foot of opening |
Entry canopies | -- | 0.072 W/ft2 | 0.126 W/ft2 | 0.180 W/ft2 | 0.252 W/ft2 |
Loading docks | -- | 0.104 W/ft2 | 0.182 W/ft2 | 0.260 W/ft2 | 0.364 W/ft2 |
Sales Canopies |
Free standing and attached | -- | 0.20 W/ft2 | 0.35 W/ft2 | 0.50 W/ft2 | 0.70 W/ft2 |
Outdoor Sales |
Open areas (including vehicle sales lots) | -- | 0.072 W/ft2 | 0.126 W/ft2 | 0.180 W/ft2 | 0.252 W/ft2 |
Street frontage for vehicle sales lots in addition to "open area" allowance | -- | No Allowance | 7 W/linear foot | 10.3 W/linear foot | 14.4 W/linear foot |
For SI: | 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 watt per square foot = 10.76 W per m2 |
Table C405.5.3(3)
Individual Lighting Power ((Allowances))Density Values for Building Exteriors
| Lighting Zones |
Zone 0 | Zone 1 | Zone 2 | Zone 3 | Zone 4 |
Building façade | -- | ((No allowance)) -- | 0.075 W/ft2 of gross above-grade wall area | 0.113 W/ft2 of gross above-grade wall area | 0.150 W/ft2 of gross above-grade wall area |
Automated teller machines (ATM) and night depositories | -- | 80 W per location plus 25 per additional ATM | 80 W per location plus 25 per additional ATM | 80 W per location plus 25 per additional ATM | 80 W per location plus 25 per additional ATM |
Uncovered entrances and gatehouse inspection stations at guarded facilities | -- | ((0.144))0.115 W/ft2 | ((0.252))0.202 W/ft2 | ((0.360))0.288 W/ft2 | ((0.504))0.403 W/ft2 |
Uncovered loading areas for law enforcement, fire, ambulance and other emergency service vehicles | -- | ((0.104))0.088 W/ft2 | ((0.182))0.155 W/ft2 | ((0.260))0.221 W/ft2 | ((0.364))0.309 W/ft2 |
Drive-up windows/doors | -- | ((53))42 W per drive through | ((92))74 W per drive through | ((132))106 W per drive through | ((185))148 W per drive through |
Parking near 24-hour retail entrances | -- | ((80))64 W per main entry | ((140))112 W per main entry | ((200))160 W per main entry | ((280))224 W per main entry |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40507Sections C405.6 and C405.7—Electrical energy consumption.
C405.6 Electrical transformers. Low-voltage dry-type distribution electric transformers shall meet the minimum efficiency requirements of Table C405.6 as tested and rated in accordance with the test procedure listed in DOE 10 C.F.R. 431. The efficiency shall be verified through certification under an approved certification program or, where no certification program exists, the equipment efficiency ratings shall be supported by data furnished by the transformer manufacturer.
EXCEPTION: | The following transformers are exempt in accordance with the DOE definition of Distribution Transformers found in 10 C.F.R. 431.192: |
| ((1. Transformers that meet the Energy Policy Act of 2005 exclusions based on the DOE 10 C.F.R. 431 definition of special purpose applications. |
| 2. Transformers that meet the Energy Policy Act of 2005 exclusions that are not to be used in general purpose applications based on information provided in DOE 10 C.F.R. 431. |
| 3. Transformers that meet the Energy Policy Act of 2005 exclusions with multiple voltage taps where the highest tap is not less than 20 percent more than the lowest tap. |
| 4.))1. Drive (isolation) transformers. |
| ((5.))2. Rectifier transformers. |
| ((6.))3. Auto-transformers. |
| ((7.))4. Uninterruptible power system transformers. |
| ((8.))5. Special impedance transformers. |
| ((9.))6. Regulating transformers. |
| ((10.))7. Sealed ((and nonventilating)) transformers. |
| ((11.))8. Machine tool (cool) transformers. |
| ((12.))9. Welding transformers. |
| ((13.))10. Grounding transformers. |
| ((14.))11. Testing transformers. |
| 12. Nonventilated transformers. |
Table C405.6
Minimum Nominal Efficiency Levels For 10 C.F.R. 431 Low Voltage Dry-Type Distribution Transformers
Single Phase Transformers | Three Phase Transformersa |
kVA((a))b | Efficiency (%)((b))c | kVA((a))b | Efficiency (%)((b))c |
15 | 97.70 | 15 | 97.89 |
25 | 98.00 | 30 | 98.23 |
37.5 | 98.20 | 45 | 98.40 |
50 | 98.30 | 75 | 98.60 |
75 | 98.50 | 112.5 | 98.74 |
100 | 98.60 | 150 | 98.83 |
167 | 98.70 | 225 | 98.94 |
250 | 98.80 | 300 | 99.02 |
333 | 98.90 | 500 | 99.14 |
| | 750 | 99.23 |
| | 1000 | 99.28 |
a | A low-voltage dry-type distribution transformer with a kVA rating not listed in the table shall have its minimum efficiency level determined by linear interpolation of the kVA and efficiency values listed in the table immediately above and below its kVA rating. Extrapolation shall not be used below the minimum values or above the maximum values shown for single-phase transformers and three-phase transformers. |
b | kiloVolt-Amp rating. |
((b))c | Nominal efficiencies shall be established in accordance with the DOE 10 C.F.R. 431 test procedure for low voltage dry-type transformers. |
C405.7 Dwelling unit electrical energy consumption. Each dwelling unit located in a Group R-2 building shall have a separate electrical meter. A utility tenant meter meets this requirement. See Section C409 for additional requirements for energy metering and energy consumption management.
EXCEPTION: | Dwelling units in other than Group R-2 multi-family and live/work units are not required to provide a separate electrical metering at each dwelling unit where electrical usage is metered separately for each of the following building end uses: |
| 1. Dwelling units. |
| 2. Sleeping units. |
| 3. Commercial kitchens. |
| 4. Central laundries. |
C405.7.1 Electric receptacles at dwelling unit gas appliances. Where dwelling unit appliances are served by natural gas, an electrical receptacle or junction box and circuit shall be provided at each gas appliance with sufficient capacity to serve a future electric appliance in the same location. The receptacles and circuits shall be included in the electrical service load calculation and shall meet the requirements of items 1 through 3 below. The receptacle or junction box for each gas appliance shall be located within 12 inches of the appliance and without obstructions between the appliance and the outlet. An electric receptacle is not required for a decorative gas fireplace.
1. Each gas range, cooktop, or oven, or combination appliance, location shall be served by a dedicated 240/208-volt, 40-amp receptacle connected to the dwelling unit electric panel with a 3-conductor branch circuit complying with ((210.19(A)(3)))210.19(C) of the NEC as adopted by Washington state and a minimum included load of 9600 VA for 240-volt systems or 8000 VA for 208-volt systems.
2. Each gas clothes dryer location shall be served by a dedicated 240/208-volt, 30-amp receptacle connected to the dwelling unit electric panel with a 3-conductor branch circuit and a minimum included load of 5000 VA.
3. The location of each gas domestic water heater installed within a dwelling unit shall be served by a dedicated 240/208-volt, 30-amp junction box connected to the dwelling unit electrical panel with a 3-conductor branch circuit and a minimum included load of 4500 VA.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40508Section C405.8—Electric motors.
C405.8 Electric motor efficiency. All electric motors, fractional or otherwise, shall meet the minimum efficiency requirements of Tables C405.8(1) through C405.8(4) when tested and rated in accordance with DOE 10 C.F.R. 431. The efficiency shall be verified through certification under an approved certification program or, where no certification program exists, the equipment efficiency ratings shall be supported by data furnished by the motor manufacturer.
EXCEPTION: | The standards in this section shall not apply to the following exempt electric motors. |
| 1. Air-over electric motors. |
| 2. Components sets of an electric motor. |
| 3. Liquid-cooled electric motors. |
| 4. Submersible electric motors. |
| 5. Inverter-only electric motors. |
| 6. Definite-purpose machines within the scope of ANSI/NEMA MG1, Part 18. |
| 7. Mechanical ventilation system types with an input power less than 746 watts that comply with the requirements of Section C403.8.4. |
Fractional hp fan motors that are 1/12 hp or greater and are less than 1 hp (based on output power) which are not covered by Tables C405.8(3) and C405.8(4) shall be electronically commutated motors or shall have a minimum motor efficiency of 70 percent when rated in accordance with DOE 10 C.F.R. 431. These motors shall also have the means to adjust motor speed for either balancing or remote control. Belt-driven fans may use sheave adjustments for airflow balancing in lieu of a varying motor speed.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Motors that are an integral part of specialized process equipment. |
| 2. Where the motor is integral to a listed piece of equipment for which no complying motor has been approved. |
| 3. Motors used as a component of the equipment meeting the minimum efficiency requirements of Section C403.3.2 and Tables C403.3.2(1) through ((C403.3.2(16)))C403.3.2(17) provided that the motor input is included when determining the equipment efficiency. |
| 4. Motors in the airstream within fan-coils and terminal units that operate only when providing heating to the space served. |
| 5. ((Fan motors that are not covered by Tables C405.8(1) through C405.8(4) and are used to power heat recovery ventilators, energy recovery ventilators, or local exhaust fans in Group R subject to the efficacy requirements of Section C403.8.4.))Mechanical ventilation system types with an input power less than 746 watts that comply with the requirements of Section C403.8.4. |
| 6. Domestic clothes dryer booster fans, range hood exhaust fans, and domestic range booster fans that operate intermittently. |
| 7. Radon and contaminated soil exhaust fans. |
| ((8. Group R heat recovery ventilator and energy recovery ventilator fans that are less than 400 cfm.)) |
Table C405.8(1)
Minimum Nominal Full-load Efficiency for NEMA Design A, NEMA Design B and IEC Design N Motors (Excluding Fire Pump) Electric Motors at 60 Hza,b
Motor horsepower (Standard kilowatt equivalent) | Nominal full-load efficiency (%) as of June 1, 2016 |
2 pole | 4 pole | 6 pole | 8 pole |
Enclosed | Open | Enclosed | Open | Enclosed | Open | Enclosed | Open |
1 (0.75) | 77.0 | 77.0 | 85.5 | 85.5 | 82.5 | 82.5 | 75.5 | 75.5 |
1.5 (1.1) | 84.0 | 84.0 | 86.5 | 86.5 | 87.5 | 86.5 | 78.5 | 77.5 |
2 (1.5) | 85.5 | 85.5 | 86.5 | 86.5 | 88.5 | 87.5 | 84.0 | 86.5 |
3 (2.2) | 86.5 | 85.5 | 89.5 | 89.5 | 89.5 | 88.5 | 85.5 | 87.5 |
5 (3.7) | 88.5 | 86.5 | 89.5 | 89.5 | 89.5 | 89.5 | 86.5 | 88.5 |
7.5 (5.5) | 89.5 | 88.5 | 91.7 | 91.0 | 91.0 | 90.2 | 86.5 | 89.5 |
10 (7.5) | 90.2 | 89.5 | 91.7 | 91.7 | 91.0 | 91.7 | 89.5 | 90.2 |
15 (11) | 91.0 | 90.2 | 92.4 | 93.0 | 91.7 | 91.7 | 89.5 | 90.2 |
20 (15) | 91.0 | 91.0 | 93.0 | 93.0 | 91.7 | 92.4 | 90.2 | 91.0 |
25 (18.5) | 91.7 | 91.7 | 93.6 | 93.6 | 93.0 | 93.0 | 90.2 | 91.0 |
30 (22) | 91.7 | 91.7 | 93.6 | 94.1 | 93.0 | 93.6 | 91.7 | 91.7 |
40 (30) | 92.4 | 92.4 | 94.1 | 94.1 | 94.1 | 94.1 | 91.7 | 91.7 |
50 (37) | 93.0 | 93.0 | 94.5 | 94.5 | 94.1 | 94.1 | 92.4 | 92.4 |
60 (45) | 93.6 | 93.6 | 95.0 | 95.0 | 94.5 | 94.5 | 92.4 | 93.0 |
75 (55) | 93.6 | 93.6 | 95.4 | 95.0 | 94.5 | 94.5 | 93.6 | 94.1 |
100 (75) | 94.1 | 93.6 | 95.4 | 95.4 | 95.0 | 95.0 | 93.6 | 94.1 |
125 (90) | 95.0 | 94.1 | 95.4 | 95.4 | 95.0 | 95.0 | 94.1 | 94.1 |
150 (110) | 95.0 | 94.1 | 95.8 | 95.8 | 95.8 | 95.4 | 94.1 | 94.1 |
200 (150) | 95.4 | 95.0 | 96.2 | 95.8 | 95.8 | 95.4 | 94.5 | 94.1 |
250 (186) | 95.8 | 95.0 | 96.2 | 95.8 | 95.8 | 95.8 | 95.0 | 95.0 |
300 (224) | 95.8 | 95.4 | 96.2 | 95.8 | 95.8 | 95.8 | |
350 (261) | 95.8 | 95.4 | 96.2 | 95.8 | 95.8 | 95.8 |
400 (298) | 95.8 | 95.8 | 96.2 | 95.8 | |
450 (336) | 95.8 | 96.2 | 96.2 | 96.2 |
500 (373) | 95.8 | 96.2 | 96.2 | 96.2 |
a | Nominal efficiencies shall be established in accordance with DOE 10 C.F.R. 431. |
b | For purposes of determining the required minimum nominal full-load efficiency of an electric motor that has a horsepower or kilowatt rating between two horsepower or two kilowatt ratings listed in this table, each such motor shall be deemed to have a listed horsepower or kilowatt rating, determined as follows: |
| 1. A horsepower at or above the midpoint between the two consecutive horsepowers shall be rounded up to the higher of the two horsepowers. |
| 2. A horsepower below the midpoint between the two consecutive horsepowers shall be rounded down to the lower of the two horsepowers. |
| 3. A kilowatt rating shall be directly converted from kilowatts to horsepower using the formula 1 kW = (1/0.746) horsepower. The conversion should be calculated to three significant decimal places, and the resulting horsepower shall be rounded in accordance with 1 or 2, whichever applies. |
Table C405.8(2)
Minimum Nominal Full-load Efficiency for NEMA Design C and IEC Design H Motors at 60 Hza,b
Motor horsepower (Standard kilowatt equivalent) | Nominal full-load efficiency (%) as of June 1, 2016 |
4 pole | 6 pole | 8 pole |
Enclosed | Open | Enclosed | Open | Enclosed | Open |
1 (0.75) | 85.5 | 85.5 | 82.5 | 82.5 | 75.5 | 75.5 |
1.5 (1.1) | 86.5 | 86.5 | 87.5 | 86.5 | 78.5 | 77.5 |
2 (1.5) | 86.5 | 86.5 | 88.5 | 87.5 | 84.0 | 86.5 |
3 (2.2) | 89.5 | 89.5 | 89.5 | 88.5 | 85.5 | 87.5 |
5 (3.7) | 89.5 | 89.5 | 89.5 | 89.5 | 86.5 | 88.5 |
7.5 (5.5) | 91.7 | 91.0 | 91.0 | 90.2 | 86.5 | 89.5 |
10 (7.5) | 91.7 | 91.7 | 91.0 | 91.7 | 89.5 | 90.2 |
15 (11) | 92.4 | 93.0 | 91.7 | 91.7 | 89.5 | 90.2 |
20 (15) | 93.0 | 93.0 | 91.7 | 92.4 | 90.2 | 91.0 |
25 (18.5) | 93.6 | 93.6 | 93.0 | 93.0 | 90.2 | 91.0 |
30 (22) | 93.6 | 94.1 | 93.0 | 93.6 | 91.7 | 91.7 |
40 (30) | 94.1 | 94.1 | 94.1 | 94.1 | 91.7 | 91.7 |
50 (37) | 94.5 | 94.5 | 94.1 | 94.1 | 92.4 | 92.4 |
60 (45) | 95.0 | 95.0 | 94.5 | 94.5 | 92.4 | 93.0 |
75 (55) | 95.4 | 95.0 | 94.5 | 94.5 | 93.6 | 94.1 |
100 (75) | 95.4 | 95.4 | 95.0 | 95.0 | 93.6 | 94.1 |
125 (90) | 95.4 | 95.4 | 95.0 | 95.0 | 94.1 | 94.1 |
150 (110) | 95.8 | 95.8 | 95.8 | 95.4 | 94.1 | 94.1 |
200 (150) | 96.2 | 95.8 | 95.8 | 95.4 | 94.5 | 94.1 |
NR - No requirement. |
a | Nominal efficiencies shall be established in accordance with DOE 10 C.F.R. 431. |
b | For purposes of determining the required minimum nominal full-load efficiency of an electric motor that has a horsepower or kilowatt rating between two horsepower or two kilowatt ratings listed in this table, each such motor shall be deemed to have a listed horsepower or kilowatt rating, determined as follows: |
| 1. A horsepower at or above the midpoint between the two consecutive horsepowers shall be rounded up to the higher of the two horsepowers. |
| 2. A horsepower below the midpoint between the two consecutive horsepowers shall be rounded down to the lower of the two horsepowers. |
| 3. A kilowatt rating shall be directly converted from kilowatts to horsepower using the formula 1 kW = (1/0.746) horsepower. The conversion should be calculated to three significant decimal places, and the resulting horsepower shall be rounded in accordance with 1 or 2, whichever applies. |
Table C405.8(3)
Minimum Average Full Load Efficiency for Polyphase Small Electric Motorsa
OPEN MOTORS |
NUMBER OF POLES ==˃ | 2 | 4 | 6 |
SYNCHRONOUS SPEED (RPM) ==˃ | 3600 | 1800 | 1200 |
MOTOR HORSEPOWER ▼ |
0.25 | 65.6 | 69.5 | 67.5 |
0.33 | 69.5 | 73.4 | 71.4 |
0.50 | 73.4 | 78.2 | 75.3 |
0.75 | 76.8 | 81.1 | 81.7 |
1 | 77.0 | 83.5 | 82.5 |
1.5 | 84.0 | 86.5 | 83.8 |
2 | 85.5 | 86.5 | N/A |
3 | 85.5 | 86.9 | N/A |
a Average full load efficiencies shall be established in accordance with 10 C.F.R. 431. |
Table C405.8(4)
Minimum Average Full Load Efficiency For Capacitor-start Capacitor-run and Capacitor-start Induction-run Small Electric Motorsa
OPEN MOTORS |
NUMBER OF POLES ==˃ | 2 | 4 | 6 |
SYNCHRONOUS SPEED (RPM) ==˃ | 3600 | 1800 | 1200 |
MOTOR HORSEPOWER ▼ |
0.25 | 66.6 | 68.5 | 62.2 |
0.33 | 70.5 | 72.4 | 66.6 |
0.50 | 72.4 | 76.2 | 76.2 |
0.75 | 76.2 | 81.8 | 80.2 |
1 | 80.4 | 82.6 | 81.1 |
1.5 | 81.5 | 83.8 | N/A |
2 | 82.9 | 84.5 | N/A |
3 | 84.1 | N/A | N/A |
a Average full load efficiencies shall be established in accordance with 10 C.F.R. 431. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-40509Section C405.9—((Vertical and horizontal transportation systems))Data centers and computer rooms.
((C405.9 Vertical and horizontal transportation systems and equipment. Vertical and horizontal transportation systems and equipment shall comply with this section.
C405.9.1 Elevator cabs. For the luminaires in each elevator cab, not including signals and displays, the sum of the lumens divided by the sum of the watts shall be no less than 35 lumens per watt. Ventilation fans in elevators that do not have their own air conditioning system shall not consume more than 0.33 watts/cfm at the maximum rated speed of the fan. Controls shall be provided that will deenergize ventilation fans and lighting systems when the elevator is stopped, unoccupied and with its doors closed for over 15 minutes.
C405.9.2 Escalators and moving walks. Escalators and moving walks shall comply with ASME A17.1/CSA B44 and shall have automatic controls that reduce speed as permitted in accordance with ASME A17.1/CSA B44 and applicable local code when not conveying passengers.
EXCEPTION: | A variable voltage drive system that reduces operating voltage in response to light loading conditions is allowed to be provided in lieu of the variable speed function. |
C405.9.2.1Energy recovery. Escalators shall be designed to recover electrical energy when resisting overspeed in the down direction.))
C405.9 Data centers and computer rooms. Electrical equipment in data centers and computer rooms shall comply with this section.
C405.9.1 Data centers. Transformers, uninterruptable power supplies, motors, and electrical power processing equipment in data centers shall comply with Section 8 of ASHRAE 90.4 in addition to this code.
C405.9.2 Computer rooms. Uninterruptable power supplies in computer rooms shall comply with the requirements in Tables 8.5 and 8.6 of ASHRAE 90.4 in addition to this code.
EXCEPTION: | AC-output UPS that utilized standardized NEMA 1-15P or NEMA 5-15P input plug, as specified in ANSI/NEMA WD-6. |
Reviser's note: The spelling errors in the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040. AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40510Section C405.10—((Controlled receptacles))Vertical and horizontal transportation systems and equipment.
((C405.10 Automatic receptacle control. The following shall have automatic receptacle control complying with Section C405.10.1:
1. At least 50 percent of all 125V, 15- and 20-amp receptacles installed in enclosed offices, conference rooms, rooms used primarily for copy or print functions, breakrooms, classrooms and individual workstations, including those installed in modular partitions and module office workstation systems.
2. At least 50 percent of branch circuit feeders installed for modular furniture not shown on the construction documents.
C405.10.1 Automatic receptacle control function. Automatic receptacle controls shall comply with the following:
1. Either split controlled receptacles shall be provided with the top receptacle controlled, or a controlled receptacle shall be located within 12 inches (304.8 mm) of each uncontrolled receptacle.
2. One of the following methods shall be used to provide control:
2.1. A scheduled basis using a time-of-day operated control device that turns receptacle power off at specific programmed times and can be programmed separately for each day of the week. The control device shall be configured to provide an independent schedule for each portion of the building of not more than 5,000 square feet (464.5 m2) and not more than one floor. The occupant shall be able to manually override an area for not more than 2 hours. Any individual override switch shall control the receptacles of not more than 5,000 feet (1524 m).
2.2. An occupant sensor control that shall turn off receptacles within 20 minutes of all occupants leaving a space.
2.3. An automated signal from another control or alarm system that shall turn off receptacles within 20 minutes after determining that the local area is unoccupied.
3. All controlled receptacles shall be permanently marked in accordance with NFPA 70 and be uniformly distributed throughout the space.
4. Plug-in devices shall not comply.
EXCEPTION: | Automatic receptacle controls are not required for the following: |
| 1. Receptacles specifically designated for equipment requiring continuous operation (24 hours per day, 365 days per year). |
| 2. Spaces where an automatic control would endanger the safety or security of the room or building occupants. |
| 3. Within a single modular office workstation, noncontrolled receptacles are permitted to be located more than 12 inches (304.8 mm), but not more than 72 inches (1828 mm) from the controlled receptacles serving that workstation.)) |
C405.10 Vertical and horizontal transportation systems and equipment. Vertical and horizontal transportation systems and equipment shall comply with this section.
C405.10.1 Elevator cabs. For the luminaires in each elevator cab, not including signals and displays, the sum of the lumens divided by the sum of the watts shall be no less than 35 lumens per watt. Ventilation fans in elevators that do not have their own air conditioning system shall not consume more than 0.33 watts/cfm at the maximum rated speed of the fan. Controls shall be provided that will deenergize ventilation fans and lighting systems when the elevator is stopped, unoccupied and with its doors closed for over 15 minutes.
C405.10.2 Escalators and moving walks. Escalators and moving walks shall comply with ASME A17.1/CSA B44 and shall have automatic controls that reduce speed as permitted in accordance with ASME A17.1/CSA B44 and applicable local code when not conveying passengers.
EXCEPTION: | A variable voltage drive system that reduces operating voltage in response to light loading conditions is allowed to be provided in lieu of the variable speed function. |
C405.10.2.1 Energy recovery. Escalators shall be designed to recover electrical energy when resisting overspeed in the down direction.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40511Section C405.11—((Voltage drop))Automatic receptacle control.
((C405.11 Voltage drop. The total voltage drop across the combination of customer-owned service conductors, feeder conductors and branch circuit conductors shall not exceed five percent.))
C405.11 Automatic receptacle control. The following shall have automatic receptacle control complying with Section C405.11.1:
1. At least 50 percent of all 125V, 15- and 20-amp receptacles installed in enclosed offices, conference rooms, rooms used primarily for copy or print functions, breakrooms, classrooms and individual workstations, including those installed in modular partitions and module office workstation systems.
2. At least 50 percent of branch circuit feeders installed for modular furniture not shown on the construction documents.
C405.11.1 Automatic receptacle control function. Automatic receptacle controls shall comply with the following:
1. Either split controlled receptacles shall be provided with the top receptacle controlled, or a controlled receptacle shall be located within 12 inches (304.8 mm) of each uncontrolled receptacle.
2. One of the following methods shall be used to provide control:
2.1. A scheduled basis using a time-of-day operated control device that turns receptacle power off at specific programmed times and can be programmed separately for each day of the week. The control device shall be configured to provide an independent schedule for each portion of the building of not more than 5,000 square feet (464.5 m2) and not more than one floor. The occupant shall be able to manually override an area for not more than 2 hours. Any individual override switch shall control the receptacles of not more than 5,000 feet (1524 m).
2.2. An occupant sensor control that shall turn off receptacles within 20 minutes of all occupants leaving a space.
2.3. An automated signal from another control or alarm system that shall turn off receptacles within 20 minutes after determining that the local area is unoccupied.
3. All controlled receptacles shall be permanently marked in accordance with NFPA 70 and be uniformly distributed throughout the space.
4. Plug-in devices shall not comply.
EXCEPTION: | Automatic receptacle controls are not required for the following: |
| 1. Receptacles specifically designated for equipment requiring continuous operation (24 hours per day, 365 days per year). |
| 2. Spaces where an automatic control would endanger the safety or security of the room or building occupants. |
| 3. Within a single modular office workstation, noncontrolled receptacles are permitted to be located more than 12 inches (304.8 mm), but not more than 72 inches (1828 mm) from the controlled receptacles serving that workstation. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40512Section C405.12—((Alternating current-output uninterruptible power supplies (AC-output UPS)))Voltage drop.
((AC-output UPS systems serving a computer room shall meet or exceed the calculation and testing requirements identified in ENERGY STAR Program Requirements for Uninterruptible Power Supplies (UPSs) – Eligibility Criteria Version 2.0.
EXCEPTION: | AC-output UPC that utilizes standardized NEMA-1-15P or NEMA 5-15P input plug, as specified in ANSI/NEMA WD 6.)) |
C405.12 Voltage drop. The total voltage drop across the combination of customer-owned service conductors, feeder conductors and branch circuit conductors shall not exceed five percent.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40513Section C405.13—((Electrical commissioning))AC-output UPS.
((C405.13 Commissioning. Controlled receptacles and lighting systems shall be commissioned in accordance with Section C408.))
C405.13 Alternating current-output uninterruptible power supplies (AC-output UPS).AC-output UPS systems serving a computer room shall meet or exceed the calculation and testing requirements identified in ENERGY STAR Program Requirements for Uninterruptible Power Supplies (UPSs) – Eligibility Criteria Version 2.0.
EXCEPTION: | AC-output UPC that utilizes standardized NEMA 1-15P or NEMA 5-15P input plug, as specified in ANSI/NEMA WD 6. |
NEW SECTION
WAC 51-11C-40514Section C405.14—Inverters.
C405.14 Inverters. Direct-current-to-alternating-current inverters serving on-site renewable energy systems or on-site electrical energy storage systems (ESS) shall be compliant with IEEE 1547 and UL 1741.
NEW SECTION
WAC 51-11C-40515Section C405.15—Commercial food service.
C405.15 Commercial food service. The following types of equipment within the scope of the applicable ENERGY STAR program shall comply with the energy-efficiency and water-efficiency criteria required to achieve the ENERGY STAR label:
1. Commercial fryers: ENERGY STAR Program Requirement for Commercial Fryers.
2. Commercial hot food holding cabinets: ENERGY STAR Program Requirements for Hot Food Holding Cabinets.
3. Commercial steam cookers: ENERGY STAR Program Requirements for Commercial Steam Cookers.
4. Commercial dishwashers: ENERGY STAR Program Requirements for Commercial Dishwashers.
EXCEPTION: | Reused or refurbished equipment that has been in commercial use for more than one year. |
C405.15.1 Electric power at gas-fired commercial cooking appliances. Where gas-fired commercial cooking appliances in commercial kitchens and other commercial food preparation areas are provided in a building originally permitted under the 2024 or later edition of the Washington State Energy Code, an electrical panel shall be provided within or adjacent to each space in which commercial cooking appliances are located, sized to serve future electric appliances to replace all gas-fired appliances in the space with a minimum capacity of 293 VA per kBtu/h of gas appliance input capacity. The main electric service panel for the building shall be wired to and sized to accommodate all such commercial cooking appliance panels. Permit documents shall include a table listing each gas-fired commercial cooking appliance as well as an equivalent electric appliance providing the same or greater cooking capacity, and the total amperage required for the commercial kitchen electrical panel. This information shall be provided in both the mechanical and the electrical permit documents.
EXCEPTION: | This requirement does not apply to gas-fired commercial cooking appliances installed in buildings originally permitted in compliance with an earlier edition of the Washington State Energy Code, if the building's main service panel lacks sufficient capacity to provide power for equivalent electric versions of all the gas-fired commercial cooking appliances identified in the permit application. |
NEW SECTION
WAC 51-11C-40516Section C405.16—Electrical commissioning.
C405.13 Commissioning. Controlled receptacles and lighting systems shall be commissioned in accordance with Section C408.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-40600Section C406—Efficiency and load management measures.
C406.1 Additional energy efficiency and load management measures credit requirements. The project as defined in the building permit shall meet the following requirements as applicable:
1. New buildings, changes in space conditioning category, change of occupancy group, and building additions in accordance with Chapter 5 shall comply with sufficient measures from Section C406.2 so as to achieve the minimum number of required efficiency credits shown in Table C406.1.
2. New buildings greater than 5000 gross square feet of floor area shall comply with sufficient measures from Section C406.3 so as to achieve the minimum number of required load management credits shown in Table C406.1.
3. Tenant spaces shall comply in accordance with Section C406.1.1.
4. Alterations shall comply with Section C406 in accordance with Sections C503.4.7 and C503.5.
5. Projects using discrete area credit weighting shall comply in accordance with Section C406.1.2.
EXCEPTIONS: | ((1. Low energy spaces in accordance with Section C402.1.1.1, equipment buildings in accordance with Section C402.1.2, unconditioned spaces, open parking garages, and enclosed parking garages that comply with sufficient measures from Table C406.2(1) to achieve a minimum of 50 percent of the efficiency credits required for new construction. Such projects shall be exempt from the load management requirements in Table C406.1. |
| 2. Building additions that have less than 1,000 square feet of conditioned floor area that comply with sufficient measures from Table C406.2(1) to achieve a minimum of 50 percent of the efficiency credits required for additions. |
| 3. Warehouses are exempt from the load management credit requirements in Table C406.1.)) |
| All areas qualifying for one of the exceptions below that reduce energy efficiency credit requirements may only earn 50 percent of the space heating, space cooling, and service water heating credits listed in Tables C406.2(4), C406.2(5), and C406.2(7) and are not eligible for the no space heating, no space cooling, and no service water heating credits. |
| 1. Low energy spaces in accordance with Section C402.1.1.1, equipment buildings in accordance with Section C402.1.2, unconditioned spaces, open parking garages, and enclosed parking garages that comply with sufficient measures from Table C406.2(1) to achieve a minimum of 50 percent of the efficiency credits required for new construction. Such projects shall be exempt from the load management requirements in Table C406.1. |
| 2. Building additions that have less than 1,000 square feet of conditioned floor area that comply with sufficient measures from Table C406.2(1) to achieve a minimum of 50 percent of the efficiency credits required for additions. |
| 3. Warehouses are exempt from the load management credit requirements in Table C406.1. |
| 4. Semi-heated spaces in accordance with Section C402.1.1.2 in Group F and Group S occupancies shall comply with sufficient measures from Tables C406.2(1) and/or C406.2(8) to achieve a minimum 50 percent of the efficiency credits required for new construction or building additions required by Table C406.1. |
| 5. Semi-heated Group F occupancies under 25,000 square feet are exempt from the load management credit requirements in Table C406.1. |
Table C406.1
Additional Energy ((Measure)) Credit Requirements
((Required Credits for Projects | Section | Occupancy Group |
Group R-1 | Group R-2 | Group B | Group E | Group M | All Other |
New building energy efficiency credit requirement | C406.2 | 54 | 41 | 42 | 48 | 74 | 49 |
Building additions energy efficiency credit requirement | C406.2 | 27 | 20 | 21 | 23 | 36 | 21 |
New building load management credit requirement | C406.3 | 12 | 15 | 27 | 15 | 13 | 26)) |
Required Credits for Projects | Section Reference | Occupancy Group (Climate Zone 4C/5B) |
R-1 R-4 I-1 | I-2 | R-2 | B | A-2 | M | E | S-1 S-2 | All Other |
New building energy efficiency credits | C406.2 | 121/133 | 120/120 | 252/282 | 76/89 | 154/159 | 175/231 | 119/151 | 301/318 | 215/226 |
Building addition energy efficiency credits | C406.2 | 60/66 | 60/60 | 126/141 | 38/44 | 77/79 | 87/115 | 59/75 | 150/159 | 107/113 |
Building alteration space heating energy efficiency credits | C406.2 | TBD | TBD | TBD | TBD | TBD | TBD | TBD | TBD | TBD |
Building alteration service water heating energy efficiency credits | C406.2 | TBD | TBD | TBD | TBD | TBD | TBD | TBD | TBD | TBD |
New building load management credits | C406.3 | 12/12 | 12/12 | 15/15 | 12/12 | 26/26 | 13/13 | 15/15 | 26/26 | 26/26 |
C406.1.1 Tenant spaces. An initial tenant improvement shall comply with sufficient measures from Tables C406.2(1) through C406.2(9) to achieve a minimum of efficiency credits required in Table C406.1 and are not required to achieve any load management credits. In projects with multiple tenant spaces, each tenant space is permitted to apply for different measures provided the weighted average of all areas in the project comply with the overall efficiency credit requirement in Table C406.1. Whole building or addition energy credits shall be allocated to tenant spaces in accordance with Sections C406.1.1.1 and C406.1.1.2.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. An initial tenant improvement where the core and shell building complied via Section C407 in 2018 or later edition of the Washington State Energy Code. |
| 2. Previously occupied tenant spaces in existing buildings that complies with this code in accordance with Section C501. |
C406.1.1.1 Applicable envelope, renewable and elevator energy credits. Where an entire building or building addition complies with Section C406.2.5, C406.2.12, C406.2.13, or C406.2.18, under an initial tenant improvement permit, tenant spaces within the building qualify for the number of credits assigned to the occupancy group of the tenant space in accordance with Tables C406.2(1) through C406.2(9). Where prior energy credits were achieved under the 2018 Washington State Energy Code, they shall be multiplied by 6 for applicability to this code.
C406.1.1.2 Applicable HVAC and service water heating credits. Where HVAC and service water heating systems and services are installed and comply with Section C406.2.2, C406.2.6, C406.2.7, C406.2.8, C406.2.9, or C406.2.10 under an initial tenant improvement permit, those systems and services shall be considered a part of the tenant space. Tenant spaces qualify for the credits assigned to the occupancy group of the tenant space in accordance with Tables((C406.2(1)))C406.2(3) through C406.2(7) if the tenant space includes the distribution system and equipment that the central HVAC systems or service water heating systems were designed to support.
C406.1.2 Discrete area-weighted project compliance. Discrete building areas are permitted to select different packages of measures provided that the whole project complies with both the energy and load management credit requirements. Compliance shall be determined as follows:
1. Required project credits shall be prorated on an area-weighted basis for each occupancy group by multiplying the occupancy group floor area by the number of credits required, and then dividing this value by the total area of all the occupancy groups combined. Where one occupancy group is less than 10 percent of the floor area of the project, use the primary occupancy group for those credits.
2. Occupancies are permitted to be subdivided into discrete areas, with required and achieved credits for each area prorated on an area-weighted basis as required for the occupancy group.
3. Where envelope or lighting power credits in Section C406.2.3.1((, C406.2.3.2,)) or ((C406.2.3.12))C406.2.12 are applied, the lighting power or envelope UA percentage reduction shall be calculated for the project as a whole to determine achieved credits.
4. Determine total project credits achieved by area-weighting the achieved credits by occupancy group in the same manner as for required project credits.
5. A project complies when the achieved number of area-weighted energy and load management credits are equal to or greater than the required area-weighted number of credits.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-40620Section C406.2—Additional energy efficiency credit measures.
C406.2 Additional energy efficiency credit measures.((Each))Energy efficiency credit measures used to meet credit requirements for the project shall ((include efficiency that is greater than the energy efficiency required for the building type and configuration requirements in Sections C402 through C405. Measures installed in the project that meet the requirements in Sections C406.2.1 through C406.2.14 shall achieve the credits listed for the measure and occupancy group in Table C406.2(1) or Table C406.2(2) or where calculations required by Sections C406.2.1 through C406.2.14 create or modify the table credits, the credits achieved shall be based upon the section calculations. Projects that chose to comply with the fossil fuel pathway in Section C401.3 shall use Table C406.2(2) to achieve credits))meet or exceed the energy efficiency required in Sections C402 through C405. The section references in Tables C406.2(1) through C406.2(9) detail the requirements that must be met to obtain all or part of the credit measure available for the noted occupancy group and climate zone. Linear interpolation is allowed where multiple efficiency targets are provided.
((For mixed fuel space heating systems, the number of space heating energy efficiency credits available for measures with a prorating flag "Heat" are calculated using the following equation:
CSH = CHPSH x B/C + CFFSH x (1 – B/C)
Where: |
| CSH | = | Blended credits for mixed fuel systems. |
| CHPSH | = | Credits available in Table C406.2(1). |
| CFFSH | = | Credits available in Table C406.2(2). |
| B | = | Installed space heating capacity in kBTU/h of space heating appliances that comply with any of the exceptions to Section C403.1.4. |
| C | = | Total installed space heating capacity in kBTU/h of all space heating appliances. |
For mixed fuel service water heating systems, the number of service water heating energy efficiency credits available for measures with a prorating flag "SWH" are calculated using the following equation:
CWH = CHPWH × B/C + CFFWH × (1 – B/C)
Where: |
| CWH | = | Blended credits for mixed fuel systems. |
| CHPWH | = | Credits available in Table C406.2(1). |
| CFFWH | = | Credits available in Table C406.2(2). |
| B | = | Installed service water heating capacity in kBTU/h of service water heating appliances that comply with any of the exceptions to Section C404.2.1. |
| C | = | Total installed service water heating capacity in kBTU/h of all service water heating appliances. |
Table C406.2(1)
Efficiency Measure Credits
Measure Title | Applicable Section | Prorating Flag | Occupancy Group |
Group R-1 | Group R-2 | Group B | Group E | Group M | All Other |
1. Dwelling unit HVAC control | C406.2.1 | Heat | NA | 7 | NA | NA | NA | NA |
2. Improved HVAC TSPRa | C406.2.2.1 | Heat | NA | 8 | 11 | 17 | 22 | NA |
3. Improve cooling and fan efficiency | C406.2.2.2 | Heat | 2 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 3 | 2 |
4. Improve heating efficiency | C406.2.2.3 | Heat | 2 | 3 | 3 | 10 | 16 | 7 |
5. Improved low-carbon district energy system (10% better) | C406.2.2.4 | | 3 | 3 | 4 | 11 | 17 | 8 |
6. Improved low-carbon district energy system (20% better)b | C406.2.2.5 | | 9 | 10 | 12 | 33 | 52 | 24 |
7. High performance DOAS | C406.2.2.6 | Heat | 31 | 31 | 21 | 39 | 40 | 21/ (A) 40c |
8. Fault detection & diagnostics (FDD) | C406.2.2.7 | Heat | 2 | 2 | 2 | 6 | 9 | 4 |
9. 10% reduced lighting power | C406.2.3.1 | Heat | 7 | 4 | 18 | 16 | 20 | 15 |
10. 20% reduced lighting powerd | C406.2.3.2 | Heat | 13 | 8 | 36 | 32 | 40 | 29 |
11. Lamp efficacy improvement | C406.2.3.3 | Heat | 5 | 6 | NA | NA | NA | NA |
12. Residential lighting control | C406.2.4.1 | Heat | NA | 8 | NA | NA | NA | NA |
13. Enhanced lighting control | C406.2.4.2 | Heat | 1 | 1 | 6 | 6 | 11 | 6 |
14. Renewable energy | C406.2.5 | | 7 | 12 | 13 | 13 | 10 | 11 |
15. Shower drain heat recovery | C406.2.6.1 | SWH | 9 | 30 | NA | 3 | NA | NA |
16. Service water heat recovery | C406.2.6.2 | SWH | 35 | 111 | 13 | 14 | (Grocery) 41e | NA |
17. Heat pump water heating | C406.2.6.3 | SWH | 72 | 54 | 1 | 13 | 5 | 29f |
18. High efficiency service water heating, gas-fired | C406.2.6.4 | SWH | NA | NA | NA | NA | NA | NA |
19. Heat trace system | C406.2.7.1 | SWH | 6 | 13 | 4 | 1 | NA | 6 |
20. Point of use water heater | C406.2.7.2 | SWH | NA | NA | 19 | 5 | NA | NA |
21. Service hot water distribution right sizing | C406.2.8 | | 13 | 42 | NA | NA | NA | NA |
22. High performance service hot water temperature maintenance system | C406.2.9 | | 6 | 13 | 4 | 1 | NA | 6 |
23. High efficiency service hot water circulation system | C406.2.10 | | 3 | 6 | 2 | 1 | NA | 4 |
24. Low flow residential showerheads | C406.2.11 | SWH | 3 | 3 | NA | NA | NA | NA |
25. Enhanced envelope performanceg | C406.2.12 | Heat | 24 | 20 | 13 | 5 | 19 | 14 |
26. Base reduced air leakageg | C406.2.13.1 | | 29 | 24 | 6 | 3 | 9 | 11 |
27. Enhanced reduced air leakageg | C406.2.13.2 | Heat | 53 | 44 | 11 | 5 | 16 | 20 |
28. Enhanced commercial kitchen equipment | C406.2.14 | Heat | 30h | 18h | 18h | 30h | 30h | 31h |
29. Enhanced residential kitchen equipment | C406.2.15 | Heat | 12 | 19 | NA | NA | NA | NA |
30. Enhanced residential laundry equipment | C406.2.16 | Heat | NA | 6 | NA | NA | NA | NA |
31. Heat pump clothes dryers | C406.2.17 | Heat | 6 | 6 | NA | NA | NA | NA |
32. Efficient elevator equipment | C406.2.18 | Heat | 3 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 4 | 4 |
a | Projects using Item 2 shall not use Items 3, 4, or 7. |
b | Projects using C406.2.2.5 shall not use C406.2.2.4. |
c | For C406.2.2.6, occupancy Group A achieves 40 credits while other occupancy groups within the "all other" category achieve 21 credits. |
d | Projects using C406.2.3.2 shall not use C406.2.3.1. |
e | Service water heat recovery and heat pump water heating are available in Group M only for grocery stores larger than 10,000 ft2. Large mixed retail with full grocery and butcher sections shall achieve half the credits. This credit is not available where refrigeration recovery to heat service hot water is used to meet the requirements of Section C403.9.2.3. |
f | Heat pump water heating efficiency credits are available in the "all other" category only for Group A-2. |
g | Buildings or building areas that are exempt from the thermal envelope requirements in accordance with Sections C402.1.1 and C402.1.2, do not qualify for this package. |
h | Additional energy efficiency credits, up to the maximum shown in Table C406.2(1), shall be calculated according to Section C406.2.14. |
Table C406.2(2)
Efficiency Measure Credits for use with
Fossil Fuel Compliance Path
Measure Title | Applicable Section | Prorating Flag | Occupancy Group |
Group R-1 | Group R-2 | Group B | Group E | Group M | All Other |
1. Dwelling unit HVAC control | C406.2.1 | Heat | NA | 8 | NA | NA | NA | NA |
2. Improved HVAC TSPRa | C406.2.2.1 | Heat | NA | 9 | 12 | 19 | 24 | NA |
3. Improve cooling and fan efficiency | C406.2.2.2 | Heat | 12 | 8 | 14 | 8 | 10 | 10 |
4. Improve heating efficiency | C406.2.2.3 | Heat | 2 | 3 | 3 | 11 | 18 | 8 |
5. Improved low-carbon district energy system (10% better) | C406.2.2.4 | | 3 | 3 | 4 | 12 | 19 | 9 |
6. Improved low-carbon district energy system (20% better)b | C406.2.2.5 | | 10 | 11 | 13 | 36 | 57 | 26 |
7. High performance DOAS | C406.2.2.6 | Heat | 34 | 34 | 23 | 43 | 44 | 23/ (A) 40c |
8. Fault detection & diagnostics (FDD) | C406.2.2.7 | Heat | 2 | 2 | 2 | 6 | 9 | 4 |
9. 10% reduced lighting power | C406.2.3.1 | Heat | 7 | 4 | 18 | 16 | 20 | 15 |
10. 20% reduced lighting powerd | C406.2.3.2 | Heat | 13 | 8 | 36 | 32 | 40 | 29 |
11. Lamp efficacy improvement | C406.2.3.3 | Heat | 5 | 6 | NA | NA | NA | NA |
12. Residential lighting control | C406.2.4.1 | Heat | NA | 8 | NA | NA | NA | NA |
13. Enhanced lighting control | C406.2.4.2 | Heat | 1 | 1 | 6 | 6 | 11 | 6 |
14. Renewable energy | C406.2.5 | | 7 | 12 | 13 | 13 | 10 | 11 |
15. Shower drain heat recovery | C406.2.6.1 | SWH | 10 | 33 | NA | 3 | NA | NA |
16. Service water heat recovery | C406.2.6.2 | SWH | 35 | 111 | 13 | 14 | (Grocery) 41e | NA |
17. Heat pump water heating | C406.2.6.3 | SWH | 135 | 163 | 17 | 33 | (Grocery) 95e | (A-2) 95f |
18. High efficiency service water heating, gas-fired | C406.2.6.4 | SWH | 59 | 65 | 6 | 11 | 18 | 32 |
19. Heat trace system | C406.2.7.1 | SWH | 6 | 13 | 4 | 1 | NA | 6 |
20. Point of use water heater | C406.2.7.2 | SWH | NA | NA | 19 | 5 | NA | NA |
21. Service hot water distribution right sizing | C406.2.8 | | 13 | 42 | NA | NA | NA | NA |
22. High performance service hot water temperature maintenance system | C406.2.9 | | 6 | 13 | 4 | 1 | NA | 6 |
23. High efficiency service hot water circulation system | C406.2.10 | | 3 | 6 | 2 | 1 | NA | 4 |
24. Low flow residential showerheads | C406.2.11 | SWH | 3 | 3 | NA | NA | NA | NA |
25. Enhanced envelope performanceg | C406.2.12 | Heat | 24 | 20 | 13 | 5 | 19 | 14 |
26. Base reduced air leakageg | C406.2.13.1 | | 29 | 24 | 6 | 3 | 9 | 11 |
27. Enhanced reduced air leakageg | C406.2.13.2 | Heat | 53 | 44 | 11 | 5 | 16 | 20 |
28. Enhanced commercial kitchen equipment | C406.2.14 | Heat | 30h | 18h | 18h | 30h | 30h | 31h |
29. Enhanced residential kitchen equipment | C406.2.15 | Heat | 12 | 19 | NA | NA | NA | NA |
30. Enhanced residential laundry equipment | C406.2.16 | Heat | NA | 6 | NA | NA | NA | NA |
31. Heat pump clothes dryers | C406.2.17 | Heat | 6 | 6 | NA | NA | NA | NA |
32. Efficient elevator equipment | C406.2.18 | Heat | 3 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 4 | 4 |
a | Projects using Item 2 shall not use Items 3, 4, or 7. |
b | Projects using C406.2.2.5 shall not use C406.2.2.4. |
c | For C406.2.2.6, occupancy Group A achieves 40 credits while other occupancy groups within the "all other" category achieve 21 credits. |
d | Projects using C406.2.3.2 shall not use C406.2.3.1. |
e | Service water heat recovery and heat pump water heating are available in Group M only for grocery stores larger than 10,000 ft2. Large mixed retail with full grocery and butcher sections shall achieve half the credits. This credit is not available where refrigeration recovery to heat service hot water is used to meet the requirements of Section C403.9.2.3. |
f | Heat pump water heating efficiency credits are available in the "all other" category only for Group A-2. |
g | Buildings or building areas that are exempt from the thermal envelope requirements in accordance with Sections C402.1.1 and C402.1.2, do not qualify for this package. |
h | Additional energy efficiency credits, up to the maximum shown in Table C406.2(2), shall be calculated according to Section C406.2.14.)) |
Table C406.2(1)
Lighting Efficiency Credit Measures
ID | Credit Measure | Section Reference | Occupancy Group (Climate Zone 4C/5B) |
R-1 R-4 I-1 | I-2 | R-2 | B | A-2 | M | E | S-1 S-2 | All Other |
L01 | 5% reduced lighting power | C406.2.3.1 | 3/3 | 6/6 | 1/1 | 8/7 | 0/0 | 8/6 | 10/8 | 12/5 | 6/5 |
L02 | 10% reduced lighting power | 6/6 | 11/11 | 2/2 | 17/13 | 1/1 | 16/11 | 21/16 | 22/9 | 11/10 |
L03 | 20% reduced lighting power | 13/12 | 22/22 | 3/4 | 33/26 | 2/1 | 32/22 | 41/32 | 47/17 | 22/20 |
L04 | 30% reduced lighting power | 19/18 | 33/33 | 5/6 | 50/39 | 3/2 | 47/33 | 61/46 | 70/26 | 33/30 |
L05 | Group R lamp efficacy | C406.2.3.2 | 2/2 | N/A | 1/1 | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A |
L06 | Group R-2 lighting controls | C406.2.4.1 | N/A | N/A | 1/1 | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A |
L07 | Enhanced lighting controls | C406.2.4.2 | 2/2 | 4/4 | 1/1 | 6/5 | 0/0 | 6/5 | 8/6 | 9/4 | 4/4 |
Lighting adjustment factor (LTGadj) for use with Table C406.2(4) | C406.2.2.2 & 3 | 0.0073 / 0.0047 | 0.0014 / 0.0011 | 0.0050 / 0.0049 | 0.0049 / 0.0033 | 0.0100 / 0.0090 | 0.0040 / 0.0031 | 0.0035 / 0.0036 | 0.0023 / 0.0019 | 0.0049 / 0.0031 |
Table C406.2(2)
Envelope Efficiency Credit Measures
ID | Credit Measure | Section Reference | Occupancy Group (Climate Zone 4C/5B) |
R-1 R-4 I-1 | I-2 | R-2 | B | A-2 | M | E | S-1 S-2 | All Other |
E01 | Total UA Improved 5% | | 2/4 | 2/4 | 6/11 | 2/20 | 3/3 | 20/26 | 3/10 | 24/26 | 9/16 |
E02 | Total UA Improved 10% | | 3/7 | 4/7 | 12/22 | 4/38 | 6/7 | 39/52 | 6/19 | 48/52 | 17/32 |
E03 | Total UA Improved 20% | C406.2.12 | 6/14 | 8/14 | 21/42 | 4/71 | 11/13 | 76/102 | 9/34 | 89/104 | 31/61 |
E04 | Total UA Improved 30% | | 8/21 | 10/20 | 28/62 | 1/97 | 16/20 | 107/151 | 9/45 | 134/157 | 43/89 |
E05 | Total UA Improved 40% | | 10/26 | 13/26 | 30/81 | −5/112 | 22/27 | 133/195 | 5/50 | 176/212 | 52/115 |
UA adjustment factor (UAadj) for use with Table C406.2(4) items E01 through E05 | C406.2.2.2 & 3 | 0.0416 / 0.0149 | 0.0100 / 0.0070 | 0.0216 / 0.0079 | 0.0105 / 0.0105 | 0.0062 / 0.0037 | 0.0052 / 0.0030 | 0.0036 / 0.0156 | 0.0027 / 0.0014 | 0.0142 / 0.0082 |
E06 | Air Leakage Not Exceed 90% Max | C406.2.13 | 0/0 | 0/0 | 1/2 | 0/1 | 0/0 | 1/2 | 0/0 | 3/3 | 1/1 |
E07 | Air Leakage Not Exceed 80% Max | 0/1 | 0/1 | 2/3 | 0/2 | 0/0 | 2/3 | 0/1 | 6/6 | 2/3 |
E08 | Air Leakage Not Exceed 60% Max | 1/2 | 1/1 | 4/7 | 0/5 | 0/0 | 4/5 | 0/2 | 13/12 | 4/6 |
E09 | Air Leakage Not Exceed 40% Max | 1/2 | 1/2 | 5/10 | 1/7 | 0/1 | 6/8 | 1/3 | 17/18 | 6/9 |
E10 | Air Leakage Not Exceed 20% Max | 1/3 | 1/2 | 7/14 | 1/9 | 1/1 | 8/11 | 1/4 | 23/24 | 8/12 |
Air leakage adjustment factor (LEAKadj) for use with Table C406.2(4) items E06 through E10 | C406.2.2.2 & 3 | 0.0477 / 0.0162 | 0.0075 / 0.0066 | 0.0235 / 0.0083 | 0.0022 / 0.1017 | 0.0062 / 0.0038 | 0.0060 / 0.0032 | 0.0039 / 0.0168 | 0.0028 / 0.0015 | 0.0140 / 0.0087 |
E11 | Thermal imaging | C406.2.20 | / | / | / | / | / | / | / | / | / |
Table C406.2(3)
Ventilation Systems and HVAC Controls Efficiency Credit Measures
ID | Credit Measure | Section Reference | Occupancy Group (Climate Zone 4C/5B) |
R-1 R-4 I-1 | I-2 | R-2 | B | A-2 | M | E | S-1 S-2 | All Other |
C01 | Group R-2 HVAC control | C406.2.1 | N/A | N/A | 19/27 | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A |
C02 | Improve fan efficiency 5% | | 3/3 | 5/6 | 3/3 | 3/3 | 1/1 | 3/2 | 5/4 | 1/0 | 3/2 |
C03 | Improve fan efficiency 10% | C406.2.2.1 | 6/6 | 10/11 | 6/5 | 7/6 | 2/1 | 6/5 | 9/7 | 1/0 | 6/5 |
C04 | Improve fan efficiency 20% | | 21/11 | 21/22 | 12/10 | 14/12 | 3/2 | 13/9 | 18/14 | 3/1 | 12/9 |
C05 | High performance DOAS | C406.2.2.5 | 0/0 | 1/1 | 9/19 | 4/5 | N/A | 1/18 | 7/22 | 3/7 | 6/12 |
C06 | Fault detection & diagnostics (FDD) | C406.2.2.6 | 1/1 | 2/3 | 1/2 | 2/2 | 2/3 | 3/4 | 2/3 | 3/6 | 2/4 |
C07 | Peak heating and cooling loads | C406.2.22 | / | / | / | / | / | / | / | / | / |
C08 | Add DOAS if not otherwise requireda | TBD | -7/31 | 33/33 | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | 20/22 | 5/11 |
C09 | Add Air Economizer if not otherwise requiredb | TBD | 32/21 | 51/34 | N/A | 41/21 | N/A | 3/2 | 48/36 | 0/0 | 15/15 |
a | DOAS was included in the baseline models for apartments, offices, retail, and schools. |
b | Economizers were included in the baseline models for hospitals, hotels, outpatient, restaurants, and warehouses. |
Table C406.2(4)
Space Heating Efficiency Credit Measures
ID | Credit Measure | Section Reference | Occupancy Group (Climate Zone 4C/5B) |
R-1 R-4 I-1 | I-2 | R-2 | B | A-2 | M | E | S-1 S-2 | All Other |
H01 | Improved HVAC TSPR 5%a | C406.2.2.1 | N/A | N/A | 50/85 | -17/0 | N/A | 155/217 | 67/68 | N/A | 32/53 |
H02 | Improved HVAC TSPR 10%a | N/A | N/A | 55/92 | -8/11 | N/A | 164/229 | 75/99 | N/A | 37/59 |
H03 | Improved HVAC TSPR 20%a | N/A | N/A | 65/106 | 10/34 | N/A | 182/253 | 90/119 | N/A | 47/70 |
H04 | Improved HVAC TSPR 30%a | N/A | N/A | 75/121 | 29/56 | N/A | 200/276 | 106/139 | N/A | 56/81 |
H05 | No space heating | C406.2.2.3 | 32/71 | 159/176 | 62/144 | 24/151 | 169/277 | 200/334 | 58/126 | 370/701 | 121/318 |
H06 | C403.1.4 Primary space heating exceptions | C406.2.2.3 | Same as min. efficiency air source heat pump (5a) |
H07 | Fossil fuel boiler or furnace Min Eff. | C406.2.2.3 | 0/0 | 0/0 | 0/0 | 0/0 | 0/0 | 0/0 | 0/0 | 0/0 | 0/0 |
H08 | Fossil fuel boiler or furnace Imp. 5% | 2/3 | 8/8 | 3/6 | 1/3 | 8/13 | 10/16 | 3/7 | 18/33 | 6/15 |
H09 | Fossil fuel boiler or furnace Imp. 10% | 3/6 | 14/16 | 6/12 | 2/6 | 15/25 | 18/30 | 5/12 | 34/64 | 11/28 |
H10 | Fossil fuel boiler or furnace Imp. 15% | 4/9 | 21/23 | 8/18 | 3/9 | 22/36 | 26/43 | 8/18 | 48/91 | 16/41 |
H11 | Fossil fuel boiler or furnace Imp. 20% | 5/12 | 26/29 | 10/23 | 4/12 | 28/46 | 33/55 | 10/23 | 62/117 | 20/52 |
H12 | Air source heat pump Min Eff. | C406.2.2.3 | 19/31 | 123/126 | 40/73 | 14/35 | 122/170 | 145/209 | 36/76 | 208/297 | 74/150 |
H13 | Air source heat pump Imp. 20% | 21/36 | 130/135 | 40/73 | 15/37 | 126/176 | 151/219 | 37/81 | 214/305 | 76/156 |
H14 | Air source heat pump Imp. 40% | 23/40 | 135/142 | 42/79 | 15/40 | 130/184 | 156/229 | 39/86 | 219/312 | 76/162 |
H15 | Air source heat pump Imp. 60% | 24/42 | 138/146 | 44/83 | 16/42 | 133/190 | 160/236 | 40/89 | 223/317 | 80/166 |
H16 | Ground source heat pump Min Eff. | C406.2.2.3 | 24/55 | 150/154 | 48/105 | 19/57 | 140/226 | 157/254 | 41/103 | 226/337 | 84/183 |
H17 | Ground source heat pump Imp. 20% | 26/57 | 151/157 | 50/110 | 20/59 | 144/231 | 162/263 | 42/106 | 231/342 | 86/188 |
H18 | Ground source heat pump Imp. 40% | 27/59 | 152/159 | 52/113 | 20/61 | 146/235 | 166/269 | 43/109 | 235/347 | 88/191 |
H19 | Ground source heat pump Imp. 60% | 27/61 | 153/161 | 53/116 | 21/62 | 148/238 | 169/274 | 44/111 | 238/350 | 89/194 |
H20 | Gas heat pump Min Eff. | C406.2.2.3 | 14/28 | 73/73 | 19/36 | 9/23 | 100/155 | 91/137 | 24/53 | 100/107 | 38/73 |
H21 | Gas heat pump Imp. 20% | / | / | / | / | / | / | / | / | / |
H22 | Gas heat pump Imp. 40% | / | / | / | / | / | / | / | / | / |
H23 | Gas heat pump Imp. 60% | / | / | / | / | / | / | / | / | / |
H24 | Water source heat pump heat Min Eff. | C406.2.2.3 | 12/17 | 148/134 | 1/1 | 12/21 | 29/46 | 37/59 | 28/52 | 83/177 | 28/84 |
H25 | Water source heat pump heat Imp. 20% with gas boiler | 14/21 | 150/137 | 5/10 | 13/25 | 36/59 | 46/74 | 30/57 | 93/189 | 33/922 |
H26 | Water source heat pump heat Imp. 40% with gas boiler | 16/25 | 151/140 | 7/16 | 14/27 | 41/68 | 52/86 | 31/62 | 100/198 | 36/99 |
H27 | Water source heat pump heat Imp. 60% with gas boiler | 17/27 | 151/142 | 9/20 | 14/29 | 45/75 | 57/94 | 32/65 | 105/205 | 38/103 |
H28 | Water source heat pump min efficiency (w/ AWHP) | C406.2.2.3 | 21/43 | 150/150 | 40/81 | 18/48 | 120/185 | 137/213 | 39/90 | 201/300 | 74/160 |
H29 | Water source heat pump Imp. 20% (w/ AWHP) | 23/47 | 152/153 | 44/90 | 19/52 | 127/198 | 146/228 | 41/95 | 211/312 | 79/168 |
H30 | Water source heat pump Imp. 40% (w/ AWHP) | 25/51 | 153/156 | 46/96 | 20/54 | 132/207 | 152/240 | 42/100 | 218/321 | 81/175 |
H31 | Water source heat pump Imp. 60% (w/ AWHP) | 26/53 | 153/158 | 48/100 | 20/56 | 136/214 | 157/248 | 43/103 | 223/328 | 84/179 |
H32 | Gas heat pump cooling Min Eff. | / | / | / | / | / | / | / | / | / |
H33 | Gas heat pump cooling Imp. 20% | / | / | / | / | / | / | / | / | / |
H34 | Gas heat pump cooling Imp. 40% | / | / | / | / | / | / | / | / | / |
H35 | Gas heat pump cooling Imp. 60% | / | / | / | / | / | / | / | / | / |
a | Projects obtaining TSPR credits are excluded from also obtaining other ventilation and HVAC control [Table C406.2(3)], space heating [Table C406.2(4)], and space cooling [Table C406.2(5)] credit measures for those areas where TSPR credits are obtained. |
b | Projects utilizing a C406.1 exception for reduced energy credit requirements are not eligible for the H05 no space heating credit. |
Table C406.2(5)
Space Cooling Efficiency Credit Measures
ID | Credit Measure | Section Reference | Occupancy Group (Climate Zone 4C/5B) |
R-1 R-4 I-1 | I-2 | R-2 | B | A-2 | M | E | S-1 S-2 | All Other |
H50 | No space cooling | C406.2.2.2 | 42/50 | 53/61 | 49/56 | 115/119 | 13/17 | 57/70 | 91/110 | 15/13 | 57/63 |
H51 | Air source direct expansion Min Eff. | C406.2.2.2 | 0/0 | 4/2 | 0/0 | 6/4 | 0/0 | 0/0 | 0/0 | 0/0 | 1/0 |
H52 | Air source direct expansion Imp. 20% | 9/10 | 15/15 | 10/12 | 28/28 | 3/4 | 13/16 | 21/25 | 3/3 | 13/14 |
H53 | Air source direct expansion Imp. 40% | 30/33 | 23/22 | 61/72 | 61/59 | 20/21 | 35/39 | 47/49 | 21/18 | 48/39 |
H54 | Air source direct expansion Imp. 75% | 35/38 | 28/28 | 64/76 | 69/69 | 21/23 | 41/47 | 55/60 | 22/19 | 52/45 |
H55 | Air-cooled chiller Min Eff. | C406.2.2.2 | 9/9 | -5/-5 | -16/-14 | 0/0 | 5/4 | 4/9 | -2/6 | 0/0 | -7/1 |
H56 | Air-cooled chiller Imp. 20% | 13/13 | 1/1 | -10/7 | 9/10 | 6/6 | 10/17 | 9/19 | 0/0 | -1/8 |
H57 | Air-cooled chiller Imp. 40% | 14/14 | 6/7 | -4/0 | 18/19 | 6/7 | 11/18 | 13/23 | 0/0 | 4/11 |
H58 | Air-cooled chiller Imp. 60% | 15/15 | 10/11 | 0/5 | 23/25 | 7/8 | 13/19 | 17/27 | 0/0 | 7/13 |
H59 | Water-cooled chiller Min. Eff. | 12/17 | 39/37 | -11/3 | 18/29 | 6/9 | 8/19 | -10/4 | 0/0 | -1/9 |
H60 | Water-cooled chiller Imp. 20 % | 14/19 | 44/42 | -5/4 | 25/36 | 6/10 | 11/22 | -2/12 | 0/0 | 4/13 |
H61 | Water-cooled chiller Imp. 40% | 15/21 | 47/45 | -1/9 | 30/41 | 7/11 | 14/26 | 5/19 | 0/0 | 8/16 |
H62 | Water-cooled chiller Imp. 60% | 17/22 | 50/48 | 3/13 | 35/46 | 8/11 | 16/28 | 10/24 | 0/0 | 11/19 |
H63 | Water source heat pump cool Min Eff. | C406.2.2.2 | -46/33 | -15/4 | 4/1 | -13/-10 | -1/1 | -4/3 | -17/10 | -3/-1 | -5/-5 |
H64 | Water source heat pump cool Imp. 20% | -31/20 | 4/21 | 13/11 | 5/12 | 2/4 | 7/15 | 2/11 | 0/1 | 6/7 |
H65 | Water source heat pump cool Imp. 40% | -21/10 | 18/34 | 20/18 | 18/27 | 4/6 | 15/24 | 15/26 | 2/3 | 14/16 |
H66 | Water source heat pump cool Imp. 60% | -13/-3 | 28/43 | 25/23 | 28/39 | 5/8 | 21/30 | 26/38 | 4/4 | 20/23 |
H67 | Ground source heat pump cool Min. Eff. | -39/-28 | -8/7 | 9/5 | -8/-6 | -2/-2 | -4/1 | -11/-7 | -4/-3 | -1/-4 |
H68 | Ground source heat pump cool Imp. 20% | -26/-16 | 9/23 | 18/14 | 10/15 | 0/2 | 7/13 | 7/13 | -1/-1 | 10/8 |
H69 | Ground source heat pump cool Imp. 40% | -16/-7 | 21/35 | 24/21 | 22/30 | 2/4 | 15/22 | 20/27 | 1/1 | 17/16 |
H70 | Ground source heat pump cool Imp. 60% | -9/0 | 31/44 | 28/26 | 32/41 | 3/5 | 20/29 | 29/38 | 2/2 | 22/23 |
a | Projects utilizing a C406.1 exception for reduced energy credit requirements are not eligible for the H50 no space cooling credit. |
b | Dwelling unit areas of an apartment shall not make use of the H50 no space cooling credit. |
Table C406.2(6)
Service Water Usage Efficiency Credit Measures
ID | Credit Measure | Section Reference | Occupancy Group (Climate Zone 4C/5B) |
R-1 R-4 I-1 | I-2 | R-2 | B | A-2 | M | E | S-1 S-2 | All Other |
W01 | Service water heat recoverya | C406.2.6.2 | 36/34 | 0/0 | 110/100 | 17/16 | 0/0 | 24/19 | 35/32 | 0/0 | 56/26 |
Service water recovery adjustment factor (RCVRYadj) multiply credits from item W01 in Equation 4-18 | C406.2.6.3 | 0.0033 / 0.0034 | 0.0159 / 0.0162 | 0.0024 / 0.0026 | 0.0135 / 0.0148 | 0.0052 / 0.0059 | 0.0152 / 0.0194 | 0.0075 / 0.0082 | 0.0187 / 0.0391 | 0.0087 / 0.0183 |
W02 | Shower drain heat recovery | C406.2.6.1 | 12/11 | N/A | 37/33 | N/A | N/A | N/A | 8/7 | N/A | 17/7 |
W03 | Heat trace system | C406.2.7.1 | 2/2 | 0/0 | 3/3 | 1/1 | 0/0 | 0/0 | 5/5 | 7/3 | 3/3 |
W04 | Service hot water distribution right sizing | C406.2.8 | N/A | N/A | 12/10 | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A |
W05 | High efficiency service hot water circulation system | C406.2.10 | 1/1 | 0/0 | 2/2 | 0/0 | 0/0 | 0/0 | 3/3 | 4/2 | 2/2 |
W06 | Group R low flow showerheads 1.50 gpm | C406.2.11 | 10/9 | N/A | 17/16 | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | 6/2 |
W07 | Group R low flow showerheads 1.25 gpm | 18/17 | N/A | 32/29 | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | 15/5 |
Service water use adjustment factor (USEadj) for use with items W02 through W07 | C406.2.6.3 | 0.0036 / 0.0037 | 0.0187 / 0.0190 | 0.0025 / 0.0027 | 0.0139 / 0.0152 | 0.0052 / 0.0059 | 0.0174 / 0.0222 | 0.0089 / 0.0097 | 0.0207 / 0.0434 | 0.0096 / 0.0204 |
W08 | High performance service hot water temperature maintenance system | C406.2.9 | 19/18 | 14/14 | 56/48 | 7/6 | 6/5 | 20/16 | 36/31 | 14/7 | 34/20 |
W09 | Point of use water heaterb | C406.2.7.2 | 0/0 | 0/0 | 0/0 | 32/28 | 0/0 | 58/47 | 88/80 | 46/23 | 24/34 |
a | Grocery stores smaller than 10,000 ft2 are excluded from service water heat recovery credits. Large mixed retail with full grocery and butcher sections shall achieve half the credits. This credit is not available where refrigeration recovery to heat service hot water is used to meet the requirements of Section C403.9.2.3. |
b | These measures were modeled as "service hot water efficiency" measures and thus do not get included in RCVRYcr nor USEcr terms of Equation 4-18. Instead, these "service hot water efficiency" measures shall be pro-rated as service water heating equipment using Equation 4-18 (included in TBLwater term); however, they do not get included in system capacity (EQPMwater or TOTwater). |
Table C406.2(7)
Service Water Heating Efficiency Credit Measures
ID | Credit Measure | Section Reference | Occupancy Group (Climate Zone 4C/5B) |
R-1 R-4 I-1 | I-2 | R-2 | B | A-2 | M | E | S-1 S-2 | All Other |
W10 | No service water heatinga | C406.2.6.3 | 360/373 | 79/78 | 462/436 | 74/115 | 240/206 | 106/87 | 175/162 | 88/44 | 269/161 |
W11 | C404.2.1 Primary service water heating exceptions | C406.2.6.3 | Same as min. efficiency heat pump water heating (W12) |
W12 | Heat pump water heating Min Eff. | C406.2.6.3 | 186/179 | 36/35 | 267/243 | 48/44 | 129/113 | 38/30 | 75/69 | 32/15 | 148/75 |
W13 | Heat pump water heating Imp. 20% | 199/192 | 38/37 | 288/263 | 51/46 | 139/122 | 40/31 | 80/74 | 33/16 | 159/81 |
W14 | Heat pump water heating Imp. 40% | 208/202 | 40/39 | 303/277 | 53/48 | 147/129 | 40/32 | 83/77 | 33/16 | 167/84 |
W15 | Heat pump water heating Imp. 60% | 215/209 | 41/40 | 314/288 | 54/50 | 152/134 | 41/32 | 86/80 | 34/16 | 173/87 |
W16 | Gas water heater Min Eff. | C406.2.6.4 | 0/0 | 0/0 | 0/0 | 0/0 | 0/0 | 0/0 | 0/0 | 0/0 | 0/0 |
W17 | Gas water heater > 105 kBtu/h (Et rated) Imp. 10% | 32/31 | 7/7 | 42/39 | 7/6 | 18/16 | 10/8 | 14/13 | 8/4 | 24/14 |
W18 | Gas water heater > 105 kBtu/h (Et rated) Imp. 20% | 58/57 | 13/13 | 77/71 | 12/12 | 34/30 | 18/15 | 27/24 | 15/7 | 45/25 |
W19 | Gas water heater > 105 kBtu/h (UEF rated) Imp. 20% | / | / | 14/22 | 22/25 | 9/7 | 8/7 | / | 10/5 | 12/7 |
W20 | Gas water heater > 105 kBtu/h (UEF rated) Imp. 40% | / | / | 74/71 | 37/41 | 25/21 | 16/14 | / | 17/8 | 42/15 |
W21 | Gas water heater > 105 kBtu/h (UEF rated) Imp. 60% | / | / | 116/107 | 46/52 | 38/33 | 23/19 | / | 23/11 | 63/22 |
W22 | Gas heat pump Min Eff. | C406.2.2.3 | 66/64 | 15/15 | 180/167 | 27/25 | 79/69 | 27/22 | 41/39 | 31/16 | 97/46 |
W23 | Gas heat pump Imp. 20% | / | / | / | / | / | / | / | / | / |
W24 | Gas heat pump Imp. 40% | / | / | / | / | / | / | / | / | / |
W25 | Gas heat pump Imp. 60% | / | / | / | / | / | / | / | / | / |
a | Projects utilizing a C406.1 exception for reduced energy credit requirements are not eligible for the W10 no service water heating credit. |
Table C406.2(8)
Renewable Energy Credit Measures
ID | Credit Measure | Section Reference | Occupancy Group (Climate Zone 4C/5B) |
R-1 R-4 I-1 | I-2 | R-2 | B | A-2 | M | E | S-1 S-2 | All Other |
R01 | Renewable energy | C406.2.5 | 5/6 | 5/5 | 10/10 | 16/17 | 1/1 | 16/14 | 15/16 | 58/32 | 20/18 |
Table C406.2(9)
Other Efficiency Credit Measures
ID | Credit Measure | Section Reference | Occupancy Group (Climate Zone 4C/5B) |
R-1 R-4 I-1 | I-2 | R-2 | B | A-2 | M | E | S-1 S-2 | All Other |
Q01 | Enhanced residential kitchen equipment | C406.2.15 | N/A | N/A | 5/4 | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A |
Q02 | Induction cooktop | C406.2.21 | N/A | N/A | 1/1 | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A |
Q03 | Enhanced residential laundry equipment | C406.2.16 | N/A | N/A | 3/2 | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A |
Q04 | Heat pump clothes dryers | C406.2.17 | 30/28 | N/A | 21/17 | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A |
Q05 | Efficient elevator equipment | C406.2.18 | 12/11 | 7/6 | 13/11 | 27/25 | 0/0 | 0/0 | 2/2 | 0/0 | 11/5 |
Q06 | Thermal energy networks | C406.2.19 | / | / | / | / | / | / | / | / | / |
Q07 | Enhanced commercial kitchen equipment | C406.2.14 | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A | 21/17 | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40621Section C406.2.1—((Dwelling unit))Group R-2 HVAC measures.
C406.2.1 ((Dwelling unit))Group R-2 HVAC controls. HVAC systems serving Group R-2dwelling units or sleeping units shall be controlled with a programmable thermostat that is configured to automatically activate a setback condition of at least 5°F (3°C) for both heating and cooling. The programmable thermostat shall be configured to provide setback during occupied sleep periods. The unoccupied setback mode shall be configured to operate in conjunction with one of the following:
1. A manual main control device by each dwelling unitor sleeping unit main entrance that initiates setback for all HVAC units in the dwelling unit and is clearly identified as "Heating/Cooling Master Setback."
2. Occupancy sensors in each room of the dwelling unitor sleeping unit combined with a door switch to initiate setback for all HVAC units in the dwelling within 20 minutes of all spaces being vacant immediately following a door switch operation. Where separate room HVAC units are used, an individual occupancy sensor on each unit that is configured to provide setback shall meet this requirement.
3. An advanced learning thermostat that senses occupant presence and automatically creates a schedule for occupancy and provides a dynamic setback schedule based on when the spaces are generally unoccupied.
4. An automated control and sensing system that uses geographic sensing connected to the dwelling unitor sleeping unit occupants' cell phones and initiates the setback condition when all occupants are away from the building.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-40622Section C406.2.2—HVAC measures.
C406.2.2 More efficient HVAC system performance. All heating and cooling systems shall meet the minimum requirements of Section C403 and efficiency improvements shall be referenced to the minimum efficiency requirements listed in the tables in Section C403.3.2. Where multiple efficiency requirements are listed, equipment shall meet the seasonal efficiencies including SEER, EER/IEER, IPLV or AFUE. Equipment that is larger than the maximum capacity range indicated in the tables in Section C403.3.2 shall utilize the values listed for the largest capacity equipment for the associated equipment type shown in the table. Where multiple individual heating or cooling systems serve the project, the improvement shall be the weighted average improvement based on individual system capacity.
((For occupancies and systems required to comply with Section C403.1.1, credits are permitted to be achieved by meeting the requirements of Section C406.2.2.1. Other))Systems are permitted to achieve credits by meeting the requirements of ((either:
1. Section C406.2.2.2, More efficient HVAC equipment cooling and fan performance.
2. Section C406.2.2.3, More efficient HVAC equipment heating performance.
3. Section C406.2.2.6, High performance dedicated outdoor air system (DOAS).
4. Any combination of Sections C406.2.2.2, C406.2.2.3, and C406.2.2.6.
In addition, energy credits are permitted to be achieved for Section C406.2.2.7, Fault detection and diagnostics, where not otherwise required by Section C403.2.3 or C403.6.10(15)))any following subsection combination.
C406.2.2.1 Improved HVAC TSPR. For systems required to comply with Section C403.1.1, the HVAC TSPR shall exceed the minimum requirement by five percent. If improvement is greater, the credits in Table C406.2(1) are permitted to be prorated up to a 20 percent improvement.
C406.2.2.2 ((More efficient HVAC equipment cooling and fan performance. No less than 90 percent of the total HVAC capacity serving the total conditioned floor area of the entire building, building addition or tenant space in accordance with Section C406.1.1 shall comply with Sections C406.2.2.2.1 through C406.2.2.2.3. Where individual equipment efficiencies vary, weigh them based on capacity.
C406.2.2.2.1 HVAC system selection. Equipment installed shall be types that are listed in the tables in Section C403.3.2.
C406.2.2.2.2)) Cooling equipment efficiency.Primary cooling equipment shall exceed the minimum cooling efficiency requirements listed in the tables in Section C403.3.2 by ((at least 5 percent. Where equipment exceeds the minimum annual cooling efficiency and heat rejection efficiency requirements by more than 5 percent, energy efficiency credits for cooling shall be determined))the percentage noted in Table C406.2(5). Available credits noted in Table C406.2(5) shall be comprised of the summation of the prorated credits assigned to each system type within a mixed cooling system using Equation ((4-15))4-13, rounded to the nearest whole number. Where individual equipment efficiencies of the same system type vary, weigh them based on capacity.
(Equation ((4-15))4-13)
Where: |
| EECHEC | = | Energy efficiency credits for cooling efficiency improvement. |
| EEC5 | = | Section C406.2.2.2 credits from Table C406.2(1). |
| CEI | = | The lesser of the improvement above minimum cooling efficiency requirements, minimum heat rejection efficiency requirements, or 20 percent (0.20). Where cooling efficiency varies by system, use the capacity weighted average efficiency improvement for all cooling equipment combined. The CEI expressed as a fraction shall be determined one of the following ways: |
| | | For metrics that increase as efficiency increases, CEI shall be calculated as follows: |
| CEI | = | CMDES | - 1 |
CMMIN |
| For metrics that decrease as efficiency increases, CEI shall be calculated as follows: |
| CEI | = | CMMIN | - 1 |
CMDES |
Where: |
| CMDES | = | Design cooling efficiency metric, part-load or annualized where available. |
| CMMIN | = | Minimum required cooling efficiency metric, part-load or annualized where available from Section C403.3.2. |
| For data centers using ASHRAE 90.4, CEI shall be calculated as follows: |
| CEI | = | AMLCMAX | - 1 |
AMLCDES |
Where: |
| AMLCDES | = | As-designed annualized mechanical load component calculated in accordance with ASHRAE 90.4 Section 6.5. |
| AMLCMAX | = | Maximum annualized mechanical load component from ASHRAE 90.4 Table 6.5. |
C406.2.2.2.3 Minimum fan efficiency. Where fan energy is not included in packaged equipment rating or it is and the fan size has been increased from the as-rated equipment condition, fan power or horsepower shall be less than 95 percent of the allowed fan power in Section C403.8.1.
C406.2.2.3 More efficient HVAC equipment heating performance. No less than 90 percent of the total HVAC capacity serving the total conditioned floor area of the entire building, building addition or tenant space in accordance with Section C406.1.1 shall comply with Sections C406.2.2.3.1 through C406.2.2.3.2.
C406.2.2.3.1 HVAC system selection. Equipment installed shall be types that are listed in the tables in Section C403.3.2. Electric resistance heating shall be limited to 20 percent of system capacity, with the exception of heat pump supplemental heating.
C406.2.2.3.2))
Where: |
| Ccool | = | Credits for space cooling equipment. |
| Ccool.i | = | Credits for space cooling equipment of noted systems type. |
| TBLcool | = | Credits noted in Table C406.2(5). |
| EQPMcool | = | Installed primary space cooling capacity of this system type in kBtu/h. |
| TOTcool | = | Total installed primary space cooling capacity in kBtu/h. |
C406.2.2.3 Heating equipment efficiency.Primary heating equipment shall exceed the minimum heating efficiency requirements ((of))listed in the tables in Section C403.3.2 by ((at least 5 percent. Where equipment exceeds the minimum annual heating efficiency requirements by more than 5 percent, energy efficiency credits for heating shall be determined))the percentage noted in Table C406.2(4). Available credits noted in Table C406.2(4) shall be reduced by other selected efficiency credit measures and be comprised of the summation of the prorated credits assigned to each system type within a mixed heating system using Equation ((4-16))4-14, rounded to the nearest whole number. Where individual equipment efficiencies of the same system type vary, weigh them based on capacity.
(((Equation 4-16)
Where: |
| EECHEH | = | Energy efficiency credits for heating efficiency improvement. |
| EEC5 | = | Section C406.2.2.2 credits from Table C406.2(1). |
| HEI | = | The lesser of the improvement above minimum heating efficiency requirements or 20 percent (0.20). Where heating efficiency varies by system, use the capacity weighted average percentage for all heating equipment combined. For metrics that increase as efficiency increases, HEI shall be calculated as follows: |
Where: |
| HMDES | = | Design heating efficiency metric, part-load or annualized where available. |
| HMMIN | = | Minimum required heating efficiency metric, part-load or annualized where available from Section C403.3.2. |
EXCEPTION: | In low energy spaces complying with Section C402.1.1 and semi-heated spaces complying with Section C402.1.1.2, no less than 90 percent of the installed heating capacity is provided by electric infrared or gas-fired radiant heating equipment for localized heating applications. Such spaces shall achieve credits for EEC5. |
C406.2.2.4 Improved low-carbon district energy systems (10 percent better). Not less than 90 percent of the annual service hot water and space heating load, or not less than 90 percent of the annual service hot water, space heating, and space cooling load shall meet the criteria of Section C406.2.2.4.1 or C406.2.2.4.2.
Documentation for the low-carbon district system that is operational prior to the final inspection shall be provided to demonstrate that the definition as modified in Section C406.2.2.4.1 or C406.2.2.4.2 of low-carbon district energy exchange system is satisfied.
C406.2.2.4.1 Improved low-carbon district energy exchange systems (10 percent better). Low-carbon district energy exchange systems must demonstrate the following:
1. Forty-five percent of the annual district-system-net-load-met (sum of heating and cooling energy provided to attached buildings) comes from heat recovery between connected buildings, waste heat, or renewable energy resources; and
2. No more than 25 percent of the annual heat input to the system comes from fossil fuel or electric-resistance sources.
C406.2.2.4.2 Improved low-carbon district energy heating and cooling or heating only systems (10 percent better). Distribution losses must be accounted for and may not exceed 5 percent of the annual load delivered to buildings served by the system. Low-carbon district energy heating and cooling or heating only systems must demonstrate the following:
1. Forty-five percent of the annual district-system-net-load-met (sum of heating and cooling energy provided to attached buildings) comes from heat recovery between connected buildings, waste heat, or renewable energy resources and no more than 25 percent of the annual heat input to the system comes from fossil fuel or electric-resistance sources; or
2. No more than 10 percent of the system annual heat input to the system comes from fossil fuels or electric-resistance sources. The remaining annual heat input must be provided using heat pump technology with a minimum annual operating COP of 3.0.
C406.2.2.5 Improved low-carbon district energy systems (20 percent better). Not less than 90 percent of the annual service hot water and space heating load, or not less than 90 percent of the annual service hot water, space heating, and space cooling load shall meet the criteria of Section C406.2.2.5.1 or C406.2.2.5.2.
Documentation for the low-carbon district system that is operational prior to the final inspection shall be provided to demonstrate that the definition as modified in Section C406.2.2.4.1 or C406.2.2.4.2 of low-carbon district energy exchange system is satisfied.
C406.2.2.5.1 Improved low-carbon district energy exchange systems (20 percent better). Low-carbon district energy exchange systems must demonstrate the following:
1. Fifty percent of the annual district-system-net-load-met (sum of heating and cooling energy provided to attached buildings) comes from heat recovery between connected buildings, waste heat, or renewable energy resources; and
2. No more than 10 percent of the annual heat input to the system comes from fossil fuel or electric-resistance sources.
C406.2.2.5.2 Improved low-carbon district energy heating and cooling or heating only systems (20 percent better). Distribution losses must be accounted for and may not exceed 5 percent of the annual load delivered to buildings served by the system. Low-carbon district energy heating and cooling or heating only systems must demonstrate the following:
1. Fifty percent of the annual district-system-net-load-met (sum of heating and cooling energy provided to attached buildings) comes from heat recovery between connected buildings, waste heat, or renewable energy resources and no more than 10 percent of the annual heat input to the system comes from fossil fuel or electric-resistance sources; or
2. No more than 10 percent of the system annual heat input to the system comes from fossil fuels or electric-resistance sources. The remaining annual heat input must be provided using heat pump technology with a minimum annual operating COP of 4.0.
C406.2.2.6))
(Equation 4-14)
Where: |
| Cheat | = | Credits for space heating equipment. |
| Cheat.i | = | Credits for space heating equipment of noted systems type. |
| TBLheat | = | Credits noted in Table C406.2(4). |
| UAcr | = | Improved UA credits obtained via Table C406.2(2). |
| UAadj | = | Adjustment factor for improved UA obtained via Table C406.2(2). |
| LEAKcr | = | Reduced air leakage credits obtained via Table C406.2(2). |
| LEAKadj | = | Adjustment factor for reduced air leakage obtained via Table C406.2(2). |
| LTGcr | = | Improved lighting credits obtained via Table C406.2(1). |
| LTGadj | = | Adjustment factor for improved lighting obtained via Table C406.2(1). |
| EQPMheat | = | Installed primary space heating capacity of this system type in kBtu/h. Excluding primary space heat covered under a Section C403.1.4 exception except when evaluating exceptions. |
| TOTheat | = | Total installed primary space heating capacity in kBtu/h including any of the exceptions in Section C403.1.4. |
C406.2.2.4 Minimum fan efficiency. Where fan energy is not included in packaged equipment rating or it is and the fan size has been increased from the as-rated equipment condition, fan power or horsepower shall be less than 95 percent of the allowed fan power in Section C403.8.1.
C406.2.2.5 High performance dedicated outdoor air system (DOAS). No less than 90 percent of the total conditioned floor area of the whole project, excluding floor area of unoccupied spaces that do not require ventilation as specified by the International Mechanical Code, shall be served by DOAS installed in accordance with Section C403.3.5 with the following adjustments:
1. Minimum heat recovery sensible effectiveness of 80 percent, calculated in accordance with Section C403.3.5.1.
2. Where design outdoor airflow is greater than 500 cfm (250 L/s), the DOAS shall be equipped with an economizer bypass, damper control, or wheel speed control that is active between 55°F (13°C) and 75°F (24°C) outdoor air temperature and minimizes energy recovery or maintains an appropriate DOAS leaving air temperature when the building is generally in cooling, based either on outdoor air temperature or a DDC zone-based cooling system reset.
3. DOAS total combined fan power shall be less than either:
3.1. 0.769 W/cfm (1.55 W/L/s) when calculated in accordance with Section C403.3.5.2.
3.2. Eighty percent of fan power allowance for a constant volume system when calculated in accordance with Section C403.8.1.
This option is not available to areas served by systems utilizing Section C403.2.2.1 exception 5.
((C406.2.2.7))C406.2.2.6 Fault detection and diagnostics system. A project not required to comply with Section C403.2.3 or C403.6.10(16) shall achieve energy credits for installing a fault detection and diagnostics system to monitor the HVAC system's performance and automatically identify faults. The installed system shall comply with items 1 through 6 in Section C403.2.3.
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040. AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-03-085, filed 1/16/24, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40623Section C406.2.3—Lighting measures.
C406.2.3 Reduced lighting power. Interior lighting within the whole project shall achieve credits by complying with Section C406.2.3.1 or C406.2.3.2. In Group R-1 and Group R-2 occupancies, dwelling units and sleeping units shall comply with Section ((C406.2.3.3))C406.2.3.2 and all other areas shall comply with section C406.2.3.1 or C406.2.3.2. Credits apply to the whole Group R-1 or Group R-2 area.
C406.2.3.1 Reduced lighting power ((option 1)). The total connected interior lighting power calculated in accordance with Section C405.4.1 shall be ((90 percent or less)) of the lighting power values specified in Table C405.4.2(1) reduced by the percent noted in Table C406.2(1), times the floor area for the building types, or ((90 percent or less of)) the total interior lighting power allowance calculated in accordance with Section C405.4.2 reduced by the percent noted in Table C406.2(1).
C406.2.3.2 ((Reduced lighting power option 2. The total connected interior lighting power calculated in accordance with Section C405.4.1 shall be 80 percent or less of the lighting power values specified in Table C405.4.2(1) times the floor area of the building types, or 80 percent or less of the total interior lighting power allowance calculated in accordance with Section C405.4.2.
C406.2.3.3))Group R lamp efficacy. No less than 95 percent of the permanently installed light fixtures in dwelling units and sleeping units shall be provided by lamps with a minimum efficacy of 90 lumens per watt.
C406.2.4 Lighting controls. For buildings with nontransient dwelling units and sleeping units, energy credits shall be achieved by installation of systems that comply with the requirements of Section C406.2.4.1. All other buildings shall achieve energy credits by complying with Section C406.2.4.2. For buildings with mixed occupancies, credits shall be prorated based on floor area.
C406.2.4.1 ((Residential building))Group R lighting controls. In buildings with nontransient dwelling units and sleeping units, lighting controls shall be configured to meet the following:
1. Each dwelling unit or sleeping unit shall have a main control by the main entrance that turns off all the lights and switched receptacles in the unit. The main control shall be permitted to have two controls, one for permanently wired lighting and one for switched receptacles. The main controls shall be clearly identified as "lights master off" and "switched outlets master off."
2. Switched receptacles shall be clearly identified and all switched receptacles shall be located within 12 inches of an unswitched receptacle. Each room shall have a minimum of two switched receptacles except bathrooms, kitchens, and closets.
C406.2.4.2 Enhanced digital lighting controls. Measure credits shall be achieved where no less than 50 percent of the gross floor area within the project has luminaires and lighting controls that include high end trim in compliance with Section C405.2.8.3 and either luminaire-level lighting controls in compliance with Section C405.2.8.1 or networked lighting controls in accordance with Section C405.2.8.2. Where general lighting in more than 50 percent of the gross floor area complies, the base credits from Table C406.2(1) shall be prorated ((as follows))in accordance with Equation 4-15:
(Equation 4-15)
[Floor area with high end trim, %] x [Base energy credits for C406.2.4.2] / 50% |
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040. AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-03-085, filed 1/16/24, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40624Section C406.2.5—Renewable energy measures.
C406.2.5 On-site and off-site renewable energy. Projects installing on-site or off-site renewable energy systems with a capacity of at least 0.1 watts per gross square foot (1.08 W/m2) of building area in addition to the renewable energy capacity required elsewhere in this code shall achieve energy credits for this measure. Renewable energy systems achieving energy credits shall not be used to satisfy other requirements of this code. Off-site renewable energy systems shall comply with Sections C411.2.2 and C411.2.3. Credits shall be prorated from the table value in accordance with Equation ((4-17))4-16. Energy storage systems (ESS) capacity not already used to satisfy other requirements of this code are permitted to be used to achieve energy credits at a ratio of 2 watt-hours of storage per 1 watt of nameplate generating capacity.
(Equation ((4-17))4-16)
Where: |
| AECRRa | = | Section C406.2.5 achieved energy credits for this project as calculated in accordance with Equation ((4-17))4-16, limited to 50 percent of the required credits in Section C406.1. |
| RRt | = | Actual total rating of on-site and off-site renewable energy systems (W) for each type of renewable energy source in Table C411.2.1. |
| RRr | = | Rating of renewable energy systems required by Section C411.1, other sections in this code, or used to qualify for exceptions in this code (W). |
| RRb | = | 0.1 W/square foot (1.08 W/m2) |
| PGFA | = | Project gross floor area, square feet (m2). |
| AECb | = | Section C406.2.5 base credits from Table C406.2(1). |
| REF | = | Renewable Energy Factor from Table C411.2.1. |
Informative Note: | On-site renewable energy may include thermal service water heating or pool water heating, in which case ratings in Btu/h can be converted to W where W = Btu/h / 3.413. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-03-085, filed 1/16/24, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40625Section C406.2.6—Service water measures.
C406.2.6 Reduced energy use in service water heating.Buildings with service hot water heating equipment that serves the whole building, building addition or tenant space shall achieve credits through compliance with((:
1. Section C406.2.6.1, C406.2.6.2, or C406.2.6.3.
2. Sections C406.2.6.1 and C406.2.6.2.
3. Sections C406.2.6.1 and C406.2.6.3.))Section C406.2.6.1, C406.2.6.2, or C406.2.6.3, or any combination thereof.
C406.2.6.1 Shower drain heat recovery. Shower drain heat recovery units shall comply with Section C404.10 and preheat cold water supply to the showers. Potable waterside pressure loss shall be less than 10 psi (69 kPa) at maximum design flow. The efficiency of drain water heat recovery units shall be 54 percent in accordance with CSA B55.1. Full credits are applicable to the following building use types: Multi-family, hotel, motel, dormitory, and schools with locker room showers. Where not all showers in the project have drain heat recovery, the credit is adjusted based on ((the following))Equation 4-17:
(Equation 4-17)
[Section C406.2.6.1 table credits] x [Showers with drain recovery] / [Total number of showers] |
C406.2.6.2 Service water heating energy recovery. Not less than 30 percent of the annual service hot water heating energy use, or not less than 70 percent of the annual service hot water heating energy use in buildings with condenser water systems subject to the requirements of Section C403.9.2.1 or qualifying for one of its exceptions, shall be provided by one or more of the following:
1. Waste heat recovery from service hot water, heat recovery chillers, building equipment, process equipment, or other approved system. Qualifying heat recovery must be above and beyond heat recovery required by other sections of this code.
2. On-site renewable energy water-heating systems where not used to meet other requirements or to obtain other energy credits.
C406.2.6.3 ((Heat pump water heating. Projects shall achieve credits through compliance with Section C406.2.6.3.1.
C406.2.6.3.1 Heat pump water heater. Credit shall be achieved where the primary heat pump service water heating system is sized to deliver no less than 100 percent of the net calculated demand for service water production during the peak demand period with entering dry bulb or wet bulb outdoor air temperature at 40°F (4°C) for air-source heat pumps, or 44°F (7°C) ground temperature for ground-source heat pumps, as calculated using the equipment manufacturer's selection criteria or another approved methodology. For this credit, the net calculated demand shall be the gross building demand less any portion of the demand complying with the exceptions to Section C404.2.1. Supplemental heating is permitted in accordance with Section C404.2.1, but cannot use fossil fuels. Heat pump water heaters shall comply with one of the following:
1. The COP rating shall be a minimum COP of 3.0 reported at the design leaving heat pump water temperature with an entering air temperature of 60°F (16°C) or lower. For water-source equipment, the COP rating will be reported at the design leaving load water temperature with an entering load water temperature of 74°F (23°C) or lower.
2. The uniform energy factor (UEF) shall be a minimum of 3.40 rated based on U.S. Department of Energy requirements.
C406.2.6.4 High efficiency service water heating, gas-fired. The credit achieved shall be from Table C406.2(2) where hot water is supplied by gas-fired equipment with minimum efficiency of 0.91 UEF.))Service water heating equipment efficiency. Primary service water heating equipment shall exceed the minimum heating efficiency requirements listed in the Table C404.2 by the percent noted in Table C406.2(7). Available credits noted in Table C406.2(7) shall be reduced by other selected efficiency credit measures and be comprised of the summation of the prorated credits assigned to each system type within a mixed service water heating system using Equation 4-18, rounded to the nearest whole number. Where individual equipment efficiencies of the same system type vary, weigh them based on capacity.
(Equation 4-18)
Where: |
| Cwater | = | Credits for service water heating equipment. |
| Cwater.i | = | Credits for service water heating equipment of noted systems type. |
| TBLwater | = | Credits noted in Table C406.2(7). |
| RCVRYcr | = | Service hot water heat recovery credits obtained via Table C406.2(6) item W01. |
| RCVRYadj | = | Adjustment factor for service hot water heat recovery credits obtained via Table C406.2(6) items W02 through W07. |
| USEcr | = | Reduced service hot water heat use credits obtained via Table C406.2(6). |
| USEadj | = | Adjustment factor for reduced service hot water heat use credits obtained via Table C406.2(6). |
| EQPMwater | | Installed primary service water heating capacity of this system type in kBtu/h. Excluding primary service water heating covered under a Section C404.2.1 exception except when evaluating exceptions. |
| TOTwater | | Total installed primary space heating capacity in kBtu/h including any of the exceptions in Section C404.2.1. |
C406.2.7 Improved service hot water temperature maintenance. For buildings with gross floor area greater than 10,000 square feet, credit shall be achieved when hot water temperature maintenance is installed in accordance with Section C406.2.7.1 or C406.2.7.2.
C406.2.7.1 Self-regulated heat trace system.((The credit achieved shall be from Table C406.2(1).)) This system shall include self-regulating electric heat cables, connection kits and electronic controls. The cable shall be installed directly on the hot water supply pipes underneath the insulation to replace standby losses.
C406.2.7.2. Point of use water heater.((The credit achieved shall be from Table C406.2(1) where))Any fixtures requiring hot water shall be supplied from a localized ((electric)) source of hot water with no recirculation or heat trace and limited to 2 kW and 6 gallons of storage. The supply pipe length from the point of use water heater to the termination of the fixture supply pipe shall be no more than 20 feet.
C406.2.8 Service hot water distribution right sizing. To achieve this credit, where Group R-1 and R-2 occupancies are served by a central service hot water system, the distribution system serving dwelling units, sleeping units and guestrooms shall be sized using Appendix M of the Uniform Plumbing Code.
C406.2.9 High performance service hot water temperature maintenance system. Systems with multiple riser service hot water circulation systems shall use only heat pump technology for temperature maintenance. The heat pump technology shall have a minimum COP of 3.0 or UEF of 3.4. For air-source equipment, the COP rating will be reported at the design leaving heat pump water temperature with an entering dry bulb air temperature of 60°F (16°C) or lower and a relative humidity of 50 percent or lower. For water-source equipment, the COP rating will be reported at the design leaving load side water temperature with an entering source side water temperature of 74°F (23°C) or lower. The system shall comply with the requirements of Section C404.7.1.
C406.2.10 High efficiency service hot water circulation system. Multiple riser service hot water circulation systems shall use a variable volume circulation pump controlled to vary the pump speed based on system demand and shall include self-actuated thermostatic balancing valves to control the system flow at each riser.
C406.2.11 ((Low flow showerheads for Group R-1 and R-2 occupancies))Group R low flow showerheads. All showerheads installed in Group R-1 ((and)), R-2, and R-4dwelling units or sleeping units shall have a maximum listed flowrate of 1.25 gallons per minute or less at 80 psi operating pressure for fixed showerheads and a maximum listed flowrate of 1.50 gallons per minute or less at 80 psi operating pressure for handheld showerheads. When a shower is served by more than one showerhead, including handheld showerheads, the combined flow rate of all showerheads and/or other shower outlets controlled by a single valve shall not exceed 1.25 gallons per minute or less for fixed or 1.5 gallons per minute or less for handheld, or the shower shall be designed to allow only one shower outlet to be in operation at a time.
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040. AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40626Section C406.2—Envelope measures.
C406.2.12 Enhanced envelope performance. The Proposed Total UA of the thermal envelope of the project shall be ((15))the percent noted in Table C406.2(2) lower than the Allowable Total UA determined in accordance with Section ((C402.1.5))C402.1.4 and Equation ((4-2))4-1. Buildings or building areas exempt from thermal envelope requirements in Sections C402.1.1 and C402.1.2 do not qualify for these credits.
C406.2.13 Reduced air leakage. Energy credits shall be achieved where measured air leakage of the total conditioned floor area of the whole building, fully isolated building addition or tenant space is determined in accordance with Section ((C402.5.1.2 and complies with the maximum leakage in either Section C406.2.13.1 or C406.2.13.2))C402.5.1 and exceeds the maximum leakage in Section C402.5.2 by the percentage noted in Table C406.2(2). Buildings or building areas exempt from thermal envelope requirements in Sections C402.1.1 and C402.1.2 do not qualify for these credits.
((C406.2.13.1 Base reduced air leakage. Measured air leakage shall not exceed 68 percent of the maximum leakage allowed by Section C402.5.1.2.
C406.2.13.2 Enhanced reduced air leakage. Measured air leakage shall not exceed 33 percent of the maximum leakage allowed by Section C402.5.1.2.))
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-03-085, filed 1/16/24, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40627Section C406.2—Other measures.
C406.2.14 ((Enhanced commercial kitchen equipment))Reserved.((For buildings or areas designated as Group A-2, or facilities whose primary business type involves the use of a commercial kitchen with at least one gas or electric fryer, all fryers, dishwashers, steam cookers and ovens shall comply with all of the following:
1. Achieve the ENERGY STAR label in accordance with the specifications current as of January 1, 2022.
2. Be installed prior to the issuance of the certificate of occupancy.
3. Have the ENERGY STAR qualified model number listed on the construction documents submitted for permitting.
Energy efficiency credits for efficient commercial kitchen equipment shall be determined based on Equation 4-19, rounded to the nearest whole number.
(Equation 4-19)
Where: |
| AEECK | = | Section C406.2.14 table credits, to a maximum of those allowed in Table C406.2(1) for this option. |
| AreaK | = | Floor area of full-service kitchen (ft2 or m2). |
| AreaB | = | Gross floor area of building (ft2 or m2).)) |
C406.2.15 ((Residential kitchen equipment. For projects with Group R-1 and R-2 occupancies, energy credits shall be achieved where))Group R kitchen appliances. For kitchen appliances located within dwelling units or sleeping units within Group R-1, R-2, and R-4 occupancies, not less than 90 percent of dishwashers, refrigerators, and freezers in the project shall comply with ((all of)) the following requirements:
1. Achieve the ENERGY STAR Most Efficient label in accordance with the 2021 specifications.
2. Be installed prior to the issuance of the certificate of occupancy.
3. Building permit drawings shall specify the appliance type and provide documentation of ENERGY STAR compliance. At the time of inspection, all appliances shall be installed and connected to utilities.
For Group R-1 where only some guestrooms are equipped with both refrigerators and dishwashers, the table credits shall be prorated as follows:
[Section C406.2.15 table credits] x [Floor area of guestrooms with kitchens] / [Total guestroom floor area] |
C406.2.16 ((Residential))Group R laundry appliances. For ((projects with Group R-2 occupancies, energy credits shall be achieved where))laundry appliances located within dwelling units, not less than 90 percent of clothes washers and dryers in the project ((meet))shall comply with the following requirements:
1. Each dwelling unit contains in-unit washing washer and dryer equipment that meets the following requirements:
1.1. Achieve the ENERGY STAR Most Efficient label in accordance with the 2021 specifications.
1.2. Be installed prior to the issuance of the certificate of occupancy.
2. Where only some dwelling units are equipped with both washers and dryers, the table credits shall be prorated as follows:
[Section C406.2.16 table credits] x [Floor area of dwelling units with laundry] / [Total dwelling unit floor area] |
The building permit drawings shall specify the appliance type and provide documentation of ENERGY STAR compliance. At the time of inspection, all appliances shall be installed and connected to utilities.
C406.2.17 ((Heat pump))Group R clothes dryers.((Not less than 90 percent of))For domestic clothes dryers located in Group R-1 ((and)), R-2, and R-4 occupancy areas of the ((whole)) project ((are)), not less than 90 percent of dryers shall be ENERGY STAR rated heat pump dryers. ((Credit))This efficiency measure applies only to buildings where laundry facilities are provided either within each ((residential))dwelling unit or sleeping unit((s)) or grouped together in central multi-family use laundry rooms, or a mix of the two.
((To claim this credit,))The building permit drawings shall specify the appliance type and provide documentation of ENERGY STAR compliance. At the time of inspection, all appliances shall be installed and connected to utilities.
C406.2.18 Efficient elevator equipment. Qualifying elevators in the building shall be Energy Efficient Class A in accordance with ISO 25745-2, Table 7. Only buildings three or more floors above grade shall be permitted to use this credit. Credits shall be prorated based on Equation ((4-18))4-19, rounded to the nearest whole credit. Projects with a compliance ratio (CRe in Equation ((4-18))4-19) below 0.5 do not qualify for this credit.
(Equation ((4-18))4-19)
Where: |
| ECe | = | Elevator energy credit achieved for building. |
| ECt | = | Section C406.2.18 table energy credit. |
| CRe | = | FA | |
| FB | |
| FA | = | Sum of floors served by Class A elevators. |
| FB | = | Sum of floors served by all building elevators and escalators. |
C406.2.19 Thermal energy network systems. The portion of space heating, space cooling, and/or service water heating provided by a thermal energy network energy exchange system, thermal energy network heating and cooling system, or thermal energy network heating only system shall be treated as if the thermal energy network equipment were located on-site, using the annual heating and/or cooling thermal energy load by each type of equipment in lieu of equipment capacity, with a derate factor applied for the associated pumping and distribution losses of the connected thermal energy network system. Credits shall be reduced and prorated in accordance with Sections C406.2.2.2 (space cooling), C406.2.2.3 (space heating), and C406.2.6.3 (service water heating) using Equation 4-20, rounded to the nearest whole number.
Documentation for the thermal energy network system that is operational prior to the final inspection shall be provided to demonstrate that the thermal energy network energy exchange system, thermal energy network heating and cooling system, or thermal energy network heating only system is satisfied.
EXCEPTION: | For new district energy systems being constructed to serve the building, documentation may be provided from an energy model when approved. |
(Equation 4-20)
Where: | | |
| CTEN | = | Final credits obtained from a thermal energy network. |
| Ceqpm.i | = | Credits obtained from thermal energy network equipment before loss derate. |
| Lpump | = | Pumping losses (%). |
| Ldist | = | Distribution losses (%). |
C406.2.20 Thermal imaging of building envelope. Thermographic images of the entire building thermal envelope, including roof, above-grade walls, and floors over unconditioned spaces shall be created while the building is pressurized or depressurized at 20 Pascals and the difference between interior and exterior air temperatures is no less than 18°F. The images must be sufficiently detailed to detect the following:
1. Locations of significant air leakage.
2. Gaps in insulation.
3. Significant thermal bridges through the thermal envelope.
The thermographer shall provide a report to the owner identifying each location having one or more of the above faults, with recommendations for correcting those faults. This report, together with confirmation that each of the identified faults has been corrected, shall be submitted prior to the final inspection. The report must include documentation that the thermographer has substantial training and experience in the use of thermographic imaging equipment and the interpretation of thermographic images for building inspection, in addition to training and experience in building science and construction.
C406.2.21 Group R-2 induction cooktops. For projects with Group R-2 occupancies, energy credits shall be achieved where all cooktops in the project are induction cooktops. The point value may be prorated based on the total number of induction cooktops divided by the number of total cooktops, provided not less than 50 percent of all cooktops are induction cooktops.
C406.2.22 Peak heating and cooling loads. Limit sum of the peak heating load plus peak cooling load to a maximum 8.0 Btu/h per square foot (25.0 W/m2) of conditioned floor area. The peak cooling load must be determined, even if no air conditioning will be installed. The output capacity of heating and cooling equipment cannot exceed the size dictated by Section C403.3.1. This credit is not available for low energy or semi-heated spaces. This measure cannot be used with measures from Table C406.2(2) or Measure C03.
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040. AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40630Section C406.3—Load management credits.
C406.3 Load management credits. Load management measures installed in the building that meet the requirements in Sections C406.3.1 through C406.3.7 shall achieve the credits listed for the occupancy group in Table C406.3 or where calculations required by Sections C406.3.1 through C406.3.7 create or modify the table credits the credits achieved will be based upon the section calculations.
Each load management measure shall require automatic controls activated by either utility demand response, utility price response signal, peak price period time control, or local building demand monitoring. Controls shall be capable of and configured to provide the required load management sequences. As used in this section, "peak period" shall be either the coincident peak building load period, the peak price period, the peak utility load period, or the peak building demand period. The following additional requirements apply to these measures:
1. Where credit is taken for C406.3.6, service water heating energy storage, the equipment shall be provided with controls that comply with ANSI/CTA 2045-B.
2. For load management measures in Sections C406.3.1 through C406.3.5:
2.1. Where the serving utility has a real-time demand response or pricing program, an interface compliant with serving utility requirements shall be installed.
2.2. Where the serving utility does not have a real-time demand response or pricing program, a digital input to the system to support future utility programs shall be installed and building demand monitoring shall be installed and integrated into the load management sequence.
2.3. All equipment involved in the required load management sequence shall have controls connected to a central DDC system.
Table C406.3
Load Management Measure Credits
Measure Title | Applicable Section | Occupancy Group |
Group R-1 | Group R-2 | Group B | Group E | Group M | All Other |
1. Lighting load management | C406.3.1 | 12 | 15 | 27 | 15 | NA | NA |
2. HVAC load management | C406.3.2 | 29 | 24 | 42 | 23 | 13 | 26 |
3. Automated shading | C406.3.3 | NA | 7 | 12 | 16 | NA | NA |
4. Electric energy storage | C406.3.4 | ((41))8 | ((50))10 | ((126))25 | ((72))14 | ((37)) 7 | ((65))13 |
5. Cooling energy storage | C406.3.5 | 13 | 10 | 14 | 19 | NA | 14 |
6. Service hot water energy storage | C406.3.6 | 31 | 248 | 59 | 8 | 5 | 70 |
7. Building thermal mass | C406.3.7 | NA | NA | 50 | 95 | 96 | 80 |
8. Peak heating and cooling loads | C406.3.8 | 6 | 5 | 9 | 5 | 3 | 6/(A) 6 |
9. Thermal energy network | C406.3.9 | 31 | 248 | 59 | 8 | 5 | 70 |
C406.3.1 Lighting load management. Automatic controls shall be capable of gradually reducing general lighting power with continuous dimming in 75 percent of the building area by at least 20 percent during peak demand periods. Where less than 75 percent, but at least 50 percent, of the building area lighting is controlled, the credits from Table C406.3 shall be prorated ((as follows:))using Equation 4-21.
EXCEPTION: | Warehouse or retail storage building areas shall be permitted to achieve this credit by switching off at least 25 percent of lighting power in 75 percent of the building area without dimming. |
(Equation 4-21)
| [Area of building with lighting load management, %] × [Table credits for C406.3.1] | |
| 75% | |
((EXCEPTION: | Warehouse or retail storage building areas shall be permitted to achieve this credit by switching off at least 25 percent of lighting power in 75 percent of the building area without dimming.)) |
C406.3.2 HVAC load management.Automatic controls shall:
1. Where electric cooling is used, be configured to gradually increase, over a minimum of three hours, the cooling setpoint by at least 3°F during the summer peak periods.
2. Where electric heating is used, be configured to gradually reduce, over a minimum of three hours, the heating setpoint by at least 3°F during winter peak periods.
C406.3.3 Automated shading load management. Where fenestration on south and west exposures exceeds 20 percent of the wall area, automatic controls shall be configured to operate movable exterior shading devices or dynamic glazing to reduce solar gain through sunlit fenestration on southern and western exposures by at least 50 percent during summer peak periods.
Informative Note: | This credit can be met by exterior roller, movable blind or movable shutter shading devices; however, fixed overhang, screen or shutter shading will not meet the requirement. Roller shades that reject solar gain but still allow a view are allowed as long as they provide an effective 50 percent reduction in net solar gain (e.g., have a shading coefficient of less than 0.5 for the shading material itself). Interior shading devices will not meet the requirement. Electrochromatic windows that achieve 50 percent of SHGC would qualify. |
C406.3.4 Electric energy storage.Automatic controls shall store electricity in electric storage devices during nonpeak periods and use stored energy during peak periods. Electric storage devices shall have a minimum capacity of ((5 Wh/ft2 (58 Wh/m2)))between 0.5 Wh/ft2 (5.4 Wh/m2) and 15 Wh/ft2 (160 Wh/m2) of gross building area. ((For greater storage capacity up to 15 Wh/ft2 (160 Wh/m2),))Credits shall be prorated ((as follows:))using Equation 4-22.
(([Installed electric storage capacity, Wh/ft2] × [C406.3.4 credits from Table C406.3])) |
(Equation 4-22)
C406.3.5 Cooling energy storage.Automatic controls shall be capable of activating ice or chilled water storage to reduce peak period electric demand. Credits shown in Table C406.3 are based on storage capacity of 2 ton-hours per design day ton of cooling load (2 kWh per design day kW) with a 1.15 sizing factor. Credits shall be prorated for installed storage systems sized between 0.5 and 3.5 ton-hours per design day ton (kWh per design day kW) of cooling load rounded to the nearest whole credit. The storage tank shall have no more than 1.5 percent of storage capacity standby loss per day.
C406.3.6 Service hot water energy storage. To achieve this credit, where service hot water is heated by electricity, automatic controls shall preheat stored service hot water before the peak period and suspend electric water heating during the peak period. Storage capacity shall be provided by either:
1. Preheating water above 140°F (60°C) delivery temperature with at least 1.34 kWh of energy storage per kW of water heating capacity. Tempering valves shall be provided at the water heater delivery location.
2. Providing additional heated water tank storage capacity above peak service hot water demand with equivalent peak storage capacity to item 1.
C406.3.7 Building thermal mass. To achieve this credit, the building shall have both additional passive interior mass and a night-flush control of the HVAC system.
1. Interior to the building thermal envelope insulation, provide 15 pounds of passive thermal mass per square foot of building floor area. Mass construction shall be in the building interior and the indoor facing portion of the exterior wall, and interior floor construction. Mass construction shall have mass surfaces in direct contact with the air in conditioned spaces with directly attached wall board or hard surface flooring allowed. Mass with carpet or furred wallboard shall not be counted toward the building mass required. For integral insulated concrete block walls complying with ASTM C90, only the mass of the interior face shall be counted toward the building mass required.
2. When summer mode is active and indoor average temperature is 5°F (3°C) or more above outdoor temperature and between 10:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m., automatic night flush controls shall operate outdoor air economizers at low fan speed less than 66 percent during the unoccupied period until the average indoor air temperature falls to the occupied heating setpoint. Summer mode shall be activated when outdoor air exceeds 70°F (21°C) and continues until deactivated when outdoor air falls below 45°F (7°C). Another night flush strategy shall be permitted where demonstrated to be effective, avoids added morning heating and is approved by the code official.
Informative Note: | The simplified night flush sequence described will operate in "summer mode" below the 70°F outdoor air trigger temperature down until outdoor air of 45°F is hit when the "summer mode" is deactivated until the outdoor air temperature rises above 70°F again. Other strategies may be implemented that cool the space below the heating setpoint and adjust the morning heating setpoint to avoid morning reheating. |
C406.3.8 Peak heating and cooling loads. Limit sum of the peak heating load plus peak cooling load to a maximum 8.0 Btu/h per square foot (25.0 W/m2) of conditioned floor area. The peak cooling load must be determined, even if no air conditioning will be installed. The output capacity of heating and cooling equipment cannot exceed the size dictated by Section C403.3.1. This credit is not available for low energy or semi-heated spaces. This measure cannot be used with measures from Table C406.2(2) or Measure C03.
C406.3.9 Thermal energy network. Not less than 90 percent of the annual service hot water and space heating load, or not less than 90 percent of the annual service hot water, space heating, and space cooling load shall be connected to a compliant thermal energy network meeting the requirements of a thermal energy network, energy exchange system, or thermal energy network, heating and cooling or heating only system.
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040. AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 13-04-056, filed 2/1/13, effective 7/1/13)
WAC 51-11C-40700Section C407—((Total))Simulated building performance.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 19-24-040, filed 11/26/19, effective 7/1/20)
WAC 51-11C-40701Section C407.1—Scope.
C407.1 Scope. This section establishes criteria for compliance using ((total))simulated building performance. All systems and loads shall be included in determining the ((total))simulated building performance including, but not limited to: Heating systems, cooling systems, service water heating, fan systems, lighting power, receptacle loads and process loads.
EXCEPTION: | Energy used to recharge or refuel vehicles that are used for on-road and off-site transportation purposes. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-03-085, filed 1/16/24, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40702Section C407.2—Mandatory requirements.
C407.2 Mandatory requirements. Compliance with Section C407 also requires compliance with those sections shown in Table C407.2.
The building permit application for projects utilizing this method shall include in one submittal all building and mechanical drawings and all information necessary to verify that the building thermal envelope and mechanical design for the project corresponds with the annual energy analysis. If credit is proposed to be taken for lighting energy savings, then an electrical permit application shall also be submitted and approved prior to the issuance of the building permit. If credit is proposed to be taken for energy savings from other components, then the corresponding permit application (e.g., plumbing, boiler, etc.) shall also be submitted and approved prior to the building permit application. Otherwise, components of the project that would not be approved as part of a building permit application shall be modeled in the baseline in accordance with ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 Appendix G and in the proposed model in accordance with the requirements of the Washington State Energy Code.
Table C407.2
Mandatory Compliance Measures for ((Total))Simulated Building Performance Method
Sectiona | Title | Comments |
Envelope |
C401 | Thermal envelope certificate | |
C402.2.7 | Airspaces | |
C402.5 | Air leakage | |
Mechanical |
C403.1.2 | Calculation of heating and cooling loads | |
C403.1.3 | Data centers | |
C403.2 | System design | |
C403.3.1 | Equipment and system sizing | |
C403.3.2 | HVAC equipment performance requirements | |
C403.3.3 | Hot gas bypass limitation | |
C403.3.4.4 | Boiler turndown | |
C403.4.1 | Thermostatic controls | |
C403.4.2 | Off-hour controls | |
C403.4.7 | Combustion heating equipment controls | |
C403.4.8 | Group R-1 hotel/motel guestrooms | See Section C403.7.4 |
C403.4.9 | Group R-2 and R-3 dwelling units | |
C403.4.10 | Group R-2 sleeping units | |
C403.4.11 | Direct digital control systems | |
C403.5.5 | Economizer fault detection and diagnostics (FDD) | |
C403.7 | Ventilation and exhaust systems | Except for C403.7.6.2 |
C403.8 | Fan and fan controls | |
C403.9.1.1 | Variable flow controls | For cooling tower fans ≥ 7.5 hp |
C403.9.1.2 | Limitation on centrifugal fan cooling towers | For open cooling towers |
C403.10 | Construction of HVAC elements | |
C403.11 | Mechanical systems located outside of the building thermal envelope | |
C403.14 | Commissioning | |
Service Water Heating |
C404 | Service water heating | Except for C404.2.1 |
Lighting and Electrical |
C405 | Electrical power and lighting systems | |
Other Requirements |
C407 | ((Total))Simulated building performance | |
C408 | System commissioning | |
C409 | Energy metering | |
C410 | Refrigeration requirements | |
C411b | Renewable energy | |
C412 | Compressed air systems | |
a | Reference to a code section includes all the relative subsections except as indicated in the table. |
b | Compliance with any of these sections includes compliance with any exception to that section. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-03-085, filed 1/16/24, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40703Section C407.3—Performance-based compliance.
C407.3 Performance-based compliance. Compliance with this section requires compliance with ASHRAE Standard 90.1 Appendix G, Performance Rating Method, in accordance with Standard 90.1 Section 4.2.1 with the following modifications:
1. The mandatory requirements of the Washington State Energy Code are required to be met, instead of those of Section G1.2.1a of ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1.
2. Compliance with Section C407 requires meeting both a regulated site energy target and a total site energy reduction target in accordance with the following:
2.1. Regulated site energy target. The regulated site energy target is focused on regulated load energy efficiency, thus shall be met only via regulated load savings without consideration of the contribution of on-site or off-site renewable energy or unregulated load savings. Adjustments to the PCI, to account for the contribution of renewable energy found in ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 Section 4.2.1.1 shall not be used. References to energy cost in Section 4.2.1.1 and Appendix G shall be replaced by site energy use. Heating or cooling energy provided by a district energy system may utilize coefficient of performance (COP) ratios acceptable to the code official for the respective district energy sources. The building performance factors in Table 4.2.1.1 of ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 shall be replaced with those in Table C407.3(2).
2.2. Total site energy target. The total site energy performance target shall be met including the contributions of on-site or off-site renewable energy as described in Section C411.2 as well as the contributions of improvements in unregulated loads as allowed by Section C407.3.4. The annual on-site and off-site renewable energy production (as adjusted by the factors in Table C411.2.1) shall be subtracted from the proposed building annual site energy use. Compliance with the site energy performance target requires that the proposed building site energy use/baseline building site energy use is less than or equal to the site energy performance target from Table C407.3(3).
3. Documentation requirements in Section G1.3.2.d shall be replaced by a list showing compliance with the mandatory provisions of Table C407.2.
4. Forms demonstrating compliance with Appendix G developed by the U.S. Department of Energy shall be completed and submitted to the code official. The forms are available at energycodes.gov/ashrae-standard-901-performance-based-compliance-form.
5. References to yet-to-be-designed future building components in the Proposed Building Performance column of Table G3.1 shall be modified to reference the corresponding sections of the Washington State Energy Code in lieu of the requirements of ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 in the following sections of the table:
5.1. No. 1, Design Model, subclause c.
5.2. No. 6, Lighting, subclause c.
5.3. No. 11, Service Water Heating System, subclause c.
5.4. No. 12, Receptacle and Other Loads, subclause b.
6. HVAC systems, subclauses c and d of Table G3.1, shall meet the following requirements:
6.1. For yet-to-be-designed systems in office, retail, library, education, and ((multifamily))Group R-2buildings and occupancies subject to the TSPR requirements of Section C403.1.1, the system type and efficiency parameters in the proposed model shall meet but not exceed those shown in Table D602.11 Standard Reference Design HVAC Systems.
6.2. For all other buildings and occupancies, the system type shall be the same as the system modeled in the baseline design and shall comply with but not exceed the requirements of Section C403 in lieu of ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1.
6.3. For HVAC systems serving future tenant spaces, where the current building permit applies to only a portion of an HVAC system, and future components will receive HVAC services from systems included in the current building permit, those future components shall be modeled as the type required to complete the HVAC system portions under the current permit and shall meet but not exceed the requirements found in Section C403.
7. The requirements for proposed and baseline building lighting system shall be modified in accordance with Addendum af to ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1.
8. Energy modeler qualifications. The energy analyst in responsible charge of the Section C407 submittal shall meet at least one of the following:
8.1. ASHRAE Building Energy Modeling Professional (BEMP) certification.
8.2. Association of Energy Engineer's Building Energy Simulation Analyst (BESA) certification.
8.3. Successful completion of at least five projects modeled following any version of ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 Appendix G within the last three years that were reviewed and approved by a code official or rating authority.
C407.3.1 Limits on ((nonmandatory measures))substandard building envelopes. The Proposed Total UA of the proposed building shall be no more than ((20))10 percent higher than the Allowed Total UA as defined in Section ((C402.1.5))C402.1.4.
C407.3.2 On-site and off-site renewable energy accounting for use with Appendix G. Qualifying on-site and off-site renewable energy delivered or credited to the building project to comply with Section C407.3 item 2.2 shall meet the requirements of Section C411.2.
C407.3.3 ((Low-carbon district))Thermal energy network use with Appendix G. Qualifying ((low-carbon district))thermal energy network, heating and cooling or heating only systems and ((low-carbon district))thermal energy network, energy exchange systems shall meet the requirements of Section C407.3.3.1 or C407.3.3.2, as applicable.
C407.3.3.1 Utilization of ((low-carbon district))thermal energy network heating and cooling or heating only systems. Applicable if heating and cooling or heating only is provided to the proposed building from a ((low-carbon district))thermal energy network, heating and cooling or heating only system that is fully operational prior to the final inspection. Proposed model shall account for all on-site HVAC and service hot water related equipment, such as circulation pump energy and heat-exchanger efficiency.
1. The following modifications shall be applied to Appendix G of ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 in addition to what is described in Section C407.3:
1.1. For ((low-carbon district))thermal energy network, heating and cooling systems, strike the text of Sections ((G3.1.1.1, G3.1.1.2, G3.1.1.3.1, G3.1.1.3.3, and G3.1.1.3.4))G3.2.1.4, G3.2.1.5, G3.2.1.6.1, G3.2.1.6.3, and G3.2.1.6.4. Baseline system shall be selected based on unmodified versions of Tables G3.1.1-3 and G3.1.1-4, comparing energy use to determine compliance.
1.2. For ((low-carbon district))thermal energy network heating only systems, strike the text of Sections ((G3.1.1.1, G3.1.1.3.1, and G3.1.1.3.4))G3.2.1.4, G3.2.1.6.1, and G3.2.1.6.4. Baseline system shall be selected based on unmodified versions of Tables G3.1.1-3 and G3.1.1-4((, with carbon emission factors from Table C407.3(1))).
2. Any heating or cooling energy provided by the ((low-carbon district))thermal energy network, heating and cooling or heating only system shall utilize a calculated energy use reduction factor acceptable to the code official to account for energy use reduction from those end uses.
3. Energy "credit" for any waste/recoverable heat exported to the ((low-carbon district))thermal energy network, heating and cooling or heating only systems shall be accounted for in the proposed design by multiplying the quantity of heat exported by the appropriate seasonal utilization factor in Items 3.1 and 3.2 below. This energy "credit" is subtracted from the total proposed design energy use calculated in accordance with ASHRAE 90.1 Section 4.2.1.1.
3.1. Fifty percent of the waste heat exported to the ((low-carbon district))thermal energy network, heating and cooling or heating only systems during the months of October through December and January through March.
3.2. Twenty-five percent of the waste heat exported to the ((low-carbon district))thermal energy network, heating and cooling or heating only systems during the months of April through September.
EXCEPTION: | Waste heat exported from the building to the ((low-carbon district))thermal energy network, heating and cooling or heating only system shall not be subtracted from the proposed design energy use if they are already accounted for in the calculation of energy use from the district heating or cooling plant as part of the district energy efficiency factor. |
Documentation for the low-carbon district system that is operational prior to the final inspection shall be provided to demonstrate the following:
1. Distribution losses must be accounted for and may not exceed 10 percent of the annual load delivered to buildings served by the system.
2. Twenty-five percent of the annual district-system-net-load-met (sum of heating and cooling energy provided to attached buildings) comes from heat recovery between connected buildings, waste heat or renewable energy resources and no more than 25 percent of the annual heat input to the system comes from fossil fuel or electric-resistance sources, or not more than 10 percent of the system annual heat input to the system comes from fossil fuel or electric-resistance sources.
C407.3.3.2 Utilization of ((low-carbon district))thermal energy network, energy exchange systems. Applicable if heating or cooling is provided to the proposed building from a ((low-carbon district))thermal energy network, energy exchange system that is fully operational prior to the final inspection, or as provided from an energy model if approved for new district energy systems. Proposed model shall account for all on-site HVAC and service hot water related equipment, such as circulation pump energy and heat-exchanger efficiency.
1. The following modifications shall be applied to Appendix G of ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1 in addition to what is described in Section C407.3:
1.1. Strike the text of Sections ((G3.1.1.1, G3.1.1.2, G3.1.1.3, G3.1.1.3.1, G3.1.1.3.2, G3.1.1.3.3, and G3.1.1.3.4))G3.2.1.4, G3.2.1.5, G3.2.1.6, G3.2.1.6.1, G3.2.1.6.2, G3.2.1.6.3, and G3.2.1.6.4. Baseline system shall be selected based on unmodified versions of Tables G3.1.1-3 and G3.1.1-4.
2. Any heating or cooling energy provided by a ((low-carbon district))thermal energy network, energy exchange system shall utilize a calculated energy use reduction factor acceptable to the code official to account for the reduction in the proposed model.
3. Energy use "credit" for any waste/recoverable heating exported to the ((low-carbon district))thermal energy network, energy exchange system shall be accounted for in the proposed design by multiplying the quantity of heat exported by the appropriate seasonal utilization factor in Items 3.1 and 3.2 below. This energy use "credit" is subtracted from the total proposed design energy use calculated in accordance with ASHRAE 90.1 Section 4.2.1.1.
3.1. Fifty percent of the waste heat exported to the ((low-carbon district))thermal energy network, energy exchange system during the months of October through December and January through March.
3.2. Twenty-five percent of the waste heat exported to the ((low-carbon district))thermal energy network, energy exchange system during the months of April through September.
EXCEPTION: | Waste heat exported from the building to the ((low-carbon district))thermal energy network, heating and cooling or heating only system shall not be subtracted from the proposed design energy use if they are already accounted for in the calculation of energy use from the district heating or cooling plant as a part of the district energy efficiency factor. |
Documentation for the ((low-carbon district))thermal energy network system that is operational prior to the final inspection shall be provided to demonstrate that the definition of ((low-carbon district))thermal energy network, energy exchange system is satisfied.
C407.3.4 Credit for improvements in unregulated loads when using Appendix G. When calculating savings for total site energy targets in accordance with Section C407.3 item 2.2, but not when calculating ((savings for emissions targets))the regulated site energy target in accordance with Section C407.3 item 2.1, differences in the simulation of unregulated loads and equipment modeled in the baseline building design from those in the proposed design shall be approved by the code official based on documentation that the equipment installed in the proposed design represents a significant verifiable departure from documented current conventional practice. All unregulated equipment for which savings is claimed must be installed by the time of final inspection. The burden of this documentation is to demonstrate that accepted conventional practice would result in baseline building equipment different from that installed in the proposed design. Occupancy and occupancy schedules shall not be changed.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-03-085, filed 1/16/24, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-407031Tables for Section C407.3.
Table C407.3(1)
Reserved
Table C407.3(2)
Building Performance Factors (BPF) to be used for Compliance with Section C407.3
Building Area Type | Building Performance Factor |
((Multifamily | 0.51)) |
Group R-2 | 0.49 |
Health care/hospital | ((0.70))0.50 |
Hotel/motel | ((0.51))0.54 |
Office | ((0.44))0.43 |
Restaurant | ((0.33))0.49 |
Retail | 0.41 |
School | ((0.35))0.43 |
Warehouse | ((0.18))0.23 |
All others | ((0.43))0.45 |
Table C407.3(3)
Site Energy Performance Targets to be used for Compliance with Section C407.3
Building Area Type | Site Energy Performance Targets |
((Multifamily | 0.59)) |
Group R-2 | 0.50 |
Health care/hospital | ((0.72))0.58 |
Hotel/motel | ((0.62))0.51 |
Office | ((0.58))0.49 |
Restaurant | ((0.59))0.50 |
Retail | ((0.46))0.41 |
School | ((0.52))0.45 |
Warehouse | ((0.29))0.30 |
All others | ((0.55))0.46 |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40801Section C408.1—General.
C408.1 General. A building commissioning process led by a ((certified commissioning professional))commissioning provider and functional testing requirements shall be completed for mechanical systems in Section C403; service water heating systems in Section C404; controlled receptacle and lighting control systems in Section C405; equipment, appliances and systems installed to comply with Sections C406 or C407; energy metering in Section C409; and refrigeration systems in Section C410.
EXCEPTION: | ((Buildings, or portions thereof, which are exempt from Sections C408.2 through C408.7 may be excluded from the commissioning process. |
| 1. Mechanical systems that are not required to comply with Section C403.3.5 are exempt from the commissioning process where the installed total mechanical equipment capacity is less than 180,000 Btu/h (15 tons) cooling capacity and less than 240,000 Btu/h (20 tons) heating capacity and energy recovery ventilation (ERV) equipment is less than 300 cfm capacity. |
| 2. Service water heating systems are exempt from the commissioning process in buildings where the largest service water heating system capacity is less than 200,000 Btu/h and where there are any of the following: |
| 2.1. No pools or permanent spas. |
| 2.2. No solar thermal water heating. |
| 2.3. No recirculation pumps. |
| 2.4. No heat pump water heaters, except fully-packaged for individual residential dwelling unit use. |
| 3. Lighting control systems are exempt from the commissioning process in buildings where both the total installed lighting load is less than 10 kW and the lighting load controlled by occupancy sensors or automatic daylighting controls is less than 5 kW. |
| 4. Refrigeration systems are exempt from the commissioning process in buildings if they are limited to self-contained units.)) |
| The following systems are exempt from the commissioning process where the scope of the project complies with all applicable requirements of an exception. The commissioning exemption is determined for each discipline separately. For initial tenant improvement projects, exception capacity thresholds shall be reduced by 50 percent unless the project floor area is greater than 50 percent of the total building floor area. |
| 1. Mechanical systems where the installed capacity of all mechanical equipment within the scope of the project complies with all of the following: |
| 1.1. Cooling capacity is less than 180,000 Btu/h (15 tons). |
| 1.2. Heating capacity is less than 240,000 Btu/h (20 tons). |
| 1.3. Total supply airflow of energy recovery ventilation (ERV) equipment is less than 300 cfm. |
| 1.4. Mechanical systems that are required to comply with Section C403.3.5 shall be commissioned, regardless of the installed total capacity of all mechanical equipment within the project scope. |
| 2. Service water heating systems that do not include a heated-water circulation system with a circulation pump used for temperature maintenance, and the service water heating system does not serve any of the following: |
| 2.1. Swimming pools or permanent spas. |
| 2.2. Solar thermal water heating systems. |
| 2.3. The installed capacity of the largest service water heating system within the scope of the project is less than 200,000 Btu/h. |
| 3. Fully-packaged heat pump water heater that provides domestic hot water to an individual residential dwelling unit. |
| 4. Electric resistance instantaneous service water heater that serves an individual plumbing fixture. |
| 5. Lighting control systems where both the total installed lighting load within the scope of the project is less than 7,000 watts and the lighting load controlled by occupancy sensors or automatic daylight responsive controls is less than 3.500 watts. |
| 6. Self-contained refrigeration units that are not subject to the requirements of Section C410.5. |
| 7. Refrigeration systems where the installed total capacity of all refrigeration equipment within the scope of the project that are subject to the requirements of Section C410.5 is equal to or less than 240,000 Btu/h. |
C408.1.1 Commissioning in construction documents.Construction documents shall clearly indicate provisions for commissioning process. The construction documents shall minimally include the following:
1. A narrative description of the activities that will be accomplished during the commissioning process. At a minimum, the commissioning process is required to include:
1.1. Development and execution of the commissioning plan, including all subsections of Section C408.1.2;
1.2. The ((certified commissioning professional's))commissioning provider's review of the building documentation and close out submittals in accordance with Section ((C103.6))C104.6; and
1.3. The commissioning report in accordance with Section C408.1.3.
2. Roles, responsibilities, and required qualifications of the ((certified commissioning professional))commissioning provider.
3. A listing of the specific equipment, appliances, or systems to be tested.
C408.1.2 Commissioning plan. A commissioning plan shall be developed by the project's ((certified commissioning professional))commissioning provider and shall outline the organization, schedule, allocation of resources, and documentation requirements of the commissioning process.
1. A narrative description of the activities that will be accomplished during each phase of commissioning, including the personnel intended to accomplish each of the activities, systems testing and balancing, functional performance testing, and verification of the building documentation requirements in Section ((C103.6))C104.6.
2. Roles and responsibilities of the commissioning team, including the name and statement of qualifications of the ((certified commissioning professional))commissioning provider.
3. A listing of the specific equipment, appliances or systems to be tested and a description of the tests to be performed.
C408.1.2.1 In-house commissioning disclosure and conflict management plan. Where the ((certified commissioning professional's))commissioning provider's contract or employment is other than directly with the building owner, an in-house commissioning disclosure and conflict management plan shall be a part of the commissioning process. A copy shall be included in the commissioning plan. This plan shall disclose the ((certified commissioning professional's))commissioning provider's contractual relationship with other team members and provide a conflict management plan demonstrating that the ((certified commissioning professional))commissioning provider is free to identify any issues discovered and report directly to the owner.
C408.1.2.2 Functional performance testing. Functional performance testing shall be conducted for mechanical systems in Sections C403; service water heating systems in Section C404; controlled receptacles and lighting control systems in Section C405; equipment, appliances, systems installed to comply with Section C406 or C407; energy metering in Section C409; and refrigeration systems in Section C410. Written procedures which clearly describe the individual systematic test procedures, the expected system response or acceptance criteria for each procedure, the actual response or findings, and any pertinent discussion shall be followed. This testing shall include control systems which will be tested to document that control devices, components, equipment, and systems are calibrated and adjusted to operate in accordance with approved construction documents. Testing shall affirm the conditions required within Sections C408.2 through C408.7 under system testing.
C408.1.2.3 Functional performance testing - Sampling. For projects with 7 or fewer similar systems, each system shall be tested. For projects with more than 7 systems, testing shall be done for each unique combination of control types. Where multiples of each unique combination of control types exist, no fewer than 20 percent of each combination shall be tested unless the code official or design professional requires a higher percentage to be tested. Where 30 percent or more of the tested system fail, all remaining identical combinations shall be tested.
C408.1.2.4 Deficiencies. Deficiencies found during testing shall be resolved including corrections and retesting.
C408.1.3 Commissioning report. A commissioning report shall be completed and certified by the ((certified commissioning professional))commissioning provider and delivered to the building owner or owner's authorized agent. The report shall be organized with mechanical, service water heating, controlled receptacle and lighting control systems, energy metering, and refrigeration findings in separate sections to allow independent review. The report shall record the activities and results of the commissioning process and be developed from the final commissioning plan with all of its attached appendices. The report shall include:
1. Results of functional performance tests.
2. Disposition of deficiencies found during testing, including details of corrective measures used or proposed.
3. Functional performance test procedures used during the commissioning process including measurable criteria for test acceptance, provided herein for repeatability.
4. Commissioning plan.
5. Testing, adjusting and balancing report.
EXCEPTION: | Deferred tests which cannot be performed at the time of report preparation due to climatic conditions. |
C408.1.4. Commissioning process completion requirements. Prior to the final mechanical, plumbing and electrical inspections or obtaining a certificate of occupancy, the ((certified commissioning professional))commissioning provider shall provide evidence of building commissioning in accordance with the provisions of this section.
C408.1.4.1 Commissioning compliance.((Buildings, or portions thereof, shall not be considered acceptable for a final inspection pursuant to Section C104.2.6 until the code official has received a letter of transmittal from the building owner acknowledging that the building owner or owner's authorized agent has received the Commissioning Report. Completion of Commissioning Compliance Checklist (Figure C408.1.4.1) is deemed to satisfy this requirement. Phased acceptance of Commissioning Compliance Checklist for portions of the work specific to the trade that is being inspected is permissible where accepted by the code official and where the certified commissioning professional remains responsible for completion of the commissioning process. If there are unresolved deficiencies when the final inspection is scheduled, the Commissioning Report shall be submitted and shall describe the unresolved deficiencies.
C408.1.4.2 Copy of report. The code official shall be permitted to require that a copy of the Commissioning Report be made available for review by the code officialThe mechanical and water heating portions of the commissioning report, in compliance with Sections C408.2, C408.3, and C408.7, shall be submitted to the code official prior to completion and approval of mechanical permit final inspection. The controlled receptacle, lighting, and metering portions of the commissioning report, in compliance with Sections C408.4 and C408.6, shall be submitted to the code official prior to completion and approval of electrical permit final inspection. The following items shall be submitted to the code official prior to completion and approval of final inspection in accordance with Section 110.3.12 of the International Building Code to demonstrate commissioning compliance:
1. Full commissioning report, in compliance with Section C408.1.3.
1.1. The commissioning report shall include a list of all unresolved deficiencies and any incomplete commissioning work required by Section C408, with description and anticipated date of completion for each, or a statement signed by the certified commissioning professional attesting to successful commissioning of the entire project with no unresolved deficiencies or incomplete tests.
1.2. Where tenant spaces will be built out under separate permits, the commissioning report shall describe the certified commissioning professional's scope of work required to complete commissioning of the central building HVAC systems and lighting control systems as the tenant spaces are completed.
2. Commissioning checklist, from Figure C408.1.4.1, signed by the commissioning provider.
3. Statement that the owner has received a copy of the commissioning report, signed by the owner or owner's authorized agent.
C408.1.4.1.1 Post-occupancy commissioning completion. Where there are unresolved deficiencies or other incomplete commissioning tasks that conflict with requirements of this code, the applicant shall comply with the requirements of one of the following three options.
1. In addition to any other requirements of the jurisdiction for a temporary certificate of occupancy, the code official may issue a temporary certificate of occupancy (TCO) to remain in effect pending resolution of commissioning issues. Applicant must complete all outstanding commissioning work and complete a revised commissioning report before the code official will issue a final certificate of occupancy.
2. Applicant must post a performance bond in the amount of 2 percent of the building permit project valuation as determined in accordance with the fee subtitle, to ensure completion of the required commissioning work within 12 months.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 19-24-040, filed 11/26/19, effective 7/1/20)
WAC 51-11C-408012Figure C408.1.4.1—Commissioning compliance checklist.
Figure C408.1.4.1
Commissioning Compliance Checklist
| Project Name: |
Project Information | Project Address: |
| ((Certified)) Commissioning ((Professional))Provider: |
| Type of ISO Certification and Number: |
Supporting Documents | □ | Manuals, record documents and training have been completed or are scheduled (Section ((C103.6))C104.6) |
| | • | Building operations and maintenance information (((C103.6.2))C104.6.2) have been submitted to the owner or scheduled date: |
| | • | Manuals (((C103.6.2.1))C104.6.2.1) have been submitted to the owner or scheduled date: |
| | • | Compliance documentation (((C103.6.3))C104.6.3) has been provided to the owner or scheduled date: |
| | • | System operation training (((C103.6.4))C104.6.4) has been provided to the owner or scheduled date: |
Commissioning Plan | □ | Commissioning Plan was used during construction (Section C408.1.2) |
Commissioning Report | □ | Commissioning Report has been submitted (Section C408.1.3) |
Commissioned Systems | □ | Mechanical Systems were included in the commissioning process (Section C408.2) |
| | □ | Testing, adjusting and balancing is complete (Section C408.2.2). |
| | □ | There are unresolved deficiencies with the mechanical systems. These are described in the attached Commissioning Report submitted to the owner. |
| □ | Service Water Heating Systems were included in the commissioning process (Section C408.3) |
| | □ | There are unresolved deficiencies with the service water heating systems. These are described in the attached Commissioning Report submitted to the owner. |
| □ | Controlled receptacles and lighting control systems were included in the commissioning process (Section C408.4) |
| | □ | There are unresolved deficiencies with the electrical power and/or automatic lighting controls. These are described in the attached Commissioning Report submitted to the owner. |
| □ | Additional Systems included in the commissioning process (Section C408.5) |
| | □ | There are unresolved deficiencies with systems required by Section C406 or Section C407. These are described in the attached Commissioning Report submitted to the owner. |
| □ | Metering Systems were included in the commissioning process (Section C408.6) |
| | □ | There are unresolved deficiencies with the metering system. These are described in the attached Commissioning Report submitted to the owner. |
| □ | Refrigeration Systems were included in the commissioning process (Section C408.7) |
| | □ | There are unresolved deficiencies with the systems required by Section C410. These are described in the attached Commissioning Report submitted to the owner. |
Certification | □ | I hereby certify that all requirements for Section C408 System Commissioning have been completed in accordance with the Washington State Energy Code, including all items above. |
| | | | |
| | | ((Certified Commissioning Professional)) Commissioning Provider | Date |
| □ | I hereby certify that all requirements for Section C408 System Commissioning have been completed in accordance with the Washington State Energy Code, including all items above. |
| | | | |
| | | Building Owner or Owner's Authorized Agent | Date |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 20-21-080, filed 10/19/20, effective 2/1/21)
WAC 51-11C-40802Section C408.2—Mechanical systems commissioning.
C408.2 Mechanical systems commissioning. Mechanical equipment and controls subject to Section C403 shall be included in the commissioning process required by Section C408.1. The commissioning process shall minimally include all energy code requirements for which the code states that equipment or controls shall "be capable of" or "configured to" perform specific functions.
((EXCEPTION: | Mechanical systems are exempt from the commissioning process where the installed total mechanical equipment capacity is less than 240,000 Btu/h cooling capacity and less than 300,000 Btu/h heating capacity.)) |
C408.2.1 Reserved.
C408.2.2 Systems adjusting and balancing. HVAC systems shall be balanced in accordance with generally accepted engineering standards. Air and water flow rates shall be measured and adjusted to deliver final flow rates within the tolerances provided in the project specifications. Test and balance activities shall include air system and hydronic system balancing.
C408.2.2.1 Air systems balancing. Each supply air outlet and zone terminal device shall be equipped with means for air balancing in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 6 of the International Mechanical Code. Discharge dampers used for air system balancing are prohibited on constant volume fans and variable volume fans with motors 10 hp (18.6 kW) and larger. Air systems shall be balanced in a manner to first minimize throttling losses then, for fans with system power of greater than 1 hp (0.74 kW), fan speed shall be adjusted to meet design flow conditions.
EXCEPTION: | Fans with fan motors of 1 hp (0.74 kW) or less. |
C408.2.2.2 Hydronic systems balancing. Individual hydronic heating and cooling coils shall be equipped with means for balancing and measuring flow. Hydronic systems shall be proportionately balanced in a manner to first minimize throttling losses, then the pump impeller shall be trimmed or pump speed shall be adjusted to meet design flow conditions. Each hydronic system shall have either the capability to measure pressure across the pump, or test ports at each side of each pump.
EXCEPTION: | The following equipment is not required to be equipped with means for balancing or measuring flow: |
| 1. Pumps with pump motors of 5 hp (3.7 kW) or less. |
| 2. Where throttling results in no greater than five percent of the nameplate horsepower draw above that required if the impeller were trimmed. |
C408.2.3 System testing. Functional performance testing shall demonstrate the components, systems, and system-to-system interfacing relationships are installed and operate in accordance with approved construction documents. Testing shall include the sequence of operation, and be conducted under full-load, part-load and the following conditions:
1. All modes as described in the sequence of operation;
2. Redundant or automatic back-up mode;
3. Performance of alarms; and
4. Mode of operation upon a loss of power and restoration of power.
RDS-6759.2
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 19-24-040, filed 11/26/19, effective 7/1/20)
WAC 51-11C-40803Section C408.3—Service water heating systems commissioning.
C408.3 Service water heating systems commissioning.((Service water heating))Service water heating equipment and controls subject to Section C404 shall be included in the commissioning process required by Section C408.1. The commissioning process shall minimally include equipment and components installed to meet all energy code requirements for devices to "start," "automatically turn off," "automatically adjust," "limit operation," and "limit the temperature" and "be configured to."
C408.3.1 System testing. Functional performance testing shall demonstrate that heaters, piping, distribution systems, and system-to-system interfacing relationships are installed and operate in accordance with approved ((construction documents))construction documents. Testing shall include the sequence of operation, and be conducted under at least 50 percent water heating load, part-load and the following conditions:
1. Normal operation;
2. Redundant or automatic back-up mode;
3. Performance of alarms; and
4. Mode of operation upon a loss of power and restoration of power.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 19-24-040, filed 11/26/19, effective 7/1/20)
WAC 51-11C-40804Section C408.4—Controlled receptacle and lighting control system commissioning.
C408.4 Controlled receptacle and lighting control system commissioning.Controlled receptacles and lighting control systems subject to Section C405 shall be included in the commissioning process required by Section C408.1. The configuration and function of controlled receptacles and lighting control systems required by this code shall be tested and shall comply with Section C408.4.1.
((EXCEPTION: | Lighting control systems are exempt from the commissioning process in buildings where: |
| 1. The total installed lighting load is less than 20 kW; and |
| 2. The lighting load controlled by occupancy sensors or automatic daylighting controls is less than 10 kW.)) |
C408.4.1 System testing. Functional performance testing shall demonstrate that occupant sensors, time switches, manual overrides, night sweep-off, daylight responsive control, and controlled receptacles are installed and operate in accordance with approved construction documents. Testing shall include the sequence of operation and be conducted under the following conditions:
1. Normal operation;
2. Redundant or automatic back-up mode;
3. Performance of alarms; and
4. Mode of operation upon a loss of power and restoration of power.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 19-24-040, filed 11/26/19, effective 7/1/20)
WAC 51-11C-408045Section C408.5—Other systems commissioning.
C408.5 Systems installed to meet Section C406 or C407. Equipment, components, controls or configuration settings for systems which are included in the project to comply with Section C406 or C407 shall be included in the commissioning process required by Section C408.1.
C408.5.1 System testing. Functional performance testing for these appliances, equipment, components, controls and/or configuration settings shall demonstrate operation, function and maintenance serviceability for each of the commissioned systems in accordance with the approved ((construction documents))construction documents.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 19-24-040, filed 11/26/19, effective 7/1/20)
WAC 51-11C-40805Section C408.6—Metering system commissioning.
C408.6 Metering system commissioning. Energy metering systems required by Section C409 shall comply with Section C408.6 and be included in the commissioning process required by Section C408.1. The commissioning process shall include all energy metering equipment and controls required by Section C409.
C408.6.1 System testing. Functional performance testing shall demonstrate that energy source meters, end-use meters, ((data acquisition systems))data acquisition systems, and energy displays are installed and operate in accordance with approved ((construction documents))construction documents. At a minimum, testing shall confirm that:
1. The metering system devices and components work properly under low and high load conditions.
2. The metered data is delivered in a format that is compatible with the data collection system.
3. The energy display is in a location with access to building operation and management personnel.
4. The energy display meets code requirements regarding views required in Section C409.4.3. The display shows energy data in identical units (e.g., kWh).
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 19-24-040, filed 11/26/19, effective 7/1/20)
WAC 51-11C-40807Section C408.7—Refrigeration system commissioning.
C408.7 Refrigeration system commissioning. All installed refrigeration systems subject to Section C410 shall be included in the commissioning process required by Section C408.1.
((EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Self-contained refrigeration systems are exempt from the commissioning process. |
| 2.Total installed capacity for refrigeration is equal to or less than 240 kBtu/h.)) |
C408.7.1 System testing. Functional performance testing shall demonstrate that compressors, heat exchangers, piping, distribution systems, and system-to-system interfacing relationships are installed and operate in accordance with approved construction documents. Testing shall include the sequence of operation and be conducted under full-load at, part-load and the following conditions:
1. Normal mode;
2. Redundant or automatic back-up mode;
3. Performance of alarms; and
4. Mode of operation upon a loss of power and restoration of power.
NEW SECTION
WAC 51-11C-40808Section C408.8—Additional commissioning requirements.
C408.8 Additional commissioning requirements.Buildings subject to BPS requirements shall comply with Sections C408.8.1 through C408.8.2.
C408.8.1 Commissioning activities prior to building permit issuance. The following commissioning activities shall be completed prior to issuance of a building permit:
1. A copy of the commissioning plan shall be submitted to the owner and incorporated into the construction documents.
2. The owner shall designate a commissioning provider to manage commissioning activities before the completion of construction documents. The construction documents shall identify the commissioning provider.
3. The commissioning provider shall submit the design review report to the building owner.
4. Construction phase commissioning requirements shall be incorporated into construction documents.
C408.8.2 Project system manual. The system manual shall provide the information needed to understand, operate, and maintain the building's systems and assemblies and shall include the required commissioning documents in accordance with this section. The system manual and all project commissioning documents shall comply with ASHRAE/IES Standard 202. The commissioning provider shall certify completion of the required commissioning process and provide a System Manual that includes the following commissioning documents to the owner and design teams:
1. Owner's project requirements. Identify project goals, measurable performance criteria, cost considerations, benchmarks, and success criteria.
2. Basis of design. Document and record the concepts, calculations, decisions, and product selections used to meet both the owner's project requirements and applicable regulatory requirements, standards, and guidelines.
3. Commissioning plan. Include the commissioning plan in accordance with Section C408.1.2.
4. Design review report. Detail compliance of the design with the owner's project requirements and provisions of this standard. This commissioning design review shall not be considered a design peer review or a code or regulatory review.
5. Training plan. A written document that details the expectations, schedule, duration, and deliverables for the commissioning activities related to training of project operations and maintenance personnel, users, and occupants. The construction documents shall require the commissioning provider to provide a training plan to the owner prior to occupancy.
6. Preliminary commissioning report. The commissioning provider shall provide a preliminary commissioning report in accordance with Sections C408.1.3, C408.1.4, and all of the following:
6.1. Documentation of the training of operating personnel and building occupants on commissioned systems, and a plan for the completion of any deferred trainings not completed at the time of report preparation.
6.2. A list of deferred tests that cannot be performed at the time of report preparation and a plan for the required commissioning, training, and operating conditions for their completion.
7. Final commissioning report. The construction documents shall require the commissioning provider to provide a final commissioning report to the owner before completion of the contractor's general warranty period.
8. Operation and maintenance manuals. Operating and maintenance information shall be provided in accordance with Sections C104.6.2.1 and C104.6.2.2.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40901Section C409.1—General.
C409.1 General. All new buildings and additions shall have the capability of metering all source energy usage in accordance with Section C409.2 in addition to the source energy for on-site renewable energy production in accordance with Section C409.2.4 and the end-use energy usage for electric vehicle charging in accordance with Section C409.3.4. New buildings and additions with a gross conditioned floor area((over 25,000))not less than 10,000 square feet shall comply with Sections C409.2, C409.3, and C409.4. New buildings and additions shall be equipped to measure, monitor, record and display energy consumption data for each energy source and end use category per the provisions of this section, to enable effective energy management. Existing buildings shall comply with the energy metering provisions of Section C506.1. For Group R-2 buildings, the floor area of dwelling units shall be excluded from the total conditioned floor area for the purpose of determining the 10,000 square foot threshold. Alterations and additions to existing buildings shall conform to Section C506.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Tenant spaces smaller than ((25,000))5,000 square feet of conditioned floor area within buildings if the tenant space has its own utility service and utility meters shall comply with Section C409.2 and are exempt from the end-use metering, measurement devices, data acquisition system and energy display requirements of Sections C409.3 and C409.4. |
| 2. Buildings in which there is no gross conditioned floor area over ((25,000))10,000 square feet, including building common area, that is served by its own utility services and meters shall comply with Section C409.2 and are exempt from the end-use metering, measurement devices, data acquisition system and energy display requirements of Sections C409.3 and C409.4 but area not exempt from the electric vehicle charging end-use metering requirements of Section C409.3.4. |
| 3. Group R-2 buildings with more than 10,000 square feet of conditioned floor area not occupied by dwelling units and not exempt from end-use metering in accordance with Exception 1 of Section C409.1, are permitted to provide 0.12 watts of renewable energy per square foot of gross conditioned floor area, or 15 additional C406 credits, in lieu of the end-use metering systems required by this section. The renewable energy or C406 credits provided must be in addition to the renewable energy end C406 credits required cumulatively by all other sections of this code. Common areas in Group R-2 buildings using this exception are exempt from the end-use metering, measurement device, data acquisition system, and energy display requirements of Sections C409.3 and C409.4, but not exempt from the electrical vehicle charging end-use metering requirements of Section C409.3.4. |
C409.1.1 Alternate metering methods. Where approved by the ((building))code official, energy use metering systems may differ from those required by this section, provided that they are permanently installed and that the source energy measurement, end use category energy measurement, data storage and data display have similar accuracy to and are at least as effective in communicating actionable energy use information to the building management and users, as those required by this section.
C409.1.2 Conversion factor. Any threshold stated in kW shall include the equivalent ((BTU/h))Btu/h heating and cooling capacity of installed equipment at a conversion factor of 3,412 Btu per kW or 2,730 Btu per kVA.
C409.1.3 Dwelling units. See Sections C404.9 and C405.7 for additional metering requirements for Group R-2 dwelling units.
C409.1.4 Additional metering requirements.Buildings subject to BPS requirements shall comply with this section. Additional energy use metering devices shall be installed, as necessary, to monitor the energy consumption, regardless of fuel type, of all buildings, building activity types, systems or components that the BPS permits to be excluded from the reported building energy consumption or for nontarget spaces.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 19-24-040, filed 11/26/19, effective 7/1/20)
WAC 51-11C-40902Section C409.2—Energy source metering.
C409.2 Energy source metering.Buildings shall have a meter at each energy source to monitor the energy consumption of each fuel type separately. For each fuel type, energy supply source, and end use listed in Section C409.2.1 through C409.2.4, meters shall collect data for the whole building or for each separately metered portion of the building where not exempted by the exception to Section C409.1.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Energy source metering is not required where end use metering for an energy source accounts for all usage of that energy type within a building, and the data acquisition system accurately totals the energy delivered to the building or separately metered portion of the building. |
| 2. Solid fuels such as coal, firewood or wood pellets that are delivered via mobile transportation do not require metering. |
C409.2.1 Electrical energy. This category shall include all electrical energy supplied to the building and its associated site, including site lighting, parking, recreational facilities, and other areas that serve the building and its occupants. Where site lighting and other exterior nonbuilding electrical loads are served by an electrical service and meter that are separate from the building service and meter, the metering data from those loads is permitted to be either combined with the building electrical service load data or delivered to a separate data acquisition system.
C409.2.2 Gas and liquid fuel supply energy. This category shall include all natural gas, fuel oil, propane and other gas or liquid fuel energy supplied to the building and site.
C409.2.3 District energy. This category shall include all net energy extracted from district steam systems, district chilled water loops, district hot water systems, or other energy sources serving multiple buildings.
C409.2.4 Site-generated renewable energy. This category shall include all net energy generated from on-site solar, wind, geothermal, tidal or other natural sources, and waste heat reclaimed from sewers or other off-site sources. For buildings exempt from data collection systems, the data from these meters is permitted to either be stored locally using a manual totalizing meter or other means at the meter or fed into a central data collection system.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-40903Section C409.3—End-use metering.
C409.3 End-use metering. Meters shall be provided to collect energy use data for each end-use category listed in Sections C409.3.1 through C409.3.7. These meters shall collect data for the whole building or for each separately metered portion of the building where not exempted by the exception to Section C409.1. Not more than 10 percent of the total connected load of any of the end-use metering categories in Sections C409.3.1 through C409.3.6 is permitted to be excluded from that end-use data collection. Not more than 10 percent of the total connected load of any of the end-use metering categories in Sections C409.3.1 through C409.3.6 is permitted to consist of loads not part of that category. Multiple meters may be used for any end-use category, provided that the data acquisition system totals all of the energy used by that category. Full-floor tenant space submetering data shall be provided to the tenant in accordance with Section C409.7, and the data shall not be required to be included in other end-use categories.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. HVAC and service water heating equipment serving only an individual dwelling unit or sleeping unit does not require end-use metering. |
| 2. Separate metering is not required for fire pumps, stairwell pressurization fans or other life safety systems that operate only during testing or emergency. |
| 3. End use metering is not required for individual tenant spaces not exceeding 2,500 square feet in floor area when a dedicated source meter meeting the requirements of Section C409.4.1 is provided for the tenant space. |
| 4. Health care facilities with loads in excess of 150 kVA are permitted to have submetering that measures electrical energy usage in accordance with the normal and essential electrical systems as identified in NFPA 70 Section 516, as adopted by Washington state, except that submetering is required for the following load categories: |
| 4.1. HVAC system energy use in accordance with the requirements of Section C409.3.1. |
| 4.2. Service water heating energy use in accordance with the requirements of Section C409.3.2. |
| 4.3. Process load system energy in accordance with the requirements of Section C409.3.6 for each significant facility not used in direct patient care including, but not limited to, food service, laundry and sterile processing facilities, where the total connected load of the facility exceeds 100 kVA. |
| 5. End-use metering is not required for electrical circuits serving only sleeping rooms and guest suites within Group R-1 occupancies. This exception does not apply to common areas or to equipment serving multiple sleeping rooms. |
C409.3.1 HVAC system energy use. This category shall include all energy including electrical, gas, liquid fuel, district steam and district chilled water that is used by boilers, chillers, pumps, fans and other equipment used to provide space heating, space cooling, dehumidification and ventilation to the building, but not including energy that serves process loads, service water heating or miscellaneous loads as defined in Section C409.3. Multiple HVAC energy sources, such as gas, electric and steam, are not required to be summed together.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. 120 volt equipment. |
| 2. An HVAC branch circuit where the total MCA of equipment served equates to less than 10 kVA. |
| 3. Individual fans or pumps that are not on a variable frequency drive. |
C409.3.2 Service water heating energy use. This category shall include all energy used for heating of domestic and service hot water, but not energy used for space heating.
EXCEPTION: | Service water heating energy use less than 50 kVA does not require end-use metering. |
C409.3.3 Lighting system energy use. This category shall include all energy used by interior and exterior lighting, including lighting in parking structures and lots, but not including plug-in task lighting.
C409.3.4 Electric vehicle charging energy use. This category shall include all energy used for electric vehicle charging. For buildings exempt from data collection systems, the data from these meters is permitted to either be stored locally using a manual totalizing meter or other means at the meter or fed into a central data collection system.
C409.3.5 Plug load system energy use. This category shall include all energy used by appliances, computers, plug-in task lighting, and other equipment or equipment covered by other end-use metering categories listed in Section C409.3. In a building where the main service is 480/277 volt, each 208/120 volt panel is permitted to be assumed to serve only plug load for the purpose of Section C409, unless it serves ((nonresidential))commercial refrigeration or cooking equipment.
EXCEPTION: | Where the total connected load of all plug load circuits is less than 50 kVA, end-use metering is not required. |
C409.3.6 Process load system energy use. This category shall include all energy used by any nonbuilding process load including, but not limited to, ((nonresidential))commercial refrigeration and cooking equipment, laundry equipment, industrial equipment, and stage lighting.
EXCEPTION: | Where the process load energy use is less than 50 kVA end-use metering is not required. |
C409.3.7 Full-floor tenant space electrical submetering. In a multitenant building where more than 90 percent of the leasable area of a floor is occupied by a single tenant, an electrical energy use display shall be provided to the tenant in accordance with the requirements of Section C409.4.3. Electrical loads from areas outside of the tenant space or from equipment that serves areas outside the tenant space shall not be included in the tenant space submetering. A single display is permitted to serve multiple floors occupied by the same tenant.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-40904Section C409.4—Measurement devices, data acquisition system and energy display.
C409.4 Measurement devices, data acquisition system and energy display.
C409.4.1 Electric meters. Meters and other measurement devices required by this section shall be configured to automatically communicate energy data to a data acquisition system and energy display. Source meters may be any digital-type meters. Current sensors or flow meters are allowed for end use metering, provided that they have an accuracy of +/- ((5%))2 percent. All required metering systems and equipment shall provide data that is fully integrated into the data acquisition and display system per the requirements of Section C409. Electrical meters shall be configured to communicate data to the data acquisition system and energy display for both consumption (e.g., kWh) and consumption rate (e.g., kW). Other meters and measurement devices shall be configured to communicate data to the data acquisition system for consumption. Nonintrusive load monitoring (NILM) packages that extract energy consumption data from detailed electric waveform analysis shall be permitted to substitute for individual meters if the equivalent data is available for collection in Section C409.4.2 and reporting in Section C409.4.3.
C409.4.2 Electrical energy data acquisition system. The data acquisition system shall store the data from the required meters and other sensing devices in a single database for a minimum of 36 months. For each energy supply and end use category required by C409.2 and C409.3, it shall provide energy consumption logged in one-hour or less intervals and energy consumption rate logged in 10-minute or less intervals. Data from the data acquisition system shall be viewable via the energy display in accordance with the requirements of Section C409.4.3. The data acquisition system shall have the capacity of providing building total peak electric demand and the time(s) of day and time(s) per month at which peak occurs. Peak demand shall be integrated over the same time period as the underlying whole-building meter reading rate.
C409.4.3 Energy display. For each building subject to Section C409.2 and C409.3, either a single visible display in a location with ready access, or a single web page or other electronic document available for access ((to))by building operation and management personnel or to a third-party energy data analysis service shall be provided in the building; for metering data acquisition systems and energy displays monitored by a third-party energy data analysis service, building operation and management personnel shall retain access to the metering data acquisition system and energy display. The display shall numerically provide the current energy consumption rate and energy consumption total for each whole building energy source and each end use category. The energy display shall also graphically and numerically display logged data from the data acquisition system for energy consumption for each whole building energy source and energy consumption rate for whole building electrical use and each end use category for any selected day, week, month, or year.
C409.4.4 Commissioning. Energy metering and energy consumption management systems shall be commissioned in accordance with Section C408.6.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-41000Section C410—Refrigeration system requirements.
C410.1 General.((Walk-in coolers, walk-in freezers, refrigerated warehouse coolers, refrigerated warehouse freezers, and refrigerated display cases shall comply with this Section.))Spaces that are served by refrigeration systems, including walk-in coolers, walk-in freezers, refrigerated warehouse coolers, refrigerated warehouse freezers, and refrigerated display cases, shall comply with this section. Where the envelope assemblies of these spaces comprise any portion of the building thermal envelope, these assemblies shall also comply with all applicable requirements of Section C402, substituting the R-values or U-factors required by Section C410.3.
Whole buildings and portions of buildings that are refrigerated warehouse cooler or refrigerated warehouse freezer spaces shall also comply with Sections C406 and C411. Refrigerated warehouse cooler and refrigerated warehouse freezer spaces that are fully enclosed within the building interior of a conditioned, semi-heated or low energy space shall apply the space type of the building in which they are located to the requirements in Sections C406 and C411.
Table C410.2
Minimum Efficiency Requirements: Commercial Refrigerators and Freezers and Refrigeration
Equipment Category | Condensing Unit Configuration | Equipment Family | Rating Temp. °F | Operating Temp. °F | Equipment Classificationc | Maximum Daily Energy Consumption kWh/dayd,e | Test Standard |
Remote condensing commercial refrigerators and commercial freezers | Remote (RC) | Vertical open (VOP) | 38 (M) | ≥32 | VOP.RC.M | 0.64 × TDA + 4.07 | AHRI 1200 |
0 (L) | <32 | VOP.RC.L | 2.20 × TDA + 6.85 |
Semivertical open (SVO) | 38 (M) | ≥32 | SVO.RC.M | 0.66 × TDA + 3.18 |
0 (L) | <32 | SVO.RC.L | 2.20 × TDA + 6.85 |
Horizontal open (HZO) | 38 (M) | ≥32 | HZO.RC.M | 0.35 × TDA + 2.88 |
0 (L) | <32 | HZO.RC.L | 0.55 × TDA + 6.88 |
Vertical closed transparent (VCT) | 38 (M) | ≥32 | VCT.RC.M | 0.15 × TDA + 1.95 |
0 (L) | <32 | VCT.RC.L | 0.49 × TDA + 2.61 |
Horizontal closed transparent (HCT) | 38 (M) | ≥32 | HCT.RC.M | 0.16 × TDA + 0.13 |
0 (L) | <32 | HCT.RC.L | 0.34 × TDA + 0.26 |
Vertical closed solid (VCS) | 38 (M) | ≥32 | VCS.RC.M | 0.10 × V + 0.26 |
0 (L) | <32 | VCS.RC.L | 0.21 × V + 0.54 |
Horizontal closed solid (HCS) | 38 (M) | ≥32 | HCS.RC.M | 0.10 × V + 0.26 |
0 (L) | <32 | HCS.RC.L | 0.21 × V + 0.54 |
Service over counter (SOC) | 38 (M) | ≥32 | SOC.RC.M | 0.44 × TDA + 0.11 |
0 (L) | <32 | SOC.RC.L | 0.93 × TDA + 0.22 |
Self-contained commercial refrigerators and commercial freezers with and without doors | Self-contained (SC) | Vertical open (VOP) | 38 (M) | ≥32 | VOP.RC.M | 1.69 × TDA + 4.71 | AHRI 1200 |
0 (L) | <32 | VOP.RC.L | 4.25 × TDA + 11.82 |
Semivertical open (SVO) | 38 (M) | ≥32 | SVO.RC.M | 1.70 × TDA + 4.59 |
0 (L) | <32 | SVO.RC.L | 4.26 × TDA + 11.51 |
Horizontal open (HZO) | 38 (M) | ≥32 | HZO.RC.M | 0.72 × TDA + 5.55 |
0 (L) | <32 | HZO.RC.L | 1.90 × TDA + 7.08 |
Vertical closed transparent (VCT) | 38 (M) | ≥32 | VCT.RC.M | 0.10 × V + 0.86 |
0 (L) | <32 | VCT.RC.L | 0.29 × V + 2.95 |
Vertical closed solid (VCS) | 38 (M) | ≥32 | VCS.RC.M | 0.05 × V + 1.36 |
0 (L) | <32 | VCS.RC.L | 0.22 × V + 1.38 |
Self-contained commercial refrigerators and commercial freezers with and without doors | Self-contained (SC) | Horizontal closed transparent (HCT) | 38 (M) | ≥32 | HCT.RC.M | 0.06 × V + 0.37 | AHRI 1200 |
0 (L) | <32 | HCT.RC.L | 0.08 × V + 1.23 |
Horizontal closed solid (HCS) | 38 (M) | ≥32 | HCS.RC.M | 0.05 × V + 0.91 |
0 (L) | <32 | HCS.RC.L | 0.06 × V + 1.12 |
Service over counter (SOC) | 38 (M) | ≥32 | SOC.RC.M | 0.52 × TDA + 1.00 |
0 (L) | <32 | SOC.RC.L | 1.10 × TDA + 2.10 |
Self-contained commercial refrigerators with transparent doors for pull-down temperature applications | Self-contained (SC) | Pull-down | 38(M) | ≥32 | PD.SC.M | 0.11 × V + 0.81 | AHRI 1200 |
Commercial ice cream freezers | Remote (RC) | Vertical open (VOP) | -15 (I) | ≤-5b | VOP.RC.I | 2.79 × TDA + 8.70 | AHRI 1200 |
Semivertical open (SVO) | SVO.RC.I | 2.79 × TDA + 8.70 |
Horizontal open (HZO) | HZO.RC.I | 0.70 × TDA + 8.74 |
Vertical closed transparent (VCT) | VCT.RC.I | 0.58 × TDA + 3.05 |
Horizontal closed transparent (HCT) | HCT.RC.I | 0.40 × TDA + 0.31 |
Vertical closed solid (VCS) | VCS.RC.I | 0.25 × V + 0.63 |
Horizontal closed solid (HCS) | HCS.RC.I | 0.25 × V + 0.63 |
Service over counter (SOC) | SOC.RC.I | 1.09 × TDA + 0.26 |
Self-contained (SC) | Vertical open (VOP) | -15 (I) | ≤-5b | VOP.SC.I | × TDA + | AHRI 1200 |
Semivertical open (SVO) | SVO.SC.I | × TDA + |
Horizontal open (HZO) | HZO.SC.I | × TDA + |
Vertical closed transparent (VCT) | VCT.SC.I | × TDA + |
Horizontal closed transparent (HCT) | HCT.SC.I | × TDA + |
Vertical closed solid (VCS) | VCS.SC.I | × V + |
Horizontal closed solid (HCS) | HCS.SC.I | × V + |
Service over counter (SOC) | SOC.SC.I | × TDA + |
For SI: 1 square foot = 0.0929 m2, 1 cubic foot = 0.02832 m3, °C = (°F – 32)/1.8. |
a | The meaning of the letters in this column is indicated in the columns to the left. |
b | Ice cream freezer is defined in DOE 10 C.F.R. Part 431.62 as a commercial freezer that is designed to operate at or below -5°F and that the manufacturer designs, markets or intends for the storing, displaying, or dispensing of ice cream. |
c | Equipment class designations consist of a combination [(in sequential order separated by periods (AAA).(BB).(C))] of: |
| (AAA) An equipment family code where: |
| | VOP = Vertical open |
| | SVO = Semi-vertical open |
| | HZO = Horizontal open |
| | VCT = Vertical transparent doors |
| | VCS = Vertical solid doors |
| | HCT = Horizontal transparent doors |
| | HCS = Horizontal solid doors |
| | SOC = Service over counter |
| (BB) An operating mode code: |
| | RC = Remote condensing |
| | SC = Self-contained |
| (C) A rating temperature code: |
| | M = Medium temperature (38°F) |
| | L = Low temperature (0°F) |
| | I = Ice cream temperature (15°F) |
| For example, "VOP.RC.M" refers to the "vertical-open, remote-condensing, medium-temperature" equipment class. |
d | V is the volume of the case (ft3) as measured in AHRI 1200, Appendix C. |
e | TDA is the total display area of the case (ft2) as measured in AHRI 1200, Appendix D. |
C410.2 Commercial refrigerators, freezers and refrigerator-freezers. Refrigeration equipment, defined in DOE 10 C.F.R. Part 431.62, shall have an energy use in kWh/day not greater than the values of Table C410.2 when tested and rated in accordance with AHRI Standard 1200. The energy use shall be verified through certification under an approved certification program or, where a certification program does not exist, the energy use shall be supported by data furnished by the equipment manufacturer.
C410.2.1 Refrigerated display cases. Refrigerated display cases shall comply with the following:
1. Lighting in refrigerated display cases shall be controlled by one of the following:
1.1. Time-switch controls to turn off lights during nonbusiness hours. Timed overrides for display cases shall turn the lights on for up to 1 hour and shall automatically time out to turn the lights off.
1.2. Motion sensor controls on each display case section that reduce lighting power by at least 50 percent within 3 minutes after the area within the sensor range is vacated.
2. Low-temperature display cases shall incorporate temperature-based defrost termination control with a time-limit default. The defrost cycle shall terminate first on an upper temperature limit breach and second upon a time limit breach.
3. Antisweat heater controls shall reduce the energy use of the antisweat heater as a function of the relative humidity in the air outside the door or to the condensation on the inner glass pane.
C410.3 Walk-in coolers, walk-in freezers, refrigerated warehouse coolers and refrigerated warehouse freezers. Site-assembled and site-constructed walk-in coolers and walk-in freezers and refrigerated warehouse coolers and refrigerated warehouse freezers shall comply with the following:
1. Automatic door-closers shall be provided that fully close walk-in doors that have been closed to within 1 inch (25 mm) of full closure.
EXCEPTION: | Automatic closers are not required for doors more than 45 inches (1143 mm) in width or more than 7 feet (2134 mm) in height. |
2. Doorways shall be provided with strip doors, curtains, spring-hinged doors or other method of minimizing infiltration when doors are open.
3. Walk-in coolers and refrigerated warehouse coolers shall be provided with wall, ceiling, and door insulation of not less than R-25 or have wall, ceiling and door assembly U-factors no greater than U-0.039. Walk-in freezers and refrigerated warehouse freezers shall be provided with wall, ceiling and door insulation of not less than R-32 or have wall, ceiling and door assembly U-factors no greater than U-0.030.
EXCEPTION: | Insulation is not required for glazed portions of doors or at structural members associated with the walls, ceiling or door frame. |
4. The floor of walk-in coolersand refrigerated warehouse coolers shall be provided with floor insulation of not less than R-25 or have a floor assembly U-factor no greater than U-0.40. The floor of walk-in freezersand refrigerated warehouse coolers shall be provided with floor insulation of not less than R-28 or have a floor assembly U-factor no greater than U-0.035.
EXCEPTION: | Insulation is not required in the floor of a walk-in cooleror refrigerated warehouse cooler that is mounted directly on a slab on grade floor. |
5. Transparent fixed window and reach-in doors for walk-in freezers and windows in walk-in freezer doors shall be provided with triple-pane glass, with the interstitial spaces filled with inert gas or be provided with heat-reflective treated glass.
6. Transparent fixed window and reach-in doors for walk-in coolers and windows for walk-in coolers doors shall be provided with double-pane or triple-pane glass, with interstitial space filled with inert gas, or be provided with heat-reflective treated glass.
7. Envelope assembly elements not governed by this section including, but not limited to, glazed windows and doors separating walk-in cooler and refrigerated warehouse cooler spaces from conditioned space and perimeter slab edge insulation, shall comply with the building thermal envelope requirements in Section C402.
8. Evaporator fan motors that are less than 1 hp (0.746 kW) and less than 460 volts shall be provided with electronically commutated motors, brushless direct-current motors, or 3-phase motors.
((8.))9. Condenser fan motors that are less than 1 hp (0.746 kW) shall use electronically commutated motors, permanent split capacitor-type motors or 3-phase motors.
((9.))10. Antisweat heaters that are not provided with antisweat heater controls shall have a total door rail, glass and frame heater power draw of not greater than 7.1 W/ft2 (76 W/m2) of door opening for walk-in freezers and not greater than 3.0 W/ft2 (32 W/m2) of door opening for walk-in coolers.
((10.))11. Where antisweat heater controls are provided, they shall be capable of reducing the energy use of the antisweat heater as a function of the relative humidity in the air outside the door or to the condensation on the inner glass pane.
((11.))12. Lights in walk-in coolers, walk-in freezers, refrigerated warehouse coolers and refrigerated warehouse freezers shall either be provided with light sources with an efficacy of not less than 40 lumens per watt, including ballast losses, or shall be provided with a device that automatically turns off the lights within 15 minutes of when the walk-in cooler or walk-in freezer space is not occupied.
C410.3.1 Performance standards. Site-assembled and site-constructed walk-in coolers and walk-in freezers shall meet the requirements of Tables C410.3.1(1), C410.3.1(2), and C410.2.1(3).
Table C410.3.1(1)
Walk-in Cooler and Freezer Display Doors Efficiency Requirements
| Class Descriptor | Class | Maximum Energy Consumption (kWh/day)a | Test Procedure | |
| Display door, medium temperature | DD, M | 0.04 × Add + 0.41 | 10 C.F.R. 431 | |
| Display door, low temperature | DD, L | 0.15 × Add + 0.29 | 10 C.F.R. 431 | |
| a | Add is the surface area of the display door. |
Table C410.3.1(2)
Walk-in Cooler and Freezer Nondisplay Doors Efficiency Requirements
| Class Descriptor | Class | Maximum Energy Consumption (kWh/day)a | Test Procedure | |
| Passage door, medium temperature | PD, M | 0.05 × And + 1.7 | 10 C.F.R. 431 | |
| Passage door, low temperature | PD, L | 0.14 × And + 4.8 | 10 C.F.R. 431 | |
| Freight door, medium temperature | FD, M | 0.04 × And + 1.9 | 10 C.F.R. 431 | |
| Freight door, low temperature | FD, L | 0.12 × And + 5.6 | 10 C.F.R. 431 | |
| a | And is the surface area of the nondisplay door. |
Table C410.3.1(3)
Walk-in Cooler and Freezer Refrigeration Systems Efficiency Requirements
Class Descriptor | Class | Minimum Annual Walk-in Energy Factor AWEF (Btu/hW-h)a | Test Procedure |
Dedicated condensing, medium temperature, indoor system | DC.M.I | 5.61 | AHRI 1250 |
Dedicated condensing, medium temperature, outdoor system | DC.M.O | 7.60 | AHRI 1250 |
Dedicated condensing, low temperature, indoor system, net capacity (qnet) < 6,500 Btu/h | DC.L.I, < 6,500 | 9.091 × 10-5 × qnet + 1.81 | AHRI 1250 |
Dedicated condensing, low temperature, indoor system, net capacity (qnet) ≥ 6,500 Btu/h | DC.L.I, ≥ 6,500 | 2.40 | AHRI 1250 |
Dedicated condensing, low temperature, outdoor system, net capacity (qnet) < 6,500 Btu/h | DC.L.O, < 6,500 | 6.522 × 10-5 × qnet + 2.73 | AHRI 1250 |
Dedicated condensing, low temperature, outdoor system, net capacity (qnet) ≥ 6,500 Btu/h | DC.L.O, ≥ 6,500 | 3.15 | AHRI 1250 |
Unit cooler, medium | UC.M | 9.00 | AHRI 1250 |
Unit cooler, low temperature, net capacity (qnet) < 15,500 Btu/h | UC.L, < 15,500 | 1.575 × 10-5 × qnet + 3.91 | AHRI 1250 |
Unit cooler, low temperature, net capacity (qnet) ≥ 15,500 Btu/h | UC.L, ≥ 15,500 | 4.15 | AHRI 1250 |
a | qnet is net capacity (Btu/h) as determined in accordance with AHRI 1250. |
C410.4 Refrigerated case and walk-in display door((s))lighting. Lighting in glass doors in all walk-in coolers and walk-in freezers and all refrigerated warehouse coolers and refrigerated warehouse freezers shall comply with the following:
1. Time-switch controls to turn off lights during nonbusiness hours. Timed overrides for display cases shall turn the lights on for up to 1 hour and shall automatically time out to turn the lights off.
2. Motion sensor controls on each display case section that reduce lighting power by at least 50 percent within 3 minutes after the area within the sensor range is vacated.
C410.5 Refrigeration systems. Refrigerated display cases, walk-in coolers or walk-in freezers that are served by remote compressors and remote condensers not located in a condensing unit, shall comply with Sections C410.5.1, C410.5.2, and C403.9.2.3.
EXCEPTION: | Systems where the working fluid in the refrigeration cycle goes through both subcritical and supercritical states (transcritical) or that use ammonia refrigerant are exempt. |
C410.5.1 Condensers serving refrigeration systems. Fan-powered condensers shall comply with the following:
1. The design saturated condensing temperatures for air-cooled condensers shall not exceed the design dry-bulb temperature plus 10°F (5.6°C) for low-temperature refrigeration systems, and the design dry-bulb temperature plus 15°F (8°C) for medium temperature refrigeration systems where the saturated condensing temperature for blend refrigerants shall be determined using the average of liquid and vapor temperatures as converted from the condenser drain pressure.
2. Condenser fan motors that are less than 1 hp (0.75 kW) shall use electronically commutated motors, permanent split-capacitor-type motors or 3-phase motors.
3. Condenser fans for air-cooled condensers, evaporatively cooled condensers, air- or water-cooled fluid coolers or cooling towers shall reduce fan motor demand to not more than 30 percent of design wattage at 50 percent of design air volume, and incorporate one of the following continuous variable speed fan control approaches:
3.1. Refrigeration system condenser control for air-cooled condensers shall use variable setpoint control logic to reset the condensing temperature setpoint in response to ambient dry-bulb temperature.
3.2. Refrigeration system condenser control for evaporatively cooled condensers shall use variable setpoint control logic to reset the condensing temperature setpoint in response to ambient wet-bulb temperature.
4. Multiple fan condensers shall be controlled in unison.
5. The minimum condensing temperature setpoint shall be not greater than 70°F (21°C).
C410.5.2 Compressor systems. Refrigeration compressor systems shall comply with the following:
1. Compressors and multiple-compressor system suction groups shall include control systems that use floating suction pressure control logic to reset the target suction pressure temperature based on the temperature requirements of the attached refrigeration display cases or walk-ins.
EXCEPTION: | Controls are not required for the following: |
| 1. Single-compressor systems that do not have variable capacity capability. |
| 2. Suction groups that have a design saturated suction temperature of 30°F (-1.1°C) or higher, suction groups that comprise the high stage of a two-stage or cascade system, or suction groups that primarily serve chillers for secondary cooling fluids. |
2. Liquid subcooling shall be provided for all low-temperature compressor systems with a design cooling capacity equal to or greater than 100,000 Btu/hr (29.3 kW) with a design-saturated suction temperature of -10°F (-23°C) or lower. The subcooled liquid temperature shall be controlled at a maximum temperature setpoint of 50°F (10°C) at the exit of the subcooler using either compressor economizer (interstage) ports or a separate compressor suction group operating at a saturated suction temperature of 18°F (-7.8°C) or higher.
2.1. Insulation for liquid lines with a fluid operating temperature less than 60°F (15.6°C) shall comply with Table ((C403.2.10))C403.10.3.
3. Compressors that incorporate internal or external crankcase heaters shall provide a means to cycle the heaters off during compressor operation.
C410.6 Energy metering. Refrigeration systems shall comply with the energy metering requirements in Section C409.
C410.7 Commissioning. Refrigeration systems shall be commissioned in accordance with Section C408.
EXCEPTION: | Self-contained units. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-41100Section C411—Renewable energy.
C411.1 On-site renewable energy. Each new building or addition((larger than 10,000 square feet of gross conditioned floor area shall include a renewable energy generation system consisting of not less than 0.5 W/ft2 or 1.7 Btu/ft2 multiplied by the sum of the gross conditioned floor area))shall be provided with on site renewable electricity generation systems with a direct current (DC) nameplate power rating of not less than 0.75 watts per square foot (8.1 W/m2) multiplied by the sum of the gross conditioned floor area of all floors.
EXCEPTIONS: | ((1. Any building where more than 50 percent of the roof area is shaded from direct beam sunlight by natural objects or by structures that are not part of the building for more than 2500 annual hours between 8:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. |
| 2. Any building where more than 80 percent of the roof area is covered by any combination of equipment other than for on-site renewable energy systems, planters, vegetated space, skylights or occupied roof deck. |
| 3. Buildings which can document they do not have adequate roof area to install the required on-site solar and that comply with Section C411.1.1 may install a lesser amount of on-site renewables but not zero.)) |
| 1. A building or addition with gross conditioned floor area less than 5,000 square feet (465 m2). |
| 2. The on-site renewable energy generation system is not required for affordable housing projects. |
| 3. Where a building's net roof area is not large enough to accommodate the entire on-site renewable energy generation system required by this section, the portion of that system that cannot be accommodated within the net roof area is permitted to be provided by one of the following options: |
| 3.1. Additional energy efficiency credits in accordance with Section C411.1.1. |
| 3.2. Off-site renewable energy in accordance with Section C411.2.1, including the requirements of Sections C411.2, C411.2.2, and C411.2.3 as applicable. |
| 3.3. For projects utilizing the Section C407 simulated building performance compliance path, the on-site renewable energy generation system is not required where the building performance factor (BPF) is not less than 3 percent lower than the maximum BPF permitted cumulatively by all other sections of this code. |
| 3.3.1. Where the BFP is not less than 1 percent lower than the BPF required cumulatively by other sections of this code, the size of the on-site renewable energy generation system required by this section is permitted to be reduced by one-third. |
| 3.3.2. Where the BPF is not less than 2 percent lower than the BPF required cumulatively by other sections of this code, the size of the on-site renewable energy generation system required by this code is permitted to be reduced by two-thirds. |
| 3.4. Where an affordable housing project is available to accept the renewable energy system and where approved by the code official, all or part of the required on-site renewable energy generation system is permitted to be replaced by construction of a system that is 50 percent of the required system size when located on an existing affordable housing project within the state of Washington, or 75 percent of the required system size when located on a new construction affordable housing project within the state of Washington. Documentation demonstrating that the renewable energy generation system has been installed on the affordable housing project site, the system is fully operational, and ownership has been transferred to the owner of the affordable housing project, must be submitted prior to issuance of the certificate of occupancy. |
| 3.5. Where approved by the code official, all or part of the required renewable energy generation system is permitted to be replaced by a contribution as shown in Table C411.1 for each required watt of installed capacity, to the solar energy fund for affordable housing of the Washington State Housing Finance Commission to provide solar energy installations for affordable housing projects. (energy@wshfc.org.) or approved local utility administered fund for constructing renewable energy that benefits affordable housing. Documentation demonstrating that the contribution has been received by the state agency must be submitted to the code official prior to issuance of the certificate of occupancy. |
| For the purposes of Exception 3, the net roof area excludes the following: |
| | 1. Area shaded by existing natural or built objects in accordance with Exception 1 of Section C411.3. |
| | 2. Areas occupied by mechanical equipment, including adjacent equipment service areas required by the manufacturer or by applicable code. |
| | 3. Areas required by applicable codes to remain clear for egress, fire department access, or equipment access. |
| | 4. Areas with slopes greater than 2:12. |
| | 5. Planted or vegetated areas. |
| | 6. Skylights. |
| | 7. Occupied roof decks. |
Table C411.1
Size of Contribution to State Agency
Size of Solar Array | Contribution to State Agency |
Less than 10 kW | $5.00/W |
10 kW to less than 40 kW | $4.00/W |
40 kW to 100 kW | $3.25/W |
Greater than 100 kW | $2.50/W |
C411.1.1 Additional efficiency credits. Buildings which qualify for ((one of the exceptions))Exception 3 in Section C411.1 to omit installation of on-site renewable energy ((must))shall achieve ((an)) additional ((18)) efficiency package credits from Tables C406.2(1) through C406.2(9) equal to 7.5 times the number of credits provided for compliance with the renewable energy measure detailed in Section C406.2.5 in lieu of installing the on-site renewable energy required by Section C411.1. The additional ((18)) credits ((can))are permitted to be reduced based on a prorated fraction of renewable capacity that is installed on-site.
On-site renewable energy installations of lower than required capacity can be counted proportionally toward achievement of required or additional efficiency credits in Section C411.1.1 based on the capacity of renewable energy installed compared to the requirements of Section C411.1.
C411.1.2 Energy storage systems (ESS). Up to one-third of the total on-site renewable generation requirement is permitted to be met through installing an energy storage system (ESS) in lieu of renewable generation at a ratio of 2 watt-hours of storage per 1 watt of nameplate generating capacity.
C411.2 On-site and off-site renewable energy accounting. Qualifying on-site and off-site renewable energy delivered or credited to the building project to comply with this code shall ((meet the requirements of this section. Renewable energy certificates for an on-site or off-site renewable energy system shall be retired on behalf of the building owner for a period of not less than 15 years and tracked in accordance with Section C411.2.3 and submitted to the code official as part of the permit application))comply with Sections C411.2.1, C411.2.2, and C411.2.3 as applicable.
C411.2.1 Qualifying types of off-site renewable energy systems. The following are considered qualifying off-site renewable energy systems:
1. Self-generation (an off-site renewable energy system owned by the building project owner) systems complying with Section C411.2.2.
2. Community renewable energy facility systems complying with Section C411.2.2.
3. ((Purchase))Renewable energy purchase agreement or renewable energy investment fund (RFIF) contracts complying with Sections C411.2.2 and C411.2.3.
4. Each source of renewable electric energy delivered to or credited to the building project shall be connected to the Western Interconnection and energy or capacity shall be multiplied by the factors in Table C411.2.1.
5. Each source of renewable fuels delivered to or credited to the building project used to replace or offset fossil fuel use on-site shall be located within the western region as defined by the Western Interconnection area and energy or capacity shall be multiplied by the factors in Table C411.2.1.
Table C411.2.1
Multipliers for Renewable Energy Procurement Methods
Location | Renewable Energy Source | Renewable Energy Factor |
In the state of Washington | Western Interconnected | In the states of Oregon or Idaho |
On-site | On-site renewable energy system | 1 | NA | NA |
Off-site | Directly owned off-site renewable energy system that begins operation after submission of the initial permit application | 0.95 | 0.75 | 0.85 |
Off-site | Community renewable energy facility that begins operation after submission of the initial permit application | 0.95 | 0.75 | 0.85 |
Off-site | Directly owned off-site renewable energy system that begins operation before submission of the initial permit application | 0.75 | 0.55 | 0.65 |
Off-site | Community renewable energy facility that begins operation before submission of the initial permit application | 0.75 | 0.55 | 0.65 |
Off-site | Renewable ((Power))Energy Purchase Agreement (((PPA))) | 0.75 | 0.55 | 0.65 |
C411.2.2 Documentation requirements for off-site renewable energy systems. Off-site renewable energy delivered or credited to the building project to comply with Section C407.3 item 2.2 shall be subject to a legally binding contract to procure qualifying off-site renewable energy. Qualifying off-site renewable energy shall meet the following requirements:
1. Documentation of off-site renewable energy procurement shall be submitted to the code official.
2. The purchase contract shall have a duration of not less than 15 years. The contract shall be structured to survive a partial or full transfer of ownership of the building property.
3. Records on renewable ((power))energy purchased by the building owner from the off-site renewable energy ((generator))facility that specifically assign the ((RECs))renewable energy certificates (RECs) or renewable thermal certificates (RTCs) to the building owner shall be retained or retired by the building owner on behalf of the entity demonstrating financial or operational control over the building seeking compliance ((to))with this standard and made available for inspection by the code official upon request.
4. RECs and RTCs for an on-site or off-site renewable energy system shall be retired on behalf of the building owner for a period of not less than 15 years and tracked in accordance with Section C411.2.3.
5. Unbundled RECs or RTCs in lieu of a renewable energy purchase agreement are not permitted.
6. Where multiple buildings in a building project are allocated energy procured by a contract subject to this section, the owner shall allocate for not less than 15 years the energy procured by the contract to the buildings in the building project. A plan on operation shall be developed which shall indicate how renewable energy produced from on-site or off-site systems that is not allocated before issuance of the certificate of occupancy will be allocated to new or existing buildings included in the building project.
C411.2.3 Renewable energy certificate (REC) and renewable thermal certificate (RTC) tracking.((For multitenant buildings where RECs are transferred to tenants, the plan for operation shall include procedures for tracking the quantity and vintage of RECs that are required to be retained and retired. The plan shall include provisions to transfer the RECs to building tenants, or to retire RECs on their behalf, in proportion to the gross conditioned and semi-heated floor area leased or rented.)) The plan for operation shall include provisions to use a REC or RTC tracking system that meets the requirements of Section V.B of the Green-e Framework for Renewable Energy Certification or M-RETS for renewable thermal certificates. The plan shall describe how the building owner will procure alternative qualifying renewable energy in the case that the renewable energy producer ceases. For multitenant buildings where RECs or RTCs are transferred to tenants, the plan for operation shall include procedures for tracking the quantity and vintage of RECs or RTCs that are required to be retained and retired. The plan shall include provisions to transfer the RECs or RTCs to building tenants, or to retire RECs or RTCs on their behalf, in proportion to the gross conditioned and semi-heated floor area leased or rented.
C411.3 Solar readiness. A solar zone shall be provided on buildings that are 20 stories or less in height above grade plan. The solar zone shall be located on the roof of the building or on another structure elsewhere on the site. The solar zone shall be in accordance with this section and the International Fire Code.
EXCEPTION: | A solar zone is not required under the following conditions: |
| 1. Where the solar exposure of the building's roof area is less than 75 percent of that of an unshaded area, as defined in Section C411.3.4, in the same location, as measured by one of the following: |
| 1.1. Incident solar radiation expressed in kWh/ft2-yr using typical meteorological year (TMY) data. |
| 1.2. Annual sunlight exposure expressed in cumulative hours per year using TMY data. |
| 1.3. Shadow studies indicating that the roof area is more than 25 percent in shadow, on September 21st at 10 a.m., 11 a.m., 12 p.m., 1 p.m., and 2 p.m. solar time. |
| 2. Buildings, building additions, changes in space conditioning or occupancy where the total floor area is equal to or less than 500 square feet. |
C411.3.1 Minimum area. The minimum area of the solar zone shall be determined by one of the following methods, whichever results in the smaller area:
1. Forty percent of roof area. The roof area shall be calculated as the horizontally projected gross roof area less the area covered by skylights, occupied roof decks, mechanical equipment, mechanical equipment service clearances, and planted areas.
2. Twenty percent of electrical service size. The electrical service size is the rated capacity of the total of all electrical services to the building, and the required solar zone size shall be based upon 10 peak watts of photovoltaic per square foot.
EXCEPTION: | Subject to the approval of the code official, buildings with extensive rooftop equipment that would make full compliance with this section impractical shall be permitted to reduce the size of the solar zone required by Section C411.3 to the maximum practicable area. |
C411.3.2 Contiguous area. The solar zone is permitted to be comprised of separated subzones. Each subzone shall be at least 5 feet wide in the narrowest dimension.
C411.3.3 Obstructions. The solar zone shall be free of pipes, vents, ducts, HVAC equipment, skylights and other obstructions, except those serving photovoltaic systems within the solar zone. The solar zone is permitted to be located above any such obstructions, provided that the racking for support of the future system is installed at the time of construction, the elevated solar zone does not shade other portions of the solar zone, and its height is permitted by the International Building Code. Photovoltaic or solar water heating systems are permitted to be installed within the solar zone.
C411.3.4 Shading. The solar zone shall be set back from any existing or new object on the building or site that is located south, east or west of the solar zone a distance at least two times the object's height above the nearest point on the roof surface. Such objects include, but are not limited to, taller portions of the building itself, parapets, chimneys, antennas, signage, rooftop equipment, trees, and roof plantings. No portion of the solar zone shall be located on a roof slope greater than 2:12 that faces within 45 degrees of true north.
C411.3.5 Access. Areas contiguous to the solar zone shall provide access pathways and provisions for emergency smoke ventilation as required by the International Fire Code.
C411.3.6 Structural integrity. The as-designed dead load and live load for the solar zone shall be clearly marked on the record drawings and shall accommodate future photovoltaic system arrays at an assumed dead load of 4 pounds per square foot in addition to other required live and dead loads. A location for future inverters shall be designated either within or adjacent to the solar zone, with a minimum area of 2 square feet for each 1000 square feet of solar zone area, and shall accommodate an assume dead load of 175 pounds per square foot. Where photovoltaic systems are installed in the solar zone, structural analysis shall be based upon calculated loads, not upon these assumed loads.
C411.3.7 Photovoltaic interconnection. Interconnection of the future photovoltaic system shall be provided for at the main service panel, either ahead of the service disconnecting means or at the end of the bus opposite the service disconnecting means, in one of the following forms:
1. A space for the mounting of a future overcurrent device, sized to accommodate the largest standard rated overcurrent device that is less than 20 percent of the bus rating.
2. Lugs sized to accommodate conductors with an ampacity of at least 20 percent of the bus rating, to enable the mounting of an external overcurrent device for interconnection.
The electrical construction documents shall indicate all of the following:
1. Solar zone boundaries and access pathways.
2. Location for future inverters and metering equipment.
3. Route for future wiring between the photovoltaic panels and the inverter, and between the inverter and the main service panel.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-41200Section C412—Compressed air systems.
C412.1 General. All new compressed air systems, and all additions or alterations of compressed air systems where the total combined horsepower (hp) of the compressor(s) is 25 hp or more, shall meet the requirements of this section. These requirements apply to the compressors, related piping systems, and related controls that provide compressed air and do not apply to any equipment or controls that use or process the compressed air.
EXCEPTION: | Medical gas compressed air systems in health care facilities. |
C412.2 Trim compressor and storage. The compressed air system shall be equipped with an appropriately sized trim compressor and primary storage to provide acceptable performance across the range of the system and to avoid control gaps. The compressed air system shall comply with 1 or 2 below:
1. The compressed air system shall include one or more variable speed drive (VSD) compressors. For systems with more than one compressor, the total combined capacity of the VSD compressor(s) acting as trim compressors must be at least 1.25 times the largest net capacity increment between combinations of compressors. The compressed air systems hall include primary storage of at least one gallon per actual cubic feet per minute (acfm) of the largest trim compressor; or
2. The compressed air system shall include a compressor or set of compressors with total effective trim capacity at least the size of the largest net capacity increment between combinations of compressors, or the size of the smallest compressor, whichever is larger. The total effective trim capacity of single compressor systems shall cover at least the range from 70 percent to 100 percent of rated capacity. The effective trim capacity of a compressor is the size of the continuous operational range where the specific power of the compressor (kW/100 acfm) is within 15 percent of the specific power at its most efficient operating point. The total effective trim capacity of the system is the sum of the effective trim capacity of the trim compressors. The system shall include primary storage of at least 2 gallons per acfm of the largest trim compressor.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Alterations where the total combined added or replaced compressor horsepower is less than the average per-compressor horsepower of all compressors in the system. |
| 2. Alterations where all added or replaced compressors are variable speed drive (VSD) compressors and compressed air systems includes primary storage of at least one gallon per acfm of the largest trim compressor. |
| 3. Compressed air systems that have been preapproved as having demonstrated that the system serves loads for which typical air demand fluctuates less than 10 percent. |
| 4. Alterations of existing compressed air systems that include one or more centrifugal compressors. |
C412.3 Controls.Compressed air systems with three or more compressors and a combined horsepower rating of more than 100 hp, shall operate with controls that are ((able))configured to choose the most energy efficient combination and loading of compressors within the system based on the current compressed air demand.
C412.4 Monitoring.Compressed air systems having a combined horsepower rating equal to or greater than 100 hp shall have an energy and air demand monitoring system with the following minimum requirements:
1. Measurement of system pressure.
2. Measurement of amps or power of each compressor.
3. Measurement or determination of total airflow from compressors in cfm.
4. Data logging of pressure, power in kW, airflow in cfm, and compressed air system specific efficiency in kW/100 cfm at intervals of five minutes or less.
5. Maintained data storage of at least the most recent 24 months.
6. Visual trending display of each recorded point, load and specific efficiency.
C412.5 Leak testing of compressed air piping.Compressed air system piping greater than 50 adjoining feet in length shall be pressure tested after being isolated from the compressed air supply and end-uses. The piping shall be pressurized to the design pressure and test pressures shall be held for a length of time at the discretion of the local jurisdiction, but in no case for less than 30 minutes, with no perceptible drop in pressure.
If dial gauges are used for conducting this test, for pressure tests less than or equal to 100 psi (689 kPa) gauges shall be incremented in units of 1 psi (7 kPa) less, for pressure tests greater than 100 psi (689 kPa) gauges shall be incremented in units less than 2 percent of the test pressure. Test gauges shall have a pressure range not exceeding twice the test pressure.
Piping less than or equal to 50 adjoining feet in length shall be pressurized and inspected. Connections shall be tested with a noncorrosive leak-detecting fluid or other leak-detecting methods as preapproved by the local jurisdiction.
C412.6 Pipe sizing. Compressed air piping greater than 50 adjoining feet in length shall be designed and installed to minimize frictional losses in the distribution network. These piping installations shall meet the requirements of Section C412.6.1 and either Section C412.6.2 or C412.6.3.
C412.6.1 Service line piping. Service line piping shall have inner diameters greater than or equal to 3/4 inch. Service line piping are pipes that deliver compressed air from distribution piping to end uses.
C412.6.2 Piping section average velocity. Compressor room interconnection and main header piping shall be sized so that at coincident peak flow conditions, the average velocity in the segment of pipe is no greater than 20 ft/sec. Compressor room interconnection and main header piping are the pipes that deliver compressed air from the compressor outlets to the inlet to the distribution piping. Each segment of distribution and service piping shall be sized so that at coincident peak flow conditions, the average velocity in the segment of pipe is no greater than 30 ft/sec. Distribution piping are pipes that deliver compressed air from the compressor room interconnection piping or main header piping to the service line piping.
C412.6.3 Piping total pressure drop. Piping shall be designed such that piping frictional pressure loss at coincident peak loads are less than 5 percent of operating pressure between the compressor and end use or end use regulator.
C412.7 Compressed air system acceptance. Before an occupancy permit is granted for a compressed air system, a certificate of acceptance shall be submitted to the enforcement agency that certifies that the equipment and systems meet the requirements of this code.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-03-085, filed 1/16/24, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-50000Chapter 5 [CE]—Existing buildings.
C501 General.
C501.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall control the alteration, repair, addition and change of occupancy of existing buildings and structures.
C501.1.1 Existing buildings. Except as specified in this chapter, this code shall not be used to require the removal, alteration or abandonment of, nor prevent the continued use and maintenance of, an existing building or building system lawfully in existence at the time of adoption of this code. Unaltered portions of existing buildings used ((for residential purposes))as a Group R occupancy that received a certificate of occupancy at least three years prior to a permit application for ((residential uses))use as a Group R occupancy shall not be required to comply with this code.
C501.2 Compliance.Additions, alterations, repairs, changes in space conditioning and changes of occupancy to, or relocation of, existing buildings and structures shall comply with Section C502, C503, C504, or C505 of this code, and with all applicable provisions in the International Building Code, International Existing Building Code, International Fire Code, International Fuel Gas Code, International Mechanical Code, Uniform Plumbing Code, and NFPA 70.
C501.2.1 U-factor requirements for additions and alterations. For existing building projects where an addition or building thermal envelope alteration area is combined with existing-to-remain building areas to demonstrate compliance with this code as a whole building, the U-factors applied to existing-to-remain envelope assemblies shall be in accordance with record documents.
EXCEPTION: | If accurate record documents are not available, U-factors for the existing envelope assemblies may be in accordance with the edition of the Washington State Energy Code that was in effect at the time the building was permitted, or as approved by the code official. |
C501.2.2 Calculations of mechanical heating and cooling loads for alterations. For the installation of new or replacement mechanical equipment that serves existing building areas, design loads associated with heating, cooling and ventilation of the existing building areas served shall be determined in accordance with Section C403.1.2.
R-values and U-factors used to determine existing thermal envelope performance for the purpose of calculating design loads shall be in accordance with record documents or existing conditions.
EXCEPTION: | If accurate record documents are not available, R-values and U-factors used to determine existing building thermal envelope performance may be in accordance with the edition of the Washington State Energy Code that was in effect at the time the building was permitted, or as approved by the code official. |
C501.3 Maintenance.Buildings and structures, and parts thereof, shall be maintained in a safe and sanitary condition. Devices and systems which are required by this code shall be maintained in conformance with the code edition under which installed. The owner or the owner's authorized agent shall be responsible for the maintenance of buildings and structures. The requirements of this chapter shall not provide the basis for removal or abrogation of energy conservation, fire protection and safety systems and devices in existing structures.
C501.4 New and replacement materials. Except as otherwise required or permitted by this code, materials permitted by the applicable code for new construction shall be used. Like materials shall be permitted for repairs, provided no hazard to life, health or property is created. Hazardous materials shall not be used where the code for new construction would not permit their use in buildings of similar occupancy, purpose and location.
C501.5 Historic buildings. Provisions of this code relating to the construction, repair, alteration, restoration and movement of structures, and change of occupancy shall not be mandatory for historic buildings provided that a report has been submitted to the code official and signed by a registered design professional, or a representative of the state historic preservation office or the historic preservation authority having jurisdiction, demonstrating that compliance with that provision would threaten, degrade or destroy the historic form, fabric or function of the building.
C501.6 Commissioning.((Existing building systems shall be commissioned in accordance with Section C408. For the purposes of meeting the commissioning thresholds in Section C408.1, only the new and altered system capacities are considered when determining whether the project is exempt from some portion of the commissioning process.))New and altered existing building systems shall be commissioned in accordance with Section C408. Only the capacities of the new and altered systems shall be included in the calculations to determine if a discipline is exempt from the commissioning process. For an existing building project, exception capacity thresholds shall be reduced by 50 percent unless the project floor area is greater than 50 percent of the total building floor area.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-50200Section C502—Additions.
C502.1 General.Additions to an existing building, building system or portion thereof shall conform to the provisions of this code as they relate to new construction without requiring the unaltered portion of the existing building or building system to comply with this code. Additions shall not create an unsafe or hazardous condition or overload existing building systems. An addition shall be deemed to comply with this code if the addition alone complies or if the existing building and addition comply with this code as a single building. This allowance applies to prescriptive compliance in accordance with Section C502.2 or ((total))simulated building performance in accordance with Section C407.
C502.1.1 Additional energy efficiency credits.Additions shall comply with Section C406.1. The addition shall be deemed to comply with this section if the addition alone complies or if the addition area is combined with existing building areas to demonstrate compliance with an additional efficiency credit.
C502.1.2 Renewable energy.Additions shall comply with Section C411. The addition shall be deemed to comply with this section if the addition alone complies or if the addition area is combined with existing building areas to demonstrate compliance with the requirements for on-site renewable energy or solar readiness, as applicable.
C502.2 Prescriptive compliance.Additions shall comply with Sections C502.2.1 through C502.2.6.2.
C502.2.1 Building mechanical systems. New mechanical systems and equipment serving the building heating, cooling or ventilation needs, that are installed as a part of the addition shall comply with Sections C403, C408.2, C501.6, and C506.1.
C502.2.2 Service water heating systems. New service water-heating systems and equipment that are installed as a part of the addition shall comply with Sections C404, C408.3, C501.6, and C506.1.
C502.2.3 Pools and permanent spas. Systems and equipment serving new pools and permanent spas that are installed as a part of the addition shall comply with Sections C404.11, C408.3, C501.6, and C506.1.
C502.2.4 Electrical power and lighting systems and motors. New electrical power and lighting systems and motors that are installed as a part of the addition shall comply with Sections C405, C408.4, C501.6, and C506.1.
C502.2.4.1 Interior lighting power. The total interior lighting power for the addition shall comply with Section C405.4.2 for the addition alone, or the existing building and the addition shall comply as a single building.
C502.2.4.2 Exterior lighting power. The total exterior lighting power for the addition shall comply with Section C405.5.2 for the addition alone, or the existing building and the addition shall comply as a single building.
C502.2.5 Refrigeration systems. New refrigerated spaces and refrigeration systems and equipment that are installed as a part of the addition shall comply with Sections C408.7, C410, C501.6, and C506.1.
C502.2.6 Building thermal envelope.Additions shall comply with Sections C402.1 through C402.5, C502.2.6.1 and C502.2.6.2.
EXCEPTION: | Air leakage testing is not required for additions smaller than 500 square feet (46 m2). |
C502.2.6.1 Vertical fenestration.Additions with vertical fenestration shall comply with the following:
1. Where an addition with vertical fenestration area results in a total building vertical fenestration area less than or equal to the maximum allowed by Section C402.4.1, the addition shall comply with Section C402.4.
2. Where an addition with vertical fenestration area results in a total building vertical fenestration area greater than the maximum allowed by Section C402.4.1 (regardless of the ratio prior to the addition), the addition shall comply with one of the following:
2.1. Component performance alternative with target area adjustment per Section ((C402.1.5))C402.1.4 for the addition area of the building only.
2.2. Existing building and addition area are combined to demonstrate compliance with the component performance alternative for the whole building. U-factors applied to existing envelope assemblies in the UA calculation shall comply with Section C501.2.1.
2.3. ((Total))Simulated building performance in accordance with Section C407 for the addition area of the building only.
2.4. ((Total))Simulated building performance for the whole building.
C502.2.6.2 Skylights.Additions with skylights shall comply with the following:
1. Where an addition with skylight area results in a total building skylight area less than or equal to the maximum allowed by Section C402.4.1, the addition shall comply with Section C402.4.
2. Where an addition with skylight area results in a total building skylight area greater than the maximum allowed by Section C402.4.1 (regardless of the ratio prior to the addition), the addition shall comply with one of the following:
2.1. Component performance alternative with target area adjustment per Section ((C402.1.5))C402.1.4 for the addition area of the building only.
2.2. Existing building and addition area are combined to demonstrate compliance with the component performance alternative for the whole building. U-factors applied to existing envelope assemblies in the UA calculation shall comply with Section C501.2.1.
2.3. ((Total))Simulated building performance in accordance with Section C407 for the addition area of the building only.
2.4. ((Total))Simulated building performance for the whole building.
C502.3 Additional requirements for additions. An addition that increases the gross conditioned floor area of an existing building by greater than or equal to 50 percent or has a gross conditioned floor area greater than 20,000 square feet shall comply with Section C401.4.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-50300Section C503—Alterations.
C503.1 General.Alterations to any building or structure shall comply with the requirements of Section C503 and the code for new construction. Alterations to an existing building, building system or portion thereof shall conform to the provisions of this code as they relate to new construction without requiring the unaltered portions of the existing building or building system to comply with this code. Alterations shall be such that the existing building or structure is no less conforming with the provisions of this code than the existing building or structure was prior to the alteration. The additional energy efficiency credit requirements in Section C406.1 and the renewable energy requirements in Section C411 do not apply to alterations, except change of space conditioning or occupancy in compliance with Section C505.
EXCEPTION: | The following alterations need not comply with the requirements for new construction provided the energy use of the building is not increased: |
| 1. Storm windows installed over existing fenestration. |
| 2. Surface applied window film installed on existing single pane fenestration assemblies to reduce solar heat gain provided the code does not require the glazing fenestration to be replaced. |
| 3. ((Existing ceiling, wall or floor cavities exposed during construction provided that these cavities are insulated to full depth with insulation having a minimum nominal value of R-3.0 per inch installed per Section C402. |
| 4. Construction where the existing roof, wall or floor cavity is not exposed. |
| 5.))Roof recover. |
| 4. Roof replacement where roof assembly insulation is integral to or located below the structural roof deck. |
| ((6.))5.Air barriers shall not be required for roof recover and roof replacement where the alterations or renovations to the building do not include alterations, renovations or repairs to the remainder of the building thermal envelope. |
| ((7.))6. Replacement of existing doors that separate conditioned space from the exterior shall not require the installation of a vestibule or revolving door, provided however that an existing vestibule that separates a conditioned space from the exterior shall not be removed. |
| 7. An existing building undergoing alterations that complies with Section C407. |
C503.2 Reserved.
C503.3 Building thermal envelope.((New building envelope assemblies that are part of the alteration shall comply with Sections C402.1 through C402.5 and Sections C503.3.1 through C503.3.3.))Alterations of existing building thermal envelope assemblies shall comply with this section. New building thermal envelope assemblies that are part of the alteration shall comply with Section C402. An area-weighted average U-factor for new and altered portions of the building thermal envelope shall be permitted to satisfy the U-factor requirements in Table C402.1.2. The existing R-value of insulation shall not be reduced for the U-factor of a building thermal envelope assembly be increased as part of a building thermal envelope alteration except where complying with Section C407.
EXCEPTION: | Air leakage testing is not required for alterations and repairs((, unless the project includes a change in space conditioning according to Section C503.2 or a change of occupancy or use according to Section C505.1)). |
C503.3.1 Roof ((replacement)), ceiling and attic alterations.((Roof replacements shall comply with Table C402.1.3 or C402.1.4 where the existing roof assembly is part of the building thermal envelope and contains no insulation or the insulation is located entirely above the roof deck. In no case shall the R-value of the roof insulation be reduced or the U-factor of the roof assembly be increased as part of the roof replacement.))Insulation complying with Sections C402.1 and C402.2.1 shall be provided for the following alterations:
1. An alteration of roof/ceiling construction other than reroofing where existing insulation located below the roof deck or on an attic floor above conditioned space does not comply with Table C402.1.2.
2. Roof replacement or a roof alteration that includes removing and replacing the roof covering, where the roof assembly includes insulation entirely above the roof deck.
EXCEPTION: | Where compliance with Section C402.1 cannot be met due to limiting conditions on an existing roof, an approved design shall be submitted with the following: |
| 1. Construction documents that include a report by a registered design professional or an approved source documenting details of the limiting conditions affecting compliance with the insulation requirements. |
| 2. Construction documents that include a roof design by a registered design professional. |
| 3. Conversion of unconditioned attic space into conditioned space. |
| 4. Replacement of ceiling finishes exposing cavities or surfaces of the roof/ceiling construction. |
C503.3.2 Vertical fenestration.Alterations that include the addition of new vertical fenestration area shall comply with one of the following:
1. Where the addition of new vertical fenestration area results in a total building vertical fenestration area less than or equal to the maximum allowed by Section C402.4.1, the alteration shall comply with Section C402.4.
2. Where the addition of new vertical fenestration area result in a total building vertical fenestration area greater than the maximum allowed by Section C402.4.1 (regardless of the ratio prior to the addition), the alteration shall comply with one of the following:
2.1. Vertical fenestration alternate in accordance with Section C402.4.1.1 for the new vertical fenestration added, where the calculation of vertical fenestration area and gross above-grade wall area shall include either the entire building or, where approved, only those areas of the building involved in the alteration.
2.2. ((Vertical fenestration alternate in accordance with Section C402.4.1.1 for the area adjacent to the new vertical fenestration added.
2.3.)) Existing building and alteration areas are combined to demonstrate compliance with the component performance alternate in accordance with Section ((C402.1.5))C402.1.4 for the whole building. U-factors applied to existing envelope assemblies in the UA calculation shall comply with Section C501.2.1. The Proposed Total UA is allowed to be up to 110 percent of the Allowed Total UA.
((2.4. Total building performance))2.3. Simulated building performance in accordance with Section C407 for the whole building. The total annual site energy use of the proposed design is allowed to be up to 110 percent of the annual site energy use allowed in accordance with Section C407.3.
3. Where the alteration does not increase the existing fenestration area, the alteration shall comply with Section C402.4.
EXCEPTION: | Where approved by the code official, additional fenestration is permitted where sufficient envelope upgrades beyond those required by other sections of this code are included in the project so that the addition of new vertical fenestration does not cause an increase in the overall energy use of the building. |
C503.3.2.1 Replacement fenestration products. Where some or all of an existing fenestration unit is replaced with a new fenestration product, including sash and glazing, the replacement fenestration unit shall meet the applicable requirements for U-factor and SHGC in Table C402.4.
EXCEPTION: | An area-weighted average of the U-factor of replacement fenestration products being installed in the building for each fenestration product category listed in Table C402.4 shall be permitted to satisfy the U-factor requirements for each fenestration product category listed in Table C402.4. Individual fenestration products from different product categories listed in Table C402.4 shall not be combined in calculating the area-weighted average U-factor. |
C503.3.3 Skylights.Alterations that include the addition of new skylight area shall comply with the following:
1. Where the addition of new skylight area results in a total building skylight area less than or equal to the maximum allowed by Section C402.4.1, the alteration shall comply with Section C402.4.
2. Where the addition of new skylight area results in a total building skylight area greater than the maximum allowed by Section C402.4.1 (regardless of the ratio prior to the addition), the alteration shall comply with one of the following:
2.1. Existing building and alteration area are combined to demonstrate compliance with the component performance alternative with target area adjustment in accordance with Section ((C402.1.5))C402.1.4 for the whole building. U-factors applied to existing envelope assemblies in the UA calculation shall comply with Section C501.2.1. The Proposed Total UA is allowed to be up to 110 percent of the Allowed Total UA.
2.2. ((Total))Simulated building performance in accordance with Section C407 for the whole building. The annual site energy use of the proposed design is allowed to be up to 110 percent of the annual site energy use allowed in accordance with Section C407.3.
EXCEPTION: | Additional envelope upgrades are included in the project so the addition of new skylights does not cause a reduction in overall building energy efficiency, as approved by the code official. |
C503.3.4 Above-grade wall alterations.Above-grade wall alterations shall comply with the following:
1. Where wall cavities are exposed, the cavity shall be filled with cavity insulation complying with Section C303.1.4. New cavities created shall be insulated in accordance with Section C402.1.
2. Where exterior wall coverings and fenestration are added or replaced for the full extent of any exterior wall assembly on one or more elevations of the building, insulation shall be provided where required in accordance with one of the following:
2.1. An R-value of continuous insulation not less than that designated in Table C402.1.3 for the applicable above-grade wall type and existing cavity insulation R-value, if any;
2.2. An R-value of not less than that required to bring the above-grade wall into compliance with Table C402.1.2; or
2.3. An approved design that minimizes deviation from the insulation requirements of Section C402.1.
3. Where Items 1 and 2 apply, the insulation shall be provided in accordance with Section C402.1.
Where any of the above requirements are applicable, the above-grade wall alteration shall comply with Sections 1402.2 and 1404.3 of the International Building Code.
C503.3.5 Floor alterations. Where an alteration to a floor or floor overhang exposes cavities or surfaces to which insulation can be applied, and the floor or floor overhang is part of the building thermal envelope, the floor or floor overhang shall be brought into compliance with Section C402.1. This requirement applies to floor alterations where the floor cavities or surfaces are exposed and unobstructed prior to construction.
C503.3.6 Below-grade wall alterations. Where unconditioned below-grade space is changed to conditioned space, walls enclosing such conditioned space shall be insulated where required in accordance with Section C402.1. Where the below-grade space is conditioned space and where walls enclosing such space are altered, they shall be insulated where required in accordance with Section C402.1.
C503.3.7 Air barrier. Altered building thermal envelope assemblies shall be provided with an air barrier in accordance with Section C402.5.1. Such air barrier need not be continuous with unaltered portions of the building thermal envelope. Testing requirements of Section C402.5.2 shall not be required.
C503.4 Building mechanical systems. Components of existing mechanical systems that are altered or replaced shall comply with Section C403 or Section C407, unless specifically exempted in Section C503.4, and Sections C408.2, C501.2.2, C501.6, C503.4.2 through C503.4.6, and C506.1. Additions or alterations shall not be made to an existing mechanical system that will cause the existing system to become out of compliance.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Existing mechanical systems are not required to be modified to comply with Section C403.3.5 where mechanical cooling capacity is not added to a system that did not have cooling capacity prior to the alteration. |
| 2. Compliance with Section C403.1.4 is not required where the alteration does not include replacement of a heating appliance. |
| 3. Alternate mechanical system designs that are not in full compliance with this code may be approved when the code official determines that existing building constraints including, but not limited to, available mechanical space, limitations of the existing structure, or proximity to adjacent air intakes or exhausts makes full compliance impractical. Alternate designs shall include additional energy saving strategies not prescriptively required by this code for the scope of the project including, but not limited to, demand control ventilation, energy recovery, or increased mechanical cooling or heating equipment efficiency above that required by Tables C403.3.2(1) through C403.3.2 (16). |
| 4. Only those components of existing HVAC systems that are altered or replaced shall be required to comply with Section C403.8.1. Section C403.8.1 does not require the removal and replacement of existing system ductwork. Additional fan power allowances are available when determining the fan power budget (Fan kWbudget) as specified in Table C503.4. These values can be added to the fan power allowance values in Tables C403.8.1.1(1) and C403.8.1.1(2) when calculating a new Fan kWbudget for the fan system being altered. The additional fan power allowance is not applicable to alterations that add or change passive components which do not increase the fan system static pressure. |
Table C503.4
Additional Fan Power Allowances (W/CFM)
Airflow | Multi-Zone VAV Systemsa ≤5,000 cfm | Multi-Zone VAV Systemsa ˃5,000 and ≤10,000 cfm | Multi-Zone VAV Systemsa ˃10,000 cfm | All Other Fan Systems ≤5,000 cfm | All Other Fan Systems ˃5,000 and ≤10,000 cfm | All Other Fan Systems ˃10,000 cfm |
Supply Fan System additional allowance | 0.135 | 0.114 | 0.105 | 0.139 | 0.120 | 0.107 |
Supply Fan System additional allowance in unit with adapter curb | 0.033 | 0.033 | 0.043 | 0.000 | 0.000 | 0.000 |
Exhaust/ Relief/ Return/ Transfer Fan System additional allowance | 0.070 | 0.061 | 0.054 | 0.070 | 0.062 | 0.055 |
Exhaust/ Relief/ Return/ Transfer Fan System additional allowance with adapter curb | 0.016 | 0.017 | 0.220 | 0.000 | 0.000 | 0.000 |
a | See definition of FAN SYSTEM, MULTI-ZONE VARIABLE AIR VOLUME (VAV). |
C503.4.1 New building mechanical systems. All new mechanical systems and equipment in existing buildings shall comply with Sections C403, C408.2, C501.6, and C506.1. A new mechanical system includes heating and cooling equipment, distribution system components, and controls. This includes new stand-alone heating appliances that do not require distribution system components.
C503.4.2 Replacement or added roof-mounted mechanical equipment. For roofs with insulation entirely above the roof deck and where existing roof-mounted mechanical equipment is replaced or new equipment is added, and the existing roof does not comply with the insulation requirements for new construction in accordance with Sections C402.1 and C402.2.1, curbs for added or replaced equipment shall be of a height necessary to accommodate the future addition of above-deck roof insulation to be installed in accordance with Section C503.3.1, Item 2. The curb height shall be a minimum of 12 inches (30.5 cm) in Climate Zone 4 and 24 inches (61 cm) in Climate Zone 5, measured from the top of the curb to the top of the roof deck.
C503.4.3 Addition of cooling capacity. Where mechanical cooling is added to a space that was not previously cooled, the mechanical system shall comply with either Section C403.3.5 or C403.5.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Qualifying small equipment: Economizers are not required for cooling units and split systems serving one zone with a total cooling capacity rated in accordance with Section C403.3.2 of less than 33,000 Btu/h (hereafter referred to as qualifying small systems) provided that these are high-efficiency cooling equipment with SEER and EER values more than 15 percent higher than minimum efficiencies listed in Tables C403.3.2 (1), (2), (4), (8), (9), and (14), in the appropriate size category, using the same test procedures. Equipment shall be listed in the appropriate certification program to qualify for this exception. The total capacity of all qualifying small equipment without economizers shall not exceed 72,000 Btu/h per building, or 5 percent of the building total air economizer capacity, whichever is greater. |
| Notes and exclusions for Exception 1: |
| 1.1. The portion of the equipment serving Group R occupancies is not included in determining the total capacity of all units without economizers in a building. |
| 1.2. Redundant units are not counted in the capacity limitations. |
| 1.3. This exception shall not be used for the initial tenant improvement of a shell-and-core building or space, or for ((Total Building Performance))simulated building performance in accordance with Section C407. |
| 1.4. This exception shall not be used for unitary cooling equipment installed outdoors or in a mechanical room adjacent to the outdoors. |
| 2. Chilled water terminal units connected to systems with chilled water generation equipment with IPLV values more than 25 percent higher than minimum part load equipment efficiencies listed in Table C403.3.2 (3), in the appropriate size category, using the same test procedures. Equipment shall be listed in the appropriate certification program to qualify for this exception. The total capacity of all systems without economizers shall not exceed 480,000 Btu/h per building, or 20 percent of the building total air economizer capacity, whichever is greater. |
| Notes and exclusions for Exception 2: |
| 2.1. The portion of the equipment serving Group R occupancy is not included in determining the total capacity of all units without economizers in a building. |
| 2.2. This exception shall not be used for the initial tenant improvement of a shell-and-core building or space, or for ((total))simulated building performance in accordance with Section C407. |
((C503.4.3))C503.4.4 Alterations or replacement of existing cooling systems. Alterations to, or replacement of, existing mechanical cooling systems shall not decrease the building total economizer capacity unless the system complies with either Section C403.3.5 or C403.5. System alterations or replacement shall comply with Table ((C503.4.3))C503.4.4 when either the individual cooling unit capacity or the building total capacity of all cooling equipment without economizer does not comply with the exceptions in Section C403.5. Equipment replacements that include space heating shall also comply with Section ((C503.4.6))C503.4.7.
Table ((C503.4.3))C503.4.4
Economizer Compliance Options for Mechanical Alterations
| Option A | Option B (alternate to A) | Option C (alternate to A) | Option D (alternate to A) |
Unit Type | Any alteration with new or replacement equipment | Replacement unit of the same type with the same or smaller output capacity | Replacement unit of the same type with a larger output capacity | New equipment added to existing system or replacement unit of a different type |
1. Packaged Units | Efficiency: min. a Economizer: C403.5b | Efficiency: min. a Economizer: C403.5b | Efficiency: min. a Economizer: C403.5b | Efficiency: min. a Economizer: C403.5b |
2. Split Systems | Efficiency: min. a Economizer: C403.5b | For units ≤ 60,000 Btuh, comply with two of two measures: 1. Efficiency: + 10%e 2. Economizer: shall not decrease existing economizer capability | For units ≤ 60,000 Btuh replacing unit installed prior to 1991 comply with at least one of two measures: 1. Efficiency: + 10%e 2. Economizer: 50% f | Efficiency: min. a Economizer: C403.5b |
For all other capacities: Efficiency: min.a Economizer: C403.5b | For all other capacities: Efficiency: min.a Economizer: C403.5b |
3. Water Source Heat Pump | Efficiency: min. a Economizer: C403.5b | For units ≤ 72,000 Btuh, comply with at least two of three measures: 1. Efficiency: +10%e 2. Flow control valve g 3. Economizer: 50% f | For units ≤ 72,000 Btuh, comply with at least three of three measures: 1. Efficiency: +10%e 2. Flow control valve g 3. Economizer: 50% f (except for certain pre-1991 systems q) | Efficiency: min. a Economizer: C403.5b (except for certain pre-1991 systems q) |
| | For all other capacities: Efficiency: min.a Economizer: C403.5b | For all other capacities: Efficiency: min.a Economizer: C403.5b | |
4. Water Economizer using Air-Cooled Heat Rejection Equipment (Dry Cooler) | Efficiency: min. a Economizer: C403.5b | Efficiency: + 5%d Economizer: shall not decrease existing economizer capacity | Efficiency: min.a Economizer: C403.5b | Efficiency: min. a Economizer: C403.5b |
5. Air-Handling Unit (including fan coil units) where the system has an air-cooled chiller | Efficiency: min. a Economizer: C403.5b | Economizer: shall not decrease existing economizer capacity | Efficiency: min.a Economizer: C403.5b (except for certain pre-1991 systems q) | Efficiency: min.a Economizer: C403.5b (except for certain pre-1991 systems q) |
6. Air-Handling Unit (including fan coil units) and Water-cooled Process Equipment, where the system has a water-cooled chiller10 | Efficiency: min. a Economizer: C403.5b | Economizer: shall not decrease existing economizer capacity | Efficiency: min.a Economizer: C403.5b (except for certain pre-1991 systems q and certain 1991-2016 systems i) | Efficiency: min. a Economizer: C403.5b (except for certain pre-1991 systems q and certain 1991-2016 systems i) |
7. Cooling Tower | Efficiency: min. a Economizer: C403.5b | No requirements | Efficiency: min.a Economizer: C403.5b | Efficiency: min.a Economizer: C403.5b |
8. Air-Cooled Chiller | Efficiency: min. a Economizer: C403.5b | Efficiency: + 10%k Economizer: shall not decrease existing economizer capacity | Efficiency: Comply with two of two measures: 1. + 10% k,l and 2. Multistage compressor(s) Economizer: shall not decrease existing economizer capacity | Efficiency: min. a Economizer: C403.5b |
9. Water-Cooled Chiller | Efficiency: min. a Economizer: C403.5b | Efficiency: Comply with at least one of two measures: 1. Part load IPLV + 15%n or 2. Plate frame heat exchanger o Economizer: shall not decrease existing economizer capacity | Efficiency: Comply with two of two measures: 1. Part load IPLV + 15% n 2. Plate-frame heat exchanger o Economizer: shall not decrease existing economizer capacity | Efficiency: min. a Economizer: C403.5b |
10. Package Terminal Air Conditioner | Efficiency: min. a Economizer: C403.5b | Efficiency: + 5%a Economizer: shall not decrease existing economizer capacity | Efficiency: + 5%a Economizer: shall not decrease existing economizer capacity | Efficiency: min. a Economizer: C403.5b |
11. Package Terminal Heat Pump | Efficiency: min. a Economizer: C403.5b | Cooling efficiency: + 5%d Heating efficiency: + 10%e Shall not decrease existing economizer capacity | Cooling efficiency: + 5%d Heating efficiency: + 10%e Shall not decrease existing economizer capacity | Efficiency: min. a Economizer: C403.5b |
a | Minimum equipment efficiency shall comply with Section C403.3.2 and the tables in Section C403.3.2. |
b | All separate new equipment and replacement equipment shall have air economizer complying with Section C403.5 including both the individual unit size limits and the total building capacity limits on units without economizer. It is acceptable to comply using one of the exceptions to Section C403.5. |
c | Reserved. |
d | Equipment shall have a capacity-weighted average cooling system efficiency that is 5% better than the requirements in the tables in Section C403.3.2 (1.05 × values in the tables). |
e | Equipment shall have a capacity-weighted average cooling system efficiency that is 10% better than the requirements in the tables in Section C403.3.2 (1.10 × values in the tables). |
f | Minimum of 50% air economizer that is ducted in a fully enclosed path directly to every heat pump unit in each zone, except that ducts may terminate within 12 inches of the intake to an HVAC unit provided that they are physically fastened so that the outside air duct is directed into the unit intake. If this is an increase in the amount of outside air supplied to this unit, the outside air supply system shall be configured to provide this additional outside air and be equipped with economizer control. |
g | Water-source heat pump systems shall have a flow control valve to eliminate flow through the heat pumps that are not in operation and variable speed pumping control complying with Section C403.4.3 for that heat pump. |
| | - When the total capacity of all units with flow control valves exceeds 15% of the total system capacity, a variable frequency drive shall be installed on the main loop pump. |
| | - As an alternate to this requirement, the capacity-weighted average cooling system efficiency shall be 5% better than the requirements in footnote e for water-source heat pumps (i.e., a minimum of 15% greater than the requirements in Table C403.3.2(14)). |
h | Water economizer equipment shall have a capacity-weighted average cooling system efficiency that is 10% better than the requirements in Tables C403.3.2(7), C403.3.2(10), and C403.3.2(16) (1.10 × values in Tables C403.3.2(7), C403.3.2(10), and C403.3.2(16)). |
i | Air economizer is not required for systems installed with water economizer plate and frame heat exchanger complying with previous codes between 1991 and June 2016, provided that the total fan coil load does not exceed the existing or added capacity of the heat exchangers. |
j | For water-cooled process equipment where the manufacturers specifications require colder temperatures than available with waterside economizer, that portion of the load is exempt from the economizer requirements. |
k | The air-cooled chiller shall have an IPLV efficiency that is a minimum of 10% greater than the IPLV requirements in EER in Table C403.3.2(3) (1.10 × IPLV values in EER in Table C403.3.2(3)). |
l | The air-cooled chiller shall be multistage with a minimum of two compressors. |
m | The water-cooled chiller shall have full load and part load IPLV efficiency that is a minimum of 5% greater than the IPLV requirements in Table C403.3.2(3). |
n | The water-cooled chiller shall have an IPLV value that is a minimum of 15% lower than the IPLV requirements in Table C403.3.2(3) ( 0.85 × IPLV values in Table C403.3.2 (3)). Water-cooled centrifugal chillers designed for nonstandard conditions shall have an NPLV value that is at least 15% lower than the adjusted maximum NPLV rating in kW per ton defined in Section C403.3.2.3 ( 0.85 × NPLV). |
o | Economizer cooling shall be provided by adding a plate-frame heat exchanger on the waterside with a capacity that is a minimum of 20% of the chiller capacity at standard AHRI rating conditions. |
p | Reserved. |
q | Systems installed prior to 1991 without fully utilized capacity are allowed to comply with Option B, provided that the individual unit cooling capacity does not exceed 90,000 Btuh. |
((C503.4.4))C503.4.4.1 Single zone packaged system replacement. New or replacement single zone packaged direct expansion (DX) rooftop systems with rated cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h shall meet the applicable requirements in Table C503.4.4.1 for the applicable building type or the simulated building performance requirements of Section C407.
Air conditioners with furnaces or dual fuel heat pumps shall comply with Table C503.4.4.1 using variable speed fan and controls in accordance with Section C403.8.5.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. If the equipment exceeds the minimum circuit ampacity (MCA) of the existing branch circuit conductors or requires an upsize in the existing breaker as demonstrated by submitted electrical load calculations. |
| 2. Failing equipment requiring immediate replacement when the option required by this section is not stocked within the state. |
Table C503.4.4.1
Applicable System Replacement Options
Occupancy Classificationa | Inclusions | Exempted | Replacement Equipment Type |
A-3 | Libraries | All other A occupancies | SZHPb or SZACc |
B | Banks, Barber and Beauty Shops, Clinic Outpatient, Offices, Post Offices, Professional Services | All other B occupancies | SZHP or SZAC |
E | K-12 Schools | All other E occupancies | SZHP or SZAC |
M | Drug Stores, Markets, Retail Stores | All other M occupancies | SZHP or SZAC |
F, H, I, R, S, U | | All occupancies excluded | |
a | Occupancy classification from Chapter 3 of the International Building Code. |
b | SZHP = Single zone heat pump + economizer in accordance with Section C403.5. |
c | ZAC = Single zone air conditioner with furnace + variable speed fan + economizer in accordance with Section C403.5, or dual fuel heat pump + variable speed fan + economizer in accordance with Section C403.5. |
C503.4.5 Controls for cooling equipment replacement. When space cooling equipment is replaced, controls shall comply with all requirements under Section C403.3.5 and related subsections, and Section C403.5.1 for integrated economizer control.
((C503.4.5))C503.4.6 Mechanical equipment relocation. Existing equipment currently in use may be relocated within the same floor or same tenant space if removed and reinstalled within the same permit.
((C503.4.6 Addition or replacement of heating appliances. Where a mechanical heating appliance is added or replaced, the added or replaced appliance shall comply with Section C401.3, Section C403.1.4, or with an alternate compliance option in Table C503.4.6. Where use of heat pump equipment for space heating is required by this section, it is permissible to utilize the Fossil Fuel Compliance Path in Section C401.3 to attain the credits required for building additions shown in Table C401.3.3.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Terminal unit equipment including, but not limited to, hydronic VAV boxes, electric resistance VAV boxes, electric duct heaters, water source heat pumps, fan coils, or VRF indoor units that are served by an unaltered central system. |
| 2. Air handling equipment with hydronic coils. |
| 3. Air handling equipment designed for 100 percent outdoor air that is not subject to the requirements in Section C403.3.5 or that qualifies for an exception to Section C403.3.5. |
| 4. Replacement of existing oil-fired boilers. |
| 5. Replacement of existing steam boilers with steam distribution to terminal units and the associated boiler feed equipment. |
| 6. Where compliance with Section C403.1.4 would trigger an unplanned utility electrical service upgrade based on the NEC 220.87 method for determining existing loads. |
| 7. Replacement of heating equipment with equipment that is the same type and where the rated capacity of the new equipment does not exceed the rated capacity of the existing equipment.)) |
C503.4.7 Replacement or additional HVAC heating appliances. Where an existing HVAC heating appliance is replaced with a new appliance, or a new space heating appliance is added to increase the total heating capacity serving an existing thermal zone, the new HVAC heating appliance shall comply with either Section C403.1.4, Section C407, or with an alternate compliance option in Table C503.4.7. Where the use of heat pump equipment for HVAC heating is required by this section, it is permissible to provide additional efficiency credits equal to the number of credits listed in Item H10 of Table C406.2(4) for air source heat pump minimum efficiency, in lieu of providing heat pumps and complying with this section. Replacement or additional HVAC heating appliances shall comply with Sections C501.6 and C506.1. Additions, alterations, or replacements shall not be made to an existing HVAC heating system that will cause the existing system to become out of compliance.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Exempt buildings. Replacement HVAC heating equipment serving any of the following building categories is permitted to use the same fuel type as the existing equipment, provided the replacement equipment, where applicable, complies with the minimum efficiency in Table C503.4.7 and has the same or lower capacity than the existing equipment: |
| 1.1. Affordable housing. |
| 1.2. Group I-1, I-2, or I-3 occupancies. |
| 1.3. Buildings with more than 50 percent of conditioned floor area occupied by organizations recognized as nonprofit by the state of Washington or by U.S. federal tax law. |
| 1.4. Buildings with no more than 20,000 square feet (1858 m2) of conditioned floor area. |
| 2. Retention of portion of existing HVAC heating system capacity. For buildings not exempted by Exception 1 above, a maximum of 67 percent of the existing fossil fuel or electric resistance HVAC heating capacity in existence prior to the effective date of this code is permitted to be retained or replaced to serve as supplemental heat for the new HVAC heating system, provided that the supplemental heat is controlled to be used only when the heat pump system capacity is insufficient to meet the HVAC heating load, in compliance with applicable Exception 5, 6, or 7 of Section C403.1.4. Where an alteration replaces less than 67 percent of the existing fossil fuel or electric resistance space heating capacity, the remaining HVAC heating appliances are permitted to be retained. Where the alteration project decreases the peak HVAC heating load, the fossil fuel or electric resistance HVAC heating capacity shall be limited to 67 percent of the calculated peak HVAC heating load. |
| 3. Temporary replacement of failing equipment. Temporary like-for-like replacement of one or more HVAC heating appliances, in excess of the 67 percent capacity permitted by Exception 2 above, is permitted where those appliances require immediate replacement, and where no other work on the HVAC system is planned. When using this exception, it is acceptable to replace a single appliance with two or more smaller appliances, provided the total capacity is not greater than that of the original appliance. In addition, the applicant shall ensure completion of the required heat pump system in compliance with one of the following options: |
| 3.1. The code official will issue a temporary certificate of occupancy (TCO), which will remain in force until the heat pump HVAC heating system is installed and the final inspection of the system has been completed. |
| 3.2. Applicant shall post a performance bond in the amount of the full estimated cost of installation of the required heat pump system, to ensure completion of the system within 48 months. |
| 4. Utility electrical service upgrade. Compliance with Section C403.1.4 is not required where such compliance would trigger an unplanned utility electrical service upgrade, based on NFPA 70 Section 220.87, method for determining existing loads, where one or more of the following is required: |
| 4.1. A new utility electrical transformer vault located in the existing building or on the site, or an enlargement of the floor area of such a vault. |
| 4.2. Trenching across the vehicle lanes of a public way. |
| 4.3. The estimated construction cost for the required electrical service enlargement exceeds 50 percent of the project valuation for the remainder of the work, as approved by the code official. Construction cost shall be documented by an AACE Level 3 or equivalent cost estimate, including required demolition, construction, site work, and utility fees. |
| 5. Exempt systems. Alterations to the following HVAC heating equipment types are not required to comply with this section. |
| 5.1. Terminal unit HVAC heating equipment including, but not limited to, hydronic heaters, hydronic VAV terminal units, electric resistance VAV boxes, electric resistance duct heaters, water source heat pumps, fan coils, or VRF indoor units, except such modifications to terminal HVAC heating equipment with hydronic heating coils as are required to accommodate lower-temperature fluids circulated from new central heat pump systems in accordance with Section C403.3.8.2. |
| 5.2. Air handling equipment with hydronic heating coils, except such modifications to the air handling equipment as are required to accommodate lower-temperature fluids circulated from central heat pump systems in accordance with Section C403.3.8.2. |
| 5.3. Replacement of existing steam boilers with steam distribution piping to terminal units and replacement of the existing associated boiler feed equipment where the existing steam systems includes steam distribution piping to space heating terminal units. |
| 5.4. Replacement of existing electric resistance space heating appliances, other than electric space heating hydronic boilers, with a new appliance with a capacity no greater than the existing appliance. Replacement electric resistance heating appliances shall be provided with thermostatic controls that comply with Section C403.4. |
| 5.5. Standby fossil fuel or electric resistance HVAC heating equipment in excess of the permitted capacity in Exceptions 2 and 3 of Section C503.4.7 is allowed to remain to back up the primary heat pump HVAC heating system where provided with automatic controls that allow it only to be used when the primary HVAC heating equipment is not available. |
| 6. Thermal energy systems. Thermal energy systems that meet the definitions of thermal energy network, energy exchange system, or thermal energy network, heating and cooling or heating only systems. |
Table ((C503.4.6))C503.4.7
Compliance Options for ((Mechanical))HVAC Heating Equipment Alterations
| Proposed ((Heating))HVAC Equipment Typea,d | ((Heating))HVAC Efficiency Table Reference | Alternate Compliance Options to Section C403.1.4 |
1 | Air-Cooled Unitary Heat Pumps | Table C403.3.2(2) | 1. Compliance with C403.1.4, except heat pump rated capacity in accordance with Section C403.1.4 exception 5d is permitted to be sized equal to the supplemental ((internal resistance)) heating capacity in Climate Zone 4 or 5c 2. Compliance with C403.1.4, except electric resistance or fossil fuel mixed air preheat is permissiblec |
2 | Packaged terminal, single-package vertical, and room air-conditioner heat pumps | Table C403.3.2(4) | 1. Compliance with C403.1.4, except heat pump rated capacity in accordance with Section C403.1.4 Exception 5d is permitted to be sized equal to the supplemental internal ((resistance)) heating capacity ((in Climate Zone 4 or 5)) |
3 | Furnacesd, duct furnaces, and unit heaters | Table C403.3.2(5) | 1. Permitted only when qualifying for and complying with Section C503.4.7 Exceptions 1, 2, 3, or 4 2. Efficiency: + 5%b |
4 | Electric resistance hot water boilers with fewer than 80% of served coils replaced | Not Applicable | 1. Efficiency: 95% AFUE or better |
5 | Gas-fired hot water boilers with fewer than 80% of served coils replaced | Table C403.3.2(6) | 1. Permitted only when qualifying for and complying with Section C503.4.7 Exceptions 1, 2, 3, or 4 2. Efficiency: + 5%b |
((5))6 | Variable refrigerant flow air-to-air and applied heat pumps | Table C403.3.2(9) | No alternate compliance option |
((6))7 | DX-DOAS equipment | Table C403.3.2(12) and Table C403.3.2(13) | 1. DX-DOAS is provided with heat recovery if not required by C403.3.5.1. |
((7))8 | Water-source heat pumps | Table C403.3.2(14) | No alternate compliance option |
9 | Gas-fired mechanical heating appliance with fewer than 80% of served coils replaced | CSA/ANSI Z21.40.4 | Gas-fired heat pumps having an efficiency not less than 1.1 COP at 17°F outdoor temperature |
a | ((Includes replacement of equipment with a unit that is the same type or higher efficiency and the same or lower capacity, or a replacement of one equipment type with a different equipment type.))Includes the replacement of an existing heating appliance with a new appliance of the same type or the replacement of one heating appliance type with a different appliance type. The rated capacity of replacement equipment shall not exceed the rated capacity of the equipment being replaced. |
b | Equipment shall have a capacity-weighted average heating system efficiency that is five percent better than that shown in the reference table (1.05 x values in reference table). |
c | Option 1 and Option 2 can be combined. |
d | Compliance option does not apply to an additional heating appliance added to increase the total heating capacity serving an existing thermal zone. Equipment shall comply as a new HVAC system in accordance with Section C503.4.1. |
((C503.4.6.1))C503.4.7.1 Hydronic system alteration supply water temperature. Hydronic heating coils and appliances subject to Section ((C503.4.5 or Section C503.4.6))C503.4.7 shall comply with Section C403.3.8.2.
EXCEPTION: | HVAC heating systems which utilize or are converting to utilize thermal energy network, heating and cooling or heating only systems. |
C503.5 Service water heating equipment.((All new service water heating systems, equipment, and components of existing systems that are altered or replaced shall comply with Section C407 or Sections C404, C408.3, C501.6, and C506.1. Additions or alterations shall not be made to an existing service water heating system that will cause the existing system to become out of compliance. Where use of heat pump equipment for service water heating is required by this section, it is permissible to utilize the Fossil Fuel Compliance Path in Section C401.3 to attain the credits required for building additions shown in Table C401.3.3.))New service water heating systems and components of existing service water heating systems that are altered or replaced shall comply with Section C407 or Section C404, and with Sections C501.6 and C506.1 where applicable. Where the use of heat pump equipment for service water heating is required by this section, it is permissible to attain additional efficiency credits equal to the number of credits awarded by Measure W11, heat pump water heating minimum efficiency, in Table C406.2(7) instead of compliance with Section C404.2.1 or C503.4.6. Additions or alterations shall not be made to an existing service water heating system that will cause the existing system to become out of compliance.
EXCEPTIONS: | The following equipment is not required to comply with Section C401.3 or Section C404.2.1, as applicable: |
| 1. Replacement of service water heating appliances with equipment that is the same type and has the same or higher efficiency and the same or lower capacity, provided there are no other alterations made to the existing service water heating system size or configuration. |
| 2. Replacement of any of the following water heater appliances: |
| 2.1. Electric water heaters with an input of 12 kW or less. |
| 2.2. Gas storage water heaters with an input of 75,000 Btu/h or less. |
| 2.3. Gas instantaneous water heaters with an input of 200,000 Btu/h or less and 2 gallons or less of storage. |
| 3. Where it has been determined by the code official that existing building constraints including, but not limited to, available floor space or ceiling height, limitations of the existing structure, or electrical service capacity, make compliance technically infeasible.)) |
| 1. Utility electrical service upgrade. Compliance with Section C404.2.1 is not required where such compliance would trigger an unplanned utility electrical service upgrade, based on NFPA 70 Section 220.87, method for determining existing loads, where one or more of the following is required: |
| 1.1. A new utility electrical transformer vault located in the existing building or on the site, or an enlargement of the floor area of such a vault. |
| 1.2. Trenching across the vehicle lanes of a public way. |
| 1.3. The estimated construction cost for the required electrical service enlargement exceeds 50 percent of the project valuation for the remainder of the work, as approved by the code official. Construction cost shall be documented by an AACE Level 3 or equivalent cost estimate, including required demolition, construction, site work, and utility fees. |
| 2. Exempt systems. Replacement of any of the following service water heater appliances is not required to comply with this section or with Section C404.2.1: |
| 2.1. Electric water heaters with an input of 12 kW or less. |
| 2.2. Gas storage water heaters with an input of 75,000 Btu/h or less. |
| 2.3. Gas instantaneous water heaters with an input of 200,000 Btu/h or less and 2 gallons or less of storage. |
| 2.4. Replacement of existing steam boilers with steam distribution piping to terminal units and replacement of the existing associated boiler feed equipment. |
| 3. Where it has been determined by the code official that existing building constraints including, but not limited to, available floor space or ceiling height, limitations of the existing structure, or electrical service capacity, make compliance technically infeasible. |
| 3.1. Affordable housing. |
| 3.2. Group I-1, I-2, or I-3 occupancies. |
| 3.3. Buildings with more than 50 percent of conditioned floor area occupied by organizations recognized as nonprofit by the state of Washington or by U.S. federal tax law. |
| 3.4. Buildings smaller than 20,000 square feet (1858 m2). |
| 4. Retention of portion of existing system capacity. A maximum of 67 percent of the existing central fossil fuel or electric resistance service water heating capacity is permitted to be provided as supplemental heat for the new heat pump service water heating system, provided that the supplemental heat is controlled to be used only when the heat pump system capacity is insufficient to meet the load, in compliance with Section C404.2.1.4. Where an alteration replaces less than 67 percent of the existing fossil fuel or electric resistance service water heating capacity, the remaining service water heating appliances are permitted to be retained. Where the alteration project decreases the peak service water heating load, the fossil fuel or electric resistance heating capacity shall be limited to 67 percent of the calculated peak heating load. |
| 5. Temporary replacement of failing equipment. Temporary like-for-like replacement of one or more service water heating appliances, in excess of the 67 percent capacity permitted by Exception 4 above, is permitted where those appliances require immediate replacement, and where no other work on the service water heating system is planned. When using this exception, it is acceptable to replace a single appliance with two or more smaller appliances, provided the total capacity is not greater than that of the original appliance. In addition, the applicant shall ensure completion of the required heat pump service water heating system in compliance with one of the following options: |
| 5.1. The code official will issue a temporary certificate of occupancy (TCO), which will remain in force until the heat pump service water heating system is installed and the final inspection of the system has been completed. |
| 5.2. Applicant shall post a performance bond in the amount of the full estimated cost of installation of the required heat pump service water heating system, to ensure completion of the system within 48 months. |
| 6. Thermal energy systems. Thermal energy systems that meet the definitions of thermal energy network, energy exchange system, or thermal energy network, heating and cooling or heating only systems. |
C503.6 Pools and permanent spas. All new systems and equipment serving pools and permanent spas and components of existing systems that are altered or replaced, shall comply with Sections C404.11, C408.3, C501.6, and C506.1. Additions or alterations shall not be made to an existing system serving a pool or spa that will cause the existing system to become out of compliance.
C503.7 Electrical power and lighting systems and motors. Alterations or the addition of lighting, receptacles and motors shall comply with Sections C503.7.1 through C503.7.7. Additions or alterations shall not be made to an existing lighting or electrical system that will cause the existing system to become out of compliance.
C503.7.1 New lighting systems and controls. All new interior and exterior lighting systems within an existing building site shall be provided with lighting controls in accordance with Section C405.2 and shall comply with C408.4, C501.6, and C506.1.
C503.7.2 Luminaire additions and alterations.Alterations that add or replace 20 percent or more of the luminaires in a space, or increase by more than 400 watts, whichever is less, enclosed by walls or ceiling-height partitions, replace 20 percent or more of parking garage luminaires, or replace 20 percent or more of the total installed wattage, or increased by less than 400 watts, whichever is less, of exterior luminaires shall comply with Sections C405.4 and C405.5. Exterior power allowance shall be determined using the specific area allowances for the areas altered and shall not include the base site allowance. Where less than 20 percent of the fixtures, or increased by less than 400 watts, whichever is less, in an interior space enclosed by walls or ceiling-height partitions or in a parking garage are added or replaced, or less than 20 percent of the installed exterior wattage is replaced, the installed lighting wattage shall be maintained or reduced.
C503.7.3 Rewiring and recircuiting. Where new wiring is being installed to serve added fixtures and/or fixtures are being relocated to a new circuit, lighting controls shall comply with all applicable requirements in accordance with Sections C405.2.1, C405.2.3, C405.2.4, C405.2.5, C405.2.6, C405.2.7, C405.2.8, C408.2.9, C408.4, and C501.6.
C503.7.4 New or moved lighting panel. Where a new lighting panel (or a moved lighting panel) with all new raceway and conductor wiring from the panel to the fixtures is being installed, lighting controls shall also comply with, in addition to the requirements of Section C503.7.3, all requirements in Sections C405.2, C408.4, and C501.6.
C503.7.5 Newly created rooms. Where new walls or ceiling-height partitions are added to an existing space and create a new enclosed space, but the lighting fixtures are not being changed, other than being relocated, the new enclosed space shall have lighting controls that comply with all applicable requirements in accordance with Sections C405.2.1, C405.2.2, C405.2.3, C405.2.4, C405.2.5, C405.2.6, C408.4 and C501.6.
C503.7.6 Motors. Motors that are altered or replaced shall comply with Section C405.8.
C503.7.7 Controlled receptacles. Where electric receptacles are added or replaced, controlled receptacles shall be provided in accordance with Section C405.10 and shall comply with Sections C408.4 and C501.6.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Where an alteration project impacts an area smaller than 5,000 square feet, controlled receptacles are not required. |
| 2. Where existing systems furniture or partial-height relocatable office cubical partitions are reconfigured or relocated within the same area, controlled receptacles are not required in the existing systems furniture or office cubicle partitions. |
| 3. Where new or altered receptacles meet exception 1 to Section C405.10.1, they are not required to be controlled receptacles or be located within 12 inches of noncontrolled receptacles. |
C503.8 Refrigeration systems. Components of existing refrigeration systems that are altered or replaced shall comply with Sections C408.7, C410 and C501.6. Additions or alterations shall not be made to an existing refrigeration system that will cause the existing system to become out of compliance. All new refrigerated spaces and refrigeration systems and equipment in existing buildings, including new refrigerated display cases, shall comply with Sections C408.7, C410, C501.6, and C506.1.
C503.9 Additional energy efficiency credit requirements for alterations.Alterations that are substantial improvements shall comply with measures from Sections C406.2 and C406.3 to earn the number of required credits specified in Table C406.1 for new buildings. Where a project contains multiple occupancies, credits specified in Table C406.1 for each building occupancy shall be weighted by the gross conditioned floor area to determine the weighted average credits required. Accessory occupancies, other than Group F or H, shall be included with the primary occupancy group for the purposes of this section.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Alterations that do not contain conditioned space. |
| 2. Portions of buildings devoted to manufacturing or industrial use. |
| 3. Alterations to buildings where the building after the alteration complies with Section C407. |
| 4. Alterations that are permitted with an addition complying with Section C502.3.7. |
C503.10 Additional requirements for alterations. The alteration shall comply with Section C401.4 when the alteration meets two or more of the following criteria:
1. HVAC systems that account for more than 50 percent of the capacity serving either the heating or cooling loads of the alteration area. This includes HVAC unitary systems, HVAC terminal units, or components of HVAC central heating or cooling equipment. HVAC terminal units, for the purposes of this section, can include VAV boxes, fan-coil units, VRF room units, or water-loop heat pumps.
2. Fifty percent or more of the luminaires in the alteration area.
3. Twenty-five percent or more of the building envelope area of the alteration portion of the building, including new exterior cladding, fenestration, or insulation.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 16-03-072, filed 1/19/16, effective 7/1/16)
WAC 51-11C-50400Section C504—Repairs.
C504.1 General.Buildings and structures, and parts thereof, shall be repaired in compliance with Section C501.3 and this section. Work on nondamaged components that is necessary for the required repair of damaged components shall be considered part of the repair and shall not be subject to the requirements for alterations in this chapter. Routine maintenance required by Section C501.3, ordinary repairs exempt from permit, and abatement of wear due to normal service conditions shall not be subject to the requirements for repairs in this section.
C504.2 Application. For the purposes of this code, the following shall be considered repairs.
1. Glass only replacements in an existing sash and frame.
2. Roof repairs.
3. Air barriers shall not be required for roof repair where the repairs to the building do not include alterations, renovations or repairs to the remainder of the building thermal envelope.
4. Replacement of existing doors that separate conditioned space from the exterior shall not require the installation of a vestibule or revolving door, provided however that an existing vestibule that separates a conditioned space from the exterior shall not be removed.
5. Repairs where only the bulb and/or ballast within the existing luminaires in a space are replaced provided that the replacement does not increase the installed interior lighting power.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-50500Section C505—Change of space conditioning, occupancy or use.
C505.1 General. Buildings or spaces undergoing a change in space conditioning alteration shall comply with Sections C505.1.1, C505.1.2, C505.2 and C505.4. Buildings or spaces undergoing a change((in))of occupancy alteration shall comply with Sections C505.3 and C505.4. Spaces changing from one use type to another use type shall comply with Section C505.5.
Buildings or spaces undergoing a change in space conditioning, change((in))of occupancy or use shall conform to the provisions of this code without requiring the unaltered portion of the existing building to comply with this code. Alterations shall be such that the existing building or structure is no less conforming to the provisions of this code than the existing building or structure was prior to the alteration.
((A change in space conditioning alteration shall be deemed to comply with this code if the alteration area alone complies or if the alteration area is combined with all other spaces within the existing building that are of the same space conditioning category according to Section C505.2 to demonstrate compliance. A change in occupancy alteration shall be deemed to comply with this code if the alteration area alone complies or if the existing building and the alteration area are combined to demonstrate compliance for the whole building. This allowance applies to prescriptive compliance in accordance with Section C505.4 or total building performance in accordance with Section C407.
Buildings or spaces that were permitted prior to the 2009 Washington state energy code, or were originally permitted as unconditioned, may comply with this section as follows))Buildings or spaces are permitted to utilize one of the following modifications for compliance with this section:
1. Increased envelope UA with prescriptive compliance. Where the component performance alternative in Section ((C402.1.5))C402.1.4 is used to demonstrate compliance with this section, and the project area complies with all other requirements of this code, the Proposed Total UA is allowed to be up to 110 percent of the Allowable Total UA. This exception ((may))is permitted to be applied to the project area alone, or to the existing building and project area combined as a whole building.
2. Increased site energy target with simulated building performance compliance. Where ((total))Simulated building performance in accordance with Section C407 is used to demonstrate compliance with this section, the total annual site energy use of the proposed design is allowed to be up to 110 percent of the annual site energy use allowed by Section C407.3. This exception may be applied to the project area alone, or to the existing building and project area combined as a whole building.
C505.1.1 Additional energy efficiency credits.Buildings or spaces that are required to comply with Sections C505.2 or C505.3 shall also comply with Section C502.1.1 in the same manner as an addition.
C505.1.2 Renewable energy.Buildings or spaces that are required to comply with Section C505.2 or C505.3 shall also comply with Section C502.1.2 in the same manner as an addition.
C505.2 Change ((in))of space conditioning.For the purposes of this section, space conditioning area categories include:
1. Low energy space in accordance with Section C402.1.1.1.
2. Semi-heated space in accordance with Section C402.1.1.2.
3. Conditioned space.
Spaces undergoing a change in space conditioning alteration shall be ((brought up to full compliance with))upgraded to comply with all applicable provisions of this code, other than Sections C502, C503, and C504, for all disciplines in the following cases:
1. Any low energy space in accordance with Section C402.1.1.1 that is altered to become conditioned space or semi-heated space((shall be brought into full compliance with this code)), except the air leakage rate below shall replace the air leakage rate in Section C402.5.2.
2. Any semi-heated space in accordance with Section C402.1.1.2 that is altered to no longer ((qualify as semi-heated space shall be brought into full compliance with this code.
For buildings with more than one space conditioning category, the interior partition walls, ceilings, floors and fenestration that separate space conditioning areas shall comply with the thermal envelope requirements per the area with the highest level of space conditioning))comply as a semi-heated space, except the air leakage rate below shall replace the air leakage rate in Section C402.5.2.
Interior walls, ceilings, floors, and fenestration that separate conditioned spaces from low energy or semi-heated spaces shall comply with the building thermal envelope requirements for conditioned space. Walls, ceilings, floors, and fenestration that separate semi-heated spaces from low energy spaces shall comply with the building thermal envelope requirements for semi-heated space.
A change in space conditioning is permitted to demonstrate compliance either if the alteration area alone complies or if the alteration area combined with all existing spaces of the same space conditioning area category complies. This applies to either prescriptive compliance in accordance with Section C505.4 or simulated building performance in accordance with Section C407.
C505.3 Change ((in))of occupancy. Spaces undergoing a change((in))of occupancy alteration shall be ((brought up to full compliance with))upgraded to comply with all applicable provisions of this code, other than Sections C502, C503, and C504, for all disciplines in the following cases((:))below. Additionally, the air leakage rate below shall replace the air leakage rate in Section C402.5.2.
1. Any space that is converted from a Group F, S or U occupancy to an occupancy other than Group F, S or U.
2. Any space that is converted to a Group R dwelling unit or portion thereof, from another use or occupancy.
EXCEPTIONS: | 1. Spaces converted from Group R sleeping units. |
| 2. Buildings or spaces other than Group F, S, or U occupancies that were permitted under the 2009 or later Washington State Energy Code are not required to be upgraded to comply with all applicable provisions of this code and shall comply with the requirements of Sections C406, C408, and C411. |
3. Any Group R dwelling unit or portion thereof permitted prior to July 1, 2002, that is converted to a commercial use or occupancy.
The completed building shall be tested and the air leakage rate of the building thermal envelope shall not exceed 0.40 cfm/ft2. If the tested rate exceeds that defined here, a visual inspection of the air barrier shall be conducted and any leaks noted shall be sealed to the extent practicable. An additional report identifying the corrective actions taken to seal air leaks shall be submitted to the building owner and the code official and any further requirement to meet the air leakage rate will be waived.
A change of occupancy is permitted to demonstrate compliance either if the alteration area alone complies or if the alteration area combined with all existing spaces of the same space conditioning area category complies. This applies to either prescriptive compliance in accordance with Section C505.4 or simulated building performance in accordance with Section C407.
C505.4 Prescriptive compliance. Change ((in))of space conditioning alteration in accordance with Section C505.2 and change((in))of occupancy alterationsin accordance with Section C505.3 shall comply with Sections C505.4.1 through C505.4.7.
C505.4.1 Vertical fenestration.Either a change ((in))of space conditioning alterationor change of occupancy with vertical fenestration shall comply with the following:
1. Where the vertical fenestration area of the alteration combined with the vertical fenestration area of all equivalent space conditioning areas in the existing building results in a total vertical fenestration area that is less than or equal to the maximum allowed by Section C402.4.1, the alteration shall comply with Section C402.4.
2. Where the vertical fenestration area of the alteration combined with the vertical fenestration area of all equivalent space conditioning areas in the existing building results in a total vertical fenestration area that is greater than the maximum allowed by Section C402.4.1, the alteration shall comply with one of the following:
2.1. Component performance alternative with target area adjustment in accordance with Section ((C402.1.5))C402.1.4 for the alteration area of the building only.
2.2. Alteration area is combined with all equivalent space conditioning areas to demonstrate compliance with the component performance alternative.
2.3. ((Total))Simulated building performance in accordance with Section C407 for the alteration area of the building only.
2.4. Alteration area is combined with all equivalent space conditioning areas to demonstrate ((total))simulated building performance compliance.
2.5. The alteration does not increase the existing vertical fenestration area.
C505.4.2 Skylights.Either a change ((in))of space conditioning ((alteration))or change of occupancy to a space or building with skylights shall comply with the following:
1. Where the skylight area of the alteration combined with the skylight area of all equivalent space conditioning areas in the existing building results in a total skylight area that is less than or equal to the maximum allowed by Section C402.4.1, the alteration shall comply with Section C402.4.
2. Where the skylight area of the alteration combined with the skylight area of all equivalent space conditioning areas in the existing building results in a total skylight area that is greater than the maximum allowed by Section C402.4.1, the alteration shall comply with one of the following:
2.1. Component performance alternative with target area adjustment in accordance with Section ((C402.1.5))C402.1.4 for the alteration area of the building only.
2.2. Alteration area is combined with all equivalent space conditioning areas to demonstrate compliance with the component performance alternative.
2.3. ((Total))Simulated building performance in accordance with Section C407 for the alteration area of the building only.
2.4. Alteration area is combined with all equivalent space conditioning areas to demonstrate ((total))simulated building performance compliance.
C505.4.3 Building mechanical systems. All new and existing mechanical systems and equipment that serve the new building heating, cooling and ventilation needs of the alteration area shall comply with Sections C403, C408.2, C501.6, and C506.1.
EXCEPTION: | For a change of occupancy alteration, existing unaltered mechanical systems serving the alteration area are not required to be upgraded to comply with Sections C403, C501.6, and C506.1 of this code provided the alteration complies with all of the following: |
| 1. The required total heating and cooling loads are equal to or less than the total loads prior to the alteration. |
| 2. Ventilation systems comply with Section C505.5 for the new occupancy. |
| 3. The new occupancy does not increase the mechanical system's energy use intensity rank as specified in Table C505.4.3. |
Table C505.4.3
Building Mechanical Systems
Energy Use Intensity Rank | International Building Code Occupancy Classification |
High | A-2, B (laboratories), I-2 |
Medium | A-1, A-3a, A-4, A-5, Bb, E, I-1, I-3, I-4, M, R-4 |
Low | A-3 (places of religious worship), R-1, R-2, R-3c, S-1, S-2 |
a | Excluding places of religious worship. |
b | Excluding laboratories. |
c | Buildings three stories or less in height above grade plane shall comply with Section R505. |
C505.4.4 Service water-heating systems. All new and existing service water-heating systems and equipment that serve the new service water-heating needs of the alteration area shall comply with Sections C404, C408.3, C501.6, and C506.1.
EXCEPTION: | Existing unaltered service water heating systems serving the alteration area are not required to be upgraded to comply with Sections C404, C501.6, and C506.1 of this code provided the alteration complies with all of the following, as applicable: |
| 1. The required total service water heating peak demand for the alteration area is equal to or less than the demand prior to the alteration. |
| 2. For a change of occupancy alteration, the new occupancy does not increase the service water heating energy use intensity rank as specified in Table C505.4.4. |
Table C505.4.4
Service Water Heating Systems
Energy Use Intensity Rank | International Building Code Occupancy Classification |
High | A-2, I-1, I-2, R-1 |
Low | All other occupancies and uses |
C505.4.5 ((Pools and permanent spas. All new and existing systems and equipment serving pools and permanent spas that are included in the alteration shall comply with Sections C404.11, C408.3, C501.6, and C506.1.
C505.4.6)) Electrical power and lighting systems and motors. All new and existing ((electrical power and)) lighting systems, receptacles, and motors that ((are included in))serve the electrical needs of the alteration shall comply with Sections C405, C408.4, C501.6, and C506.1.
EXCEPTION: | The following lighting systems and equipment are not required to be upgraded to comply with Sections C405, C501.6, and C506.1 of this code: |
| 1. Existing lighting systems and controls that serve a space that is undergoing a change of space conditioning alteration, provided the space type that the lighting system serves does not change. |
| 2. Existing unaltered electrical receptacles. |
C505.4.6 Pools and permanent spas. All new and existing water heating systems and equipment serving pools and permanent spas that are included in the alteration shall comply with Sections C404.11, C408.3, C501.6, and C506.1.
EXCEPTION: | Existing unaltered water heating systems that serve existing pools and spas are not required to be upgraded to comply with Sections C404.11, C501.6, and C506.1 of this code. |
C505.4.7 Refrigeration systems. All new and existing refrigerated spaces and refrigeration systems and equipment that serve the new refrigeration needs of the alteration area shall comply with Sections C410, C408.7, C501.6, and C506.1.
EXCEPTION: | Existing unaltered refrigeration systems that serve existing refrigerated walk-in and warehouse coolers and freezers are not required to be upgraded to comply with Sections C410, C501.6, and C506.1 of this code. |
C505.5 Change of use. Where the use in a space ((changes))is changed from one use type in Table C405.4.2 (1) or (2) to another use type in Table C405.4.2 (1) or (2), the following systems shall be upgraded to comply with this code:
1. The installed lighting wattage in the space shall comply with Section C405.4 ((and the ventilation)).
2. Lighting controls shall comply with Sections C405.2.1 and C405.2.12.
3. The ventilation supply and exhaust air flow provided to the space shall comply with Sections C403.2.2, C403.7.2, and C403.8.5.2, and be in accordance with Chapter 4 of the International Mechanical Code.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 24-16-145, filed 8/7/24, effective 9/7/24)
WAC 51-11C-50600Section C506—Metering for existing buildings.
C506.1 Metering in existing buildings. Where new or replacement systems or equipment are installed in an existing building that was constructed subject to the requirements of this section, metering shall be provided for such new or replacement systems or equipment so that their energy use is included in the corresponding end-use category defined in Section C409.2. This includes systems or equipment added in conjunction with additions or alterations to existing buildings.
C506.1.1 Small existing buildings. Metering and ((data acquisition systems))data acquisition systems shall be provided for additions over 25,000 square feet to buildings that were constructed subject to the requirements of this section, in accordance with the requirements of Sections C409.2 and C409.3.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-600000Chapter 6 [CE]—Referenced standards.
This chapter lists the standards that are referenced in various sections of this document. The standards are listed herein by the promulgating agency of the standard, the standard identification, the effective date and title, and the section or sections of this document that reference the standard. The application of the referenced standards shall be as specified in Section C106.
((AAMA | American Architectural Manufacturers Association | |
| 1827 Walden Office Square | | |
| Suite 550 | | |
| Schaumburg, IL 60173-4268)) | | |
FGIA | Fenestration & Glazing Industry Alliance | |
| 1900 E Golf Road | | |
| Suite 1250 | | |
| Schaumburg, IL 60173-4268 | | |
Standard reference number | Title | | Referenced in code section number |
AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A C440—((17))2022 | North American Fenestration Standard/Specifications for Windows, Doors and Unit Skylights | . . . . . . . . | Table C402.4.1.1.2 |
AHAM | Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers | |
| 1111 19th Street, N.W., Suite 402 | | |
| Washington, D.C. 20036 | | |
Standard reference number | Title | | Referenced in code section number |
ANSI/AHAM RAC-1—((2008))2020 | Room Air Conditioners | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.3.2 (4) |
((AHAM HRF-1—2017 | Energy, Performance and Capacity of Household Refrigerators, Refrigerator-Freezers and Freezers | . . . . . . . . | Table C410.1(1))) |
AHRI | Air Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute | | |
| 4100 North Fairfax Drive, Suite 200 | | |
| Arlington, VA 22203 | | |
Standard reference number | Title | | Referenced in code section number |
ISO/AHRI/ASHRAE | | | |
5801—2017 | Fans - Performance Testing Using Standardized Airways | . . . . . . . . | C403.8.1.1 |
ISO/AHRI/ASHRAE | | | |
13256-1 (((2017))R2012) | Water-source Heat Pumps - Testing and Rating for Performance - Part 1: Water-to-air and Brine-to-air Heat Pumps | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.3.2 (14) |
((ISO/AHRI/ASHRAE | | | |
13256-2 (2017) | Water-source Heat Pumps - Testing and Rating for Performance - Part 2: Water-to-water and Brine-to-water Heat Pumps | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.3.2 (14))) |
210/240—((2017 and)) 2023 | Performance Rating of Unitary Air Conditioning and Air-source Heat Pump Equipment | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.3.2(1), Table C403.3.2(2) |
310/380—2017 | Standard for Packaged Terminal Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.3.2 (4) |
340/360—((2018))2022 | Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-conditioning and Heat Pump Equipment | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.3.2(1), Table C403.3.2(2) |
365(I-P)—2009 | Performance Rating of Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-conditioning Condensing Units | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.3.2(1) |
390—2015 | Performance Rating of Single Package Vertical Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.3.2 (4) |
400(I-P)—2015 | Liquid to Liquid Heat Exchangers with Addendum 2 | . . . . . . . . | C403.3.2 |
430—2020 | Performance Rating of Central Station Air-Handling Unit Supply Fans | . . . . . . . . | C403.8.1.1 |
440—((19))2019 | Room Fan Coil | . . . . . . . . | C403.8.1.1, C403.10.3 |
460—((05))2005 | Performance Rating Remote Mechanical Draft Air-cooled Refrigerant Condensers | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.3.2 (7) |
550/590—((2018))2022 | Water Chilling Packages Using the Vapor Compression Cycle—with Addenda | . . . . . . . . | C403.3.2.3, Table C403.3.2 (3), Table C403.3.2(15) |
560—((2018))2000 | Absorption Water Chilling and Water-heating Packages | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.3.2 (3) |
840(I-P)—1998 | Performance Rating of Unit Ventilators | . . . . . . . . | C403.13.3 |
910(I-P)—2014 | Performance Rating of Indoor Pool Dehumidifiers | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.3.2(11) |
920(I-P)—((2015))2020 | Performance Rating of DX-Dedicated Outdoor Air System Units | . . . . . . . . | C202, Table C403.3.2 (12), Table C403.3.2 (13) |
1160—2014 | Performance Rating of Heat Pump Pool Heaters | . . . . . . . . | Table C404.2, C404.11.1 |
1200(I-P)—((2013))2022 | Performance Rating of Commercial Refrigerated Display Merchandisers and Storage Cabinets | . . . . . . . . | C410.1,Table C410.1(1), Table C410.1(2) |
1230—((2014))2021 | Performance Rating of Variable Refrigerant Flow (VRF) Multi-Split Air-Conditioning and Heat Pump Equipment (with Addendum 1) | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.3.2(9) |
1250(I-P)—2014 | Standard for Performance Rating in Walk-in Coolers and Freezers | . . . . . . . . | Table C410.2.1(3) |
AISI | American Iron and Steel Institute | | |
| 25 Massachusetts Avenue N.W. | | |
| Suite 800 | | |
| Washington, DC 20001 | | |
Standard reference number | Title | | Referenced in code section number |
AISI S250—22 | North American Standard for Thermal Transmittance of Building Envelopes with Cold-Formed Steel Framing, with Supplement 1, dated 2022 | . . . . . . . . | C403.8.1.1 |
AMCA | Air Movement and Control Association International | | |
| 30 West University Drive | | |
| Arlington Heights, IL 60004-1806 | | |
Standard reference number | Title | | Referenced in code section number |
205—12 | Energy Efficiency Classification for Fans | . . . . . . . . | C403.8.3 |
208—2018 | Calculation of the Fan Energy Index | . . . . . . . . | C403.8.1.1, C403.8.3 |
210—2016 | Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Certified Aerodynamic Performance Rating | . . . . . . . . | C403.8.1.1 |
((220—19)) ANSI/AMCA 220—21 | Laboratory Methods for Testing Air Curtain Units for Aerodynamic Performance Rating | . . . . . . . . | C402.5.7 |
((230—15)) ANSI/AMCA 230—22 | Laboratory Methods of Testing Air Circulating Fans for Rating and Certification | . . . . . . . . | C403.9 |
500D—18 | Laboratory Methods for Testing Dampers for Rating | . . . . . . . . | C402.4.5.1, C402.4.5.2 |
ANSI | American National Standards Institute | | |
| 25 West 43rd Street | | |
| Fourth Floor | | |
| New York, NY 10036 | | |
Standard reference number | Title | | Referenced in code section number |
ANSI/AMCA 208-2018 | Calculation of the Fan Energy Index | . . . . . . . . | C403.8.1.1 |
ANSI/AMCA 210-16/ ASHRAE 51-16 | Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Certified Aerodynamic Performance Rating | . . . . . . . . | C403.8.1.1 |
ANSI/ASME 500-D—18 | Laboratory Methods for Testing Dampers for Ratings | . . . . . . . . | C403.7.7 |
ANSI/ASME A17.1—2010 | Safety code for elevators and escalators | . . . . . . . . | C405.12.1 |
ANSI/CTA 2045-A—2018 | Modular Communications Interface for Energy Management | . . . . . . . . | C404.14 |
ANSI/CTA 2045-B—2021 | Modular Communications Interface for Energy Management | . . . . . . . . | C404.14 |
((Z21.10.3/CSA 4.3—17 | Gas Water Heaters, Volume III—Storage Water Heaters with Input Ratings Above 75,000 Btu per Hour, Circulating Tank and Instantaneous | . . . . . . . . | Table C404.2)) |
ANSU/NEMA WD 6—2016 | Wiring Devices-Dimensional Specifications | . . . . . . . . | C405.9.2 |
ANSI/UL 705-7—2017 | Standard for Power Ventilators | . . . . . . . . | C202 |
ANSI Z21.40.4/SCA 2.94—2023 | Performance Testing and Rating of Gas-fired Air Conditioning and Heat Pump Appliances | . . . . . . . . | Table C503.4.7 |
Z21.47/CSA 2.3—((16))2021 | Gas-fired Central Furnaces | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.3.2 (5) |
Z83.8/CSA 2.6—((16))2016 | Gas Unit Heaters, Gas Packaged Heaters, Gas Utility Heaters and Gas-fired Duct Furnaces | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.3.2 (5) |
APSP | The Association of Pool and Spa Professionals | | |
| 2111 Eisenhower Avenue | | |
| Alexandria, VA 22314 | | |
Standard reference number | Title | | Referenced in code section number |
14—2019 | American National Standards for Portable Electric Spa Efficiency | . . . . . . . . | C404.12 |
ASABE | American Society of Agricultural and Biological Engineers | |
| 2950 Niles Road | | |
| St. Joseph, MI 49085 | | |
Standard reference number | Title | | Referenced in code section number |
S640—July 2017 (R2022) | Quantities and Units of Electromagnetic Radiation for Plants (Photosynthetic Organisms) | . . . . . . . . | C405.3 |
ASHRAE | American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc. | |
| 1791 Tullie Circle, N.E. | | |
| Atlanta, GA 30329-2305 | | |
Standard reference number | Title | | Referenced in code section number |
ANSI/ASHRAE/ACCA | | | |
Standard 51—16 | Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Certified Aerodynamic Performance Rating | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.8.5 |
Standard 127-((2007))2020 | Method of Testing for Rating Computer and Data Processing Room Unitary Air Conditioners | . . . . . . . . | C403.5 |
Standard 183—((RA2017))2007 (RA2020) | Peak Cooling and Heating Load Calculations in Buildings, Except Low-rise Residential Buildings | . . . . . . . . | C403.1.2 |
ASHRAE—2020 | ASHRAE HVAC Systems and Equipment Handbook— 2020 | . . . . . . . . | C403.1.2 |
ISO/AHRI/ASHRAE | | | |
13256-1 (2012) | Water-source Heat Pumps—Testing and Rating for Performance—Part 1: Water-to-air and Brine-to-air Heat Pumps | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.3.2 (14) |
ISO/AHRI/ASHRAE | | | |
13256-2 (2012) | Water-source Heat Pumps—Testing and Rating for Performance—Part 2: Water-to-water and Brine-to-water Heat Pumps | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.3.2 (14) |
62.1—2022 | Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality | . . . . . . . . | C403.6.1 |
90.1—((2019))2022 | Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-rise Residential Buildings (ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1— ((2019))2022)(with addendum ((af))listed in Appendix M) | . . . . . . . . | Table C402.1.3, Table C402.1.4, C406.2 |
90.4—((2019))2022 | Energy Standard for Data Centers (with Addenda a, b, d, e) | . . . . . . . . | C403.1.3 |
((146—2011 | Testing and Rating Pool Heaters | . . . . . . . . | Table C404.2)) |
ASME | American Society of Mechanical Engineers | | |
| Two Park Avenue | | |
| New York, NY 10016-5990 | | |
Standard reference number | Title | | Referenced in code section number |
ASME A17.1/CSA B44—((2019))2022 | Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators | . . . . . . . . | C405.9.2 |
BPVC Section IV-((2021))2023 | Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IV—Rules for Construction of Heating Boilers | . . . . . . . . | C404.14 |
BPVC Section X-((2021))2023 | Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section X—Fiber-Reinforced Plastic Pressure Vessels | . . . . . . . . | C404.14 |
ASTM | ASTM International | | |
| 100 Barr Harbor Drive | | |
| West Conshohocken, PA | | |
| 19428-2859 | | |
Standard reference number | Title | | Referenced in code section number |
C 90—((206A))21 | Specification for Load-bearing Concrete Masonry Units | . . . . . . . . | Table C402.1.3 |
C518—17 | Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.10.1.1 |
C835—06(2020) | Standard Test Method for Total Hemispherical Emittance of Surfaces up to 1400°C | . . . . . . . . | C402.3 |
C1363—((11))19 | Standard Test Method for Thermal Performance of Building Materials and Envelope Assemblies by Means of a Hot Box Apparatus | . . . . . . . . | C303.1.4.1, Table C402.1.4 |
C1363—11 | Standard Test Method for Thermal Performance of Building Materials and Envelope Assemblies by Means of a Hot Box Apparatus | . . . . . . . . | C303.1.4.1, Table C402.1.4, C402.2.7 |
C 1371—15 | Standard Test Method for Determination of Emittance of Materials Near Room Temperature Using Portable Emissometers | . . . . . . . . | Table C402.4 |
C 1549—09 | Standard Test Method for Determination of Solar Reflectance Near Ambient Temperature Using A Portable Solar Reflectometer | . . . . . . . . | Table C402.4 |
D 1003—((13))21 | Standard Test Method for Haze and Luminous Transmittance of Transparent Plastics | . . . . . . . . | C402.4.2.2 |
((E 283—04 (2012))) E 283/283M—04 (2019) | Standard Test Method for Determining the Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen | . . . . . . . . | C402.5.8 |
E 408—13(2019) | Test Methods for Total Normal Emittance of Surfaces Using Inspection-meter Techniques | . . . . . . . . | Table C402.3 |
E 779—((2018))19 | Standard Test Method for Determining Air Leakage Rate by Fan Pressurization | . . . . . . . . | C402.5.1.2.3 |
E 903—((12))20 | Standard Test Method Solar Absorptance, Reflectance and Transmittance of Materials Using Integrating Spheres (Withdrawn 2005) | . . . . . . . . | Table C402.4 |
E 1677—((11))19 | Standard Specification for an Air-retarder (AR) Material or ((System))Assemblies for Low-rise Framed Building Walls | . . . . . . . . | C402.5.1.2.2 |
E 1827—((2011 (2017)))22 | Standard Test Methods for Determining Airtightness of Building Using an Orifice Blower Door | . . . . . . . . | C402.5.2, C402.5.3 |
E 1918—((06 (2015)))21 | Standard Test Method for Measuring Solar Reflectance of Horizontal or Low-sloped Surfaces in the Field | . . . . . . . . | Table C402.4 |
E 1980—11(2019) | Standard Practice for Calculating Solar Reflectance Index of Horizontal and Low-sloped Opaque Surfaces | . . . . . . . . | Table C402.2.1.1 |
E 2178—((13))21a | Standard Test Method for Determining Air Leakage Rage and Calculation of Air Permanence of Building Materials | . . . . . . . . | C402.4 |
E 2357—((11))23 | Standard Test Method for Determining Air Leakage of Air Barrier Assemblies | . . . . . . . . | C402.5.1.2.2 |
E 3158—18 | Standard Test Method for Measuring the Air Leakage Rate of a Large or Multizone Building | . . . . . . . . | C402.6.2.1 |
F 1281—((2017))17 (2021) | Standard Specification for Cross-linked Polyethylene/Aluminum/Cross-linked Polyethylene (PEX-AL_PEX) Pressure Pipe | . . . . . . . . | Table C404.5.2.1 |
CSA | Canadian Standards Association | |
| 5060 Spectrum Way | | |
| Mississauga, Ontario, Canada L4W 5N6 | | |
Standard reference number | Title | | Referenced in code section number |
AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440—11 | North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for Windows, Doors and Unit Skylights | . . . . . . . . | Table C402.4.2 |
CSA B55.1—2015 | Test Method for Measuring Efficiency and Pressure Loss of DWHR Units | . . . . . . . . | C404.10 |
CSA B55.2—2015 | Drain Water Heat Recovery Units | . . . . . . . . | C404.10 |
CTA | Consumer Technology Association | |
| 1919 S Eads Street | | |
| Arlington, VA 22202 | | |
Standard reference number | Title | | Referenced in code section number |
ANSI/CTA 2045-A—2018 | Modular Communications Interface for Energy Management | . . . . . . . . | C404.14 |
ANSI/CTA 2045-B—2021 | Modular Communications Interface for Energy Management | . . . . . . . . | C404.14 |
CTI | Cooling Technology Institute | |
| 2611 FM 1960 West, Suite A-101 | | |
| Houston, TX 77068 | | |
Standard reference number | Title | | Referenced in code section number |
ATC 105—2019 | Acceptance Test Code for Water Cooling Tower | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.3.2(7) |
ATC 105DS—2018 | Acceptance Test Code for Dry Fluid Coolers | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.3.2(7) |
ATC 105S—11 | Acceptance Test Code for Closed Circuit Cooling Towers | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.3.2(7) |
ATC 106—11 | Acceptance Test Code for Mechanical Draft Evaporative Vapor Condensers | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.3.2(7) |
STD 201—17 | Standard for Certification of Water Cooling Towers Thermal Performances | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.3.2(7) |
DASMA | Door and Access Systems Manufacturers Association | | |
| 1300 Sumner Avenue | | |
| Cleveland, OH 44115-2851 | | |
Standard reference number | Title | | Referenced in code section number |
105—17 | Test Method for Thermal Transmittance and Air Infiltration of Garage Doors | . . . . . . . . | Table C402.4.2 |
DOE | U.S. Department of Energy | |
| c/o Superintendent of Documents | |
| U.S. Government Printing Office | | |
| Washington, D.C. 20402-9325 | | |
Standard reference number | Title | | Referenced in code section number |
10 C.F.R., Part 430—2015 | Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products: | | |
| Test Procedures and Certification and Enforcement Requirement for Plumbing Products; and Certification and Enforcement Requirements for Residential Appliances; Final Rule | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.3.2(1), Table C403.3.2(2), Table C403.3.2(5), Table C403.3.2(6), Table C403.3.2(14), Table C404.2 |
10 C.F.R., Part 431—2015 | Energy Efficiency Program for Certain Commercial and Industrial Equipment: Test Procedures and Efficiency Standards; Final Rules | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.3.2(6), C403.8.4, C403.11, Table C403.11, C403.11.2, C405.7, Table C405.7, C405.8, Table C405.8(1), Table C405.8(2), Table C405.8(3) |
HVI | Home Ventilating Institute | | |
| 1740 Dell Range Blvd., Ste. H, PMB 450 | | |
| Cheyenne, WY 82009 | | |
Standard reference number | Title | | Referenced in code section number |
920—2020 | Product Performance Certification Procedure Including Verification and Challenge | . . . . . . . . | C403.3.5.1, C403.3.6 |
IAPMO | International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials | | |
| 4755 E. Philadelphia Street | | |
| Ontario, CA 91761 | | |
Standard reference number | Title | | Referenced in code section number |
UPC—((2021))2024 | Uniform Plumbing Code | . . . . . . . . | C201.3, C501.2 |
ICC | International Code Council, Inc. | | |
| 500 New Jersey Avenue, N.W., | | |
| 6th Floor | | |
| Washington, D.C. 20001 | | |
Standard reference number | Title | | Referenced in code section number |
IBC—((21))24 | International Building Code | . . . . . . . . | C201.3, C303.2, C402.4.3, C501.2 |
ICC 500—2020 | Standard for the Design and Construction of Storm Shelters | . . . . . . . . | C402.4.2 |
IFC—((21))24 | International Fire Code | . . . . . . . . | C201.3, C501.2 |
IFGC—((21))24 | International Fuel Gas Code | . . . . . . . . | C201.3, C501.2 |
IMC—((21))24 | International Mechanical Code | . . . . . . . . | C106.3, C201.3, C402.5.3, C403.2.2.1, C403.2.2.2, C403.3.5, C403.3.5.1, C403.6.1, C403.6.5, C403.6.10, C403.7.1, C403.7.2, C403.7.5, C403.7.5.1, C403.7.6, C403.7.7.3, C403.7.8.1, C403.7.8.4, C403.8.4, C403.8.5.1, Table C403.10.1, C403.10.1.2, Table C403.10.1.2, C403.10.2.2, C403.12, ((C406.6,)) C408.2.2.1, C501.2 |
IEEE | The Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, Inc. | | |
| 3 Park Avenue | | |
| New York, NY 10016 | | |
Standard reference number | Title | | Referenced in code section number |
IEEE 515.1—2012 | IEEE Standard for the Testing, Design, Installation and Maintenance of Electrical Resistance Trace Heating for Commercial Applications | . . . . . . . . | C404.6.2 |
IES | Illuminating Engineering Society | | |
| 120 Wall Street, 17th Floor | | |
| New York, NY 10005-4001 | | |
Standard reference number | Title | | Referenced in code section number |
ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1—2019 | Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-rise Residential Buildings | . . . . . . . . | Table C402.1.3, Table C402.1.4, Table C407.5.1 |
ISO | International Organization for Standardization | | |
| 1, rue de Varembe, Case postale 56, CH-1211 | | |
| Geneva, Switzerland | | |
Standard reference number | Title | | Referenced in code section number |
ISO/AHRI/ASHRAE 13256-1 (2017) | Water-Source Heat Pumps—Testing and Rating for Performance—Part 1: Water-to-air and Brine-to-air Heat Pumps | . . . . . . . . | C403.3.2 (14) |
ISO/AHRI/ASHRAE 13256-2 (2017) | Water-Source Heat Pumps—Testing and Rating for Performance—Part 2: Water-to-water and Brine-to-water Heat Pumps | . . . . . . . . | C403.3.2 (14) |
25745-2:2015 | Energy Performance of Lifts, Escalators and Moving Walks—Part 2: Energy Calculation and Classification for Lifts (Elevators) | . . . . . . . . | C406.2.14 |
80079-36:2016 | Explosive Atmospheres—Part 36: Non-electrical Equipment for Explosive Atmosphere—Basic Method and Requirement | . . . . . . . . | |
NEEA | Northwest Energy Efficiency Alliance | | |
| 421 SW 6th Ave. | | |
| Suite 600 | | |
| Portland, OR 97204 | | |
Standard reference number | Title | | Referenced in code section number |
AWHS Vers. 8.0—2022 | Advanced Water Heating Specification | . . . . . . . . | C404.2.1 |
NEMA | National Electric Manufacturers Association | | |
| 1300 North 17th Street | | |
| Suite 1752 | | |
| Rosslyn, VA 22209 | | |
Standard reference number | Title | | Referenced in code section number |
ANSI/NEMA WD 6-2016 | Wiring Devices—Dimensional Specifications | . . . . . . . . | C405.12 |
MGI—2016 | Motors and Generators | . . . . . . . . | C202 |
TP-1-2002 | Guide for Determining Energy Efficiency for Distribution Transformers | . . . . . . . . | C405.9 |
NFPA | National Fire Protection Association | | |
| 1 Batterymarch Park | | |
| Quincy, MA 02169-7471 | | |
Standard reference number | Title | | Referenced in code section number |
NFPA 70—23 | National Electrical Code | . . . . . . . . | C405.11.1, C409.3, C501.2, C503.4.7, C503.5 |
NFRC | National Fenestration Rating Council, Inc. | | |
| 6305 Ivy Lane, Suite 140 | | |
| Greenbelt, MD 20770 | | |
Standard reference number | Title | | Referenced in code section number |
100—2020 | Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product U-factors | . . . . . . . . | C303.1.2, C402.2.2 |
200—2020 | Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product Solar Heat Gain Coefficients and Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence | . . . . . . . . | C303.1.3, C402.4.1.1 |
202—2017 | Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence | . . . . . . . . | C202 |
NFRC 203—2017 | Procedure for Determining Visible Transmittance of Tubular Daylighting Devices | . . . . . . . . | C202, C402.4.2 |
400—2017 | Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product Air Leakage | . . . . . . . . | Table C402.4.2 |
SMACNA | Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. | | |
| 4021 Lafayette Center Drive | | |
| Chantilly, VA 20151-1209 | | |
Standard reference number | Title | | Referenced in code section number |
SMACNA—2012 | HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual | . . . . . . . . | C403.10.2.3 |
UL | Underwriters Laboratories | | |
| 333 Pfingsten Road | | |
| Northbrook, IL 60062-2096 | | |
Standard reference number | Title | | Referenced in code section number |
705—17 | Standard for Power Ventilators | . . . . . . . . | C202 |
710—12 | Exhaust Hoods for Commercial Cooking Equipment | . . . . . . . . | C403.7.5 |
727—18 | Oil-fired Central Furnaces—with Revisions through April 2010 | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.3.2(4), Table C403.3.2(5) |
731—18 | Oil-fired Unit Heaters—with Revisions through April 2010 | . . . . . . . . | Table C403.3.2(5) |
US-FTC | United States-Federal Trade Commission | |
| 600 Pennsylvania Avenue N.W. | | |
| Washington, D.C. 20580 | | |
Standard reference number | Title | | Referenced in code section number |
C.F.R. Title 16 (2015) | R-value Rule | . . . . . . . . | C303.1.4 |
WDMA | Window and Door Manufacturers Association | |
| 1400 East Touhy Avenue, Suite 470 | | |
| Des Plaines, IL 60018 | | |
Standard reference number | Title | | Referenced in code section number |
AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440—((17))22 | North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for Windows, Doors and Unit Skylights | . . . . . . . . | Table C402.4.2 |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 22-14-091, 23-12-101, and 23-20-021, filed 7/1/22, 6/7/23, and 9/25/23, effective 3/15/24)
WAC 51-11C-61000Appendix CA—Default heat loss coefficients.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 13-04-056, filed 2/1/13, effective 7/1/13)
WAC 51-11C-61010Section CA101—General.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 16-03-072, filed 1/19/16, effective 7/1/16)
WAC 51-11C-61011Section CA101.1—Scope.
CA101.1 Scope. The following defaults shall apply to Chapter 4 of both the (RE) and (CE) sections of the WSEC. This chapter includes tables of seasonal average heat loss coefficients for specified nominal insulation.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 13-04-056, filed 2/1/13, effective 7/1/13)
WAC 51-11C-61012Section CA101.2—Description.
CA101.2 Description. These coefficients were developed primarily from data and procedures from the ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook.
Coefficients not contained in this chapter may be computed using the procedures listed in this reference if the assumptions in the following sections are used, along with data from the sources referenced above.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 13-04-056, filed 2/1/13, effective 7/1/13)
WAC 51-11C-61013Section CA101.3—Air films.
CA101.3 Air films. Default R-values used for air films shall be as follows:
R-Value | Condition |
0.17 | All exterior surfaces |
0.61 | Interior horizontal surfaces, heat flow up |
0.92 | Interior horizontal surfaces, heat flow down |
0.68 | Interior vertical surfaces |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 13-04-056, filed 2/1/13, effective 7/1/13)
WAC 51-11C-61014Section CA101.4—Compression of insulation.
CA101.4 Compression of insulation. Insulation which is compressed shall be rated in accordance with Table CA101.4 or reduction in value may be calculated in accordance with the procedures in the ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook.
Table CA101.4
R-value of Fiberglass Batts Compressed Within Various Depth Cavities
Insulation R-Values at Standard Thickness |
Rated R-Value | 82 | 71 | 60 | 49 | 38 | 30 | 22 | 21 | 19 | 15 | 13 | 11 |
Standard Thickness, Inches | 26.0 | 22.5 | 19.0 | 15.5 | 12 | 9.5 | 6.5 | 5.5 | 6 | 3.5 | 3.5 | 3.5 |
Nominal Lumber Sizes, Inches | Actual Depth of Cavity, Inches | Insulation R-Values when Installed in a Confined Cavity |
Truss | 26.0 | 82 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
Truss | 22.5 | — | 71 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
Truss | 19.0 | — | — | 60 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
Truss | 15.5 | — | — | — | 49 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
Truss | 12.0 | — | — | — | — | 38 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
2 x 12 | 11.25 | — | — | — | — | 37 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — |
2 x 10 | 9.25 | — | — | — | — | 32 | 30 | — | — | — | — | — | — |
2 x 8 | 7.25 | — | — | — | — | 27 | 26 | 22 | 21 | 19 | — | — | — |
2 x 6 | 5.5 | — | — | — | — | — | 21 | 20 | 21 | 18 | — | — | — |
2 x 4 | 3.5 | — | — | — | — | — | — | 14 | — | 13 | 15 | 13 | 11 |
| 2.5 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | 9.8 | — |
| 1.5 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | 6.3 | 6.0 |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 16-13-088, filed 6/15/16, effective 7/16/16)
WAC 51-11C-61015Section CA101.5—Building materials.
CA101.5 Building materials. Default R-values used for building materials shall be as shown in Table CA101.5.
Table CA101.5
Default R-values for Building Materials
Material | Nominal Size (in.) | Actual Size (in.) | R-Value (Heat Capacityc) |
Air cavity (unventilated), between metal studs at 16 inches on centera | - | - | 0.79 |
Air cavity (unventilated), all other depths and framing materials1 | - | - | 0.91 |
Airfilm, exterior surfacesb | - | - | 0.17 |
Airfilm, interior horizontal surfaces, heat flow upb | - | - | 0.61 |
Airfilm, interior horizontal surfaces, heat flow downb | - | - | 0.92 |
Airfilm, interior vertical surfacesb | - | - | 0.68 |
Brick at R-0.12/in. (face brick, 75% solid/25% core area, 130 lbs/ft3) | 4 | 3.5 | 0.32 (5.9) |
Carpet and rubber pad | - | - | 1.23 |
Concretec at R-0.0625/in., heavyweight (144 lbs/ft3) | - | 2 | 0.13 (HC-4.8) |
| - | 4 | 0.25 (HC-9.6) |
| - | 6 | 0.38 (HC-14.4) |
| - | 8 | 0.50 (HC-19.2) |
| - | 10 | 0.63 (HC-24.0) |
| - | 12 | 0.75 (HC-28.8) |
Concrete masonry units, solid grouted, lightweight (95 lbs/ft3) | 6 | - | 0.80 (HC-11.4) |
Concrete masonry units, solid grouted, normal weight (135 lbs/ft3) | 6 | - | 0.51 (HC-13.2) |
Concrete masonry units, partly grouted, lightweight (95 lbs/ft3) | 6 | - | 1.33 (HC-6.7) |
Concrete masonry units, partly grouted, normal weight (135 lbs/ft3) | 6 | - | 0.82 (HC-9.0) |
Concrete masonry units, solid grouted, lightweight (95 lbs/ft3) | 8 | - | 1.05 (HC-15.5) |
Concrete masonry units, solid grouted, normal weight (135 lbs/ft3) | 8 | - | 0.69 (HC-17.9) |
Concrete masonry units, partly grouted, lightweight (95 lbs/ft3) | 8 | - | 1.44 (HC-9.6) |
Concrete masonry units, partly grouted, normal weight (135 lbs/ft3) | 8 | - | 0.98 (HC-12.0) |
Concrete masonry units, solid grouted, lightweight (95 lbs/ft3) | 10 | - | 1.30 (HC-19.7) |
Concrete masonry units, solid grouted, normal weight (135 lbs/ft3) | 10 | - | 0.87 (HC-22.6) |
Concrete masonry units, partly grouted, lightweight (95 lbs/ft3) | 10 | - | 1.61 (HC-11.9) |
Concrete masonry units, partly grouted, normal weight (135 lbs/ft3) | 10 | - | 1.11 (HC-14.8) |
Concrete masonry units, solid grouted, lightweight (95 lbs/ft3) | 12 | - | 1.53 (HC-23.9) |
Concrete masonry units, solid grouted, normal weight (135 lbs/ft3) | 12 | - | 1.06 (HC-27.2) |
Concrete masonry units, partly grouted, lightweight (95 lbs/ft3) | 12 | - | 1.75 (HC-14.2) |
Concrete masonry units, partly grouted, normal weight (135 lbs/ft3) | 12 | - | 1.23 (HC-17.5) |
Flooring, wood subfloor | - | 0.75 | 0.94 |
Gypsum board | - | 0.5 | 0.45 |
| - | 0.625 | 0.56 |
Metal deck | - | - | 0 |
Roofing, built-up | - | 0.375 | 0.33 |
Sheathing, vegetable fiber board, 0.78 in. | - | 0.78 | 2.06 |
Soil at R-0.104/in. | - | 12 | 1.25 |
Steel, mild | | 1 | 0.0031807 |
Stucco | - | 0.75 | 0.08 |
Cross laminated timber | 1 | 1 | 1.2 |
Cross laminated timber | 4.125 | 4.125 | 1.95 |
a | There is no credit for cavities that are open to outside air. |
b | Air films do not apply to air cavities within an assembly. |
c | For heat capacity for concrete and concrete masonry materials with densities other than the values listed in Table CA101.5, see ((Tables A103.3.7.1 (1) through (3) or)) Tables A3.1B and A3.1C in ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 13-04-056, filed 2/1/13, effective 7/1/13)
WAC 51-11C-61020Section CA102—Ceilings.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 13-04-056, filed 2/1/13, effective 7/1/13)
WAC 51-11C-61021Section CA102.1—General.
CA102.1 General. Table CA102.1 lists heat loss coefficients for the opaque portion of exterior ceilings below vented attics, vaulted ceilings and roof decks in units of Btu/h • ft2 • °F of ceiling.
They are derived from procedures listed in the ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook. Ceiling U-factors are modified for the buffering effect of the attic, assuming an indoor temperature of 65°F and an outdoor temperature of 45°F.
CA102.1.1 Metal framed ceilings. The nominal R-values in Table CA103.3.6.2: Effective R-Values for Metal Framing and Cavity Only may be used for purposes of calculating metal framed ceiling section U-factors in lieu of the ASHRAE zone calculation method as provided in Chapter 27 of the ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook.
Metal building roofs have a different construction and are addressed in ((Table A102.2.5))ASHRAE 90.1 Normative Appendix A, Table A2.3.3.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 13-04-056, filed 2/1/13, effective 7/1/13)
WAC 51-11C-610211Table CA102.1—Default U-factors for ceilings.
Table CA102.1
Default U-factors for Ceilings
| Standard Frame | Advanced Frame |
Ceilings Below Vented Attics | | |
Flat | Baffled |
| R-19 | 0.049 | 0.047 |
| R-30 | 0.036 | 0.032 |
| R-38 | 0.031 | 0.026 |
| R-49 | 0.027 | 0.020 |
| R-60 | 0.025 | 0.017 |
Scissors Truss | | |
| R-30 (4/12 roof pitch) | 0.043 | 0.031 |
| R-38 (4/12 roof pitch) | 0.040 | 0.025 |
| R-49 (4/12 roof pitch) | 0.038 | 0.020 |
| R-30 (5/12 roof pitch) | 0.039 | 0.032 |
| R-38 (5/12 roof pitch) | 0.035 | 0.026 |
| R-49 (5/12 roof pitch) | 0.032 | 0.020 |
Vaulted Ceilings | 16" O.C. | 24" O.C. |
| Vented | | | |
| R-19 2x10 joist | 0.049 | 0.048 |
| R-30 2x12 joist | 0.034 | 0.033 |
| R-38 2x14 joist | 0.027 | 0.027 |
| Unvented | | | |
| R-30 2x10 joist | 0.034 | 0.033 |
| R-38 2x12 joist | 0.029 | 0.027 |
| R-21 + R-21 2x12 joist | 0.026 | 0.025 |
Roof Deck | 4 x Beams, 48" O.C. |
R-12.5 | 2" | Rigid insulation | 0.064 |
R-21.9 | 3.5" | Rigid insulation | 0.040 |
R-37.5 | 6" | Rigid insulation | 0.025 |
R-50 | 8" | Rigid insulation | 0.019 |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 16-03-072, filed 1/19/16, effective 7/1/16)
WAC 51-11C-61022Section CA102.2—Component description.
CA102.2 Component description. The four types of ceilings are characterized as follows:
CA102.2.1 Ceilings below a vented attic. Attic insulation is assumed to be blown-in, loose-fill fiberglass with a K-value of 2.6 h • ft2 • °F/Btu per inch. Full bag count for specified R-value is assumed in all cases. Ceiling dimensions for flat ceiling calculations are 45 by 30 feet, with a gabled roof having a 4/12 pitch. The attic is assumed to vent naturally at the rate of 3 air changes per hour through soffit and ridge vents. A void fraction of 0.002 is assumed for all attics with insulation baffles. Standard-framed, unbaffled attics assume a void fraction of 0.008.
Attic framing is either standard or advanced. Standard framing assumes tapering of insulation depth around the perimeter with resultant decrease in thermal resistance. An increased R-value is assumed in the center of the ceiling due to the effect of piling leftover insulation. Advanced framing assumes full and even depth of insulation extending to the outside edge of exterior walls. Advanced framing does not change from the default value.
((U-factors for flat ceilings below vented attics with standard framing may be modified with the following table:
| U-Factor for Standard Framing |
Roof Pitch | R-30 | R-38 |
4/12 | | 0.036 | 0.031 |
5/12 | | 0.035 | 0.030 |
6/12 | | 0.034 | 0.029 |
7/12 | | 0.034 | 0.029 |
8/12 | | 0.034 | 0.028 |
9/12 | | 0.034 | 0.028 |
10/12 | | 0.033 | 0.028 |
11/12 | | 0.033 | 0.027 |
12/12 | | 0.033 | 0.027)) |
Vented scissors truss attics assume a ceiling pitch of 2/12 with a roof pitch of either 4/12 or 5/12. Unbaffled standard framed scissors truss attics are assumed to have a void fraction of 0.016.
CA102.2.2 Vaulted ceilings. Insulation is assumed to be fiberglass batts installed in roof joist cavities. In the vented case, at least 1.5 inches between the top of the batts and the underside of the roof sheathing is left open for ventilation in each cavity. A ventilation rate of 3.0 air changes per hour is assumed. In the unvented or dense pack case, the ceiling cavity is assumed to be fully packed with insulation, leaving no space for ventilation.
CA102.2.3 Roof decks. Rigid insulation is applied to the top of roof decking with no space left for ventilation. Roofing materials are attached directly on top of the insulation. Framing members are often left exposed on the interior side.
CA102.2.4 Metal truss framing. Overall system tested values for the roof/ceiling Uo for metal framed truss assemblies from approved laboratories shall be used, when such data is acceptable to the building official.
Alternatively, the Uo for roof/ceiling assemblies using metal truss framing may be obtained from Tables CA102.2.4(1) through CA102.2.4(5).
CA102.2.5 ((Metal building roof))Reserved.((Table A102.2.5: The base assembly is a roof where the insulation is compressed when installed beneath metal roof panels attached to the steel structure (purlins). Additional assemblies include continuous insulation, uncompressed and uninterrupted by framing.
U-factors for metal building roofs shall be taken from Table A102.2.5, provided the average purlin spacing is at least 52 inches and the R-value of the thermal spacer block is greater than or equal to the thermal spacer block R-value indicated in Table A107.2.5 for the assembly. It is not acceptable to use the U-factors in Tables A102.2.6(1), A102.2.6(2) and A102.2.6(3) if additional insulated sheathing is not continuous.
A102.2.5.1 Single layer. The rated R-value of insulation is for insulation installed perpendicular to and draped over purlins and then compressed when the metal roof panels are attached. A minimum R-3 (R-0.5) thermal spacer block between the purlins and the metal roof panels is required, unless compliance is shown by the overall assembly U-factor.
A102.2.5.2 Double layer. The first rated R-value of insulation is for insulation installed perpendicular to and draped over purlins. The second rated R-value of insulation is for unfaced insulation installed above the first layer and parallel to the purlins and then compressed when the metal roof panels are attached. A minimum R-3 (R-0.5) thermal spacer block between the purlins and the metal roof panels is required, unless compliance is shown by the overall assembly U-factor.
A102.2.5.3 Continuous insulation. For continuous insulation (e.g., insulation boards or blankets), it is assumed that the insulation is installed below the purlins and is uninterrupted by framing members. Insulation exposed to the conditioned space or semi-heated space shall have a facing, and all insulation seams shall be continuously sealed to provide a continuous air barrier.
A102.2.5.4 Liner system (Ls). A continuous membrane is installed below the purlins and uninterrupted by framing members. Uncompressed, unfaced insulation rests on top of the membrane between the purlins. For multilayer installations, the last rated R-value of insulation is for unfaced insulation draped over purlins and then compressed when the metal roof panels are attached. A minimum R-3 (R-0.5) thermal spacer block between the purlins and the metal roof panels is required, unless compliance is shown by the overall assembly U-factor.
A102.2.5.5 Filled cavity. The first rated R-value of insulation is for faced insulation installed parallel to the purlins. The second rated R-value of insulation is for unfaced insulation installed above the first layer, parallel to and between the purlins and compressed when the metal roof panels are attached. The facer of the first layer of insulation is of sufficient width to be continuously sealed to the top flange of the purlins and to accommodate the full thickness of the second layer of insulation. A supporting structure retains the bottom of the first layer at the prescribed depth required for the full thickness of the second layer of insulation being installed above it. A minimum R-5 (R-0.9) thermal spacer block between the purlins and the metal roof panels is required, unless compliance is shown by the overall assembly U-factor.))
CA102.2.6 Roofs with insulation entirely above deck (uninterrupted by framing). Tables CA102.2.6(1) through CA102.2.6(3): The base assembly is continuous insulation over a structural deck. These tables indicate effective U-factors for tapered roof insulation, sloped from a maximum R-value (Rmax) at the peak of the slope to a minimum R-value (Rmin) at the low point of the slope. The rows of the tables represent the rated R-value of the insulation at the minimum conditions (except at roof drains) and the columns of the table represent the rated R-value of the insulation at the maximum conditions. The slope of the tapered insulation shall be no greater than 1/4 inch per foot.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 13-04-056, filed 2/1/13, effective 7/1/13)
WAC 51-11C-610221Tables CA102.2.4—Steel truss framed ceiling Uo values.
Table CA102.2.4(1)
Steel Trussa Framed Ceiling Uo
Cavity | | | | | | Truss Span (ft) | | | | | |
R-value | 12 | 14 | 16 | 18 | 20 | 22 | 24 | 26 | 28 | 30 | 32 | 34 | 36 |
19 | 0.1075 | 0.0991 | 0.0928 | 0.0878 | 0.0839 | 0.0807 | 0.0780 | 0.0757 | 0.0737 | 0.0720 | 0.0706 | 0.0693 | 0.0681 |
30 | 0.0907 | 0.0823 | 0.0760 | 0.0710 | 0.0671 | 0.0638 | 0.0612 | 0.0589 | 0.0569 | 0.0552 | 0.0538 | 0.0525 | 0.0513 |
38 | 0.0844 | 0.0759 | 0.0696 | 0.0647 | 0.0607 | 0.0575 | 0.0548 | 0.0525 | 0.0506 | 0.0489 | 0.0474 | 0.0461 | 0.0449 |
49 | 0.0789 | 0.0704 | 0.0641 | 0.0592 | 0.0552 | 0.0520 | 0.0493 | 0.0470 | 0.0451 | 0.0434 | 0.0419 | 0.0406 | 0.0395 |
Table CA102.2.4(2)
Steel Trussa Framed Ceiling Uo with R-3 Sheathing
Cavity | | | | | | Truss Span (ft) | | | | | |
R-value | 12 | 14 | 16 | 18 | 20 | 22 | 24 | 26 | 28 | 30 | 32 | 34 | 36 |
19 | 0.0809 | 0.0763 | 0.0728 | 0.0701 | 0.0679 | 0.0661 | 0.0647 | 0.0634 | 0.0623 | 0.0614 | 0.0606 | 0.0599 | 0.0592 |
30 | 0.0641 | 0.0595 | 0.0560 | 0.0533 | 0.0511 | 0.0493 | 0.0478 | 0.0466 | 0.0455 | 0.0446 | 0.0438 | 0.0431 | 0.0424 |
38 | 0.0577 | 0.0531 | 0.0496 | 0.0469 | 0.0447 | 0.0430 | 0.0415 | 0.0402 | 0.0392 | 0.0382 | 0.0374 | 0.0367 | 0.0361 |
49 | 0.0523 | 0.0476 | 0.0441 | 0.0414 | 0.0393 | 0.0375 | 0.0360 | 0.0348 | 0.0337 | 0.0328 | 0.0319 | 0.0312 | 0.0306 |
Table CA102.2.4(3)
Steel Trussa Framed Ceiling Uo with R-5 Sheathing
Cavity | | | | | | Truss Span (ft) | | | | | |
R-value | 12 | 14 | 16 | 18 | 20 | 22 | 24 | 26 | 28 | 30 | 32 | 34 | 36 |
19 | 0.0732 | 0.0697 | 0.0670 | 0.0649 | 0.0633 | 0.0619 | 0.0608 | 0.0598 | 0.0590 | 0.0583 | 0.0577 | 0.0571 | 0.0567 |
30 | 0.0564 | 0.0529 | 0.0502 | 0.0481 | 0.0465 | 0.0451 | 0.0440 | 0.0430 | 0.0422 | 0.0415 | 0.0409 | 0.0403 | 0.0399 |
38 | 0.0501 | 0.0465 | 0.0438 | 0.0418 | 0.0401 | 0.0388 | 0.0376 | 0.0367 | 0.0359 | 0.0351 | 0.0345 | 0.0340 | 0.0335 |
49 | 0.0446 | 0.0410 | 0.0384 | 0.0363 | 0.0346 | 0.0333 | 0.0322 | 0.0312 | 0.0304 | 0.0297 | 0.0291 | 0.0285 | 0.0280 |
Table CA102.2.4(4)
Steel Trussa Framed Ceiling Uo with R-10 Sheathing
Cavity | | | | | | Truss Span (ft) | | | | | |
R-value | 12 | 14 | 16 | 18 | 20 | 22 | 24 | 26 | 28 | 30 | 32 | 34 | 36 |
19 | 0.0626 | 0.0606 | 0.0590 | 0.0578 | 0.0569 | 0.0561 | 0.0555 | 0.0549 | 0.0545 | 0.0541 | 0.0537 | 0.0534 | 0.0531 |
30 | 0.0458 | 0.0437 | 0.0422 | 0.0410 | 0.0401 | 0.0393 | 0.0387 | 0.0381 | 0.0377 | 0.0373 | 0.0369 | 0.0366 | 0.0363 |
38 | 0.0394 | 0.0374 | 0.0359 | 0.0347 | 0.0337 | 0.0330 | 0.0323 | 0.0318 | 0.0313 | 0.0309 | 0.0305 | 0.0302 | 0.0299 |
49 | 0.0339 | 0.0319 | 0.0304 | 0.0292 | 0.0283 | 0.0275 | 0.0268 | 0.0263 | 0.0258 | 0.0254 | 0.0251 | 0.0247 | 0.0245 |
Table CA102.2.4(5)
Steel Trussa Framed Ceiling Uo with R-15 Sheathing
Cavity | | | | | | Truss Span (ft) | | | | | |
R-value | 12 | 14 | 16 | 18 | 20 | 22 | 24 | 26 | 28 | 30 | 32 | 34 | 36 |
19 | 0.0561 | 0.0550 | 0.0541 | 0.0535 | 0.0530 | 0.0526 | 0.0522 | 0.0519 | 0.0517 | 0.0515 | 0.0513 | 0.0511 | 0.0509 |
30 | 0.0393 | 0.0382 | 0.0373 | 0.0367 | 0.0362 | 0.0358 | 0.0354 | 0.0351 | 0.0349 | 0.0347 | 0.0345 | 0.0343 | 0.0341 |
38 | 0.0329 | 0.0318 | 0.0310 | 0.0303 | 0.0298 | 0.0294 | 0.0291 | 0.0288 | 0.0285 | 0.0283 | 0.0281 | 0.0279 | 0.0278 |
49 | 0.0274 | 0.0263 | 0.0255 | 0.0249 | 0.0244 | 0.0239 | 0.0236 | 0.0233 | 0.0230 | 0.0228 | 0.0226 | 0.0225 | 0.0223 |
Footnotes for Tables CA102.2.4(1) through CA102.2.4(5) |
a | Assembly values based on 24 inch on center truss spacing; 11 Truss member connections penetrating insulation (4 at the eaves, 7 in the interior space); 1/2 inch drywall ceiling; all truss members are 2x4 "C" channels with a solid web. |
b | Ceiling sheathing installed between bottom chord and drywall. |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 13-04-056, filed 2/1/13, effective 7/1/13)
WAC 51-11C-610225((Tables A102.2.5—Default U-factors for metal building roofs.))Reserved.
((Table A102.2.5
Default U-factors for Metal Building Roofs
| | | Overall U-Factor for Assembly of Base Roof Plus Continuous Insulation (uninterrupted by framing) Rated R-Value of Continuous Insulation |
Insulation System | Rated R-Value of Insulation | Overall U-Factor for Entire Base Roof Assembly | R-6.5 | R-13 | R-19.5 | R-26 | R-32.5 | R-39 |
Standing Seam Roofs with Thermal Spacer Blocksa, b |
| None | 1.280 | 0.137 | 0.073 | 0.049 | 0.037 | 0.030 | 0.025 |
| R-10 | 0.115 | 0.066 | 0.046 | 0.035 | 0.029 | 0.024 | 0.021 |
Single | R-11 | 0.107 | 0.063 | 0.045 | 0.035 | 0.028 | 0.024 | 0.021 |
Layer | R-13 | 0.101 | 0.061 | 0.044 | 0.034 | 0.028 | 0.024 | 0.020 |
| R-16 | 0.096 | 0.059 | 0.043 | 0.033 | 0.027 | 0.023 | 0.020 |
| R-19 | 0.082 | 0.053 | 0.040 | 0.031 | 0.026 | 0.022 | 0.020 |
| R-10 + R-10 | 0.088 | 0.056 | 0.041 | 0.032 | 0.027 | 0.023 | 0.020 |
| R-10 + R-11 | 0.086 | 0.055 | 0.041 | 0.032 | 0.027 | 0.023 | 0.020 |
| R-11 + R-11 | 0.085 | 0.055 | 0.040 | 0.032 | 0.026 | 0.023 | 0.020 |
| R-10 + R-13 | 0.084 | 0.054 | 0.040 | 0.032 | 0.026 | 0.023 | 0.020 |
Double | R-11 + R-13 | 0.082 | 0.053 | 0.040 | 0.032 | 0.026 | 0.022 | 0.020 |
Layer | R-13 + R-13 | 0.075 | 0.050 | 0.038 | 0.030 | 0.025 | 0.022 | 0.019 |
| R-10 + R-19 | 0.074 | 0.050 | 0.038 | 0.030 | 0.025 | 0.022 | 0.019 |
| R-11 + R-19 | 0.072 | 0.049 | 0.037 | 0.030 | 0.025 | 0.022 | 0.019 |
| R-13 + R-19 | 0.068 | 0.047 | 0.036 | 0.029 | 0.025 | 0.021 | 0.019 |
| R-16 + R-19 | 0.065 | 0.046 | 0.035 | 0.029 | 0.024 | 0.021 | 0.018 |
| R-19 + R-19 | 0.060 | 0.043 | 0.034 | 0.028 | 0.023 | 0.020 | 0.018 |
Liner | R-19 + R-11 | 0.035 | | | | | | |
System | R-25 + R-11 | 0.031 | | | | | | |
| R-30 + R-11 | 0.029 | | | | | | |
| R-25 + R-11 + R-11 | 0.026 | | | | | | |
Filled Cavity with Thermal Spacer Blocksc |
| R-10 + R-19 | 0.057 | 0.042 | 0.033 | 0.027 | 0.023 | 0.020 | 0.018 |
Standing Seam Roofs without Thermal Spacer Blocks |
Liner System | R-19 + R-11 | 0.040 | | | | | | |
Thru-Fastened Roofs without Thermal Spacer Blocks |
Single | R-10 | 0.184 | | | | | | |
Layer | R-11 | 0.182 | | | | | | |
| R-13 | 0.174 | | | | | | |
| R-16 | 0.157 | | | | | | |
| R-19 | 0.151 | | | | | | |
Liner System | R-19 + R-11 | 0.044 | | | | | | |
| (Multiple R-values are listed in order from inside to outside) |
a | A standing seam roof clip that provides a minimum 1.5 inch distance between the top of the purlins and the underside of the metal roof panels is required. |
b | A minimum R-3 thermal spacer block is required. |
c | A minimum R-5 thermal spacer block is required.)) |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 16-03-072, filed 1/19/16, effective 7/1/16)
WAC 51-11C-610226Tables CA102.2.6—Assembly U-factors for roofs with insulation entirely above deck.
Table CA102.2.6(1)
Assembly U-factors for Roofs with Tapered Insulation Entirely Above Deck Single Slope Rectangular to One-sided,e,f,g,h
(Uninterrupted by Framing)
| Rated R-value of Insulation at Maximum Condition (Rmaxc) |
1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 20 | 25 | 30 | 35 | 40 | 45 | 50 | 55 | 60 |
Rated R-value of insulation at a Minimum Condition (Rminb) | 1 | 0.562 | 0.306 | 0.213 | 0.168 | 0.140 | 0.121 | 0.107 | 0.097 | 0.088 | 0.081 | 0.075 | 0.070 | 0.066 |
5 | - | 0.173 | 0.125 | 0.101 | 0.086 | 0.076 | 0.068 | 0.062 | 0.057 | 0.053 | 0.049 | 0.046 | 0.044 |
10 | - | - | 0.093 | 0.076 | 0.066 | 0.058 | 0.053 | 0.048 | 0.045 | 0.042 | 0.039 | 0.037 | 0.035 |
15 | - | - | - | 0.063 | 0.055 | 0.049 | 0.045 | 0.041 | 0.038 | 0.036 | 0.034 | 0.032 | 0.030 |
20 | - | - | - | - | 0.048 | 0.043 | 0.039 | 0.036 | 0.034 | 0.032 | 0.030 | 0.028 | 0.027 |
25 | - | - | - | - | - | 0.039 | 0.035 | 0.033 | 0.031 | 0.029 | 0.027 | 0.026 | 0.025 |
30 | - | - | - | - | - | - | 0.032 | 0.030 | 0.028 | 0.026 | 0.025 | 0.024 | 0.023 |
35 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | 0.028 | 0.026 | 0.025 | 0.023 | 0.022 | 0.021 |
40 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | 0.025 | 0.023 | 0.022 | 0.021 | 0.020 |
45 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | 0.022 | 0.021 | 0.020 | 0.019 |
50 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | 0.020 | 0.019 | 0.018 |
55 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | 0.018 | 0.017 |
60 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | 0.016 |
Table CA102.2.6(2)
Assembly U-factors for Roofs with Tapered Insulation Entirely Above Deck Sloped Triangle (Roof with Center Drain)e,f,g,h,i
(Uninterrupted by Framing)
| Rated R-value of Insulation at Maximum Condition (Rmaxc) |
1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 20 | 25 | 30 | 35 | 40 | 45 | 50 | 55 | 60 |
Rated R-value of insulation at a Minimum Condition (Rminb) | 1 | 0.526 | 0.242 | 0.146 | 0.106 | 0.083 | 0.068 | 0.058 | 0.051 | 0.045 | 0.040 | 0.036 | 0.033 | 0.031 |
5 | - | 0.173 | 0.112 | 0.084 | 0.068 | 0.057 | 0.049 | 0.044 | 0.039 | 0.035 | 0.032 | 0.030 | 0.028 |
10 | - | - | 0.093 | 0.071 | 0.059 | 0.050 | 0.044 | 0.039 | 0.035 | 0.032 | 0.029 | 0.027 | 0.025 |
15 | - | - | - | 0.063 | 0.053 | 0.045 | 0.040 | 0.035 | 0.032 | 0.029 | 0.027 | 0.025 | 0.023 |
20 | - | - | - | - | 0.048 | 0.042 | 0.037 | 0.033 | 0.030 | 0.027 | 0.025 | 0.024 | 0.022 |
25 | - | - | - | - | - | 0.039 | 0.034 | 0.031 | 0.028 | 0.026 | 0.024 | 0.022 | 0.021 |
30 | - | - | - | - | - | - | 0.032 | 0.029 | 0.027 | 0.025 | 0.023 | 0.021 | 0.020 |
35 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | 0.028 | 0.026 | 0.024 | 0.022 | 0.021 | 0.019 |
40 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | 0.025 | 0.023 | 0.021 | 0.020 | 0.019 |
45 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | 0.022 | 0.020 | 0.019 | 0.018 |
50 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | 0.020 | 0.018 | 0.017 |
55 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | 0.018 | 0.017 |
60 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | 0.016 |
Table CA102.2.6(3)
Assembly U-factors for Roofs with Tapered Insulation Entirely Above Deck Sloped Triangle (Roof with Perimeter Drains)e,f,g,h,i
(Uninterrupted by Framing)
| Rated R-value of Insulation at Maximum Condition (Rmaxc) |
1 | 5 | 10 | 15 | 20 | 25 | 30 | 35 | 40 | 45 | 50 | 55 | 60 |
Rated R-value of insulation at a Minimum Condition (Rminb) | 1 | 0.562 | 0.242 | 0.146 | 0.106 | 0.083 | 0.068 | 0.058 | 0.051 | 0.045 | 0.040 | 0.036 | 0.033 | 0.031 |
5 | - | 0.173 | 0.122 | 0.084 | 0.068 | 0.057 | 0.049 | 0.044 | 0.039 | 0.035 | 0.032 | 0.030 | 0.028 |
10 | - | - | 0.093 | 0.071 | 0.059 | 0.050 | 0.044 | 0.039 | 0.035 | 0.032 | 0.029 | 0.027 | 0.025 |
15 | - | - | - | 0.063 | 0.053 | 0.045 | 0.040 | 0.035 | 0.032 | 0.029 | 0.027 | 0.025 | 0.024 |
20 | - | - | - | - | 0.048 | 0.042 | 0.037 | 0.033 | 0.030 | 0.027 | 0.025 | 0.024 | 0.022 |
25 | - | - | - | - | - | 0.039 | 0.034 | 0.031 | 0.028 | 0.026 | 0.024 | 0.022 | 0.021 |
30 | - | - | - | - | - | - | 0.032 | 0.029 | 0.027 | 0.025 | 0.023 | 0.021 | 0.020 |
35 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | 0.028 | 0.026 | 0.024 | 0.022 | 0.021 | 0.019 |
40 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | 0.025 | 0.023 | 0.021 | 0.020 | 0.019 |
45 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | 0.022 | 0.020 | 0.019 | 0.018 |
50 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | 0.020 | 0.018 | 0.017 |
55 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | 0.018 | 0.017 |
60 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | 0.016 |
Footnotes to Tables CA102.2.6(1), CA102.2.6(2), and CA102.2.6(3): |
a | ((a)) Rmax and Rmin are determined along the linearly tapered cross section for the 6. respective minimum and maximum thickness values for the roof section being analyzed. For triangular roof sections. |
b | ((b)) Rmax refers to the insulation value along the long edge of the triangle and Rmin to the insulation at the point of the triangle which assumes that the insulation slopes to the center. |
c | ((c)) Rmax refers to the insulation value at the point of the triangle and Rmin to the insulation along the long edge of the triangle which assumes that the insulation slopes to the perimeter. |
d | ((d)) Effective U-factor for rectangular tapered insulation is calculated as follows: |
Reff | = | Rmax – Rmin |
Ln[Rmax/Rmin] |
e | ((e)) Effective U-factor for triangular tapered insulation is calculated as follows: |
| Reff = [2/(Rmax – Rmin) [1 + (Rmin/Rmax – Rmin)ln(Rmin/Rmax)]]-1 |
f | ((f)) Assembly U-factors include an exterior air film (R=0.17) and an interior air film, horizontal with heat flow up (R=0.61). |
g | ((g)) For effective U-factors of roof assemblies with different Rmax or Rmin values not listed in the tables interpolation is allowed. |
h | ((h)) This table shall only be applied to tapered insulation that is tapered along only one axis. |
i | ((i)) In areas of differing insulation slopes/configurations, individual U-values shall be calculated and an area weighted U-value calculation shall be used to determine the effective value of the roof. |
Reviser's note: The brackets and enclosed material in the text of the above section occurred in the copy filed by the agency and appear in the Register pursuant to the requirements of RCW 34.08.040. AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 13-04-056, filed 2/1/13, effective 7/1/13)
WAC 51-11C-61030Section CA103—Above-grade walls.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 16-03-072, filed 1/19/16, effective 7/1/16)
WAC 51-11C-61031Section CA103.1—General.
CA103.1 General. The tables in this section list heat loss coefficients for the opaque portion of above-grade wood stud frame walls, metal stud frame walls and concrete masonry walls (Btu/h • ft2 • °F). They are derived from procedures listed in the ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook. For intermediate floor slabs which penetrate the insulated wall, use the concrete wall U-factors in Table ((A103.3.7.1(1)))CA103.3.7.2.
Insulation is assumed to uniformly fill the entire cavity and to be installed as per manufacturer's directions. All walls are assumed to be finished on the inside with 1/2-inch gypsum wallboard, and on the outside with either beveled wood siding over 1/2-inch plywood sheathing or with 5/8-inch T1-11 siding. Insulated sheathing (either interior or exterior) is assumed to cover the entire opaque wall surface, except where modified in accordance with footnote ((g))l to Table C402.1.3.
Metal building walls have a different construction and are addressed in ((Table A103.3.6.3))ASHRAE 90.1 Normative Appendix A, Table A3.2.3.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 13-04-056, filed 2/1/13, effective 7/1/13)
WAC 51-11C-61032Section CA103.2—Framing description.
CA103.2 Framing description. For wood stud frame walls, three framing types are considered and defined as follows:
CA103.2.1 Standard. Studs framed on 16-inch centers with double top plate and single bottom plate. Corners use three studs and each opening is framed using two studs. Headers consist of double 2x or single 4x material with an air space left between the header and the exterior sheathing. Interior partition wall/exterior wall intersections use two studs in the exterior wall.
Standard framing weighting factors:
Studs and plates | 0.19 |
Insulated cavity | 0.77 |
Headers | 0.04 |
CA103.2.2 Intermediate. Studs framed on 16-inch centers with double top plate and single bottom plate. Corners use two studs or other means of fully insulating corners, and each opening is framed by two studs. Headers consist of double 2x material with R-10 insulation. Interior partition wall/exterior wall intersections are fully insulated in the exterior wall.
Intermediate framing weighting factors:
Studs and plates | 0.18 |
Insulated cavity | 0.78 |
Headers | 0.04 |
CA103.2.3 Advanced. Studs framed on 24-inch centers with double top plate and single bottom plate. Corners use two studs or other means of fully insulating corners, and one stud is used to support each header. Headers consist of double 2x material with R-10 insulation. Interior partition wall/exterior wall intersections are fully insulated in the exterior wall.
Advanced framing weighting factors:
Studs and plates | 0.13 |
Insulated cavity | 0.83 |
Headers | 0.04 |
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 13-04-056, filed 2/1/13, effective 7/1/13)
WAC 51-11C-61033Section CA103.3—Component description.
CA103.3 Component description. Default coefficients for the following types of walls are listed: Single-stud walls, strap walls, double-stud walls, log walls, stress-skin panels, metal stud walls, and metal building walls.
AMENDATORY SECTION(Amending WSR 13-04-056, filed 2/1/13, effective 7/1/13)
WAC 51-11C-610331Section CA103.3.1—Single stud wall.
CA103.3.1 Single-stud wall. Tables CA103.3.1(1) through CA103.3.1(8): Assumes either 2 x 4 or 2 x 6 studs framed on ((16 or 24 inch))16- or 24-inch centers. Headers are solid for 2 x 4 walls and double 2x for 2 x 6 walls, with either dead-air or rigid-board insulation in the remaining space.
TABLE CA103.3.1(1) | | |
2 x 4 Single Wood Stud: R-11 Batt | | |
| Siding Material/Framing Type | |
| | Lapped Wood | T1-11 | |
| R-value of FoamBoard | STD | ADV | STD | ADV | |
NOTE: Nominal Batt R-value: R-11 at 3.5 inch thickness Installed Batt R-value: R-11 in 3.5 inch cavity | 0 | 0.088 | 0.084 | 0.094 | 0.090 | |
1 | 0.080 | 0.077 | 0.085 | 0.082 | |
2 | 0.074 | 0.071 | 0.078 | 0.075 | |
3 | 0.069 | 0.066 | 0.072 | 0.070 | |
4 | 0.064 | 0.062 | 0.067 | 0.065 | |
5 | 0.060 | 0.058 | 0.063 | 0.061 | |
6 | 0.056 | 0.055 | 0.059 | 0.057 | |
7 | 0.053 | 0.052 | 0.055 | 0.054 | |
8 | 0.051 | 0.049 | 0.052 | 0.051 | |
9 | 0.048 | 0.047 | 0.050 | 0.049 | |
10 | 0.046 | 0.045 | 0.047 | 0.046 | |
11 | 0.044 | 0.043 | 0.045 | 0.044 | |
12 | 0.042 | 0.041 | 0.043 | 0.042 | |
| | |
TABLE CA103.3.1(2) | | |
2 x 4 Single Wood Stud: R-13 Batt | | |
| Siding Material/Framing Type | |
| | Lapped Wood | T1-11 | |
| R-value of FoamBoard | STD | ADV | STD | ADV | |
NOTE: Nominal Batt R-value: R-13 at 3.63 inch thickness Installed Batt R-value: R-12.7 in 3.5 inch cavity | 0 | 0.082 | 0.078 | 0.088 | 0.083 | |
1 | 0.075 | 0.072 | 0.080 | 0.076 | |
2 | 0.069 | 0.066 | 0.073 | 0.070 | |
3 | 0.065 | 0.062 | 0.068 | 0.065 | |
4 | 0.060 | 0.058 | 0.063 | 0.061 | |
5 | 0.057 | 0.055 | 0.059 | 0.057 | |
6 | 0.053 | 0.052 | 0.056 | 0.054 | |
7 | 0.051 | 0.049 | 0.052 | 0.051 | |
8 | 0.048 | 0.047 | 0.050 | 0.048 | |
9 | 0.046 | 0.045 | 0.047 | 0.046 | |
10 | 0.044 | 0.043 | 0.045 | 0.044 | |
11 | 0.042 | 0.041 | 0.043 | 0.042 | |
12 | 0.040 | 0.039 | 0.041 | 0.040 | |
| | |
TABLE CA103.3.1(3) | | |
2 x 4 Single Wood Stud: R-15 Batt | | |
| Siding Material/Framing Type | |
| | Lapped Wood | T1-11 | |
| R-value of FoamBoard | STD | ADV | STD | ADV | |
NOTE: Nominal Batt R-value: R-15 at 3.5 inch thickness Installed Batt R-value: R-15 in 3.5 inch cavity | 0 | 0.076 | 0.071 | 0.081 | 0.075 | |
1 | 0.069 | 0.065 | 0.073 | 0.069 | |
2 | 0.064 | 0.061 | 0.068 | 0.069 | |
3 | 0.060 | 0.057 | 0.063 | 0.059 | |
4 | 0.056 | 0.053 | 0.059 | 0.056 | |
5 | 0.053 | 0.051 | 0.055 | 0.052 | |
6 | 0.050 | 0.048 | 0.052 | 0.050 | |
7 | 0.047 | 0.046 | 0.049 | 0.047 | |
8 | 0.045 | 0.044 | 0.047 | 0.045 | |
9 | 0.043 | 0.042 | 0.044 | 0.043 | |
10 | 0.041 | 0.040 | 0.042 | 0.041 | |
11 | 0.039 | 0.038 | 0.041 | 0.039 | |
12 | 0.038 | 0.037 | 0.039 | 0.038 | |
| | |
TABLE CA103.3.1(4) | | |
2 x 6 Single Wood Stud: R-19 Batt | | |
| Siding Material/Framing Type | |
| | Lapped Wood | T1-11 | |
| R-value of FoamBoard | STD | INT | ADV | STD | INT | ADV | |
NOTE: Nominal Batt R-value: R-19 at 6 inch thickness Installed Batt R-value: R-18 in 5.5 inch cavity | 0 | 0.062 | 0.058 | 0.055 | 0.065 | 0.061 | 0.058 | |
1 | 0.058 | 0.055 | 0.052 | 0.060 | 0.057 | 0.055 | |
2 | 0.054 | 0.052 | 0.050 | 0.056 | 0.054 | 0.051 | |
3 | 0.051 | 0.049 | 0.047 | 0.053 | 0.051 | 0.049 | |
4 | 0.048 | 0.046 | 0.045 | 0.050 | 0.048 | 0.046 | |
5 | 0.046 | 0.044 | 0.043 | 0.048 | 0.046 | 0.044 | |
6 | 0.044 | 0.042 | 0.041 | 0.045 | 0.044 | 0.042 | |
7 | 0.042 | 0.040 | 0.039 | 0.043 | 0.042 | 0.040 | |
8 | 0.040 | 0.039 | 0.038 | 0.041 | 0.040 | 0.039 | |
9 | 0.038 | 0.037 | 0.035 | 0.039 | 0.038 | 0.037 | |
10 | 0.037 | 0.036 | 0.035 | 0.038 | 0.037 | 0.036 | |
11 | 0.036 | 0.035 | 0.034 | 0.036 | 0.035 | 0.035 | |
12 | 0.034 | 0.033 | 0.033 | 0.035 | 0.034 | 0.033 | |
| | |
TABLE CA103.3.1(5) | | |
2 x 6 Single Wood Stud: R-21 Batt | | |
| Siding Material/Framing Type | |
| | Lapped Wood | T1-11 | |
| R-value of FoamBoard | STD | INT | ADV | STD | INT | ADV | |
NOTE: Nominal Batt R-value: R-21 at 5.5 inch thickness Installed Batt R-value: R-21 in 5.5 inch cavity | 0 | 0.057 | 0.054 | 0.051 | 0.060 | 0.056 | 0.053 | |
1 | 0.054 | 0.051 | 0.048 | 0.056 | 0.053 | 0.050 | |
2 | 0.050 | 0.048 | 0.045 | 0.052 | 0.050 | 0.047 | |
3 | 0.048 | 0.045 | 0.043 | 0.049 | 0.047 | 0.045 | |
4 | 0.045 | 0.043 | 0.041 | 0.047 | 0.045 | 0.043 | |
| 5 | 0.043 | 0.041 | 0.040 | 0.044 | 0.042 | 0.041 | |
| 6 | 0.041 | 0.039 | 0.038 | 0.042 | 0.041 | 0.039 | |
| 7 | 0.039 | 0.038 | 0.036 | 0.040 | 0.039 | 0.037 | |
| 8 | 0.038 | 0.036 | 0.035 | 0.039 | 0.037 | 0.036 | |
| 9 | 0.036 | 0.035 | 0.034 | 0.037 | 0.036 | 0.035 | |
| 10 | 0.035 | 0.034 | 0.033 | 0.036 | 0.035 | 0.033 | |
| 11 | 0.033 | 0.033 | 0.032 | 0.034 | 0.033 | 0.032 | |
| 12 | 0.032 | 0.031 | 0.031 | 0.033 | 0.032 | 0.031 | |
| | |
TABLE CA103.3.1(6) | | |
2 x 6 Single Wood Stud: R-22 Batt | | |
| Siding Material/Framing Type | |
| | Lapped Wood | T1-11 | |
| R-value of FoamBoard | STD | INT | ADV | STD | INT | ADV | |
NOTE: Nominal Batt R-value: R-22 at 6.75 inch thickness Installed Batt R-value: R-20 in 5.5 inch cavity | 0 | 0.059 | 0.055 | 0.052 | 0.062 | 0.058 | 0.054 | |
1 | 0.055 | 0.052 | 0.049 | 0.057 | 0.054 | 0.051 | |
2 | 0.052 | 0.049 | 0.047 | 0.054 | 0.051 | 0.048 | |
3 | 0.049 | 0.046 | 0.044 | 0.050 | 0.048 | 0.046 | |
4 | 0.046 | 0.044 | 0.042 | 0.048 | 0.046 | 0.044 | |
5 | 0.044 | 0.042 | 0.041 | 0.045 | 0.043 | 0.042 | |
6 | 0.042 | 0.040 | 0.039 | 0.043 | 0.042 | 0.040 | |
| 7 | 0.040 | 0.039 | 0.037 | 0.041 | 0.040 | 0.038 | |
| 8 | 0.038 | 0.037 | 0.036 | 0.039 | 0.038 | 0.037 | |
| 9 | 0.037 | 0.036 | 0.035 | 0.038 | 0.037 | 0.035 | |
| 10 | 0.035 | 0.034 | 0.033 | 0.036 | 0.035 | 0.034 | |
| 11 | 0.034 | 0.033 | 0.032 | 0.035 | 0.034 | 0.033 | |
| 12 | 0.033 | 0.032 | 0.031 | 0.034 | 0.033 | 0.032 | |
| | |
TABLE CA103.3.1(7) | | |
2 x 6 Single Wood Stud: Two R-11 Batts | | |
| Siding Material/Framing Type | |
| | Lapped Wood | T1-11 | |
| R-value of FoamBoard | STD | INT | ADV | STD | INT | ADV | |
NOTE: Nominal Batt R-value: R-22 at 7 inch thickness Installed Batt R-value: R-18.9 in 5.5 inch cavity | 0 | 0.060 | 0.057 | 0.054 | 0.063 | 0.059 | 0.056 | |
1 | 0.056 | 0.053 | 0.051 | 0.059 | 0.056 | 0.053 | |
2 | 0.053 | 0.050 | 0.048 | 0.055 | 0.052 | 0.050 | |
3 | 0.050 | 0.048 | 0.046 | 0.052 | 0.049 | 0.047 | |
4 | 0.047 | 0.045 | 0.044 | 0.049 | 0.047 | 0.045 | |
| 5 | 0.045 | 0.043 | 0.042 | 0.046 | 0.045 | 0.043 | |
| 6 | 0.043 | |
